UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

x                              ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

OR

o                                 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 001-31902


SIRVA, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

 

52-2070058

(State of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

700 Oakmont Lane

 

 

Westmont, Illinois

 

60559

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(630) 570-3000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes o  No x

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No x

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was sold as of the close of business on June 30, 2005, was $416,771,931. Registrant does not have any nonvoting equity securities.

As of October 31, 2005, 73,935,717 shares of the Registrant’s common stock were outstanding.

 




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

 

PART I

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

3

 

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

28

 

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

28

 

ITEM 4.

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

31

 

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

32

 

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

33

 

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

38

 

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

83

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

85

 

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

184

 

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

184

 

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

189

 

PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

190

 

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

197

 

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

204

 

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

207

 

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

209

 

PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

210

 

 


When we refer to “SIRVA”, “our company”, “the Company”, “our”, “we” or “us”, we are referring to SIRVA, Inc., together with its subsidiaries and their predecessors, except where the context otherwise requires.

2




ITEM 1.                BUSINESS

General

Our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings, which include this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all related amendments, are available free of charge on our website at www.sirva.com and can be found by clicking on “Investors” or “For Investors” and then “SEC Filings.” Our SEC filings are available as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically submit this material to the SEC. Last year, we filed our annual Chief Executive Officer certification, dated June 1, 2004, with the New York Stock Exchange. Attached as exhibits to this Form 10-K, you will find certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer as required under Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Global Relocation Solutions

We are a world leader in the global relocation industry, providing our relocation solutions (relocation services and moving services) to a well-established and diverse customer base, including more than 10,000 corporate clients and governmental agencies, as well as thousands of individual consumers around the world. Our goal is to deliver comprehensive, customizable relocation solutions that improve transferees’ relocation experience, streamline administration, reduce risk exposure and lower relocation costs. The services that we provide include counseling to the transferee, referrals to real estate brokers and agents for assisting the transferees with the sale and purchase of their home, mortgage originations, expense management, movement of household goods, global program management and the provision of destination “settling in” services. We market and deliver these services globally under the SIRVA® Relocation brand and under a variety of household goods moving brands worldwide.

We deliver our relocation services through our operating centers located in the United States (ten centers), the United Kingdom (three centers), continental Europe (six centers), Australia, (two centers), New Zealand (one center) and Asia (five centers). In each of these locations, our customer service and account management teams interact with our corporate clients and their transferring employees on a regular basis to meet their global relocation needs. Most corporate relocations originate from the United States and the United Kingdom.

We are also a world leader in handling the movement of household goods. We operate in more than 40 countries under well-recognized brand names, including Allied®, northAmerican®, and Global® in North America; Pickfords, Hoults and Allied Pickfords in the United Kingdom; Maison Huet in France; Kungsholms in Sweden; ADAM in Denmark; Majortrans Flytteservice in Norway; Allied Arthur Pierre in Belgium, Luxembourg, Holland and France; Rettenmayer in Germany and Allied Pickfords in the Asia Pacific region. Our moving services for corporate, military/government and consumer clients are provided through our worldwide proprietary agent network. In North America, we provide moving services through our branded network of 735 agents who own the trucks and trailers used in moves and are responsible for the packing, hauling, storage and distribution of household goods. We act as a network manager for our agents, providing, among other services, brand management, sales and marketing support, interstate dispatch and planning, billing, collection and claims handling. Outside of North America, we provide moving services through a network of company-operated, agent-owned and franchised locations in Europe and the Asia Pacific region.

We are redefining the global relocation market by combining our relocation service offerings with our proprietary moving services network on a global basis. Our relocation and moving services are provided by a team of more than 6,000 employees around the world.

3




Historical Development

We were organized by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“Fund V”) and our largest stockholder, to acquire North American Van Lines, Inc. in March 1998. North American Van Lines, originally organized in 1933, is one of the leading providers of household goods moving services in North America. We then acquired the Allied Van Lines, Inc. (“Allied”) and the Pickfords and Allied Pickfords businesses from Exel Investments Limited (formerly NFC plc) in November 1999. Allied is a leading provider of household goods moving services in North America, and the Pickfords and Allied Pickfords brands operate in Europe and the Asia Pacific region. The combination of North American Van Lines, Allied Van Lines, Pickfords and Allied Pickfords created one of the largest household goods moving companies globally. As we expanded our moving services footprint, we identified a significant opportunity to leverage our services to become a leading provider of comprehensive relocation solutions for our corporate moving customers. To take advantage of this opportunity, in 2002, we received additional capital from Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“Fund VI”), to acquire the relocation services businesses of Cooperative Resource Services, Ltd (“CRS”). We acquired Rowan Simmons Relocation Ltd later in 2002, which in combination with CRS, established the basis for the Global Relocation Services segment.

We have continued to pursue strategic acquisitions since that time in order to strengthen our core operations. Through December 31, 2004, we have completed twelve acquisitions each with a purchase price exceeding $1.0 million. The latest acquisition of Executive Relocation Corporation was completed in December 2004. This acquisition significantly enhances our scale and overall market share. For a more detailed discussion on our acquisitions, please see Note 3, in the accompanying consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 below. The table below reflects our acquisition history for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

Revenue from continuing operations

 

 

 

Type of 
Business—
Region(3)

 

Acquisition
Date

 

2004

 

Restated(1)
2003

 

Restated(1)
2002

 

North American Van Lines, Allied Van Lines, Pickfords and Allied Pickfords

 

MS—NA,
EU, AP

 

March 1998 and
November 1999

 

$

1,710.5

 

 

$

1,578.4

 

 

 

$

1,507.8

 

 

Core Moving Services Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage change from prior year

 

 

 

 

 

8.4%

 

 

4.7%

 

 

 

(11.5)%

 

 

Cooperative Resource Services (CRS)

 

RS—US

 

May 2002

 

1,448.1

 

 

986.6

 

 

 

454.5

 

 

Rowan Simmons(2)

 

RS—EU

 

July 2002

 

7.0

 

 

6.6

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

Core Relocation Services  Business

 

 

 

 

 

1,455.1

 

 

993.2

 

 

 

457.2

 

 

Insurance Services

 

NS—US

 

November 1999

 

119.7

 

 

95.9

 

 

 

74.8

 

 

Fleet and Driver Services

 

NS—US

 

March 1998

 

52.9

 

 

52.0

 

 

 

43.5

 

 

Core Network Services Business

 

 

 

 

 

172.6

 

 

147.9

 

 

 

118,3

 

 

National Association of Independent Truckers (NAIT)

 

NS—US

 

April 2002

 

24.2

 

 

21.6

 

 

 

9.3

 

 

Maison Huet

 

MS—EU

 

June 2002

 

9.2

 

 

8.5

 

 

 

4.8

 

 

Scanvan (Kungsholms, Adams, MajorTrans)

 

MS—EU

 

June 2003

 

57.6

 

 

37.0

 

 

 

 

 

PRS Europe NV

 

RS—EU

 

December 2003

 

4.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Move-Pak

 

NS—US

 

December 2003

 

14.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Relocation Dynamics, Inc. (RDI)

 

RS—US

 

March 2004

 

3.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rettenmayer(2)

 

MS—EU

 

April 2004

 

16.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D.J. Knight & Co., Ltd. (DJK)

 

RS—US

 

September 2004

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Relocation Corporation (ERC)

 

RS—US

 

December 2004

 

1.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total SIRVA

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,470.3

 

 

$

2,786.6

 

 

 

$

2,097.4

 

 

 

4





(1)           SIRVA’s financial statements contained within this report have been restated to reflect the correction of errors in previously issued financial statements. For a full explanation of the restatement, together with the circumstances and processes surrounding the restatement, please refer to Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Results, Note 2 in the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 and in Management’s Assessment of Internal Controls located in Item 9A of this annual report on Form 10-K.

(2)           The Rowan Group PLC and SIRVA Conveyancing Limited (formerly Simmons Conveyancing Limited) are referred to collectively throughout this report as Rowan Simmons. Rettenmayer Internationale Umzugslogistik GmbH is referred to as Rettenmayer throughout this report. The primary operations of Rettenmayer were purchased in April 2004. In addition, in August 2004, we completed the purchase of the Rettenmayer operation with the acquisition of Eduard Löhle Sen. GmbH Internationaler Möbeltransport.

(3)           Regional specifications include: NA denoting North America, EU denoting Europe, US denoting United States, and AP denoting Asia Pacific. Business specifications include: MS denoting Moving Services, RS denoting Relocation Services and NS denoting Network Services.

Capital Structure

We began the initial public offering (“the Offering”) of shares of our common stock on November 25, 2003. In connection with the Offering, we refinanced our senior credit facility with a new senior credit facility, which permits us and certain of our foreign subsidiaries to borrow funds.

In connection with the Offering, we offered to repurchase all of the 133¤8% senior subordinated notes due in 2009 issued by North American Van Lines, Inc. A portion of the net proceeds from the Offering and borrowings under the new senior credit facility were used to finance the note repurchase. In connection with the tender offer, we received the requisite consents to amend the indenture governing such notes to eliminate substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain other provisions. Approximately 93% of the notes were tendered in connection with the repurchase offer. In 2004, we redeemed the remaining $11.0 million of 133¤8% senior subordinated notes.

In June 2004, we completed a secondary public offering that consisted of shares held by our three largest stockholders, reducing their ownership from approximately 68% to 37%. We did not receive any proceeds from this offering. In conjunction with the offering, one of the selling stockholders fully exercised its warrants. These were our only outstanding warrants and resulted in proceeds to us of $35.0 million and the issuance of an additional 2,773,116 common shares.

Business Segments

In determining reportable segments, we periodically review several qualitative and quantitative factors associated with our operating segments. These factors include management reporting, organizational structure, operating revenues, income from continuing operations, assets, customers, services, operating margins and other economic characteristics. Reflecting the increasing importance that the Relocation business plays in our overall financial performance, we began in the fourth quarter of 2004 to report our results in the following five reportable segments: Global Relocation Services, Moving Services North America, Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific, Network Services and Corporate.

Global Relocation Services

We offer our corporate customers complete outsourcing of the administration of their employee relocation programs. These services include home sale and home purchase assistance, global program consultation and management, expense tracking, compliance reporting, tax reporting and payroll interface services. We have the ability to aggregate data across all of the corporation’s relocation activities, providing clients a valuable overview of their relocation program expenses and suggest ways to cut costs and improve services.

5




Our goal is to meet the needs of transferees with a full suite of customer-focused, innovative service offerings. These services include:

Home Sale.   On behalf of our corporate customers, we appraise the value and arrange for the sale of a transferring employee’s home. In most cases, we provide an advance on the equity in the home enabling the employee to purchase a new home before the existing home is sold. In addition, under some programs, if an employee’s home is not sold within a specified time frame, we purchase the home based on an objective appraised value and continue to market the property until it is sold. We provide these services under two different product offerings. Under a traditional model, we provide all services on a cost plus basis, and any loss on the home sale and all holding costs incurred while the house is “in inventory” are borne by the corporate customer. Under a “fixed fee” model, we provide all of these services to our U.S. corporate customers for a fixed fee, set as a percentage of the transferee’s home value.

In the fixed fee offering, we take responsibility for all costs in the home sale process and agree to purchase the home if it is not sold within the pre-determined, contractual time frame agreed upon with the corporate customer or if a third-party sale falls through. When we take a home into inventory, which, in our experience, occurs approximately 11% of the time, we are responsible for all carrying costs and any loss on resale of the home. When we purchase the transferee’s home, we either continue to service the transferee’s mortgage until the home is sold or, in the case of government service agencies and some corporate clients, we immediately pay off the mortgage. We have a comprehensive and sophisticated process for minimizing our risk and cost of providing the fixed fee offering and have experienced acceptable home sale losses on individual properties over the history of the program. We believe this model better aligns our interests with those of our customer, as it is in our mutual interests to avoid holding houses in inventory for long periods of time and incurring losses on resale. Our fixed fee product has grown at a significant rate, and for the year ended December 31, 2004 represented approximately 54% of our corporate relocations. We expect this percentage to decline in the future due to the late December 2004 acquisition of Executive Relocation Corporation, which did not offer a fixed fee product at the time of acquisition.

Under both programs, we utilize our network of independent real estate brokers to assist with the transferee home sale and in the United States receive a referral fee from the broker.

Home Purchase.   Our home finding service provides transferees with the tools to empower them throughout the home purchasing process. At each stage of the process, we provide appropriate information, guidance and materials to make the transferee an informed buyer. As with the home sale process, we utilize our network of independent real estate brokers to assist corporate transferees in locating a new home at the destination location. In the United States, we provide this service at no cost to our customer, but receive a referral fee from the real estate broker for any home purchase. In Europe, we perform this service for an agreed upon set fee. We actively monitor and rate our real estate brokers to ensure cost-effective, high-quality service.

Mortgage Origination.   SIRVA Mortgage, Inc. (“SIRVA Mortgage”) focuses on the mortgage needs of the transferring employee. Our mortgage services complement our home finding services and simplify the overall relocation process for the transferee while reducing total relocation costs for our corporate client. We simplify relocation lending by providing free consultation, quick pre-approval, minimal paperwork, relocation-specific loan programs, direct bill arrangements and one-stop shopping through our multi-lender network. SIRVA Mortgage’s multi-lender approach allows us to research rates and loan options offered by national lenders and help the consumer make an informed decision. We provide mortgage services to our customers’ transferees, underwriting the mortgage for a transferee’s home purchase. Before a mortgage is underwritten, we obtain the agreement of one of various third-party financial institutions to purchase the mortgage from us. There typically is a processing lag of 20 to 30 days from the time we write the mortgages to the time we complete the sale. During this time, the mortgages

6




are carried as current assets and are financed through our mortgage warehouse facility. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, we originated $1,035.1 million and $836.6 million of mortgages, respectively.

Destination Services.   We assist corporations in making relocations more successful by providing a range of services that reduces the inconvenience to transferees (and their families) and facilitates their integration into the new location. These services include city orientation, school selection, visa and immigration management, language and cultural training and other services. We provide these services through a combination of third-party contractors and SIRVA employees, depending, in part, upon the custom for such services in the local market. In cases where we utilize third parties for these services, we typically receive a referral fee from the local service provider.

Global Services.   We have Global Service Centers in 12 countries, with a network of certified business suppliers in over 150 countries, enabling us to provide global solutions to local issues. Through these global offices, we offer a full suite of specialized global relocation services to corporate clients and assignees, including assignment management, process management, visa and immigration services, complete destination services and expense management.

Move Management.   We provide move management services to corporate transferees, coordinating the packing, storage and moving of a transferee’s household goods, as well as assistance with questions and claims. We provide these services through our own fulfillment network, described below under “Household Goods Moving Services,” or, at a corporate customer’s election, through a non-SIRVA moving company.

We provide all of these relocation services through operating centers located in and around major metropolitan areas throughout the world: ten in the United States (Cleveland, Ohio; Chicago, Illinois; Minneapolis, Minnesota; St. Louis, Missouri; Denver, Colorado; Bridgewater, New Jersey; Bethel, Connecticut; Shelton, Connecticut; New York, New York; Detroit, Michigan), three in the United Kingdom (Swindon, Leyland and Aberdeen), six in continental Europe (Brussels, Paris, Munich, Antwerp, The Hague and Geneva), two in Australia (Melbourne and Sydney), one in New Zealand (Auckland) and five in Asia (Hong Kong, Shanghai, Beijing, Singapore and Kuala Lumpur). We have a staff of over 650 key relocation specialists dedicated to serving the needs of our clients and transferees. Speaking more than 25 languages and representing many nationalities, this staff coordinates our extended network of service providers, including moving services companies, real estate brokers, appraisers and destination service providers.

Corporate clients expect a streamlined communication process between their human resource managers, transferees and us. To meet these needs, account managers provide this single point of contact and accountability for our clients. For individual transferring employees, we provide the full range of relocation services through a lead relocation counselor who draws on other specialists as needed during the relocation process.

Moving Services North America

Through our Allied, northAmerican and Global branded networks, we provide interstate moving services, including household goods packing, storage and transportation services throughout the United States and Canada and have a leadership position in the industry. Our Allied® and northAmerican® trademarks are considered two of the most widely recognized and respected brand names in moving services.

Household Goods Moving Services.   Our household goods moving services in North America are primarily provided through our network of 735 branded agents. Agents are independently-owned local moving companies that provide customers with the local packing, warehousing and the majority of the

7




hauling required to support household moves. Our network of agents and their drivers owns most of the equipment used in our moving operations. We act as a network manager for our agents, providing, among other services, brand management, sales and marketing support, interstate dispatch and planning, billing, collection and claims handling. We hold U.S. licensing authority for all interstate moves and have entered into contracts with local agents with respect to their interstate moves and recognize revenues accordingly. In contrast, our agents generally conduct intrastate moves under their own licenses using our brands, except in certain states such as Texas and California where we hold intrastate licenses. Therefore, we are not a party to most intrastate transactions and do not recognize operating revenues and associated costs in connection with such transactions.

Agent Network.   We have developed long-term relationships with our branded agent network, which on an individual basis have often extended to a multi-generation affiliation with us. Our relationship with the agent network is governed by an agency contract that defines the terms and conditions of the agents’ exclusive representation of us in all interstate household goods shipments, as well as the compensation structure for services provided. While we enter into certain short-term contracts, we will often enter into long-term contracts, which typically extend from 3 to 15 years in duration, with selected agents. Our long-term contracts provide security to both parties and ensure us long-term representation and operating revenues in key markets. We have long-term contracts in place with agents who represent approximately 81% of the 2004 operating revenues for our Moving Services North America business. Our Allied agents have been included within this classification of agents with long-term contracts. In May 2005, a new three-year contract was signed by more than 94% of our Allied agents representing 96% of the transportation revenue. As a result of these arrangements, we have historically experienced relatively low agent turnover. No single agent accounted for more than 4% of our operating revenues for our Moving Services North America business in 2004.

Owner Operators.   Owner operators are independent contractors who work with our agent network and us, and provide household goods and specialty transportation fulfillment services. In most circumstances, they own the trucks and coordinate obtaining the labor needed to service customer moves. Across our network in North America at December 31, 2004, there were approximately 2,150 owner operators contracted almost exclusively by agents in household goods moving and approximately 300 owner operators contracted by us primarily in our specialty transportation business units. Those business units include Special Products, Blanketwrap and Flatbed which provide for the transportation of non-household goods freight.

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

Through our multiple brands in Europe and the Asia Pacific region, we provide international household goods packing, storage and moving services. The combination of these operations, together with our North American moving services operations, provides us with a leadership position in the moving services industry around the world.

In Europe and Asia Pacific, we provide household goods moving services, office and industrial moving, records management and storage through a combination of our company-operated locations, our proprietary agent network and our network of affiliated preferred providers. We operate a majority of the fulfillment assets in Europe and the Asia Pacific regions. During 2004, we disposed of a number of U.K. owned properties, thereby shifting towards a less capital intensive business model. We have continued this shift as we implement the use of more service providers who maintain their own equipment.

8




Customers—Global Relocation Services, Moving Services North America and Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

We serve a diverse range of customers around the world, including corporations of all sizes, military and government agencies and individual consumers. This diverse client base helps to lower our exposure to downturns or volatility in any one industry or region.

Corporate Customers.   Our corporate customers range from small businesses to large multinational companies. Many of our contracts with corporate customers are terminable by the customer on short notice, and generally do not specify a minimum transaction volume. Our customers cut across a variety of industries, including consumer packaged goods, automotive, manufacturing, business and financial services, retail, technology and pharmaceuticals. They are based throughout the United States, Canada, Europe and Asia Pacific. No single corporate customer accounted for more than 6% of our 2004 revenues.

Military/Government Agencies.   We provide household goods moving services to State and Federal government agencies in the United States, including the U.S. Department of Agriculture, the Drug Enforcement Administration and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, all branches of the U.S. military and government agencies of other countries around the world. These military and government agencies have traditionally represented a stable source of demand for our services and are less subject to economic cycles than our corporate customers. We also provide relocation services to certain U.S. government agencies.

Consumer Market.   We provide domestic and international household goods moving services to consumers around the world. The individual household market has traditionally been stable in terms of both volume and price. Selection of a moving company is generally driven by brand, quality, price and capacity. We also offer consumers a range of relocation services via employee programs through corporate customers and member programs through associations and member service organizations. These services currently include home buying and selling assistance, mortgage financing and moving services. We have a centralized consumer contact center in the United States, which we believe is unique in the moving industry, that facilitates direct consumer inquiries from a broad range of internet and third-party-based marketing activities. The contact center provides immediate customer response, service qualification, and real time connection to a preferred local agent. The contact center also delivers qualified leads to the agent network, and as such, has quickly grown to represent over 15% of our U.S. consumer moving volume.

Sales and Marketing—Global Relocation Services, Moving Services North America and Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

We believe we have the largest sales and marketing group in the relocation industry with a corporate sales and marketing team of approximately 125 members and a network of over 1,700 agent sales personnel serving the corporate and consumer channels. We address the consumer market through multiple channels, including a customer contact center, printed telephone directories and various internet-based efforts. In addition, we have a dedicated sales team for the military/government market.

While we strive to grow our business in each market, we believe our largest opportunity for continued growth is in the corporate market. Because of our long-standing moving services relationships with many of our corporate clients, we have a history of delivery that enables us to offer related relocation services to many of them. This combined offering of relocation and moving services can often reduce their costs, while maintaining or improving the quality of service, and simplifying their administrative effort.

In our corporate market, our sales and marketing groups work in conjunction with our service delivery personnel to pursue four broad objectives:

·       Attract new clients with our customizable relocation solutions that streamline administration, reduce risk exposure and reduce relocation costs;

9




·       Retain existing customers by delivering an increasing level of satisfaction;

·       Develop innovative new products and services; and

·       Continually strengthen and support our branded network of agents and their salespeople.

Competition—Global Relocation Services, Moving Services North America and Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

Global Relocation Services.   The relocation services business is highly competitive, and includes a number of major companies that provide a full suite of relocation services, including Cendant Mobility, Prudential Financial, Weichert Relocation, Primacy and GMAC. The remainder of the relocation business is highly fragmented, with a variety of companies, including real estate brokers, moving companies, accounting firms, mortgage firms, destination service providers and business process outsourcing firms, offering individual services.

We believe the basis for competing successfully in this market rests on a company’s ability to meet the needs of corporate customers, including high quality, low cost, low risk, simplified administration and effective knowledge management. The majority of our major competitors approach the market based on their strength in real estate. We approach the market based on our innovative service offerings and our global capabilities.

Moving Services North America.   The moving services business is highly competitive and fragmented within North America. A number of large moving companies provide national services. The remainder of the industry remains extremely fragmented with many small private companies that have strong positions in local markets. We compete primarily with national moving companies, including Unigroup (United and Mayflower), Atlas, Graebel and Bekins. In the Moving Services North America segment, we also face competition from other types of competitors. These competitors include independent movers, self-storage and self-haul service providers. Quality, customer service, price and capacity are key factors in the mover selection process.

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific.   Within Europe and the Asia Pacific region, the industry is also extremely fragmented among regional, national and local companies. Many of these companies may specialize in segments of the moving market such as international, domestic or office moving. Our chief competitors in the Europe and Asia Pacific regions include Crown Relocations, Santa Fe, Britannia, Team Relocations (formerly TransEuro and Amertrans), Sterling, Michael Gerson, White & Company and Interdean in corporate and consumer moving, Harrow Green, Edes and Business Moves in office moving, and Iron Mountain and Recall in records management.

Network Services

The Network Services segment offers a range of services to U.S. moving and storage agents, independent owner operators and small fleet operators to assist them in the daily operation of their businesses. Canadian-based entities are also customers when they operate in the United States. The customer base includes both those inside and outside the SIRVA network.

These services include a broad range of commercial property and casualty coverages, as well as truck maintenance and repair services, emergency breakdown assistance and group purchasing. Group purchasing opportunities include fuel and tire discounts, corrugated boxes, uniforms and other ancillary items used in our customers’ businesses. We developed these services using the knowledge of the needs of truck drivers, fleet owners, motor carriers and moving and storage agents that we have accumulated from managing our proprietary agent network, operating our own fleets and from our frequent interactions with independent owner operators.

10




Insurance Services

Through Transguard Insurance Company of America, Inc. (“TransGuard”), we offer U.S. insurance services, such as auto liability, occupational accident, physical damage, worker’s compensation and inland marine coverages to moving agents, small fleet owners, and owner-operators. Due to the historical relationship with our moving services companies, TransGuard has focused on insurance services that meet the needs of our U.S. fulfillment network. We have used the market knowledge acquired from serving our network to extend insurance offerings to non-affiliated agents, drivers and small fleet owners. The acquisition of the National Association of Independent Truckers (“NAIT”) in April 2002 opened up a new customer channel of independent owner operators. Our insurance products are distributed primarily through a network of third-party insurance brokers. In November 2004, we discontinued our small fleet program, as this business offered unacceptable returns on invested capital. For the year ended December 31, 2004, this unit represented $19.3 million, or 12.5%, of operating revenue for our Network Services segment. As discussed below in “Disposal Plan,” we entered into a definitive agreement on September 21, 2005 to sell our U.S. insurance operations.

NAIT

NAIT is an association of independent owner operators, fleet owners, couriers and limo drivers. In exchange for annual membership dues, NAIT offers access to a broad array of services, designed to improve the profitability and quality of life of the independent driver. These services include fuel and tire discounts, emergency breakdown assistance, calling cards and overnight delivery. TransGuard also offers NAIT members a range of insurance services. Since we acquired NAIT in April 2002, we have been successful in selling its services both to our network and to non-affiliated customers. Membership has grown from approximately 10,700 in April 2002, when we acquired NAIT, to approximately 32,000 at December 31, 2004. NAIT membership has declined slightly to approximately 30,000 during 2005 due in part to the ratings downgrade actions taken by A. M. Best.

Fleet Services and Group Purchasing

We use the scale of our fulfillment network to offer our own, as well as non-affiliated, agents and drivers discount purchase programs and emergency breakdown assistance through a nationwide network of independent repair centers to meet their needs when on the road. Historically, we have also offered tractor/trailer maintenance and repair services through Fleet Services Operations in two owned facilities in Fontana, California and Fort Wayne, Indiana. We sold the Fontana facility in the second quarter of 2004 and the Fort Wayne facilities in the first quarter of 2005 (see “Disposal Plan” below). In early 2005, we transferred the group purchasing and emergency breakdown assistance activities into the Moving Services North America business segment, leaving the Network Services business segment to consist of solely U.S. insurance related activities and NAIT.

Competition—Network Services

Our competition in the insurance industry is composed of large, general lines insurance companies, such as AIG and Firemans’ Fund, as well as smaller companies that focus on our moving and storage and transportation markets. The basis for competition in this industry is primarily price, product offerings and perceived quality of the insurance company, including A.M. Best rating. Fleet services is a highly fragmented industry with many service providers. Competition for fleet services is on the basis of service offering, price, geographic location and geographic scope. NAIT faces competition from other membership-based organizations, most notably the Owner Operator Independent Driver Association. Competition in this membership-based area is on the basis of breadth of service offering, price and ease of use for members.

11




Disposal Plan

On September 9, 2004, our Board of Directors authorized, approved and committed us to a disposal plan (the “Disposal Plan”) involving our North American High Value Products and homeExpress business (“HVP” or “High Value Products Division”), as well as certain other logistics businesses, which include Specialized Transportation in Europe (“STEU”) and our Transportation Solutions (“TS”) segment in North America. In October 2004, we completed the sale of the High Value Products Division. In December 2004, we announced that a material definitive agreement had been executed to sell STEU, and, in July 2005, we announced that a material definitive agreement had been executed to sell TS as outlined in the disposal plan. The STEU transaction closed in February 2005, while the TS transaction closed in August 2005.

While not included in the initial disposal plan authorized by the Board of Directors, we have identified purchasers for our Fleet Service operations (Network Services segment), as well as our Blanketwrap and Flatbed truckload freight operations (Moving Services North America segment). In March 2005, we completed the sale of our Fleet Service operation, which had annual revenues of $14.8 million in 2004. In May and August 2005, we completed the sale of our Blanketwrap and Flatbed truckload operations, which had annual 2004 revenues of $29.5 million and $9.1 million, respectively. This completed our exit from the former North American Van Lines’ commercial freight/logistics businesses.

In March 2005, we announced our intention to review strategic options for our U.S. insurance related businesses. The review was intended to identify alternatives that would facilitate an improvement to the financial characteristics associated with our insurance industry ratings or to otherwise maximize the value of the business for us. The strategic review resulted in the signing of a definitive agreement on September 21, 2005 to sell our U.S. insurance operations to IAT Reinsurance Company Ltd.

On October 14, 2005, we entered into a Share Sale Agreement with IM Australia Holdings Pty Ltd, IM New Zealand Holdings ULC and Iron Mountain Incorporated to sell our Australian and New Zealand operations of Pickfords Records Management, part of our Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segment.

The completion of our 2004 Disposal Plan, combined with the 2005 transactions referenced above, completes a strategic restructuring that allows us to focus on our Relocation Redefined® business model.

Discontinued Operations

Each of the above referenced divested business units were identifiable components of our company, as their operations and cash flows could be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of our business. As a result of the Disposal Plan, the assets and liabilities of HVP, STEU and TS were classified as held for sale at September 30, 2004 and the results of these businesses have been reported in discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented in which they were owned. As part of the classification of these businesses as discontinued operations, general corporate overhead expenses, that were previously allocated to these businesses but will remain after their disposal, have been reclassified to other segments in our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

As a result of the Board of Directors’ approval of the sale of Fleet Service, Blanketwrap and Flatbed operations, the assets and liabilities of those businesses will be reclassified as held for sale, and the results of these businesses will be reported in discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented effective in March 2005.

As a result of the Board of Directors’ approval of the sale of our U.S. insurance related businesses, the assets and liabilities of these businesses will be reclassified as held for sale, and the results of these

12




businesses will be reported in discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented effective in September 2005.

Government Regulation

Our operations are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that in many instances require permits and licenses. Our U.S. interstate motor carrier operations, as a common and contract carrier, are regulated by the Surface Transportation Board and the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, which are independent agencies within the U.S. Department of Transportation. The Surface Transportation Board has jurisdiction similar to the former Interstate Commerce Commission over such issues as rates, tariffs, antitrust immunity and undercharge and overcharge claims. The Department of Transportation, and in particular the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, also has jurisdiction over such matters as safety, the registration of motor carriers, freight forwarders and brokers, insurance (financial responsibility) matters, financial reporting requirements and enforcement of leasing and loading and unloading practices. In addition to motor carrier operations, we also conduct domestic operations as a licensed or permitted freight forwarder and property broker. Many of the licenses and permits that we hold were issued by the Interstate Commerce Commission, which was eliminated in 1996; some of its regulatory functions are now performed by the Department of Transportation, the Surface Transportation Board and the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration. With respect to interstate motor carrier operations, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration is the principal regulator in terms of safety, including carrier and driver qualification, drug and alcohol testing of drivers, hours of service requirements and maintenance and qualification of equipment.

We are an ocean transportation intermediary pursuant to the Shipping Act of 1984, as amended. As such, we hold ocean freight forwarder licenses issued by the Federal Maritime Commission (“FMC”), and are subject to FMC bonding requirements applicable to ocean freight forwarders. We also conduct certain operations as a non-vessel-operating common carrier and are subject to the regulations relating to FMC tariff filing and bonding requirements, and under the Shipping Act of 1984, particularly with respect to terms thereof proscribing rebating practices. The FMC does not currently regulate the level of our fees in any material respect.

Our U.S. Customs brokerage activities are licensed by the U.S. Department of the Treasury and are regulated by the U.S. Bureau of Customs and Border Protection. We are also subject to similar regulations by the regulatory authorities of foreign jurisdictions in which we operate.

With respect to U.S. state and Canadian provincial licenses, the permitting and licensing structure largely parallels the U.S. federal licensing regulatory structure.

In Europe, including the United Kingdom, we hold operator licenses and international transport licenses in 11 of the countries in which we run trucks. Across Europe, we are required to comply with data protection legislation to insure the safe guarding of customers’ information. In the United Kingdom since January 2005, we are authorized and regulated under the Financial Services Authority in order to sell insurance-style products to our customers. In the United Kingdom, SIRVA Conveyancing Limited is licensed under the Administration of Justice Act 1985 to carry out the legal process for the transfer of real property. Operating licenses are not required in all European countries in which we operate. Operating licenses are approvals from the relevant local authority permitting the operation of commercial vehicles from specified bases. One of the prerequisites for these licenses is the employment by the relevant business of individuals who hold certain certificates of professional competence concerning their management of the business’s fleet of vehicles. In the United Kingdom and continental Europe, we hold licenses for bonded warehouses at certain major ports of entry in connection with our receipt of imported goods.

In the Asia Pacific region, we hold various commercial vehicle licenses. In Australia we hold licenses for international relocation for our customs, quarantine and air freight operation and to store dangerous

13




goods in connection with our management and operation of gas refueling tanks. We are licensed under Australia’s Financial Services Reform Act so that we can comply with a 2004 requirement that applies to our sale of insurance-style products within our moving business. In New Zealand, we hold a goods service license to operate as a removalist, licenses for bonded warehouses at major ports of entry in connection with our receipt of imported goods, and government approvals in connection with our establishment as a customs bonded area and an approved facility for exams.

TransGuard and our other insurance subsidiaries such as The Baxendale Insurance Company Ltd., which is part of our Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segment, are subject to extensive supervision and regulation by insurance regulators in their respective jurisdictions, including regulations limiting the transfer of assets, loans, or the payments of dividends from such insurance subsidiaries to their affiliates, including us. Such regulation could limit our ability to draw on these insurance subsidiaries’ assets to repay our indebtedness.

SIRVA Title Agency, Inc. is licensed in Ohio and provides support to the relocations managed within SIRVA Relocation. In addition, in order to receive referral fees, SIRVA Relocation is currently licensed, through individual employees, as a real estate broker in Ohio and other states. Each state has a varying degree of regulatory and annual reporting requirements. Various governmental (including the federal, state and local jurisdictions of the many countries in which we operate) laws, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, those laws, rules and regulations concerning tax obligations, privacy of information, financial controls and real estate also have a significant impact on our Global Relocation Services segment.

SIRVA Mortgage is authorized to conduct first lien mortgage lending activity as a mortgage banker in all fifty states and the District of Columbia and second lien mortgage activity in 42 states and the District of Columbia. SIRVA Mortgage has obtained a mortgage lending license and is licensed in good standing (or has received an exemption from regulation) in all states where required. Second lien mortgage activity may be limited in some states due to the type of license SIRVA Mortgage holds. State mortgage licensing laws and regulation activities have a significant impact on our mortgage lending activities.

Furthermore, in the United States, North American Van Lines, Allied and Global have been participants in certain collective activities, including collective rate-making with other motor carriers pursuant to an exemption from the antitrust laws as currently set forth in The Motor Carrier Act of 1980. Over the years, the scope of the antitrust exemption has decreased and there can be no assurance that such exemption from the antitrust laws will continue in the future. The loss of such exemption could result in an adverse effect on our operations for financial condition.

Any violation of the laws and regulations discussed above could increase claims and/or liabilities, including claims for uninsured punitive damages. Failure to maintain required permits or licenses, or to comply with applicable regulations could subject us to fines or, in the event of a serious violation, suspension or revocation of operating authority or criminal penalties. All of these regulatory authorities have broad powers generally governing activities such as authority to engage in motor carrier operations, rates and charges and certain mergers, consolidations and acquisitions. Although compliance with these regulations has not had a materially adverse effect on our operations or financial condition in the past, there can be no assurance that such regulations or any changes to such regulations will not materially adversely impact our operations in the future.

Our international operations are conducted primarily through local branches owned or leased by various subsidiaries, as well as franchises in over 40 countries outside the United States and in a number of additional countries through agents and non-exclusive representatives. We are subject to certain customary risks inherent in carrying on business abroad, including the effect of regulatory and legal restrictions imposed by foreign governments.

14




Environmental Matters

Our facilities and operations are subject to environmental laws and regulations in the various foreign, U.S., state and local jurisdictions in which we operate. These requirements govern, among other things, discharges of pollutants into the air, water and land, the management and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and wastes, and the cleanup of contamination. In some parts of Europe, we are subject to regulations governing the extent to which we recycle waste. Some of our operations require permits intended to prevent or reduce air and water pollution and these may be reviewed, modified or revoked by the issuing authorities.

We actively monitor our compliance with environmental laws and regulations and management believes that we are presently in material compliance with all applicable requirements. Compliance costs are included in our results of operations and are not material. We will continue to incur ongoing capital and operating expenses to maintain or achieve compliance with applicable environmental requirements, upgrade existing equipment at our facilities as necessary and meet new regulatory requirements. While it is not possible to predict with certainty future environmental compliance requirements, management believes that future expenditures relating to environmental compliance requirements will not materially adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We have been, and in the future may be, responsible for investigating or remediating contamination at our facilities or at off-site locations to which we sent wastes for disposal. For example, because we own or lease or have in the past owned or leased facilities at which underground storage tanks are located and operated, we are subject to regulations governing the construction, operation and maintenance of underground storage tanks and for preventing or cleaning up releases from these tanks. We have incurred, and in the future may incur, costs related to our investigation and cleanup of releases of materials from underground storage tanks, though such costs are not expected to have a materially adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. Contaminants have been detected at certain of our present or former sites principally in connection with historical operations. We could incur significant costs if we were required to investigate and remediate these sites.

We have also been named as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) in two environmental cleanup proceedings brought under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), or similar state statutes. Based on all known information, we estimate that the cost to resolve liability at these sites would not be materially or significantly larger than the reserves established. We are not presently able to reasonably estimate additional potential losses, if any, related to these proceedings. We could incur unanticipated costs, however, if additional contamination is found at these sites, or if we are named as a PRP in other proceedings.

Based on our assessment of facts and circumstances now known, management believes it is unlikely that any identified environmental matters, either individually or in aggregate, will have a materially adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or liquidity. As conditions may exist on our properties related to environmental problems that are latent or as yet unknown, however, there can be no assurance that we will not incur liabilities or costs, the amount and significance of which cannot be reliably estimated at this time.

Trademarks

We have registered the marks SIRVA®, northAmerican®, Allied®, Relocation Redefined®, Home Touch!®, and Worldtrac®. Other brand or product names used in this report are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.

We have been highly active in seeking protection for numerous marks and logos relating to the “SIRVA”, “northAmerican”, “Allied”, “Global”, “Pickfords” and several of our other brands. We have actively contested unauthorized use of the “northAmerican”, “Global” and “Allied” marks. We have

15




largely been successful in protecting our marks, but in a few exceptional circumstances have tolerated some third-party use of similar marks in transport-related commerce where we felt that there was no confusion by such use and no confusion was likely to occur in the future.

Employees

At December 31, 2004, our workforce comprised approximately 7,580 employees. Of these employees, approximately 6,530 were engaged within continuing operations, while approximately 1,050 were employed within discontinued operations. Approximately 2,360 employees were covered by union agreements, while not all covered employees have elected membership within those unions. The employees covered by union agreements are located in the United Kingdom, Sweden, Norway, Denmark, Australia and New Zealand. We believe our relationships with our employees are good. We have not experienced any major work stoppages in the last ten years.

Business Risks

If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occurs, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected. The trading price of our common stock could decline. In addition, this report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in those forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks faced by us described below and elsewhere in this report. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Forward-Looking Statements” on page 82.

Material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting resulted in a restatement of our financial statements, and the transitional changes to our control environment may be insufficient to effectively remediate these deficiencies.

Management has identified a number of material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. As a result of these weaknesses, we have restated our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, as well as our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarters ended March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2004 and all quarters in 2003. Although we have begun to remediate these weaknesses by implementing changes to our control environment, the process is not yet complete. Consequently, there remains a risk that the transitional procedures on which we currently rely will fail to be sufficiently effective to assess the effectiveness of our internal controls. The ineffectiveness of these remedial measures, or a delay in their implementation, could affect the accuracy or timing of our future filings with the SEC or other regulatory authorities. See Item 9A, “Controls and Procedures” for a further discussion on these matters.

Because we have not filed our annual report for the year ended December 31, 2004, or any of our quarterly reports in 2005 on a timely basis, we may suffer adverse business consequences, including the delisting of our common stock by the New York Stock Exchange.

We have not filed any of our periodic reports with the SEC on a timely basis since we last filed our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004. As a result, we have had to obtain amendments to both our credit agreement and our receivables sale agreement to provide us with more time to make these filings. If we cannot meet these extended deadlines for filing our quarterly reports for 2005, we will have to seek further amendments and waivers. Although we have previously received such amendments and waivers, we cannot give assurance that we will be able to do so again.

Our continued failure to file our quarterly reports for 2005 on a timely basis also could jeopardize our relocation and moving service agreements with the U.S. military. Under the terms of these agreements, our failure to timely file such periodic reports provides the different departments of the U.S. military with the

16




right to terminate such agreements. If the U.S. military were to terminate any of these agreements, our revenues would be materially and adversely impacted.

Furthermore, our continued failure to timely file our quarterly reports for 2005 exposes us to the risk that the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) may delist our common stock from trading. If our common stock were delisted from trading on the NYSE, investors would be adversely affected because our common stock would be less liquid.

In addition, we are delinquent in filing our financial statements, which are prepared on a statutory basis, with the insurance regulatory commissions of the various states in which we conduct our network services business. As a result, such state insurance commissions may impose penalties or suspend our authority to conduct our insurance business in their states. We already have received notices from certain states that indicated such penalties may be assessed. Two states, Ohio and Oregon, already have suspended our authority to renew existing policies or write new ones. We cannot give assurance that other states will not follow suit and suspend our authority to conduct our insurance business in their state.

The occurrence of any of these events, or other unanticipated events resulting from our failure to timely file our quarterly reports in 2005, could harm our overall business and financial results.

Our insurance operations expose us to some of the risks of the insurance industry.

As part of our Network Services segment, we have a wholly owned subsidiary TransGuard, which is an insurance company organized under the laws of Illinois. The potential for growth of our Network Services business may be offset by the risks of engaging in the insurance business. Investment returns are an important part of the overall profitability of our insurance business, and therefore fluctuations in the fixed income or equity markets could have a materially adverse effect on our results of operations. Our investment returns are also susceptible to changes in the general creditworthiness of the specific issuers of debt securities and equity securities held in our portfolio. Where the credit rating of an issuer falls so low that we are forced to dispose of our investment, we may realize a significant loss on our investment.

The reserves we maintain in our insurance business may prove to be inadequate to cover our actual losses sustained. Claim reserves do not represent an exact calculation of liability, but rather are estimates of the expected liability. To the extent that reserves are insufficient to cover actual losses, loss adjustment expenses or future policy benefits, we would have to add to our claim reserves and incur a charge to our current earnings.

TransGuard is a party to reinsurance agreements pursuant to which it cedes the liabilities under a portion of its issued insurance policies. These agreements may be terminated by the reinsurer upon notice or upon a change of control of our insurance subsidiary. If any of these reinsurance agreements are terminated, we cannot assure you that we can replace them on short notice or on favorable terms, in which case our exposure to claims under the underlying policies would be increased. Endurance Re, with whom we have a quota-share agreement on worker’s compensation for 80% of the first $1.0 million of exposure, recently cancelled the agreement and we agreed an effective cancellation date of September 23, 2005 due to our claims loss development and the recent downgrades by A.M. Best described below. Upon cancellation of the Endurance Re agreement, its coverage still applies to existing policies in-force and also any policies for which we are obligated to offer renewal due to our inability to comply with cancellation notification periods. For any new business or renewals that do not fit the condition previously described, we have entered into a reinsurance agreement with three participating carriers for losses of $0.75 million in excess of $0.25 million to limit our exposure for our workers compensation program.

On September 21, 2005, we announced a definitive agreement to sell the stock of TransGuard, NAIT, Vanguard Insurance Agency, Inc., and other related companies of the U.S. insurance services group to IAT Reinsurance Company Ltd. (“IAT”). At that time, we also announced that an affiliate of IAT will provide a cut-through endorsement for all lines of business, including worker’s compensation (excluding

17




the small fleet program) to provide TransGuard’s customers with “A-” rated paper through closing of the transaction. The Hanover 100 percent quota share arrangement, previously put in place, will be replaced with the cut-through endorsement arrangement. Both the signing of the definitive agreement and the cut-through are intended to mitigate the marketability risk caused by the A.M. Best downgrades. Customers may react unfavorably to these arrangements and opt to move their insurance coverage to another provider.

The divestiture, which is expected to close by the end of 2005, is subject to customary closing conditions and the receipt of various regulatory approvals, including state insurance commission approval and expiration of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act. If approvals are not obtained, we may not be able to close the transaction, and customers may react unfavorably.

Our U.S. insurance subsidiary is subject to financial ratings by third-party firms. Changes in these ratings expose us to loss of customers.

The A.M. Best rating of TransGuard was downgraded in 2003 from A to A- with negative implications due, in large part, to our financial leverage prior to our initial public offering. In November 2004, the negative implications element of the rating was removed. In April 2005 and again in August 2005, A.M. Best downgraded TransGuard’s rating, which now stands at B with negative implications. Any downgrade could affect the marketability of the insurance policies underwritten by TransGuard, from which we derive the vast majority of the income for our Network Services segment, and thereby adversely affect our profitability.

After the April 2005 downgrade, to reduce the impact of the rating action on its customers, TransGuard entered into two new arrangements. As a solution for its customers doing business with the military, TransGuard entered into an agreement with Avalon Risk Management to place the military portion of its Moving and Storage line with Lincoln General Insurance Company, part of the Kingsway Financial Group. We entered into a contract with Hannover Reinsurance Ltd. (“Hannover”) and E & S Reinsurance Ltd. (“E & S”) as of June 1, 2005, reinsuring our net retention for all lines other than workers compensation and transportation services. Hannover, rated “A” by A.M. Best, assumes 100 percent of TransGuard’s business risk on a first-dollar basis for coverage provided to the members of NAIT and for the moving and storage (non-military) business. We received approval by the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation, Department of Insurance (“DOI”) on September 29, 2005 and we are in the process of commutation with Hannover for a final payment amount of $2.1 million. Customers may react unfavorably to these arrangements and opt to move their insurance coverage to another provider.

We are subject to litigation and governmental investigations as a result of our operations.

We are subject to litigation resulting from our operations, including litigation resulting from accidents involving our agents and drivers. These accidents have involved, and in the future may involve, serious injuries or the loss of lives. This litigation may result in liability to us or harm our reputation. While the impact of this litigation is typically immaterial to our operations and financial condition, there can be no assurance that its impact will not be material in the future.

In addition, we are being investigated by the Department of Justice Antitrust Division, European antitrust regulators, and the Australian Competition & Consumer Commission regarding potential antitrust violations in the United States, Europe and Australia, respectively. We have established a reserve for the Department of Justice and European antitrust investigations in accordance with the guidelines set forth in SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“SFAS 5”) that we consider appropriate in the circumstances. We have not established a reserve for the Australian antitrust investigation because an unfavorable outcome for us is considered neither probable nor remote at this time and an estimate of

18




probable loss or range of probable loss cannot currently be made. We believe that, based on information currently available, the outcome of the Department of Justice, European and Australian antitrust investigations will not have a material adverse impact on our overall operations or financial condition, although there can be no assurance that they will not. Any potential penalties, however, may have a material impact on our earnings in the period in which they are recognized.

Furthermore, we are the subject of a securities class action filed in November 2004 on behalf of all persons who acquired our common stock between November 25, 2003 and November 9, 2004, as well as a second lawsuit brought by an individual plaintiff against us and certain of our directors and officers. Each complaint alleges, among other things, that we made false and misleading statements in certain SEC filings, including the prospectuses to our initial and secondary public offerings, and press releases. Each case is in the preliminary stages, the outcome of each is not predictable at this time, and we are not presently able to reasonably estimate potential losses, if any, related to either lawsuit. Therefore, no amounts have been accrued for these claims. An unfavorable outcome in either case could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. In addition, the defense of any litigation may be costly and divert our attention from the day-to-day operations of our business.

For a more detailed discussion of these and other legal proceedings, see Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” below.

Our ability to engage in certain businesses may be impaired by the regulatory investigations described above.

The regulatory investigations described above may reduce the willingness of counterparties to engage in business with us. Uncertainty concerning the ultimate outcome of these actions and proceedings may also make our products and services less attractive in the marketplace. In addition, as discussed in Item 3, “Legal Proceedings,” we are under a formal investigation by the SEC related to our January 31, 2005 earnings guidance.

Our success depends in part on our relatively new strategy of offering a global comprehensive relocation solution to customers.

Historically, the majority of our operating revenues and income from continuing operations was derived from our moving services businesses. A significant element of our growth model, however, is our relatively new strategy of offering a global comprehensive relocation solution to customers by combining our higher-margin relocation services with our proprietary moving services network.

We have had net losses in certain years and we may not be profitable in the future.

We had net losses of $68.2 million, $22.7 million and $21.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2001 and 2000, respectively. We cannot assure you that we will not report net losses in future periods. We cannot predict what impact potential net losses might have on our ability to finance our operations in the future or on the market value of our common stock.

If we do not successfully compete within the highly competitive industries in which we operate, our operating revenues and profitability could be adversely affected.

The global relocation industry is highly competitive. Our main competitors are other corporate relocation service providers such as Prudential Financial and Cendant Mobility, who are also significant customers of our moving services business. The moving services industry is extremely fragmented. We compete primarily with national moving companies, including UniGroup (United and Mayflower), Atlas, Graebel and Bekins.

19




In the moving services segment, we also face competition from other types of competitors, including independent movers, self-storage and self-haul service providers. There are many small private participants that have strong positions in local markets.

The segment of the insurance services business in which we operate is also highly competitive. Our main competitors include AIG, Fireman’s Fund and smaller companies that focus on moving and storage and transportation markets.

Competition may force us to lower our prices thereby adversely affecting our operating revenues and profitability.

Competition in the relocation solutions and insurance industries and potential new entrants into these industries may force us to lower our prices, thereby affecting our operating revenues and profitability. If we do not successfully compete within these highly competitive industries, we will lose customers, in which case our operating revenues and profitability would be adversely affected. As we are subject to intense competition, we may not be able to achieve our growth objectives in a timely fashion, if at all.

Our business and financial condition could be adversely affected by future economic downturns and other external events.

We serve numerous industries and customers that experience significant fluctuation in demand based on economic conditions and other factors beyond our control. As our operating results are subject to customer demand, a downturn in the business of our corporate customers or a decrease in the frequency of household moves could materially adversely affect the performance of our business. In the past, our results of operations have been negatively impacted by economic downturns.

The volume of U.K. home sale transactions started to decline in the third quarter of 2004 and continues to be weak. This decline, together with difficult market conditions in the European international moving market may lead to our European operations suffering price pressures as the competition attempts to capture the remaining business volume. There can be no assurance that this period of reduced moving activity will not continue to exert price pressure on our European operations, resulting in lower revenues and profitability.

Similarly, terrorist attacks or other acts of violence or war may affect the financial markets, in general, or our business, financial condition and results of operation, in particular. We cannot assure you that there will not be future terrorist attacks affecting any of the markets we serve. Any such attacks or armed conflict may directly affect our physical facilities or those of our customers and vendors. In addition, these events could cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease or could result in increased volatility in the U.S. and world financial markets and economies.

We have substantial existing debt and may incur substantial additional debt in the future, and the agreements governing our debt contain restrictions that could significantly restrict our ability to operate our business.

At December 31, 2004, we have total outstanding debt of $680.2 million and stockholders’ equity of $366.3 million. We may incur additional debt in the future, which would result in a greater portion of our cash flow from operations being dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to us for other purposes.

Our senior secured credit facility contains a number of significant covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, make acquisitions or engage in mergers or consolidations and make capital expenditures. In addition, under our senior secured credit facility, we are required to comply with specified financial ratios and tests, including consolidated leverage ratio and consolidated interest coverage ratio requirements, as well as file timely financial statements with the SEC. Compliance with these covenants for subsequent periods may be difficult if current market and other economic conditions deteriorate.

20




In addition, our senior secured credit facility imposes deadlines for filing our annual and quarterly reports with the SEC. Unless we further amend the terms of our senior secured credit facility, our failure to timely file our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the periods ended March 31, 2005, June 30, 2005 and September 30, 2005 would result in an event of default under the credit facility. Although we have been able to amend our senior secured credit facility in the past to extend these filing deadlines, we can give no assurance that we will be able to do so in the future.

Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our debt instruments may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. In addition, as discussed above, because we have not filed our annual report for the year ended December 31, 2004, or any of our quarterly reports for 2005 with the SEC on a timely basis, we may not be able to file our annual report for the year ended December 31, 2005 on a timely basis. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default or cross default under our debt instruments and would permit the lenders to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, and the commitments of our senior secured lenders to make further extensions of credit under our senior secured credit facility could be terminated. If we were unable to repay our indebtedness to our senior secured lenders, these lenders could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness.

The recent downgrades in SIRVA’s and SIRVA Worldwide’s credit ratings will increase our borrowing costs.

In July and August 2005, the major ratings agencies downgraded our debt ratings. Moody’s Investors Services lowered the SIRVA Worldwide, Corporate Family (previously called Senior Implied) Rating to B2 from Ba3, with a negative outlook. Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services lowered its ratings on SIRVA and SIRVA Worldwide to B+ from BB, with all ratings on CreditWatch with negative implications. These ratings are current opinions of the ratings agencies, and may be changed, suspended or withdrawn at any time by the agencies. Because we rely on external sources of financing to fund our operations, the recent downgrades and any future downgrades in our debt ratings will increase our borrowing costs or potentially reduce our liquidity and therefore adversely affect our results of operations.

Our Global Relocation Services business exposes us to some of the risks of the real estate industry, including risks relating to the purchase, ownership and resale of transferred employees’ homes at a loss.

The growth of our relocation solutions business exposes us to the risks of engaging in the real estate business. As part of our global relocation solutions package, we offer corporate customers home purchase and sale services for their employees. If a transferee’s home cannot be sold within a given period of time, we may have to purchase the home for our own account and we may ultimately have to sell the home to a third-party at a loss. In addition, a decline in the volume or value of existing home sales due to adverse economic changes could increase the number of homes that we may have to purchase and we may have to sell those homes at our loss or carry these homes for longer periods of time, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations.

We may not be able to recruit and retain a sufficient number of agents, representatives or owner operators to carry out our growth plans.

Our Moving Services North America operations rely on the services of agents to market our services and to act as intermediaries with customers, and on agents and owner operators to provide a significant portion of our packing, warehousing and hauling services. Although we believe our relationships with our agents and owner operators are good, we have had some difficulty obtaining or retaining qualified owner operators in the past due to industry conditions.

Our agents are independent businesses that provide moving and storage services to our and their own customers, and 20 of our 735 agents account for approximately 32% of our moving and storage business in

21




North America. If an agent were to terminate its relationship with us, we might not be able to recruit a replacement to service the same geographic region. Generally, there are few additional new entrants into this business and thus recruiting new agents often requires a conversion of an agent from a competing van line. Competing companies also recruit our agents.

Owner operators are independent contractors who own their own trucks and provide hauling and other services. Fluctuations in the economy and fuel prices, as well as a lifestyle that requires drivers to often be away from home from four to eight weeks at a time, create challenges for new entrants to that business. Further, competition for long haul owner operators is strong among competing moving companies.

We cannot assure you that we will be successful in retaining our agents or owner operators or that agents or owner operators that terminate their contracts can be replaced by qualified personnel. A loss in the number of experienced drivers could lead to an increased frequency of accidents, potential claims exposure and result in increased insurance costs. Because agents have the primary relationship with customers, we expect that some customers would terminate their relationship should there be a separation between the agent and ourselves. In addition, a loss of agents could impair our ability to guarantee moving capacity to our relocation customers.

Actions taken by our agents may harm our brands or reputation, or result in legal actions against us.

We believe that our strong brand names, including Allied® and northAmerican®, are among our most valuable assets. Our proprietary network of agents in North America operate their businesses using our brand names and, in the case of most intrastate moves, without our involvement. Our agents are independent third parties with their own financial objectives, and actions taken by them, including breaches of their contractual obligations to us, could harm our brands or reputation, or result in legal actions against us. Any negative publicity associated with our agents may affect our reputation and thereby adversely impact our results of operations.

We are a holding company with no significant independent operations and therefore rely on our subsidiaries to make funds available to us.

We are a holding company with no significant independent operations and no significant assets other than the capital stock of our subsidiaries, including SIRVA Worldwide. Therefore, we are dependent upon the receipt of dividends or other distributions from our subsidiaries. SIRVA Worldwide’s senior secured credit facility contains restrictions on distributions from SIRVA Worldwide to us, other than for certain specified purposes. Our inability to receive funds from our operating subsidiaries could adversely affect our ability to meet our obligations and to make dividend payments and other distributions to holders of our common stock.

Potential liability associated with accidents in the trucking industry is severe and occurrences are unpredictable. In addition, an increase in liability, property or casualty insurance premiums could cause us to incur significant costs.

We use the services of a significant number of drivers in connection with our pick-up and delivery operations, and from time to time these drivers are involved in accidents, including accidents occurring in operations that do not involve us. Potential liability associated with accidents in the trucking industry may be severe and occurrences are unpredictable. We are also subject to substantial exposure due to workers’ compensation and cargo claims expense, whether or not injuries or damage occur in the context of a traffic accident.

We carry insurance to cover liability and workers’ compensation claims. We cannot assure you, however, that our insurance will be adequate to cover all of our liabilities. To the extent we were to

22




experience a material increase in the frequency or severity of accidents, cargo claims or workers’ compensation claims, or in the unfavorable resolution of existing claims, we might be required to incur substantial costs to cover these claims. In addition, our results of operations would be adversely affected if our liability, workers’ compensation and casualty premiums were to increase substantially.

If we lost one or more of our government licenses or permits or became subject to more onerous government regulations, including the recent federal safety rules on truck driver work hours and the recent federal consumer protection regulations governing the moving industry, we could be adversely affected.

Our operations are subject to a number of complex and stringent transportation, environmental, labor, employment, insurance and other laws and regulations. These laws and regulations generally require us to maintain a wide variety of certificates, permits, licenses and other approvals. For example, in the United States, we maintain licenses and permits issued by the Surface Transportation Board, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration and the Department of Transportation, as well as the Federal Maritime Commission and insurance and banking regulators.

In Europe, we hold operator licenses and international transport licenses issued by the relevant local authorities in 11 countries. Across Europe, we are required to comply with data protection legislation ensuring the safeguarding of customers’ information. In the United Kingdom, we are licensed by the Financial Services Authority to sell insurance to our customers. In the United Kingdom, we also are licensed under the Administration of Justice Act of 1985 to carry out the legal process for the transfer of property. In the Asia Pacific region, we hold various commercial vehicle licenses, as well as other licenses for international relocation. In certain European and Asia Pacific countries, we also hold licenses permitting us to sell insurance.

Our failure to maintain required certificates, permits or licenses, or to comply with applicable laws, ordinances or regulations, could result in substantial fines or possible revocation of our authority to conduct our operations, which in turn could restrict our ability to conduct our business effectively and to provide competitive customer services and thereby have an adverse impact on our financial condition.

We cannot assure you that existing laws or regulations will not be revised or that new more restrictive laws or regulations will not be adopted or become applicable to us. For example, new federal safety rules on truck driver work hours became effective on January 4, 2004 and were reissued on October 1, 2005. These rules, among other things, increased the time that truck drivers must rest while off duty, and decreased the total time that truck drivers could be on duty. In addition, new federal consumer protection regulations that became effective on August 11, 2004, and a new federal statute enacted on August 20, 2005, deal with consumer moving transactions, and changed, among other things, the requirements relating to estimation and collection practices of movers. We cannot assure you that new, more restrictive laws or regulations, including these new rules and regulations, will not materially and adversely affect our productivity and efficiency. We also cannot assure you that we will be able to recover from our customers any or all increased costs of compliance or that our business and financial condition will not be materially and adversely affected by these or future changes in applicable laws and regulations.

Furthermore, in the United States, North American Van Lines, Allied and Global have been participants in certain collective activities, including collective rate-making with other motor carriers pursuant to an exemption from the antitrust laws as currently set forth in The Motor Carrier Act of 1980. Over the years, the scope of the antitrust exemption has decreased and there can be no assurance that such exemption from the antitrust laws will continue in the future. The loss of such exemption could result in an adverse effect on our operations or financial condition.

23




Any difficulties with our information systems or our information systems providers could delay or disrupt our ability to service our customers and impair our competitiveness.

Sophisticated information systems are vital to our growth and our ability to manage and monitor the flow of goods that we are transporting and to provide solutions services, which depend on technologically advanced systems. As these systems continue to rapidly evolve, we will need to continually enhance them. We may encounter difficulties in enhancing these systems or in integrating new technology into our systems in a timely and cost-effective manner. These difficulties could have a materially adverse effect on our ability to operate efficiently and to provide competitive customer service.

To compete effectively, we must anticipate and adapt to technological changes and offer, on a timely basis, competitively priced services that meet evolving industry standards and customer preferences. We may choose new technologies that later prove to be inadequate, or may be forced to implement new technologies at substantial cost to remain competitive. In addition, competitors may implement new technologies before we do, allowing them to provide lower priced or enhanced services and superior quality compared to those we provide. This development could have a materially adverse effect on our ability to compete.

In the United States, two third-party vendors together provide 100% of our domestic moving services information systems infrastructure and our application software development. We provide information systems infrastructure and our application software development resources for Global Relocation Services. In Europe and Asia Pacific, the information systems infrastructure and application software development are provided through a combination of third-party vendors and company-owned networks and employees. While we have a disaster recovery plan in conjunction with these vendors, we can provide no assurance that the plan will be adequate in the event of an actual disaster. Adverse conditions affecting the financial condition and other important aspects of these vendors’ operations may adversely affect our ability to operate efficiently or to continue operations under certain adverse conditions.

We depend on our highly trained executive officers and employees. Any difficulty in maintaining our current employees or in hiring equally qualified employees would adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

Our operations are managed by a small number of key executive officers. The loss of any of these individuals could have a materially adverse effect on us. In addition, our success depends on our ability to continue to attract, recruit and retain sufficient qualified personnel as we grow. Competition for qualified personnel is intense. We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain senior management, integrate new managers or recruit qualified personnel in the future.

If we acquire any companies or technologies in the future, they could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value or have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We intend to expand our business through the combination of internal growth and strategic acquisitions. The execution of future acquisitions could involve numerous risks including:

·       potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management;

·       difficulty integrating the operations and products of the acquired business;

·       unanticipated expenses related to technology integration;

·       exposure to unknown liabilities, including litigation against the companies we may acquire;

·       additional costs due to differences in culture, geographic locations and duplication of key talent; and

·       potential loss of key employees or customers of the acquired company.

24




If we make acquisitions in the future, acquisition-related accounting charges may affect our balance sheet and results of operations. We may not be successful in addressing these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with any acquisitions.

A few significant stockholders exercise significant influence over the direction of our business. If the ownership of our common stock continues to be highly concentrated, it will prevent you and other stockholders from influencing important corporate decisions.

Fund V and Fund VI beneficially own approximately 23.1% and 9.6%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of our common stock. As a result, Fund V, together with Fund VI, will continue to exercise significant influence over matters requiring stockholder approval and over our policy and affairs. In addition, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. (“CD&R”), which manages Fund V and Fund VI, will continue to provide us with financial advisory and management consulting services for which it will be entitled to receive fees, including financial advisory fees, in the future.

The concentrated holdings of Fund V and Fund VI and the presence on our board of directors of Fund V designees may result in a delay or the deterrence of possible changes in control of our company, which may reduce the market price of our common stock. The interests of our principal stockholders may conflict with the interests of our other stockholders. Our board of directors has adopted corporate governance guidelines that require each director to avoid taking actions or having interests that might result in a conflict of interest with our company. Each director is required to ethically handle all actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, including promptly informing the corporate secretary if such a conflict arises and recusing himself or herself from any discussion or decision affecting his or her personal interests. Accordingly, our directors who are employees of CD&R will be required to recuse themselves from any discussion or decision regarding any transaction with our principal stockholders. In addition, we have adopted a code of business conduct that, among other things, requires our employees to avoid actions or relationships that might conflict or appear to conflict with their job responsibilities or the interests of SIRVA, and to disclose their outside activities, financial interests and relationships that may present a possible conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict to management or corporate counsel. These guidelines and code do not, by themselves, prohibit transactions with our principal stockholders.

Fuel is a significant cost element in the trucking transportation industry. Fuel prices are currently high and may continue to rise. Fuel prices and the availability of fuel have been subject to volatility in the past.

We utilize numerous trucks and tractor trailers that are dependent upon fuel in the performance of day to day services in the household goods and office moving lines of our business, which are parts of our Moving Services North America and Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segments. We often employ the services of third-party transportation providers, particularly owner operators in the U.S. domestic moving business, who also depend on fuel and as a result are subject to variations in fuel prices. We cannot assure you that fuel prices will remain stable, or that supplies of fuel will always be available. Should costs escalate, we may be unable to fully recover the cost increase by increasing the price for our services. Third parties who provide transportation services to us may be unwilling to continue to do so without an increase in compensation. As a result, our operating margins could decrease, thereby adversely affecting our profitability.

Contingent or future environmental liabilities could cause us to incur significant costs and adversely affect our operations.

We are subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations under the foreign, U.S., state and local laws that govern our operations. Among other things, these requirements regulate discharges of pollutants into the water, air and land, the use, management and disposal of hazardous substances, and the

25




cleanup of contaminated sites. In certain European locations, we are required to recycle specified portions of our waste products. We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal penalties, third-party property damage or personal injury claims, or the reduction or suspension of our operations as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws or non-compliance with the environmental permits required at our facilities. Contaminants have been detected at some of our present or former sites, principally in connection with historical operations. In addition, we own or lease, or in the past have owned or leased, facilities at which underground storage tanks are located, some of which have leaked in the past. We have been, and may in the future be responsible for, investigating and remediating contamination at these sites, or at off-site locations where we sent hazardous wastes for disposal. While we regularly make capital and operating expenditures to stay in compliance with environmental laws, future or contingent environmental liabilities, including remediation costs, could have a material effect on our business. See “Environmental Matters.”

Our business is highly seasonal, which leads to fluctuations in our operating results and working capital needs.

The relocation and moving businesses are highly seasonal due to the increase in moving activity during the summer months. Our results of operations and cash flow fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to the higher shipment and home closing amounts experienced in the summer months. Certain of our operating expenses are fixed, and cannot be reduced during the fall and winter months, when there is decreased demand for relocation and moving services. If we are unable to capitalize on the peak summer season or successfully manage the decreased activity during other parts of the year, our annual performance may be materially adversely affected. The seasonal nature of the relocation and moving businesses results in increased short-term working capital requirements in summer months.

Our owner operators are currently not considered to be employees by taxing and other regulatory authorities. Should these authorities change their position and consider our owner operators to be our employees, our costs related to our tax, unemployment compensation and workers’ compensation obligations could increase significantly.

From time to time, certain parties, including the Internal Revenue Service, state authorities and the owner operators themselves, have sought to assert that owner operators in the trucking industry are employees rather than independent contractors. To date, these parties have not been successful in making these assertions against us. We consider all of our owner operators to be independent contractors. We cannot assure you that tax authorities will not successfully challenge this position, that interpretations supporting our position will not change, or that federal and state tax or other applicable laws will not change. If owner operators were deemed to be employees, our costs related to tax, unemployment compensation, and workers’ compensation could increase significantly. In addition, these changes may be applied retroactively, and if so we may be required to pay additional amounts to compensate for prior periods.

Our ownership of insurance subsidiaries imposes limits on the amount of our common stock that investors may purchase and of the cash that can be distributed to us.

Under the Illinois Insurance Code, no person may acquire control of SIRVA, and thus indirect control of TransGuard, without the prior approval of the Illinois Director of Insurance. Under the Illinois Insurance Code, any person who acquires ownership of 10% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock would be presumed to have acquired control, unless the Illinois Director of Insurance upon application determines otherwise. In addition, persons who do not acquire ownership of more than 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock may be deemed to have acquired control if the Illinois Director of Insurance determines that these persons, directly or indirectly, exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of TransGuard.

26




In addition, TransGuard and our foreign insurance subsidiaries, such as The Baxendale Insurance Company Ltd., are subject to extensive supervision and regulation by insurance regulators in their respective jurisdictions, including regulations limiting the payments of dividends from these insurance subsidiaries to their affiliates, including us.

Our certificate of incorporation, by-laws and Delaware law may discourage takeovers and business combinations that our stockholders might consider in their best interests.

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws may delay, defer, prevent or render more difficult a takeover attempt that our stockholders might consider in their best interests. These provisions include:

·       authorization of the issuance of preferred stock, the terms of which may be determined at the sole discretion of the board of directors;

·       establishment of a classified board of directors with staggered, three year terms;

·       provisions giving the board of directors sole power to set the number of directors;

·       limitation on the ability of stockholders to remove directors;

·       prohibition on stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders;

·       establishment of advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations for election to the board of directors at stockholder meetings; and

·       requirement of the approval by the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding common stock for the amendment of our by-laws and provisions of our certificate of incorporation governing:

·        the classified board of directors,

·        the removal of directors only for cause by holders of at least 75% of our outstanding common stock,

·        the liability of directors, and

·        the elimination of stockholder actions by written consent.

These provisions may prevent our stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws may also make it difficult for stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions may facilitate management entrenchment that may delay, defer or prevent a change in our control, which may not be in the best interests of our stockholders.

The international scope of our operations may adversely affect our business.

We face certain risks because we conduct an international business, including:

·       restrictions on foreign ownership of subsidiaries;

·       tariffs and other trade barriers;

·       political risks; and

·       potentially adverse tax consequences of operating in multiple jurisdictions.

27




In addition, an adverse change in laws or administrative practices in countries within which we operate or where our information systems support and application software development is performed could have a materially adverse effect on us.

We are exposed to currency fluctuations, which may have an adverse effect on us.

A large portion of our operating revenues are from operations outside of the United States. These operating revenues are denominated in the local currency of the country in which our international subsidiaries own their primary assets. Although the majority of expenses are incurred in the same currency in which corresponding operating revenues are generated, we are exposed to fluctuation in foreign currencies in the translation of the applicable currencies into U.S. dollars. We utilize foreign currency forward contracts in the regular course of business to manage our exposure against foreign currency fluctuations, however, any appreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to these currencies could have an adverse effect on us.

ITEM 2.                PROPERTIES

We lease executive and administrative office space at our headquarters at 700 Oakmont Lane, Westmont, Illinois. We also own executive and administrative office space at 5001 U.S. Highway 30 West, Fort Wayne, Indiana. We also own or lease major facilities in Mayfield Heights, Ohio, used by our relocation services operations, in Canada, used by Moving Services North America, and throughout Europe, Australia and New Zealand, each used by Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific, and own or lease facilities at significant Global Relocation Services and Moving Services locations in many countries throughout the world. All the other properties used in our operations consist of freight forwarding offices, administrative offices and warehouse and distribution facilities.

At December 31, 2004, we had 276 facilities around the world, 21 of which were owned and 255 of which were leased. The following table sets forth our owned or leased properties by location.

Location

 

 

 

Owned

 

Leased

 

Total

 

United States and Canada

 

 

1

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

49

 

 

United Kingdom and continental Europe

 

 

20

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

150

 

 

Australia and New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

63

 

 

Asia (including United Arab Emirates)

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

 

Total

 

 

21

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

276

 

 

 

We believe that our office, warehouse and distribution facilities are generally well maintained and suitable to support our current and planned business needs.

ITEM 3.                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Suit Against Insurers

We were a defendant in a personal injury suit resulting from a 1996 accident involving one of our agent’s drivers. The case was tried in 1998, and we were found liable. After appeals, a final judgment of $15.2 million was rendered in 2002, which has been fully paid. After insurance payments and reimbursements, we have paid $7.6 million, which we believe is fully reimbursable by insurance; however, TIG Insurance Co., one of our excess insurers, filed suit against us, one of our subsidiaries and several other parties in the 191st Judicial District of Dallas County, Texas in September 2002, contesting TIG’s coverage obligation and seeking declaratory judgment. We filed a counterclaim against TIG, seeking reimbursement for all remaining amounts that we paid in satisfaction of the judgment and associated costs and expenses. We filed a motion for summary judgment in August 2003, and in December 2003, the court rendered a judgment awarding us $2.4 million plus interest and attorneys’ fees. We recorded an amount

28




receivable to reflect this judgment at December 31, 2003. TIG filed an appeal with the Fifth Court of Appeals in Dallas, Texas, and we filed a cross-appeal. The appeals court issued a decision on August 26, 2005 and lowered the trial court’s award to $0.3 million, plus interest and attorney’s fees. We adjusted the amount receivable at December 31, 2004 to reflect the reduced award.

Governmental Investigations—Department of Justice

We have produced records in response to grand jury subpoenas issued in July 2002 and January 2003 in connection with an investigation being conducted by attorneys in the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) Antitrust Division through a grand jury in the Eastern District of Virginia. We are cooperating with this investigation and understand that numerous other companies have received similar subpoenas. We believe that the investigation relates to the transportation of U.S. military members’ household goods between the United States and foreign countries, which is managed and administered by the Military Transportation and Management Command of the U.S. Army, utilizing private moving companies.

The revenues that we derived from our international military business during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 were small and declining, representing less than 2% of our consolidated operating revenues in 2002, and declining to less than 1% in 2004. While the investigation is ongoing and potentially exposes us to potential criminal, civil, and administrative penalties, it is difficult to predict its outcome with certainty at this time before the government makes its decisions and advises us of them.

For the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred legal fees and expenses that were not material in relation to this matter. In addition, we have established a reserve in accordance with the guidelines set forth in SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” that we consider appropriate in the circumstances. We are also subject to other issues that may be raised by government agencies in connection with our government contracts.

Management believes that, based on information currently available to it, the investigation’s outcome will not have a materially adverse impact on our overall operations or financial condition, although there can be no assurance that it will not. We recently engaged in settlement discussions with the DOJ and anticipate that a resolution of the matters under investigation will be reached.

Governmental Investigations—European Union

Some of our moving services operations in Europe are being investigated by European antitrust regulators. The investigations involve certain anticompetitive practices and may expose us to administrative and other penalties.

In Europe, antitrust regulators have the authority to levy fines. The total amount of any fine levied by a regulator for a particular infringement cannot exceed 10% of the total turnover of the entity on which the fine is levied in the year preceding the levying of the fine. The amount of any fine takes account of the scale of the infringing entity and is computed based on the gravity of the infringement and its duration. It is adjusted to take account of any aggravating or attenuating circumstances, and may be reduced to reflect cooperation with the investigative process. Any fine is imposed by way of a regulatory decision, which is preceded by the issuing of a statement of objections in which the regulator sets out its preliminary findings on any infringement. The addressee of the statement of objections is given the opportunity to respond to the findings set out in the statement of objections. No statements of objections have been received, although we believe that it is likely that a statement of objections will be issued.

We are cooperating with the investigations. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred $1.0 million in legal fees and expenses in relation to this matter, and have established a reserve that we consider appropriate in the circumstances.

29




We believe that, based on information currently available, the outcome of the European antitrust investigation will not have a material adverse impact on our overall operations or financial condition, although there can be no assurance that it will not. Any potential penalties, however, may have a material impact on our earnings in the period in which they are recognized.

Governmental Investigation—Australia

In August 2004, our Australian moving subsidiary, SIRVA (Australia) Pty. Ltd. (“SIRVA Australia”), received notice from the Australian Competition & Consumer Commission (the “Commission”) stating that the Commission is aware of allegations that SIRVA Australia may have been involved in, or may have documents or information in relation to, collusive arrangements or understandings to fix prices and share tenders with respect to moves within and from the Australian Capital Territory, which were let by and on behalf of certain Australian government agencies. The Commission’s notice identified a number of other companies that are alleged to have been involved in the arrangements that are the subject of the investigation. SIRVA Australia has produced records in response to this notice. No legal proceedings have been commenced, however, if the investigation does result in legal proceedings, this could expose SIRVA Australia to pecuniary penalties and other civil remedies. We are cooperating with the investigation, but do not know when it will be completed. As of the date of this report, we understand that the matter is still being investigated by the Commission. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred approximately $0.3 million in legal fees and expenses in relation to this matter.

Management believes that, based on information currently available, the outcome of the Australian antitrust investigation will not have a material adverse impact on our overall operations or financial condition, although there can be no assurance that it will not. An unfavorable outcome for us is considered neither probable nor remote by management at this time and an estimate of probable loss or range of probable loss cannot currently be made. Any potential penalties, however, may have a material impact on our earnings in the period in which they are recognized.

Securities Class Action

In November 2004, two purported securities class action complaints were filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors. Titled Central Laborers’ Pension Fund v. SIRVA Inc., et al., No. 04-CV-7644, and Hiatt v. SIRVA, Inc., et al., No. 04-CV-7532, both complaints purported to be brought on behalf of all persons who acquired our common stock between November 25, 2003 and November 9, 2004. On January 25, 2005, the plaintiff in Hiatt v. SIRVA, Inc. voluntarily dismissed his suit. On March 29, 2005, the court appointed Central Laborers’ Pension Fund lead plaintiff in the remaining case, and approved its choice of counsel, Milberg Weiss Bershad & Schulman LLP, as lead plaintiff’s counsel. On May 13, 2005, plaintiff filed a “corrected” complaint, retaining the same class period, and alleging, among other things, that defendants had made false and misleading statements in certain SEC filings, including the prospectuses to our initial and secondary public offerings, and press releases. The statements subject to the complaint generally relate to our insurance claims reserves, European operations, and restatement accounts and are said to constitute violations of Sections 11, 12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as well as Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Plaintiff seeks unspecified damages. On October 11, 2005, plaintiff filed its Consolidated Amended Class Action Complaint (“Amended Complaint”), a corrected version of which was filed on October 19, 2005. The Amended Complaint adds ten new defendants, including an additional director, the seven underwriters which participated in the initial and secondary public offerings, our independent auditor and our controlling shareholder. The Amended Complaint extends the class period, purporting to be brought on behalf of all those who acquired our common stock between November 25, 2003 and January 31, 2005. It retains all causes of action contained in the prior Complaint and adds a new claim against our controlling shareholder for violation of Section 20A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Amended Complaint also contains additional allegations relating to

30




the following areas: our restatement of financial statements and accounting errors for years 2000 through 2003 and the first nine months of 2004, problems in our European operations, insurance reserves, financial forecasting and internal controls. The case is in the preliminary stages, the outcome is not predictable at this time, and we are not presently able to reasonably estimate potential losses, if any, related to this lawsuit. Therefore, no amounts have been accrued for these claims. An unfavorable outcome in this case could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. In addition, the defense of any litigation may be costly and divert our attention from the day-to-day operations of our business.

Dr. Richard Bassin filed a Complaint on February 17, 2005 against us and certain of our directors and officers in the Circuit Court for St. Clair County, Illinois alleging violations of Sections 11 and 15 of the 1933 Act. Bassin v. SIRVA, Inc., et al., No. 05 L 120 (the “Bassin case”). The complaint alleges facts similar to the Central Laborers’ case. On April 28, 2005, all defendants in the Bassin case filed a joint removal petition in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Illinois under the Securities Law Uniform Standards Act (“SLUSA”), 15 U.S. C. § 77v.(a). Bassin v. SIRVA, Inc., et al., No. 05-314-GPM. Plaintiffs subsequently filed a motion to remand the case to state court. Defendants later filed a motion to transfer the case to the Northern District of Illinois under 28 U.S. C. § 1404. On October 7, 2005, counsel for the plaintiff withdrew its motion to remand, and counsel for all parties notified the Court of an agreement to transfer the Bassin case to the U.S. District Court of the Northern District of Illinois. The case is in the preliminary stages, the outcome is not predictable at this time, and we are not presently able to reasonably estimate potential losses, if any, related to this lawsuit. Therefore, no amounts have been accrued for these claims. An unfavorable outcome in this case could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. In addition, the defense of any litigation may be costly and divert our attention from the day-to-day operations of our business.

Environmental Cleanup Proceedings

We have been named as a PRP in two environmental cleanup proceedings brought under CERCLA or similar state statutes. Based on all known information, we estimate that the cost to resolve liability at these sites would not be materially or significantly larger than the reserves established. We are not presently able to reasonably estimate additional potential losses, if any, related to these proceedings. We could incur significant unanticipated costs, however, if additional contamination is found at these sites, or if we are named as a PRP in other proceedings.

Other

We are involved from time to time in other routine legal matters incidental to our business, including lawsuits relating to conduct of our agents and drivers. Such accidents have included, and in the future may include, serious injuries or the loss of lives. While we may be liable for damages or suffer reputational harm from litigation, we believe that legal proceedings will not have a materially adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

SEC Investigation

In February 2005, we received notice of an informal inquiry from the SEC related to our January 31, 2005 earnings guidance announcement for the fourth quarter and full year ended December 31, 2004. In June 2005, the SEC staff informed us that the inquiry had been converted into a formal investigation. We are cooperating with the investigation.

ITEM 4.                SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matter was submitted during the fourth quarter of 2004 to a vote of security holders.

31




PART II

ITEM 5.                MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “SIR.” At October 31, 2005, there were 149 stockholders of record. The following table sets forth, for the period indicated, the high and low sale prices, as reported on the NYSE.

 

 

High

 

Low

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter (through November 18, 2005)

 

$

8.06

 

$

6.41

 

Third Quarter

 

$

11.11

 

$

7.07

 

Second Quarter

 

$

9.95

 

$

6.34

 

First Quarter

 

$

19.60

 

$

6.88

 

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

24.65

 

$

15.81

 

Third Quarter

 

$

24.60

 

$

19.36

 

Second Quarter

 

$

26.00

 

$

21.22

 

First Quarter

 

$

24.50

 

$

19.60

 

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

2003*

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter (Beginning November 25, 2003)

 

$

19.69

 

$

17.68

 


*                    Our common stock began trading on the NYSE on November 25, 2003.

We have not paid, and do not expect for the foreseeable future to pay, dividends on our common stock. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used for the operation and growth of our business and the repayment of debt. The payment of dividends by us to holders of our common stock is limited by our credit agreements, which restrict our operating subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to SIRVA. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity requirements, restrictions imposed by applicable law and our contracts, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

We maintain a corporate governance page on our website that includes key information about our corporate governance initiatives. That information includes our Corporate Governance guidelines, Code of Business Conduct and charters for our Audit, Compensation, Nominating and Governance, and Executive Committees. The corporate governance page can be found at www.sirva.com, by clicking on “For Investors” and then “Corporate Governance.” You may also obtain copies of the code and these charters by contacting our Corporate Secretary, 700 Oakmont Lane, Westmont, Illinois 60559, or by calling 630-570-3000. The information on our website is not a part of this report.

During the period covered by this report, there were no repurchases of common stock, sales of unregistered securities or proceeds from the sale of registered securities required to be disclosed in this annual report.

32




ITEM 6.                SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

We derived our selected consolidated financial data for the years 2000 through 2004 from our audited financial statements for the periods then ended. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this annual report, we restated our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000 and for periods prior to 2000 due to accounting errors.

The presentation of selected historical financial data is only a summary and you should read it together with our historical financial statements and related notes. Share and per share information set forth below have been adjusted to reflect the split of each share of our common stock into 3.17 shares of common stock by way of reclassification that was approved by our Board of Directors on November 7, 2003 and that became effective on November 24, 2003.

33




 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

Restated(a)

 

Restated(a)

 

Restated(b)

 

Restated(b)

 

 

 

     2004     

 

     2003     

 

     2002     

 

     2001     

 

     2000     

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions except percentage, share and per share data)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenues from continuing operations(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Relocation Services

 

 

$

1,465.6

 

 

 

$

993.2

 

 

 

$

457.2

 

 

 

$

2.1

 

 

 

$

1.8

 

 

Moving Services North America

 

 

1,311.1

 

 

 

1,222.4

 

 

 

1,162.4

 

 

 

1,340.0

 

 

 

1,473.3

 

 

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

 

 

482.8

 

 

 

401.5

 

 

 

350.2

 

 

 

330.4

 

 

 

323.4

 

 

Network Services

 

 

210.8

 

 

 

169.5

 

 

 

127.6

 

 

 

84.6

 

 

 

75.6

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,470.3

 

 

 

$

2,786.6

 

 

 

$

2,097.4

 

 

 

$

1,757.1

 

 

 

$

1,874.1

 

 

Purchased transportation expense(1)

 

 

$

1,214.9

 

 

 

$

1,110.9

 

 

 

$

1,042.5

 

 

 

$

1,195.3

 

 

 

$

1,306.5

 

 

Cost of homes sold

 

 

1,232.3

 

 

 

830.8

 

 

 

374.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other direct expense

 

 

602.4

 

 

 

452.0

 

 

 

343.8

 

 

 

277.6

 

 

 

284.8

 

 

Gross margin from continuing operations

 

 

$

420.7

 

 

 

$

392.9

 

 

 

$

336.4

 

 

 

$

284.2

 

 

 

$

282.8

 

 

Operating income (loss) from continuing operations(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Relocation Services

 

 

$

27.4

 

 

 

$

18.5

 

 

 

$

10.1

 

 

 

$

(1.5

)

 

 

$

0.0

 

 

Moving Services North America

 

 

32.8

 

 

 

37.9

 

 

 

34.5

 

 

 

10.1

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

 

 

8.0

 

 

 

29.7

 

 

 

24.8

 

 

 

25.0

 

 

 

22.5

 

 

Network Services

 

 

(61.2

)

 

 

33.8

 

 

 

22.3

 

 

 

18.5

 

 

 

16.9

 

 

Corporate

 

 

(10.7

)

 

 

(4.6

)

 

 

(1.3

)

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

 

$

(3.7

)

 

 

$

115.3

 

 

 

$

90.4

 

 

 

$

51.1

 

 

 

$

39.8

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change(2)(3)

 

 

$

(35.3

)

 

 

$

16.0

 

 

 

$

37.6

 

 

 

$

(17.0

)

 

 

$

(22.7

)

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

(32.9

)

 

 

(1.5

)

 

 

(5.1

)

 

 

(5.4

)

 

 

0.8

 

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)(2)(3)(6)

 

 

$

(68.2

)

 

 

$

14.5

 

 

 

$

32.5

 

 

 

$

(22.7

)

 

 

$

(21.9

)

 

Per Share Data(2)(3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic income (loss) per share—continuing operations(5)

 

 

$

(0.49

)

 

 

$

0.24

 

 

 

$

0.66

 

 

 

$

(0.48

)

 

 

$

(0.66

)

 

Diluted income (loss) per share—continuing operations

 

 

$

(0.49

)

 

 

$

0.23

 

 

 

$

0.66

 

 

 

$

(0.48

)

 

 

$

(0.66

)

 

Basic income (loss) per share—discontinued operations

 

 

$

(0.46

)

 

 

$

(0.02

)

 

 

$

(0.10

)

 

 

$

(0.13

)

 

 

$

0.02

 

 

Diluted income (loss) per share—discontinued operations

 

 

$

(0.46

)

 

 

$

(0.02

)

 

 

$

(0.10

)

 

 

$

(0.13

)

 

 

$

0.02

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per share(5)(6)

 

 

$

(0.95

)

 

 

$

0.22

 

 

 

$

0.56

 

 

 

$

(0.61

)

 

 

$

(0.64

)

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share(5)(6)

 

 

$

(0.95

)

 

 

$

0.21

 

 

 

$

0.56

 

 

 

$

(0.61

)

 

 

$

(0.64

)

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

72,122

 

 

 

58,105

 

 

 

51,713

 

 

 

42,308

 

 

 

39,066

 

 

Diluted

 

 

76,172

 

 

 

60,934

 

 

 

51,832

 

 

 

42,446

 

 

 

39,363

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

72.1

 

 

 

$

60.2

 

 

 

$

44.1

 

 

 

$

32.1

 

 

 

$

43.5

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

162.2

 

 

 

181.0

 

 

 

171.1

 

 

 

165.3

 

 

 

158.6

 

 

Total assets

 

 

1,793.1

 

 

 

1,582.9

 

 

 

1,406.1

 

 

 

1,081.8

 

 

 

1,210.2

 

 

Short-term debt(7)

 

 

129.5

 

 

 

100.2

 

 

 

99.7

 

 

 

68.2

 

 

 

99.1

 

 

Long-term debt(8)

 

 

550.7

 

 

 

445.5

 

 

 

571.8

 

 

 

505.0

 

 

 

504.8

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

1,426.8

 

 

 

1,191.5

 

 

 

1,244.2

 

 

 

1,003.2

 

 

 

1,084.5

 

 

Redeemable common stock(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.6

 

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

10.0

 

 

Redeemable junior preferred stock(10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.4

 

 

 

28.3

 

 

 

26.4

 

 

Stockholders’ equity(c)

 

 

366.3

 

 

 

391.4

 

 

 

123.9

 

 

 

46.8

 

 

 

89.3

 

 

Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA from continuing operations(11)

 

 

$

40.0

 

 

 

$

117.1

 

 

 

$

124.3

 

 

 

$

89.2

 

 

 

$

83.2

 

 

Depreciation and amortization(12)

 

 

44.9

 

 

 

38.8

 

 

 

34.6

 

 

 

38.7

 

 

 

43.0

 

 

Gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues

 

 

12.1

%

 

 

14.1

%

 

 

16.0

%

 

 

16.2

%

 

 

15.1

%

 


(a)              See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report for a discussion of the restatement.

34




(b)             The effect of the restatement adjustments on selected line items from our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, has been summarized in the table below. Such information has been restated for items similar to those described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report.

 

 

As Previously
Reported

 

Restated

 

As Previously
Reported

 

Restated

 

 

 

2001

 

2001

 

2000

 

2000

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Operating revenues

 

 

$

1,772.2

 

 

 

$

1,757.1

 

 

 

$

1,854.5

 

 

 

$

1,874.1

 

 

Purchased transportation expense

 

 

1,210.8

 

 

 

1,195.3

 

 

 

1,286.7

 

 

 

1,306.5

 

 

Total direct expenses

 

 

1,488.0

 

 

 

$

1,472.9

 

 

 

1,571.5

 

 

 

1,591.3

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

227.7

 

 

 

222.7

 

 

 

229.1

 

 

 

229.2

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

 

 

51.2

 

 

 

51.1

 

 

 

44.2

 

 

 

39.8

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

(13.3

)

 

 

(17.0

)

 

 

(21.9

)

 

 

(22.7

)

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

$

(16.9

)

 

 

$

(22.7

)

 

 

$

(21.9

)

 

 

$

(21.9

)

 

 

(c)     A reconciliation of stockholder’s equity, as previously reported to stockholder’s equity, as restated at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, is as follows:

 

 

2001

 

2000

 

Stockholder’s equity at December 31, as previously reported

 

$

61.9

 

$

94.0

 

Reclassification between redeemable common stock and treasury stock

 

 

(3.9

)

Cumulative effect of restatements on stockholder’s equity

 

(15.1

)

(0.8

)

Stockholder’s equity at December 31, as restated

 

$

46.8

 

$

89.3

 

 

(1)             Our operating revenues represent fees due from our customers for all aspects of the services that we provided. Where we fulfill the transportation service element using our independent agent network or other third-party service providers, we incur purchased transportation expense, or PTE, which is included in the fees due from our customer. The level of PTE generally increases or decreases in proportion to the operating revenues generated from our transportation services.

(2)             For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, we recognized $3.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively, of non-cash equity-based compensation expense in relation to stock subscriptions and stock option grants made to certain managers and directors in 2003 and for option vesting extensions granted to terminated employees per the terms of their severance agreements. The expense has been recorded as the difference between the subscription or exercise price and the deemed fair value of our common and redeemable common stock on the date of grant in accordance with APB 25. The total non-cash equity-based compensation expense to be recognized by us in respect of these transactions is $6.0 million with an additional expense amount of $2.3 million in regards to the option vesting extensions provided to certain terminated employees. We expect to recognize $0.7 million, $0.4 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million in each of 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2004, we recognized $1.8 million of debt extinguishment expenses consisting of $0.8 million of early prepayment premium and $1.0 million of deferred debt issuance costs on the retirement of $11.0 million of 133¤8% senior subordinate loans.

(3)             For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized $37.6 million of debt extinguishment expense, consisting of $25.0 million of bond tender premium on the 133¤8% senior subordinated notes and a $12.6 million write-off of deferred debt issuance costs on the prior senior credit facility and indenture. In addition, we recorded a $1.3 million write-off of unrecognized interest rate hedging losses in connection with our debt refinancing.

(4)             Effective January 1, 2001 we adopted SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”), as amended, which resulted in a change in method of accounting. The cumulative effect of this accounting change was a loss of $0.5 million ($0.3 million, net of tax), or $0.01 per share, both on a basic and diluted basis. In 2001, basic and diluted loss per share before cumulative effect of accounting change was $0.47.

(5)             Earnings per share and weighted-average common shares outstanding give effect to the split of each share of our common stock by way of reclassification into 3.17 shares of common stock that became effective on November 24, 2003. Income available to common stockholders is reduced by preferred share dividends of $1.9 million, $3.6 million, $3.4 million and $3.1 million in each of 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. There were no preferred share dividends recognized in 2004.

(6)             We adopted SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (SFAS 142), with effect from January 1, 2002. In accordance with SFAS 142, we no longer amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles, but rather test such assets at least annually for impairment. We completed the impairment test under the transitional requirements of SFAS 142 and no

35




impairment of goodwill or indefinite-lived intangibles was indicated at that time. However, at September 30, 2004, we determined that goodwill associated with discontinued operations was impaired. Such impairment resulted from an analysis of expected business unit sale proceeds compared to the carrying value of the underlying assets to be sold. In addition, at December 31, 2004, we determined that goodwill associated with the Network Services segment was impaired. Such impairment resulted from deteriorating operating results during 2004 and the consequences of anticipated additional capital requirements necessary to continue to support operations and maintain insurance ratings. A reconciliation of previously reported net income and earnings per share to the amounts adjusted for the exclusion of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles amortization for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 is presented below for the periods reported prior to adoption of SFAS 142. Earnings per ordinary share adjusted for goodwill charges is calculated by adding back the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles charges to net income and dividing by the weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding for all periods presented.

 

 

Restated

 

Restated

 

 

 

    2001    

 

    2000    

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions
except per share data)

 

Net income (loss), as reported

 

 

$

(22.7

)

 

 

$

(21.9

)

 

Amortization of goodwill and trade names

 

 

9.8

 

 

 

9.8

 

 

Income tax (provision) benefit

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

(3.5

)

 

Adjusted net income (loss)

 

 

$

(7.9

)

 

 

$

(15.6

)

 

Basic net income (loss) per share, as reported

 

 

$

(0.61

)

 

 

$

(0.64

)

 

Amortization of goodwill and trade names

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

0.25

 

 

Income tax (provision) benefit

 

 

0.12

 

 

 

(0.09

)

 

Adjusted basic net income (loss) per share

 

 

$

(0.26

)

 

 

$

(0.48

)

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share, as reported

 

 

$

(0.61

)

 

 

$

(0.64

)

 

Amortization of goodwill and trade names

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

0.25

 

 

Income tax (provision) benefit

 

 

0.12

 

 

 

(0.09

)

 

Adjusted diluted net income (loss) per share

 

 

$

(0.26

)

 

 

$

(0.48

)

 

 

(7)             Short-term debt consists of the current portion of long-term debt, amounts outstanding under our mortgage warehouse credit facility and our relocation financing facility, and other short-term debt.

(8)             Long-term debt consists of long-term debt and capital lease obligations excluding the current portions of long-term debt and capital lease obligations.

(9)             Prior to the initial public offering of SIRVA common stock, which began on November 25, 2003, certain of our key employees could have required us to repurchase all of the shares and the exercisable portion of options held upon death, disability, retirement at normal age or termination without “Cause” (as defined in the SIRVA, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan). Such securities were classified as “Redeemable Shares of Common Stock” within mezzanine equity. This repurchase right terminated upon the consummation of the initial public offering and as a result, these securities were reclassified to common stock.

(10)       In connection with the acquisition of the Allied and Pickfords businesses, we issued 24,500 shares of redeemable junior preferred stock, due in 2010, to an affiliate of Exel plc. Effective July 1, 2003, we adopted SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity,” which resulted in a reclassification of our redeemable junior preferred stock from mezzanine equity to a liability. The dividend rate on this redeemable junior preferred obligation, which was redeemed with the proceeds of the initial public offering, was 12.4% compounded quarterly and was cumulative.

(11)       EBITDA from continuing operations is defined as net income (loss) before loss on discontinued operations, interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We believe that EBITDA from continuing operations is a relevant measurement for assessing performance since it attempts to eliminate variances caused by the effects of differences in taxation, the amount and types of capital employed, the results of discontinued operations and depreciation and amortization policies. EBITDA from continuing operations is not a measure determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and should not be considered by investors as an alternative to income from continuing operations or net income as an indicator of our performance. The EBITDA from continuing operations disclosed here is not necessarily comparable to EBITDA from continuing operations disclosed by other companies because EBITDA from continuing operations is not uniformly defined.

36




EBITDA from continuing operations is calculated as follows:

 

 

 

 

Restated(a)

 

Restated(a)

 

Restated(b)

 

Restated(b)

 

 

 

 

2004

 

      2003      

 

      2002      

 

      2001      

 

      2000      

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(68.2

)

 

$

14.5

 

 

 

$

32.5

 

 

 

$

(22.7

)

 

 

$

(21.9

)

 

(Income) loss on discontinued operations

 

32.9

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

5.1

 

 

 

5.4

 

 

 

(0.8

)

 

Interest expense

 

25.4

 

 

54.4

 

 

 

55.2

 

 

 

62.8

 

 

 

66.4

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

5.0

 

 

7.9

 

 

 

(3.1

)

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

(3.5

)

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

44.9

 

 

38.8

 

 

 

34.6

 

 

 

38.7

 

 

 

43.0

 

 

EBITDA from continuing operations 

 

$

40.0

 

 

$

117.1

 

 

 

$

124.3

 

 

 

$

89.2

 

 

 

$

83.2

 

 

 

(a)    See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report for a discussion of the restatement.

(b)    Information has been restated for items similar to those described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report. The effect of the restatement adjustments on EBITDA from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 has been summarized in the table below.

 

 

As Previously
Reported

 

Restated

 

As Previously
Reported

 

Restated

 

 

 

2001

 

2001

 

2000

 

2000

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

$

(16.9

)

 

 

$

(22.7

)

 

 

$

(21.9

)

 

 

$

(21.9

)

 

(Income) loss on discontinued operations 

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

5.4

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

(0.8

)

 

Interest expense

 

 

62.7

 

 

 

62.8

 

 

 

66.4

 

 

 

66.4

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

(2.7

)

 

 

(3.5

)

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

38.6

 

 

 

38.7

 

 

 

42.9

 

 

 

43.0

 

 

EBITDA from continuing operations

 

 

$

89.3

 

 

 

$

89.2

 

 

 

$

85.9

 

 

 

$

83.2

 

 

 

(12)       Includes depreciation expense for property and equipment and amortization expense for intangible assets and deferred agent contract expenditures. Excludes amortization expense for deferred debt issuance costs, which are recorded as part of interest expense.

37




ITEM 7.                MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

We are a world leader in the global relocation industry, providing our solutions to a well-established and diverse customer base, including transferring corporate and government employees and moving individual consumers. We operate in more than 40 countries under well-recognized brand names including SIRVA®, Allied®, northAmerican®, Global® and SIRVA Relocation in North America; Pickfords in the United Kingdom; Maison Huet in France; Kungsholms in Sweden; ADAM in Denmark; Majortrans Flytteservice in Norway; Rettenmayer in Germany; Allied Arthur Pierre in Belgium, France, Luxembourg and Holland and Allied Pickfords in the Asia Pacific region. We are redefining the global relocation market by combining our relocation service offerings with our proprietary moving services network on a worldwide basis. This combination is driving our growth by addressing our corporate and government customers’ needs for a comprehensive service offering with global reach from a single supplier. In addition, we offer a variety of services targeted at meeting the needs of truck drivers, fleet owners and agents, both inside and outside our proprietary agent network.

The demand for our services is subject to changes in the economy, which can impact our profitability. Since September 2004, we have observed market weakness in the European region, which affects operating results for our Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific business segment. This market weakness is due to a slowdown in overall housing sales, most particularly in the United Kingdom. While not worsening, we expect the sluggish pace of home sales in the United Kingdom and difficult market conditions in the European international moving market to continue in the near term. To address these market challenges, we initiated a restructuring of our European operations in the second quarter of 2005. These restructuring initiatives included a reduction in personnel, facilities, equipment and other overhead expenses. As a result of these initiatives, we expect to incur approximately $12 million of additional restructuring charges in 2005, but then expect to generate ongoing cost savings of approximately $15 million in 2006 and thereafter.

In addition, our 2005 operating results will be negatively impacted by the cost of professional services related to the independent and internal reviews described below and increased claim accruals and re-insurance costs within our insurance operation. The latter of these was in large part a result of the A.M. Best downgrades of our TransGuard insurance business in April and August of 2005. Going forward, we do not expect to incur any additional significant expenses relating to the independent and internal reviews. Furthermore, we expect to complete the divestiture of our TransGuard and other U.S insurance-related businesses in the fourth quarter of 2005.

During the first half of 2005, we have also observed some signs of weakness in the number of U.S. corporate relocations on a year-over-year basis. We are carefully monitoring this and other economic indicators. However, this softening is mitigated by our Global Relocation Services segment’s continued ability to gain new customers and thus increase its revenue despite this recent market weakness.

Overall, based on the projected benefits of our European restructuring, the non-recurring nature of the expenses incurred during the independent and internal reviews discussed below, the pending sale of our U.S. insurance businesses, and the expectation that we will be able to continue our new customer growth in our Global Relocation Services segment, we expect our overall performance to improve.

Our Historical Development

In 1998, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership organized us to acquire North American Van Lines, Inc. from Norfolk Southern Corporation. As measured by the number of shipments, North American Van Lines was one of the largest U.S. moving services companies and was a significant provider of specialty transportation services. In 1999, we acquired the Allied and Pickfords businesses from NFC plc, now known as Exel Investments Limited. The integration of this acquisition drove substantial

38




operating synergies as a result of back-office rationalization, significant economies of scale and an expanded international service offering. The Allied and Pickfords acquisition also brought us additional specialized transportation businesses and TransGuard, a provider of insurance services to moving agents, fleet owners and owner operator drivers. We have since completed a number of acquisitions to fill out our global moving footprint. In June 2002, we acquired Maison Huet, solidifying our market position in France. In June 2003, we acquired Scanvan, a leading moving services company in Scandinavia, operating with the brand names of Kungsholms in Sweden, ADAM in Denmark and Majortrans Flytteservice in Norway and employing a more asset light model than the rest of Europe. In April 2004, we acquired Rettenmayer Internationale, a German-based moving and relocation business. The integration of these market-leading businesses into a single company has created a proprietary moving services fulfillment network with superior global reach and capabilities.

In the late 1990s, we recognized an increasing trend for corporate customers to outsource all aspects of an employee relocation, including household goods relocation, to relocation service providers. We viewed this trend as an opportunity to offer our customers higher-value services, deepen our customer relationships and move into a complementary and growing market. Consequently, we began a thorough review of the industry for an acquisition candidate that would both meet our requirements for innovative, high-quality services and make us a leader in providing comprehensive relocation services to corporate customers.

As a result of this effort, we acquired the relocation services business of Cooperative Resource Services, Ltd., or CRS, in May 2002. CRS was a leading independent provider of outsourced relocation services with an innovative and differentiated fixed-fee product offering. Later that year, we acquired Rowan Simmons, a leading independent provider of outsourced relocation services in the United Kingdom. In 2003, we expanded our relocation offerings with the opening of our office in Hong Kong and the December 2003 acquisition of PRS Europe, a Belgium-based relocation services provider. We further enhanced our relocation services offerings in 2004 through the acquisition of specialty relocation services provider Relocation Dynamics, Inc. (“RDI”) in March 2004, the acquisition of the specialty residential brokerage and relocation services business of D.J. Knight in September 2004 and the acquisition of Executive Relocation Corporation (“ERC”), a U.S.-based full service relocation management firm, in December 2004. Through these acquisitions, and the growth they have generated, we have developed a global relocation services capability that, when combined with our worldwide moving services network, is unique in the industry.

In addition, we also made two acquisitions to help support continued growth in our Network Services segment. Historically, the primary market for our insurance programs and other services provided to truck drivers, fleet owners and agents was our own network. With the acquisitions of the National Association of Independent Truckers (“NAIT”), an association of independent contract truck drivers, in April 2002 and the purchase of Move-Pak, a program administrator for a moving and storage insurer, in December 2003, we opened up new customer channels for our Network Services segment.

In November 2003, we completed an initial public offering of shares of our common stock. Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SIR.”

In June 2004, we completed a secondary public offering of our common stock with shares offered for sale by our three largest stockholders, reducing their ownership from approximately 68% to 37%. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of these offered shares. We incurred $1.2 million of expenses related to the secondary offering, which were recorded in general and administrative expense. In conjunction with the secondary offering, one of the selling stockholders fully exercised its warrants. These were our only outstanding warrants and resulted in proceeds to us of $35.0 million and the issuance of an additional 2,773,116 common shares.

39




On September 9, 2004, our Board of Directors authorized, approved and committed us to a disposal plan involving our North American high-value products and homeExpress businesses (High Value Products Division), as well as certain other logistics businesses, which include Specialized Transportation in Europe and our Transportation Solutions segment in North America.

In April 2005, A.M. Best downgraded TransGuard’s rating from A-u (under review) to B++u (under review) with negative implications. In August 2005, the A.M. Best rating was further downgraded from B++u (under review) to Bu (under review).

Independent Review by Audit Committee

In early January 2005, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors formally initiated a comprehensive, independent review after we received a letter sent on behalf of our former chief financial officer (the “Independent Review” or “Review”). At that time, the Audit Committee engaged the services of Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP (“Cleary Gottlieb”), led by former Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) general counsel David M. Becker, to advise it in connection with the Review. Cleary Gottlieb retained Deloitte & Touche LLP as forensic accountants to assist in the Review. The Audit Committee instructed Cleary Gottlieb to exercise its independent judgment on all matters involved in the Review. Furthermore, the Audit Committee directed Cleary Gottlieb to bring to its attention indications of any improprieties.

The Audit Committee expanded the scope of its Review in February 2005 to address certain allegations regarding the adequacy of our accounting practices which were contained in a pseudonymous email sent to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accountants (“PwC”). This expanded review closely examined the basis for these allegations, including the relevant Company accounting records and related disclosures, and accordingly required additional time to complete.

The Audit Committee further expanded the scope of its Review in March 2005 by requesting Cleary Gottlieb to review the circumstances giving rise to the accounting entries that were the basis for the Board of Director’s decision to restate our previously issued financial statements for the years 2000 through 2003 and the first nine months of 2004. In total, Cleary Gottlieb reviewed approximately 25 million pages of electronic documents, 300 boxes of physical documents, and interviewed approximately 160 current and former employees, members of senior management and the Board of Directors.

Throughout the course of the Audit Committee’s Independent Review, PwC was kept informed of the Review’s progress and interim results. PwC also was consulted on the scope of the Independent Review for certain matters and reviewed the conclusions of the Independent Review.

Internal Review by Management

In addition to the Independent Review, our management conducted an internal review in connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements included in this report. This review was undertaken in connection with implementing procedures to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the disappointing performance of our Insurance and European businesses in the third quarter of 2004, and as part of our year-end closing process.

In January 2005, management substantially expanded its internal review and engaged FTI Consulting, Inc., who have extensive financial experience and expertise in generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), to supplement management’s efforts. Their combined effort was conducted under the direction of senior financial management with the oversight of the Audit Committee. This internal review covered all of our major business units globally, and included a review of our 2004 year-end balance sheets, as well as a review of numerous transactions, account reconciliations, and other relevant information. The results of the internal review provided the basis for the Board of Director’s decision to

40




restate the previously issued financial statements for the years 2000 through 2003 and the first nine months of 2004.

Summary Conclusions

Management’s conclusions regarding the findings of both the Independent Review and its own internal review are summarized in the following paragraphs. A more detailed summary of Clearly Gottlieb’s findings, conclusions and recommendations to the Audit Committee is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 21, 2005.

The Independent Review did not reveal a scheme to misstate our financial statements. However, both the Independent Review and the internal review did reveal material weaknesses in our control environment, organizational structure and in our consistent application of GAAP. We are using the conclusions of the reviews as a basis to drive improvements in these areas across each of our business units. A more detailed discussion of these material weaknesses appears below in Item 9A, “Controls and Procedures.”

In addition, the Audit Committee has been taking appropriate disciplinary actions, including the termination or re-assignment of certain employees, and is implementing Board level governance changes. Furthermore, the Audit Committee has adopted the recommendations of the Independent Review and directed us to implement a remedial action plan. This plan, among other matters, suggests making significant changes to our organizational structure and to the development, documentation, and delivery of policies and procedures. The plan also emphasizes and reaffirms our ongoing commitment to training our management team and employees in both technical skills and compliance with corporate governance policies.

Financial Statement Adjustments

Restatements

As discussed above, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and our management conducted comprehensive reviews of our accounting practices and policies in relation to our previously issued financial statements. The results of those reviews have prompted us to restate our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the quarters ended March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2004 and 2003 and the quarter ended December 31, 2003. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report for a reconciliation of previously reported amounts to the restated amounts.

The table below reflects errors impacting operating income by segment, as well as the year impacted by the restatement. We also identified certain corrections that did not affect net income, but did result in correction to the presentation of previously reported balances in the consolidated statements of operations or consolidated balance sheets. Further description of the material adjustments on an individual basis is also included in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report.

Income (Expense)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

Total

 

%

 

Network Services

 

$

(2.7

)

$

(4.0

)

$

(6.7

)

53.2

%

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

 

(1.5

)

(1.1

)

(2.6

)

20.6

%

Moving Services North America

 

(1.9

)

(0.7

)

(2.6

)

20.6

%

Discontinued Operations

 

(0.9

)

 

(0.9

)

7.1

%

Corporate

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

Global Relocation Services

 

(1.2

)

1.4

 

0.2

 

(1.5

)%

Operating income impact

 

$

(8.2

)

$

(4.4

)

$

(12.6

)

100.0

%

Net income (loss) impact

 

$

(4.5

)

$

11.7

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share impact

 

$

(0.07

)

$

0.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

41




Fourth Quarter 2004 Changes in Estimates

As we conducted our year-end closing procedures and our internal review, we identified the need to increase certain accruals, or otherwise record expenses which had not been anticipated at the time we had provided earnings guidance with respect to the fourth quarter of 2004. As we became aware of these unanticipated pre-tax charges, we disclosed them in press releases dated January 31, 2005, March 15, 2005 and June 20, 2005. We determined that these net unanticipated pre-tax charges amount to $53.9 million, $17.8 million of which were properly recorded in the fourth quarter of 2004. The balance of $36.1 million represents accounting errors that require restatement of prior quarterly and annual financial statements, $33.7 million of which relate to continuing operations.

Approximately $17.8 million of the unanticipated pre-tax charges, which relate to fourth quarter operating activities or changes in estimates, will be included within reported results for the quarter ended December 31, 2004. A brief explanation of the cause for these charges is summarized below. Material items are also noted, as appropriate, below.

·       $6.3 million related to updated information and analysis that indicated the need to further increase the loss reserves in our insurance business.

·       $2.7 million of fees associated with the expansion of the securitization facility for our relocation-related receivables.

·       $2.1 million related to recent developments with respect to certain legal matters.

·       $2.2 million write-off of a European receivable related to a previous asset sale due to an unanticipated obligor bankruptcy.

·       $1.8 million for restructuring and other charges relating to our European operations.

·       $2.0 million of corporate charges related to certain severance agreements.

·       $0.7 million to impair certain non-insurance assets within our Network Services segment that were divested in the first quarter of 2005, and other miscellaneous items identified through our year-end review.

In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2004, we recorded a $66.4 million impairment charge to write-down goodwill associated with our U.S. insurance group. The impairment was partly due to lower 2004 operating results associated with adverse claims development and reinsurance, commission and bad debt expenses identified during our internal 2004 year-end review. The lower operating outlook, and consideration of the estimated financial impact of a likely ratings downgrade of our U.S. insurance operations, caused us to perform a critical assessment of the fair value of our U.S. insurance group at December 31, 2004. The analysis revealed that the fair value of the U.S. insurance group was less than its carrying value, causing the impairment write-down described above.

Operating Segments

In determining reportable segments, we periodically review several qualitative and quantitative factors associated with our operating segments. These factors include management reporting, organizational structure, operating revenues, income from continuing operations, assets, customers, services, operating margins and other economic characteristics. Reflecting the increasing importance that the Relocation business plays in our overall financial performance, we began in the fourth quarter of 2004 to report our results in the following five reportable segments: Global Relocation Services, Moving Services North America, Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific, Network Services and Corporate. Moving Services Europe and Moving Services Asia Pacific are separate operating segments. However, given their similar economic characteristics, services provided, processes, types of customers, methods of service delivery,

42




regulatory environments and meeting certain quantitative thresholds, we concluded these two operating segments should be combined into a single reportable segment, Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific. The table below summarizes the components of our previous reportable segments and our new reportable segments.

Previous Segment

 

Business Unit

 

 

 

New Segment

 

Business Unit

 

Relocation Solutions North America

 

Relocation Services North America

 

 

 

Global Relocation Services

 

Relocation Services North America

 

Relocation Solutions North America

 

Moving Services North America

 

 

 

Global Relocation Services

 

Relocation Services Europe

 

Relocation Solutions North America

 

Special Products

 

 

 

Global Relocation Services

 

Relocation Services Asia Pacific

 

Relocation Solutions Europe and Asia Pacific

 

Moving Services Europe

 

 

 

Moving Services North America

 

Moving Services North America

 

Relocation Solutions Europe and Asia Pacific

 

Relocation Services Europe

 

 

 

Moving Services North America

 

Special Products

 

Relocation Solutions Europe and Asia Pacific

 

Moving Services Asia Pacific

 

 

 

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

 

Moving Services Europe

 

Relocation Solutions Europe and Asia Pacific

 

Relocation Services Asia Pacific

 

 

 

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

 

Moving Services Asia Pacific

 

Network Services

 

Insurance Services

 

 

 

Network Services

 

Insurance Services

 

Network Services

 

Client Services

 

 

 

Network Services

 

Client Services

 

Corporate

 

Corporate

 

 

 

Corporate

 

Corporate

 

 

Global Relocation Services:   We offer a comprehensive suite of relocation solutions to thousands of corporate and government customers around the world. We offer a wide variety of employee relocation services, including the sale of employees’ homes, movement of their household goods, purchase of their new homes and provision of destination services. Our relocation solutions are provided by a team of over 1,000 employees around the world and a network of real estate agents and other service providers.

Moving Services North America:   We provide our moving services through our proprietary branded network of 735 agents who own the trucks and trailers used in moves and are responsible for packing, hauling and storage, and distribution of household goods. We act as a network manager for our agents, providing, among other things, brand management, load optimization, billing, collection and claims handling.

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific:   We provide moving services through a network of company-owned and agent-owned locations in the United Kingdom, continental Europe and the Asia Pacific region.

Network Services:   We offer a variety of services for truck drivers, fleet owners and agents, both inside and outside of our network. Services offered include U.S. insurance coverage such as vehicle liability, occupational accident, physical damage and inland marine insurance coverage, as well as truck maintenance and repair services and group purchasing. In addition, we offer a suite of services, including fuel, cell phone, tire services, legal assistance and retirement programs to the members of NAIT. At December 31, 2004, the association had approximately 32,000 owner operator members.

Corporate:   This segment contains costs associated with corporate governance activities that are not allocated to the other four operating segments. These costs include board of director expenses, stock compensation expenses, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance costs and other costs of a corporate nature.

Prior year segment information has been restated to conform to our new segment presentation.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our accounting policies are described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report. The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions in certain circumstances that affect amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes. In preparing these financial statements, management has made its best estimates and judgments of certain amounts included in the financial statements, giving due consideration to materiality. Application of these accounting policies involves the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ from these estimates.

43




Revenue recognition:   For our moving services, we recognize gross operating revenues to be invoiced to the transportation customer and all related transportation expenses on the date a shipment is delivered or services are completed.

In our relocation services operations, fees are paid to us by corporate customers at either a set price per transferred employee (“traditional product”) or based upon a fixed percentage of the home’s selling price (“fixed fee product”) The traditional product revenue is recognized at the date the home is sold to a third-party buyer. The fixed fee product revenue is recognized at the date we purchase the home from a transferee. When we purchase a property from a transferee, the property enters our inventory. We record the sale of the inventory home as revenue on a gross basis when we close on the home sale to a third-party buyer. Additionally, we receive fees from company-qualified real estate agents for the listing or home purchase referral of a transferred employee. The listing referral fee revenue is recognized when we close on the home sale to a third-party buyer. The home purchase referral fee revenue is recognized when a transferee closes on the purchase of a destination home from a third-party seller.

In addition, within relocation services, we recognize gains or losses on the sale of mortgage loans at the date the loans are funded by purchasers pursuant to the existing sales commitment. The gain or loss equals the difference between the basis in the loan and the net proceeds received and are included in operating revenues in the consolidated statement of operations. Sales of loans are made without recourse, provided the loans meet predetermined specifications, as defined in the agreements with investors. We do not currently service mortgage loans.

Within our Network Services segment in the insurance services unit, we recognize premium revenue evenly over the term of the insurance policy. In addition, Network Services has monthly policies that are earned as billed.

We periodically review our different revenue streams to assess the appropriate presentation of each source of revenue. We recognize the majority of our operating revenues on a gross basis.

U.S. insurance loss reserves.   Claim and claim adjustment expense reserves related to our U.S. operations, except reserves for structured settlements, are not discounted and are based on 1) case basis estimates for losses reported on direct business; 2) estimates of incurred but not reported losses; 3) estimates of losses on assumed reinsurance; 4) estimates of future expenses to be incurred in the settlement of claims; 5) estimates of salvage and subrogation recoveries and 6) estimates of amounts due from insureds related to losses under high deductible policies. We consider current conditions and trends as well as past Company and industry experience in establishing these estimates. The effects of inflation, which can be significant, are implicitly considered in the reserve process and are part of the recorded reserve balance.

Foreign insurance loss reserves:   Our non-U.S. insurance operations include the Baxendale Insurance Company Ltd. (“Baxendale”) and SIRVA U.K. Baxendale records reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses related to its storage, fire, marine cargo and premise damage lines of business. The reserve is based on estimates calculated by us based on actual historical claims data and includes a provision for incurred but not reported claims. The reserve is reviewed by us monthly and changes in the reserves are reflected in current operations. SIRVA U.K. records reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses related to vehicle accidents, employer liability and professional indemnity lines of business. The reserve is based on estimates calculated by third-party insurers. The reserve is reviewed by us monthly and changes to the reserves are reflected in current operations.

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, our combined U.S. and foreign insurance loss reserves totaled $87.1 million and $52.5 million, respectively; however, actual results may be materially different from our current estimates. The increase in loss reserves is due to higher levels of insurance business volume and adverse claim development.

44




Cargo claims reserves:   We estimate claims relating to cargo damage and loss based principally on actuarial methods applied to historical trends. A cargo claims analysis is performed each quarter comparing open and closed claim costs, as well as estimates for incurred but not reported claim costs, to the original estimates and changes to those estimates are recorded.

Cargo claims expense was $37.6 million, $29.6 million and $24.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, our cargo claims reserves totaled $24.9 million and $21.7 million, respectively; however, future actual results may be materially different from our current estimates. Historical cargo claims metrics are used to record a provision in the current period for the cost to settle claims that have been incurred but will be settled in future periods. The customer generally files a claim for damage shortly after the service is completed, but the settlement process can extend from a period of a few months to several years. As a result of the length of the settlement cycle, it is necessary to utilize frequency and severity trends to estimate current period claims expenses that are derived from prior years, as these years contain more fully developed claims experience. An analysis is performed each quarter comparing open and closed claim costs, as well as estimates for incurred but not reported claim costs, to the original estimates, and changes to those estimates are recorded as appropriate.

Customer and agent incentives:   We offer certain incentives to our moving agents and corporate customers. Incentives offered to moving agents are based upon revenue growth targets. These are recognized ratably over the period of the incentive agreement as a component of other direct expense. Incentives offered to corporate customers are based upon meeting certain revenue thresholds, and are recognized as a reduction in operating revenues ratably over the period of incentive. We estimate and accrue both incentives based upon actual progression towards achievement of the incentive targets. We recognized moving agent incentives of $3,633, $3,459 and $3,273 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In addition, we recognized customer incentives of $6,463, $6,750 and $7,144 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Allowance for doubtful accounts:   An allowance for doubtful accounts and notes receivable is maintained for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers or agents to make required payments. If the financial condition of our customers and agents were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. Our allowances for doubtful accounts and notes receivable at December 31, 2004 and 2003 amounted to $24.8 million and $21.8 million, representing 6.8% and 6.0% of our accounts receivable balances, respectively. Actual results may be materially different from our current estimates.

Relocation properties held for resale:   Relocation properties held for resale are recorded at net realizable value. Adjustments to record the properties at net realizable value include an estimate for loss on sale and costs to sell the property. If we experience a further reduction in the market value of the homes in inventory, additional adjustments may be required. Our adjustments related to properties in inventory at December 31, 2004 and 2003 amounted to $12.8 million and $8.2 million, respectively.

Investments:   Investments consist of U.S. Treasury and corporate debt and equity securities, retained interests in securitized receivables and interests in joint ventures. Investments classified as held-to-maturity with a maturity date greater than one year are considered noncurrent, while all other investments are considered current. Interest and dividends on debt and equity securities are included in operating revenues. Except for certain convertible securities, we classify our debt securities in one of two categories: available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are those securities in which we have the ability and intent to hold the securities until maturity. All other securities are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are restricted as to use by our U.S. insurance subsidiary. Our policy is to classify these securities as current assets since these securities represent the investment of funds available for current operations of our U.S. insurance subsidiary.

45




Since October 1, 2004, purchases of convertible bonds and stock are classified as trading securities. These securities are recorded at fair value in accordance with SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.” All convertible bonds and stocks purchased prior to October 1, 2004 continue to be classified as available-for-sale.

Available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value. Held-to-maturity securities are recorded at amortized cost, adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, on available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss until realized. Realized gains and losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined on a specific identification basis.

On a quarterly basis, we perform a review to determine if any securities have incurred an other than temporary loss. Any such securities identified are written down to their fair value at the time that it is determined they are impaired with the adjustment recognized in current earnings.

We utilize a receivables securitization program to sell certain receivables generated by our Global Relocation Services segment to independent third-party financial institutions. The receivable sales are accounted for as sales of financial assets according to SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities.” The fair value of the retained interest is estimated by considering the history of performance of these types of receivables, the underlying security, the subordinate position of the retained interest, current interest rates and economic conditions. The retained interest is classified as a current investment due to the current nature of the underlying receivable. Any gains or losses on the transfer to the independent third-party financial institution are recognized in current earnings.

Goodwill and intangible assets:   We adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), on January 1, 2002. SFAS 142 requires that an annual impairment review be performed, which requires us to place a fair value on the individual reporting units of the business. We perform the impairment review during the fourth quarter. This requires us to select an appropriate method of valuation for the business using discounted estimated cash flows and to assess assumptions inherent in such a method on an annual basis. These assumptions include identifying an appropriate discount rate, estimating future cash flows and forecasting capital requirements. Discount rates are based on comparable companies and relative capital structures, while cash flows and capital requirements are based on management’s best estimates. In addition, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets might not be recoverable, we will perform an impairment review. The judgments made in determining whether goodwill and other intangible assets are impaired will directly affect reported operating income, since any time we determine that any of these assets are impaired, a charge will be recognized in the statement of operations equal to the decline in value of such assets.

Our goodwill and other intangible assets totaled $619.9 million at December 31, 2004 and $590.4 million at December 31, 2003, which included $352.4 million and $398.2 million, respectively, related to the original purchase of North American Van Lines, Inc. and the Allied and Pickfords businesses.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful lives using a straight-line amortization method for all time periods presented. For customer and member relationships, those lives range from 5 to 18 years and for covenants not to compete, lives range from 1 to 5 years. Commencing October 1, 2003, we amortized customer and member relationship intangible assets over their remaining useful lives using an accelerated amortization method to more closely reflect the pattern in which economic benefits of the intangible assets are utilized. Under this method, approximately 56% of the intangible asset will be amortized over the first 5 years of their respective useful lives, which average 14.9

46




years, thereby resulting in approximately half of the amortization expense being recognized over the first third of the intangible’s useful life.

Pensions and other postretirement benefits:   We provide a range of benefits to our current and retired employees, including defined benefit retirement plans, postretirement medical and life insurance benefits and postemployment benefits (primarily severance). We record annual amounts relating to these plans based on calculations specified by generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), which include various actuarial assumptions, such as discount rates, assumed rates of return, compensation increases, turnover rates and health care cost trend rates. We review our actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and make modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends when it is deemed appropriate to do so. As required by GAAP, the effect of the modifications is generally recorded or amortized over future periods. We believe that the assumptions utilized in recording our obligations under our plans are reasonable based on our experience and advice from our actuaries.

Impairment of long-lived assets:   We periodically assess impairments of our long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”). An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered by us include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and significant negative industry or economic trends. When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above impairment indicators, we estimate the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of these expected future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the asset, we calculate an impairment loss. An impairment loss is equal to the difference between the fair value of the asset and its carrying value. Fair value is generally determined using a discounted cash flow methodology.

Commitments and contingencies:   We evaluate contingent liabilities including threatened or pending litigation in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” and record accruals when the outcome of these matters is deemed probable and the liability is reasonably estimable. We make these assessments based on the facts and circumstances and in some instances based in part on the advice of outside counsel.

Income taxes:   We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method in accordance with SFAS 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted laws and tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities due to a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. In addition, the amounts of any future tax benefits are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent such benefits are not expected to be realized on a more likely than not basis. To the extent that a valuation allowance is established or increased in a period, we must include an expense within the tax provision in the statements of income.

Significant management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and, in particular, any valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets. We recorded a valuation allowance of $4.0 million on $14.4 million of foreign deferred tax assets at December 31, 2004, due to uncertainties related to our ability to utilize some of the deferred tax assets in jurisdictions outside the United States. The amount of the valuation allowance has been determined based on our estimates of taxable income by each jurisdiction in which we operate over the periods in which the deferred tax assets will be recoverable.

47




We concluded that a valuation allowance on the remaining $107.9 million of U.S. deferred tax assets at December 31, 2004 was not required. Our methodology for determining the realizability of deferred tax assets involves estimates of future taxable income from our core business of Global Relocation Services, as well as estimated operating expenses to support that anticipated level of business and the expiration dates and amounts of net operating loss carryforwards. These estimates are projected through the life of the related deferred tax assets based on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable and consistent with current operating results.

In concluding that a valuation allowance was not required on the U.S. deferred tax assets, we considered both the positive and negative evidence regarding our ability to generate sufficient taxable income to realize our deferred tax assets. Positive evidence included having achieved profitability for financial reporting purposes in the core business of Global Relocation Services since 2002. Other positive evidence included projected earnings (including the negative impact of interest expense) of at least $288.0 million attributable to the core business through 2009. Further positive evidence included the fact that the U.S. net operating losses will not begin to expire until 2019, while projected earnings indicate that the deferred tax assets will be offset by taxable earnings a full ten years prior to that expiration. Negative evidence included a history of net operating losses in the core business prior to 2002, as well as a history of losses due to special charges and discontinued operations in the current and prior years as well as additional projected losses from special charges and discontinued operations in 2005. Negative evidence also included the Business Risks described in Item 1 of this Annual Report, entitled “Business”. This additional negative evidence includes, but is not limited to the material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting, ongoing litigation and governmental investigations, acceptance of our relatively new strategy of offering a global comprehensive relocation solution to customers, and the presence of substantial existing debt and the prospect of incurring substantial additional debt in the future.

In weighing the positive and negative evidence above, we considered the “more likely than not” criteria pursuant to Statement of Accounting Standards (SFAS) 109 as well as the risk factors related to its future business described above. Based on this analysis we concluded that it was more likely than not that the U.S. deferred tax assets of $107.9 million would be realized. At December 31, 2004, we would require approximately $280.0 million in cumulative U.S. taxable income to be generated at various times over the next fifteen years to realize the U.S. deferred tax assets recognized at December 31, 2004.

48




Seasonality

Our operations are subject to seasonal trends. Operating revenues and operating income from continuing operations for the quarters ending in March and December are typically lower than the quarters ending in June and September. The stronger performance in the second and third quarters is due to the higher moving shipment count and relocation initiations associated with the summer moving season, which also allows for somewhat higher pricing than in the winter months.

The seasonal impact on our quarterly operating revenues and operating income from continuing operations is illustrated by the following table showing quarterly operating revenues and operating income from continuing operations as a percent of the total for the indicated full fiscal years. All quarters of 2003 and the first three quarters of 2004 have been restated to reflect changes to the historically presented financial statements. The restatement has been explained more fully in Items 1 and 7 of this annual report, as well as Note 2 to the consolidated financial statement contained in Item 8 of this report.

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

Q1

 

Q2

 

Q3

 

Q4

 

Q1

 

Q2

 

Q3

 

Q4

 

Operating revenues

 

18

%

26

%

32

%

24

%

 

18

%

 

 

25

%

 

 

33

%

 

 

24

%

 

Operating income from continuing operations

 

N/M

 

N/M

 

N/M

 

N/M

 

 

11

%

 

 

19

%

 

 

50

%

 

 

20

%

 

 

Because the 2004 earnings from continuing operations is a small loss, calculation of quarterly earnings as a percentage of total annual earnings is not meaningful (N/M).

Foreign Currency Translation

The future magnitude and direction of foreign currency translation adjustments depends on the relationship of the U.S. dollar to other foreign currencies. The effects of foreign currency fluctuations in our foreign operations are somewhat mitigated by the fact that the vast majority of our operations incur expenses in the same currency in which the corresponding operating revenues are generated. As a consequence, the effects of foreign currency fluctuations on our operating results are limited principally to the translation of our activities outside of the United States from their local currency into the U.S. dollar. Income from continuing operations for 2004 from non-U.S. operations amounted to $8.5 million, or 13.9%, of our consolidated income from continuing operations. In addition, a total of 37.4% of our long-lived assets at December 31, 2004, were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The functional currency for our non-U.S. subsidiaries is the local currency for the country in which the subsidiaries own their primary assets. We have operations in several foreign countries, including those that use the Canadian dollar, the British pound sterling, the Australian dollar or the euro as their functional currencies.

The translation of the applicable currencies into U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue and expense accounts using a weighted-average exchange rate during the period. The effect of U.S. dollar currency exchange rates in Canada, the United Kingdom, the Euro zone, Australia and other countries in which we operate produced net currency translation adjustment gain of $19.6 million, net of tax, which was recorded as an adjustment to stockholders’ equity as an element of other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Taxation

For the year ended December 31, 2004, our estimated provision for income taxes was higher than the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal and state statutory rates. This unfavorable difference is due

49




to the impairment of non-deductible goodwill associated with our U.S. insurance group. For the year ended December 31, 2003, our estimated provision for income taxes was lower than the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal and state statutory rates. This favorable difference was due primarily to differences in the mix of the statutory rates between the United States and countries where we have permanently reinvested earnings and tax incentive programs that we have qualified for under the laws of certain jurisdictions.

Results of Continuing Operations

The following table sets forth information concerning our results of continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, also expressed as a percentage of our operating revenues for the respective periods.

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

Restated

 

 

 

Restated

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Percentage of operating revenues)

 

Operating revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service revenue

 

$

2,243.0

 

$

1,959.6

 

$

1,724.6

 

64.6

%

 

70.3

%

 

 

82.2

%

 

Home sale revenue

 

1,227.3

 

827.0

 

372.8

 

35.4

%

 

29.7

%

 

 

17.8

%

 

Total operating revenues

 

3,470.3

 

2,786.6

 

2,097.4

 

100.0

%

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased transportation expense

 

1,214.9

 

1,110.9

 

1,042.5

 

35.0

%

 

39.9

%

 

 

49.7

%

 

Cost of homes sold

 

1,232.3

 

830.8

 

374.7

 

35.5

%

 

29.8

%

 

 

17.9

%

 

Other direct expenses

 

602.4

 

452.0

 

343.8

 

17.4

%

 

16.2

%

 

 

16.4

%

 

Gross margin

 

420.7

 

392.9

 

336.4

 

12.1

%

 

14.1

%

 

 

16.0

%

 

General and administrative expense

 

350.0

 

275.2

 

244.0

 

10.1

%

 

9.9

%

 

 

11.6

%

 

Intangibles amortization

 

8.4

 

6.2

 

3.9

 

0.2

%

 

0.2

%

 

 

0.2

%

 

Impairments and other charges

 

70.2

 

 

4.7

 

2.0

%

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.2

%

 

Curtailments and other gains

 

(7.0

)

(3.8

)

(6.6

)

(0.2

)%

 

(0.1

)%

 

 

(0.3

)%

 

Restructuring expense

 

2.8

 

 

 

0.1

%

 

%

 

 

%

 

Operating income from continuing operations(1)

 

(3.7

)

115.3

 

90.4

 

(0.1

)%

 

4.1

%

 

 

4.3

%

 

Other income (expense) and minority interest

 

0.6

 

0.6

 

(0.7

)

0.0

%

 

0.0

%

 

 

(0.0

)%

 

Debt extinguishment expense(2)

 

1.8

 

37.6

 

 

0.0

%

 

1.3

%

 

 

%

 

Interest expense

 

25.4

 

54.4

 

55.2

 

0.7

%

 

1.9

%

 

 

2.6

%

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

5.0

 

7.9

 

(3.1

)

0.2

%

 

0.3

%

 

 

(0.1

)%

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

(35.3

)

$

16.0

 

$

37.6

 

(1.0

)%

 

0.6

%

 

 

1.8

%

 

 

Operating revenues:   Our operating revenues are comprised of service revenues and home sale revenues. Service revenues are derived from moving, relocation, insurance, records management and other similar services provided by our Global Relocation Services, Moving Services North America, Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific and Network Services operations. Additionally, we generate home sale revenues from the sale of properties that are acquired from transferees in connection with relocation services provided by our Global Relocation Services segment.

Operating revenues from our Global Relocation Services, Moving Services North America, Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific operations are comprised of amounts billed to each of our corporate, government and military and consumer customers upon the completion of relocation or transportation services. These include the provision of relocation and global mobility services such as home sale and purchase, realty and mortgage assistance, as well as comprehensive moving and storage services both at

50




origin and destination. In our U.S. and Canadian moving operations, a high percentage of the operating revenues generated are for services provided under exclusive contracts with our affiliated agents and owner operators, the costs of which are included in purchased transportation expense.

Operating revenues from our Network Services segment include premiums earned for the provision of insurance coverage such as auto liability, occupational accident, physical damage and inland marine insurance coverage. Our operating revenues also include certain earned commissions for referring our clients to other insurance providers. Additionally, our operating revenues also include fees charged to independent truck drivers as members of NAIT for access to a suite of services that includes fuel, cell phone, tire services, legal assistance and retirement programs, and the provision of maintenance and repair services.

Purchased transportation expense.   Purchased transportation expense, or PTE, represents amounts paid by us to independent third parties, such as agents, owner operators, and third-party carriers for providing capabilities for the fulfillment of our customer moving and transportation needs.

·       In our Moving Services North America segment, PTE consists of amounts paid to owner operators for transportation services; packing and loading service fees as well as associated accessorial services; agent commissions; and other third-party transportation services.

·       In our Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segment, where we own most of our fulfillment network, our PTE consists of amounts paid to third parties for supplemental transportation, packing and loading services provided during peak periods, and costs associated with other modes of transportation, such as ocean freight.

Given the structure of our overall business model, which uses independent agents, owner operators and third-party carriers of various modes to provide transportation, including trucks and trailers, as well as warehouse facilities for storage and delivery programs, a high proportion of overall operating expenses are represented by PTE. The level of PTE generally increases or decreases in proportion to the operating revenues generated from moving and transportation services provided by our independent agent network, as PTE compensation rates are typically determined based on a percentage of revenue that is set by contracts between us and our agents and owner operators.

Cost of homes sold:   Our cost of homes sold represents the price we paid to purchase the home from the transferee. These costs are recognized when we close on the sale of the home with the ultimate third-party buyer.

Other direct expenses:   Other direct expenses are comprised of our own facility and equipment costs; employee labor costs; commissions paid to realtors; home closing costs and other relocation service fees. In addition, transportation cargo loss and damage expenses and claims costs and loss adjustment expenses associated with our various insurance offerings are included in other direct expenses. Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific have more significant levels of other direct expenses than our moving services operations in North America.

Gross margin:   Our gross margin in absolute terms is equal to our operating revenues less direct expenses. Gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues, or gross margin rate, is largely dependent on the mix of our services to customers, and can differ between each of our four operating segments. As discussed above, our Moving Services North America segment operates with an asset-light model, utilizing our proprietary branded network of agents and independent contractors to service our customers. This results in a significantly higher level of expenses being paid to our agents and independent contractors and thus a lower gross margin in percentage terms than our Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific business, which predominantly utilizes an owned network to fulfill customer requirements. This is contrasted by a traditionally lower level of general and administrative costs as a percentage of our operating revenues in Moving Services North America as compared to Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific.

51




Gross margin in our Global Relocation Services segment is comprised of fee revenue for various services provided, less certain direct costs associated with those service revenues. Gross margin in our Global Relocation Services segment is also comprised of home sale revenues, representing proceeds from the sale of properties to a third-party buyer less the cost of homes sold, representing the amount paid to purchase the home from a relocating transferee. For the majority of our property transactions, there is a third-party buyer contracted to purchase the home at the same time we contract to buy the home from a transferee. In these instances, home sale revenue and cost of homes sold are the same and result in zero gross margin. For approximately 11% of our property transactions, we do not have a third-party buyer contracted to purchase the home at the same time we contract to buy the home from a transferee. In these instances, the property enters our held for resale inventory and we continue to market the property. Historically, the ultimate sale of these properties results in a loss on sale of between three and four percent resulting in a negative gross margin associated with home sale revenues.

Gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues in our Network Services business also differs from that experienced in our Moving Services North America operations. Traditionally, the gross margin rate in our Network Services segment, which is predominantly an insurance business (premiums less claim expenses) has been higher, with a proportionally higher G&A expense compared to our Moving Services North America operations.

General and administrative expense:   G&A expense includes employee compensation and benefit costs, which account for over 50% of expenses in this category, as well as IT infrastructure and communication costs, office rent and supplies, professional services and other general corporate expenses. Global Relocation Services, Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific and Network Services have a more significant level of G&A expense than do our operations in Moving Services North America.

The following discussions of our results of continuing operations and results of discontinued operations include variance explanations that isolate the cause of change between current year and prior year results into three components: currency, acquisitions and organic. We feel this type of analysis allows the reader to better understand the underlying operational or organic aspects of our results by separating the impacts caused by movement in foreign currency exchange rates used in the consolidation of our non-U.S. businesses and the impacts caused by our acquisitions. These separate components are calculated as follows:

Currency impact:   The change due to currency is calculated by taking the prior period’s results and reconverting them using the current period’s currency exchange rates and then comparing those results to the current period’s actual results excluding acquisitions.

Acquisition impact:   The change due to acquisitions is the amount of operating revenues and expenses that were generated or incurred for the periods following our acquisitions. Acquisitions in Global Relocation Services include Relocation Dynamics in March 2004, D.J. Knight in September 2004 and Executive Relocation in December 2004. Acquisitions in Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific include Scanvan in June 2003, PRS in December 2003 and Rettenmayer in April 2004. Acquisitions in Network Services include NAIT in April, 2002 and Move-Pak in December 2003.

Organic impact:   The organic change is calculated as the total change less the change due to acquisitions and the change due to currency.

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

Operating revenues:   Our operating revenues from continuing operations were $3,470.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $683.7 million, or 24.5%, increase compared to $2,786.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in operating revenues was primarily the result of organic growth in our Global Relocation Services, Moving Services North America and Network Services segments, as well as favorable currency exchange impacts within the Moving Services Europe and

52




Asia Pacific segment. Acquisitions contributed $36.6 million, $10.5 million and $14.0 million to our Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific, Global Relocation Services and Network Services segments’ growth in operating revenues, respectively.

Gross margin:   Gross margin from continuing operations was $420.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $27.8 million, or 7.1%, increase compared to $392.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Gross margin increased in Global Relocation Services, Moving Services North America and Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific by $17.9 million, $4.8 million and $24.0 million, respectively. Mitigating these increases was a decline in gross margin of $18.1 million within our Network Services segment. The increases within Global Relocation Services and Moving Services North America resulted from strong organic growth during the period. The increase in margin in Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific was primarily attributable to favorable currency exchange rates for much of the year. Complementing the currency exchange rate impact on gross margin within Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific were gross margin improvements attributable to the acquisitions of Scanvan in June 2003 and Rettenmayer in April 2004. Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific experienced a slight decline in organic, or existing businesses, volume which offset the operating revenue increases due to currency fluctuations and acquisitions for the year. Our Network Services segment experienced an erosion of margin during the year primarily due to significant increases in loss reserves.

Our gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004 was 12.1%, which represents a 2.0% percentage point decrease compared to 14.1% for the year ended December 31, 2003. The change in gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues is explained later in our segment analysis.

General and administrative expense:   G&A expenses attributable to continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $350.0 million, which represents a $74.8 million, or 27.2%, increase compared to $275.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The dollar increase in G&A expense is primarily due to a $28.7 million increase in salaries and benefits, a $15.9 million increase in professional fees, a $3.1 million increase in depreciation, with the remaining $27.1 million attributable to other general and administrative expenses within our Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segment. Costs within this segment rose $46.3 million due to increases in organic or existing operations, currency fluctuations and acquisitions that contributed $24.4 million, $13.0 million and $8.9 million to the increase, respectively. G&A expenses also increased in Global Relocation Services, Network Services, the Corporate Segment and Moving Services North America where costs increased by $4.0 million, $10.5 million, $5.3 million and $8.1 million, respectively.

In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2004, we recognized $3.4 million of non-cash stock compensation expense in relation to stock subscription and stock option grants made to certain managers and directors in 2003 and for option vesting extensions granted to terminated employees per the terms of their severance agreements. During the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized $3.5 million of non-cash equity based compensation. The expense has been recorded as the difference between the subscription or exercise price and the deemed fair value of our common and redeemable common stock on the date of grant in accordance with APB 25. The total non-cash equity-based compensation expense to be recognized by us in respect of these transactions is $6.0 million with an additional expense amount of $2.3 million in regards to the option vesting extensions provided to certain terminated employees. We expect to recognize $0.7 million, $0.4 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million in each of 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Our G&A expenses as a percentage of operating revenues were 10.1% and 9.9% for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. G&A costs were unfavorably impacted by the negative mix effect of growth in businesses with a higher proportion of G&A as a percentage of operating revenues, as well as a $14.3 million impact from acquisitions. Our consolidated headcount within continuing operations was 6,532 at December 31, 2004, which represents a 124 person, or 1.9%, increase from 6,408 at

53




December 31, 2003. Operating revenues per employee at December 31, 2004 were $531,000, which represents a $96,000, or 22.1%, increase compared to $435,000 at December 31, 2003.

We have continued to streamline our organization and initiated business process improvement projects that allowed us to hold the headcount increase below the operating revenue increase. We define operating revenues per employee as operating revenues for the year ending on the date indicated, divided by the corresponding yearly average of company-wide end-of-month employee headcount engaged in continuing operations.

Intangibles amortization:   Amortization for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $8.4 million, which represents a $2.2 million increase, compared to $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase is directly related to acquisitions made in the current and previous years.

Impairments and other charges:   For the year ended December 31, 2004, we recognized $70.2 million in impairments and other charges. These charges included a $0.6 million impairment charge to write-down assets to fair value within our Fleet Services business unit within Network Services, a $66.4 million impairment charge to write-down goodwill within our Network Services segment and a $3.2 million expense to establish and expand our receivables securitization program within Global Relocation Services. There were no impairment charges to continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Curtailment and other gains:   For the year ended December 31, 2004, we recognized $7.0 million in other gains. We sold land and buildings in our Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segment resulting in a gain of $5.9 million and sold a maintenance facility in our Network Services segment resulting in a gain of $1.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized $3.8 million in other gains. We sold a building and our interest in a joint venture in our Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segment resulting in a gain of $2.6 million. In addition, we modified certain domestic employee benefit programs to standardize them across all U.S. operations resulting in a one-time reduction in expense of $1.2 million.

Restructuring expense:   For the year ended December 31, 2004, we recognized $2.8 million in restructuring expense. In connection with the Disposal Plan and in response to declining business volumes in the United Kingdom, we are restructuring our functional support areas to re-scale resources to the needs of the ongoing operations and business environment. Seventy-two employees have been identified as part of a workforce reduction, primarily in the United Kingdom. We accrued $1.5 million for the severance benefits we will pay these employees. In addition, we exited certain U.K. facilities in September 2004 prior to lease termination dates. As a result, we recorded lease accrual charges of $1.3 million. As these costs were not directly related to the discontinued businesses, the charges were recorded in ongoing operations as components of restructuring expense. The restructuring accrual balance was $2.6 million at December 31, 2004 and is recorded as part of other current liabilities. Due to facility lease terms, remaining payments will be made through December 2005. All severance and benefit payments will be made through December 2005. For the year ended December 31, 2003, there were no restructuring plans or expenses.

Operating income (loss) from continuing operations:   Operating loss from continuing operations was $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $119.0 million, or 103.2%, decrease compared to operating income from continuing operations of $115.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Included in operating income in 2004 was $17.8 million of unanticipated charges in the fourth quarter of 2004 and $15.2 million in charges to increase insurance loss reserves during the first three quarters of 2004 due to adverse claims development and a $66.4 million impairment charge to write-down goodwill within our Network Services segment.

Debt extinguishment expense:   During the year ended December 31, 2004, we recognized $1.8 million of debt extinguishment expense associated with the retirement of $11.0 million of senior subordinated notes, consisting of $0.8 million of bond tender premium and $1.0 million of deferred debt issuance costs. This compares favorably to the year ended December 31, 2003, when we recognized $37.6 million of debt

54




extinguishment expense, consisting of $25.0 million of bond tender premium on our senior subordinated notes and a $12.6 million write-off of deferred debt issuance costs on the prior senior credit facility and indenture.

Interest expense:   Interest expense was $25.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $29.0 million, or 53.3%, decrease compared to $54.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The decrease is due primarily to the retirement of our Senior Subordinated Notes and our Senior Discount Notes, which were retired using the proceeds of our initial public offering. The retirements resulted in a $25.9 million favorable impact. The remainder of the decrease resulted from the payment of various acquisition loans and the effect of interest rate swap agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recorded $1.8 million of interest expense that had been previously treated as accretion of junior preferred stock dividends as a result of our adoption of SFAS 150. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we wrote off $1.3 million of unrecognized hedging losses to interest expense in connection with our debt refinancing.

Provision for income taxes:   For the year ended December 31, 2004, our provision for income taxes was $5.0 million based on a pre-tax loss of $30.3 million, an effective rate that is not meaningful due to the impairment of non-deductible goodwill associated with our U.S. insurance group. For the year ended December 31, 2003, our provision for income tax was $7.9 million based on pre-tax income of $23.9 million, an effective rate of 33.1%. The increase in our tax rate was primarily attributable to the write-off of non-deductible goodwill associated with our U.S. insurance group. Exclusive of the goodwill impairment charge, our provision for income taxes would have been $4.9 million based on pre-tax income of $15.4 million, an effective rate of 31.8%. In October 2004, the President signed the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“the Jobs Act”). The Jobs Act becomes effective for all reporting periods beginning after signing and creates a temporary incentive for U.S. corporations to repatriate accumulated income earned abroad by providing an 85 percent dividend received deduction for certain dividends from controlled foreign corporations. In the first quarter of 2005, the Executive Committee of our Board of Directors approved our Overall Domestic Reinvestment Plan as required by the Jobs Act. Our Overall Domestic Reinvestment Plan authorizes up to $500.0 million of repatriation of unremitted foreign earnings. Some of the individual dividends have not yet been finalized. We expect to repatriate an amount ranging from $79.0 million to $103.0 million with the respective tax liability ranging from $6.0 million to $8.0 million. The tax liabilities will be recorded in 2005 in the quarter in which the individual dividends were approved.

Income (loss) from continuing operations:   Loss from continuing operations was $35.3 million, or $(0.49) per share, for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $51.3 million, or $0.72 per share, decrease compared to income from continuing operations of $16.0 million, or $0.23 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2003. The success of our strategy to focus on relocation services and the associated growth in operating revenues and income from continuing operations, along with the impact of our acquisitions that continue to enhance our global service offerings was offset by the goodwill impairment charge of $66.4 million recorded in our Network Services segment.

Loss from discontinued operations:   Loss from discontinued operations was $32.9 million, or $(0.46) per share, for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $31.4 million, or $0.44 per share, increase compared to a $1.5 million, or $(0.02) share, loss from discounted operations for the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase was due primarily to our Disposal Plan adopted on September 9, 2004 by our Board of Directors which committed us to an exit of our North American High Value Products and homeExpress business (High Value Products Division), as well as certain other logistics businesses, including Specialized Transportation in Europe and our Transportation Solutions segment in North America. The Disposal Plan has been described more fully in Item 1 and in Note 4 of the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this annual report.

55




Net income (loss):   Net loss was $68.2 million, or $(0.95) per share, for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents an $82.7 million, or $1.16 per share, decrease compared to net income of $14.5 million, or $0.21 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2003. This decrease was due to the $31.4 million, or $0.44 per share, increase in loss on discontinued operations and the $58.4 net of tax benefit, or $0.81 per share, impairment charge to write-off goodwill within our Network Services segment.

Segment Analysis

The following table sets forth information with respect to our segments for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003:

 

 

2004

 

 

 

Global
Relocation
Services

 

Moving Services
North America

 

Moving Services
Europe and
Asia Pacific

 

Network
Services

 

Corporate

 

Total SIRVA

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Operating revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service revenue

 

 

$

238.3

 

 

 

$

1,311.1

 

 

 

$

482.8

 

 

 

$

210.8

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

2,243.0

 

 

Home sale revenue

 

 

1,227.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,227.3

 

 

Total operating revenues

 

 

1,465.6

 

 

 

1,311.1

 

 

 

482.8

 

 

 

210.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,470.3

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased transportation expense

 

 

 

 

 

1,087.8

 

 

 

127.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,214.9

 

 

Cost of home sales

 

 

1,232.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,232.3

 

 

Other direct expenses

 

 

155.5

 

 

 

90.8

 

 

 

184.2

 

 

 

170.7

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

602.4

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

$

77.8

 

 

 

$

132.5

 

 

 

$

171.5

 

 

 

$

40.1

 

 

 

$

(1.2

)

 

 

$

420.7

 

 

Gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues

 

 

5.3

%

 

 

10.1

%

 

 

35.5

%

 

 

19.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

12.1

%

 

Operating income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

$

27.4

 

 

 

$

32.8

 

 

 

$

8.0

 

 

 

$

(61.2

)

 

 

$

(10.7

)

 

 

$

(3.7

)

 

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

Global
Relocation
Services

 

Moving Services
North America

 

Moving Services
Europe and
Asia Pacific

 

Network
Services

 

Corporate

 

Total SIRVA

 

 

 

Restated (Dollars in millions)

 

Operating revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service revenue

 

 

$

166.2

 

 

 

$

1,222.4

 

 

 

$

401.5

 

 

 

$

169.5

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

1,959.6

 

 

Home sale revenue

 

 

827.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

827.0

 

 

Total operating revenues

 

 

993.2

 

 

 

1,222.4

 

 

 

401.5

 

 

 

169.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,786.6

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased transportation expense

 

 

 

 

 

1,015.6

 

 

 

95.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,110.9

 

 

Cost of home sales

 

 

830.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

830.8

 

 

Other direct expenses

 

 

102.4

 

 

 

79.1

 

 

 

158.8

 

 

 

111.3

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

452.0

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

$

60.0

 

 

 

$

127.7

 

 

 

$

147.4

 

 

 

$

58.2

 

 

 

$

(0.4

)

 

 

$

392.9

 

 

Gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues

 

 

6.0

%

 

 

10.4

%

 

 

36.7

%

 

 

34.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

14.1

%

 

Operating income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

$

18.5

 

 

 

$

37.9

 

 

 

$

29.7

 

 

 

$

33.8

 

 

 

$

(4.6

)

 

 

$

115.3

 

 

Key Performance Indicators, 2004 vs. 2003:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent change in operating revenues

 

 

47.6

%

 

 

7.3

%

 

 

20.2

%

 

 

24.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

24.5

%

 

Percentage point change in gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(15.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2.0

)

 

 

56




 

Global Relocation Services

Operating revenues were $1,465.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $472.4 million, or 47.6%, increase compared to $993.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

The strong revenue growth was primarily the result of a 34.7% increase in the number of fixed fee home closings (the completion of a relocation transaction) in the year ended December 31, 2004, as we continued to gain share in the relocation market. Average fixed fee home values rose 11.7% in 2004, a reflection of both general housing market strength and the mix impact that resulted from winning large accounts with transaction volumes between geographic areas with higher average home values. In 2004, we added companies such as Dell, CSX, Delphi, Textron and 3M to our client base.

 

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

YOY
Change

 

Fixed Fee

 

Initiations

 

5,716

 

4,132

 

 

38.3

%

 

 

 

Closings

 

4,302

 

3,193

 

 

34.7

%

 

Traditional

 

Initiations

 

5,374

 

4,741

 

 

13.4

%

 

 

 

Closings

 

4,025

 

3,640

 

 

10.6

%

 

 

Gross margin was $77.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, representing a $17.8 million, or 29.7%, increase compared to $60.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues was 5.3% for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a 0.7 percentage point decrease compared to 6.0% for the year ended December 31, 2003. This reflects a shift in product mix toward fixed fee relocations, which, despite contributing higher gross margin dollars per transaction, carry a lower gross margin rate than our traditional relocation services.

Gross margin on our home sale revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was a loss of $5.0 million, which represents a $1.2 million decrease compared to a loss of $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, and reflects our loss on homes sold. Gross margin on service revenue was $82.8 million in 2004, representing a $19.0 million or a 29.8% increase compared to $63.8 million in 2003.

G&A expenses were $41.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $4.0 million, or 10.6%, increase compared to $37.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The majority of this increase was driven by the impact of acquisitions of $3.8 million. Intangibles amortization expense increased from $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 due to our acquisitions of PRS, RDI, DJK and ERC. We incurred $3.2 million of other charges for the year ended December 31, 2004 to establish and expand our receivables securitization program.

Operating income from continuing operations was $27.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents an $8.9 million, or 48.1%, increase compared to $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Operating income from continuing operations as a percent of operating revenues was 1.9% for the year ended December 31, 2004, the same as the year ended December 31, 2003.

Moving Services North America

Operating revenues were $1,311.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents an $88.7 million, or 7.3%, increase compared to $1,222.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in operating revenues was driven primarily by an organic increase of $85.2 million, as discussed below. The remainder of the increase was due to favorable currency impacts.

The increase in operating revenues was driven by a 3.6% increase in moving shipments for the year, highlighted by a return to growth of the corporate segment, where shipments increased 5.3% compared to

57




2003 levels. Also contributing to revenue growth was a 5% increase in moving revenue per shipment due to strong pricing environments in the consumer and military channels. These strong moving fundamentals more than offset an $8.8 million decline in the special products portion of this segment.

Gross margin was $132.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $4.8 million, or 3.8%, increase compared to $127.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues was 10.1% for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a 0.3 percentage point decrease compared to 10.4% for the year ended December 31, 2003. The decline in gross margin rate was primarily driven by higher claims expense experienced in the fourth quarter of 2004. Our network resources (transportation equipment, drivers and crews) were insufficient to handle the strong volumes experienced in the peak summer season, resulting in the use of alternative capacity sources to service a portion of the demand, which required more handling and typically result in a higher claim rate.

G&A expenses were $99.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents an $8.7 million, or 9.6%, increase compared to $91.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. In the fourth quarter of 2004, we incurred $2.1 million of unanticipated charges associated with certain legal matters. The remainder of the increase was driven by higher allocated support costs, as well as incremental investments in sales and marketing. In addition, we modified certain domestic employee benefit programs to standardize them across all U.S. operations resulting in a one-time reduction in expense of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Operating income from continuing operations was $32.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $5.1 million, or 13.4%, decrease compared to $37.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Driving the decrease was higher G&A costs, which offset an increase in gross margin.

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

Operating revenues were $482.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents an $81.3 million, or 20.2%, increase compared to $401.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

The increase in operating revenues is primarily a result of $49.6 million of favorable currency impact and $36.6 million of acquisition impact. Excluding currency and acquisition impacts, operating revenues decreased 1.2%, reflecting modest growth in Asia Pacific which was more than offset by a significant decline in the U.K. market in the second half of 2004 due to a marked slowdown in the volume of home sale transactions.

Gross margin was $171.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $24.1 million, or 16.4%, increase compared to $147.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues was 35.5% for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a 1.2 percentage point decrease compared to 36.7% for the year ended December 31, 2003, reflecting negative fixed cost leverage associated with the moving business in the United Kingdom.

G&A expenses were $166.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $46.3 million, or 38.6%, increase compared to $119.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Contributing to the increase in expenses was $13.0 million of unfavorable currency movements and a $9.0 million increase related to acquisitions. In the fourth quarter of 2004, we incurred $2.2 million of unanticipated charges to write-off a receivable related to a previous asset sale due to an obligor’s bankruptcy. The remainder of the increase was driven primarily by investments made in our European business to enhance sales and marketing capability and centralize operating activities. Intangibles amortization expense increased from $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 due to our acquisitions of Scanvan and Rettenmayer. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we recognized $5.9 million in other gains due to the sale of land and buildings. For

58




the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized $2.6 million in other gains due to the sale of a building and our interest in a joint venture.

Operating income from continuing operations was $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $21.7 million, or 73.1%, decrease, compared to $29.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Network Services

Operating revenues were $210.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $41.3 million, or 24.4%, increase compared to $169.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. This growth is primarily attributable to a 21.1% increase in membership in the National Association of Independent Truckers (“NAIT”), as well as the impact of the acquisition of the Move-Pak Insurance Brokers business (“Move-Pak”) from Hayden-Boettcher & Co., Inc.

Gross margin was $40.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents an $18.1 million, or 31.1%, decrease compared to $58.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The decline in gross margin dollars was primarily attributable to $21.5 million in charges to increase insurance loss reserves due to adverse claims development. As a result, gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues was 19.0% for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a 15.3 percentage point decrease compared to 34.3% for the year ended December 31, 2003.

G&A expenses were $33.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which represents a $10.5 million, or 46.7%, increase compared to $22.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in G&A expenses was primarily attributable to an increase in bad debt provisions, the Move-Pak acquisition, and additional IT-related depreciation. Intangibles amortization expense increased from $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 due to our acquisition of Move-Pak. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we recognized a $0.6 million impairment charge to write-down assets to fair value within our Fleet Services business unit, a $66.4 million impairment charge to write-down goodwill within our U.S. insurance group and recorded a $1.1 million gain on a maintenance facility we sold within the Fleet Services business unit. The goodwill impairment of our U.S. insurance group was due to lower 2004 operating results associated with adverse claims development and reinsurance commission and bad debt expenses combined with consideration of the estimated financial impact of a likely ratings downgrade of our U.S. insurance operations.

Operating loss from continuing operations was $61.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, representing a $95.0 million, or 281.1%, decrease compared to operating income from continuing operations of $33.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Corporate

For the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred $10.7 million of corporate expense, representing a $6.1 million increase compared to $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. In the fourth quarter of 2004, we incurred $2.0 million of unanticipated charges related to certain former employees’ severance agreements. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to a $4.1 million increase in professional fees, of which $2.7 million were Sarbanes-Oxley related expenditures.

Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

Operating revenues:   Our operating revenues were $2,786.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $689.2 million, or 32.9%, increase compared to $2,097.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.

Revenue increased across all operating segments. Global Relocation Services, Moving Services North America, Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific, and Network Services experienced growth in revenue

59




of $535.9 million, $60.1 million, $51.3 million, and $41.9 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2003, as compared to the previous year. Our Global Relocation Services segment experienced strong growth from continued expansion of organic operations, which accounted for $535.7 million of the year over year revenue growth within this segment. The revenue increase in Moving Services North America was due to an increase in revenue per shipment, which offset a decline of 3.1% in the volume of shipments within our U.S. based moving services channels. Within our Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segment, increases in revenue were primarily attributable to the favorable currency exchange rates we experienced throughout most of 2003. Also contributing to the revenue increase in Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific was the June 2003 acquisition of Scanvan. Revenue increased in Network Services due to strong organic growth within the insurance services business.

Gross margin:   Gross margin was $392.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $56.5 million, or 16.8%, increase compared to $336.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The growth in gross margin dollars was due to an overall increase in operating revenues driven by the growth in our Relocation Services and Network Services segments, an overall improvement in gross margin rate and a $14.4 million favorable currency impact.

Our gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003 was 14.1%, which represents a 1.9 percentage point decrease compared to 16.0% for the year ended December 31, 2002. The change in gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues is explained later in our segment analysis.

General and administrative expense:   G&A expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $275.2 million, which represents a $31.2 million, or 12.8%, increase compared to $244.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The dollar increase in G&A expense is primarily due to additional costs due to acquisitions of $5.3 million, as well as $12.0 million of unfavorable currency impact. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized $3.5 million of non-cash stock compensation expense in relation to stock subscription and stock option grants made to certain managers and directors in 2003. The expense has been recorded as the difference between the subscription or exercise price and the deemed fair value of our common and redeemable common stock on the date of grant in accordance with APB 25. There was no equity-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2002.

Our G&A expenses as a percentage of operating revenues were 9.9% and 11.6% for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The improvement in G&A expenses was partially due to the favorable impact of $2.8 million from the reversal to income of unclaimed accounts receivable credits. Our consolidated headcount within continuing operations was 6,408 at December 31, 2003, which represents a 220 person, or 3.6%, increase from 6,188 at December 31, 2002. Operating revenues per employee at December 31, 2003 were $435,000, which represents a $96,000, or 28.3%, increase compared to $339,000 at December 31, 2002.

We have both streamlined our organization and initiated business process improvement projects that allowed us to hold the headcount increase below the operating revenues increase. We define operating revenues per employee as operating revenues for the year ending on the date indicated, divided by the corresponding yearly average of company-wide end-of-month employee headcount engaged in continuing operations.

Intangibles amortization:   Amortization for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $6.2 million, which represents a $2.3 million increase compared to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. This increase is directly related to the acquisitions made in the current and prior years.

Impairments and other charges:   There were no impairments and other charges to continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2003. We recognized $4.7 million in other charges for the year ended December 31, 2002, related to the December 2002 SIRVA headquarters move.

60




Curtailment and other gains:   For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized $3.8 million in other gains. We sold a building and our interest in a joint venture in our Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segment resulting in a gain of $2.6 million. In addition, we modified certain domestic employee benefit programs to standardize them across all U.S. operations resulting in a one-time reduction in expense of $1.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2002, we recognized $6.6 million in curtailment and other gains consisting of a $3.6 million curtailment gain resulting from the freezing of the U.S. pension plan and the reduction of retiree medical benefits and a $3.0 million gain from the sale of our U.K. industrial moving business.

Restructuring expense:   For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, there were no restructuring plans or expenses impacting income.

Operating income from continuing operations:   Operating income from continuing operations was $115.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $24.9 million, or 27.5%, increase compared to $90.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase is due to the improved operating results in most of our businesses, caused, in part, by the year-over-year operating revenue growth following our acquisitions, and a reduction in G&A expenses as a percentage of operating revenues.

Debt extinguishment expense:   In connection with our initial public offering of our common stock, for the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized $37.6 million of debt extinguishment expense, consisting of $25.0 million of bond tender premium on our senior subordinated notes and a $12.6 million write-off of deferred debt issuance costs on the prior senior credit facility and indenture.

Interest expense:   Interest expense was $54.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents an $0.8 million, or 1.4%, decrease compared to $55.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The decrease is due primarily to lower interest rates. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recorded $1.8 million of interest expense that had been previously treated as accretion of junior preferred stock dividends as a result of our adoption of SFAS 150. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we wrote off $1.3 million of unrecognized hedging losses to interest expense in connection with our debt refinancing.

Provision (benefit) for income taxes:   For the year ended December 31, 2003, our estimated provision for income taxes was $7.9 million based on pre-tax income of $23.9 million, an effective tax rate of 33.1%. For the year ended December 31, 2002, our estimated benefit for income taxes was $3.1 million based on pre-tax income of $34.5 million. Excluding a reversal of a tax valuation allowance of $14.0 for the year ended December 31, 2002, the effective tax rate was 31.6%. The increase in our tax rate is primarily due to differences in the statutory rates between the United States and countries where we have reinvested earnings.

Income from continuing operations:   Income from continuing operations was $16.0 million, or $0.23 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $21.6 million, or $0.43 per share, decrease compared to a $37.6 million, or $0.66 per share, income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2002. This decrease was due to debt extinguishment and stock compensation expense, partially offset by the success of our strategy of focusing on relocation services and its associated growth in operating revenues and income from continuing operations, along with the impact of our acquisitions, which continue to enhance our global service offering. The expenses related to our November 2003 initial public offering and recapitalization were $28.0 million after tax, or $0.46 per share.

Loss on discontinued operations:   Loss from discontinued operations was $1.5 million, or $(0.02) per share, for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $3.6 million, or $0.08 per share, decrease compared to a $5.1 million, or $(0.10) share, loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2002. This increase was due primarily to a reduction in general and administrative expenses in 2003 compared to 2002.

61




Net income:   Net income was $14.5 million, or $0.21 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $18.0 million, or $0.35 per share, decrease compared to net income of $32.5 million, or $0.56 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2002. This decrease was due to a decline in operating income, the results of discontinued operations and the tax valuation allowance reversal in 2002 offset by a slight reduction in interest expense.

Segment Analysis

The following table sets forth information with respect to our segments for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

2003

 

 

 

Global
Relocation
Services

 

Moving Services
North America

 

Moving Services
Europe and
Asia Pacific

 

Network
Services

 

Corporate

 

Total SIRVA

 

 

 

Restated (Dollars in millions)

 

Operating revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service revenue

 

 

$

166.2

 

 

 

$

1,222.4

 

 

 

$

401.5

 

 

 

$

169.5

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

1,959.6

 

 

Home sale revenue

 

 

827.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

827.0

 

 

Total operating revenues

 

 

993.2

 

 

 

1,222.4

 

 

 

401.5

 

 

 

169.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,786.6

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased transportation
expense

 

 

 

 

 

1,015.6

 

 

 

95.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,110.9

 

 

Cost of home sales

 

 

830.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

830.8

 

 

Other direct expenses

 

 

102.4

 

 

 

79.1

 

 

 

158.8

 

 

 

111.3

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

452.0

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

$

60.0

 

 

 

$

127.7

 

 

 

$

147.4

 

 

 

$

58.2

 

 

 

$

(0.4

)

 

 

$

392.9

 

 

Gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues

 

 

6.0

%

 

 

10.4

%

 

 

36.7

%

 

 

34.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

14.1

%

 

Operating income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

$

18.5

 

 

 

$

37.9

 

 

 

$

29.7

 

 

 

$

33.8

 

 

 

$

(4.6

)

 

 

$

115.3

 

 

 

 

 

2002

 

 

 

Global
Relocation
Services

 

Moving Services
North America

 

Moving Services
Europe and
Asia Pacific

 

Network
Services

 

Corporate

 

Total SIRVA

 

 

 

Restated (Dollars in millions)

 

Operating revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service revenue

 

 

$

84.5

 

 

 

$

1,162.3

 

 

 

$

350.2

 

 

 

$

127.6

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

1,724.6

 

 

Home sale revenue

 

 

372.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

372.8

 

 

Total operating revenues

 

 

457.3

 

 

 

1,162.3

 

 

 

350.2

 

 

 

127.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,097.4

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased transportation
expense

 

 

 

 

 

957.5

 

 

 

85.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,042.5

 

 

Cost of home sales

 

 

374.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

374.7

 

 

Other direct expenses

 

 

47.9

 

 

 

76.1

 

 

 

135.1

 

 

 

84.5

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

343.8

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

$

34.7

 

 

 

$

128.7

 

 

 

$

130.1

 

 

 

$

43.1

 

 

 

$

(0.2

)

 

 

$

336.4

 

 

Gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues

 

 

7.6

%

 

 

11.1

%

 

 

37.2

%

 

 

33.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

16.0

%

 

Operating income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

$

10.2

 

 

 

$

34.5

 

 

 

$

24.7

 

 

 

$

22.3

 

 

 

$

(1.3

)

 

 

$

90.4

 

 

Key Performance Indicators, 2003 vs. 2002:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent change in operating revenues

 

 

117.2

%

 

 

5.2

%

 

 

14.7

%

 

 

32.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

32.9

%

 

Percentage point change in gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.9

)

 

 

62




Global Relocation Services

Operating revenues were $993.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $535.9 million, or 117.2%, increase compared to $457.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.

The increase in operating revenue within our relocation services business is due to the significant growth of SIRVA Relocation since the acquisition of CRS by SIRVA. Reflecting the successful integration of CRS into SIRVA Relocation, the number of corporate relocation initiations involving more than simple household goods movement increased by 22.1% during the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. For comparative purposes, the number of initiations includes four months of operating data for CRS in 2002 prior to the acquisition.

Gross margin was $60.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, representing a $25.3 million, or 72.9%, increase compared to $34.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. Growth in gross margin dollars was primarily attributable to the year-over-year effect of the CRS acquisition, which occurred in May 2002, and the margin associated with the growth that has been achieved since the acquisition. Gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues was 6.0% for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a 1.6 percentage point decrease compared to 7.6% for the year ended December 31, 2002. This reflects a shift in product mix within our relocation services towards a higher percentage of fixed fee relocations, which have a lower margin than our traditional relocation services.

Gross margin on our home sale revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 was a loss of $3.8 million, which represents a $1.9 million decrease compared to a loss of $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, and reflects our loss on homes sold. Gross margin on service revenue was $63.8 million in 2003, representing a $27.2 million or 74.3% increase from $36.6 million in 2002. Results in 2003 reflect a full year of activity, following the purchase of Rowan Simmons in July 2002.

G&A expenses were $37.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $15.5 million, or 70.1%, increase compared to $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The majority of this increase was driven by additional staffing to support organic revenue growth, as well as, the full year affect of the CRS acquisition that occurred in May 2002. Intangibles amortization expense increased from $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 due to our acquisitions of CRS and Rowan Simmons.

Operating income from continuing operations was $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents an $8.3 million, or 81.4%, increase compared to $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, reflecting the gross margin gains associated with the CRS acquisition and the subsequent growth of SIRVA Relocation offset in part by the G&A costs associated with the acquired business.

Moving Services North America

Operating revenues were $1,222.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $60.1 million, or 5.2%, increase compared to $1,162.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.

The increase in operating revenues is primarily a result of strong increases in revenue within our Allied and North American brands. Offsetting this increase was a decrease of $20.3 million in operating revenue within our non-household goods moving businesses.

Gross margin was $127.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $1.0 million, or 0.8%, decrease compared to $128.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The margin decline is primarily the result of a change in the mix of revenue types. While overall revenue increased $60.1 million, linehaul revenue decreased $9.9 million, with accessorial revenue increasing

63




$70.0 million. Linehaul revenue is the revenue associated with the core household goods move from origin location to destination location and is the revenue stream from which we retain the van line’s margin. Because this revenue declined in 2003, our margins also declined. Accessorial services are additional services associated with a household goods move such as packing, unpacking and storage. These services are principally provided by our agents, with nearly all revenue commissioned to them. Gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues was 10.4% for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a 0.7 percentage point decrease compared to 11.1% for the year ended December 31, 2002. The margin rate decline is primarily the result of a higher percentage of accessorial revenues to total revenues. Accessorial revenues as a percentage of total revenues were 36.6% for the year ended December 31, 2003 as compared to 32.5% for the year ended December 31, 2002.

G&A expenses were $91.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $2.3 million, or 2.5%, decrease compared to $93.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The majority of this improvement was due to cost containment initiatives and the favorable impact of $2.8 million from the reversal to income of unclaimed accounts receivable credits and $2.7 million associated with standardizing employee benefit programs. G&A costs were negatively impacted by $1.6 million of outside legal expenses associated with the DOJ investigation and severance costs of $1.7 million. We recognized $3.8 million in other charges for the year ended December 31, 2002, related to the December 2002 SIRVA headquarters move. There were no impairments or other charges in 2003. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we modified certain domestic employee benefit programs to standardize them across all U.S. operations resulting in a one-time reduction in expense of $1.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2002, we recognized a $2.9 million curtailment gain resulting from the freezing of the U.S. pension plan and the reduction of retiree medical benefits.

Operating income from continuing operations was $37.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $3.4 million, or 9.9%, increase compared to $34.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The improvement was primarily due to G&A costs that were lower for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

Operating revenues were $401.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $51.3 million, or 14.7%, increase compared to $350.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.

The increase in operating revenues is primarily a result of $42.9 million of favorable currency impact as, during the year ended December 31, 2003, the average value of the British pound sterling, the Australian dollar and the euro were stronger by 8.8%, 19.9% and 19.7%, respectively, as compared to the U.S. dollar for the year ended December 31, 2002. The remainder of the increase was the result of the continued expansion of our records management business and strategic acquisitions completed to enhance our European growth platform offset by the divestiture of a non-core industrial moving business in the United Kingdom.

Gross margin was $147.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $17.3 million, or 13.3%, increase compared to $130.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The dollar increase is primarily due to $13.6 million of favorable currency impact and the Scanvan acquisition, which offset organic declines in other European business units. Gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues was 36.7% for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a 0.5 percentage point decrease compared to 37.2% for the year ended December 31, 2002, reflecting U.K. domestic business price pressures partially offset by growth in records management and the 2002 divestiture of a low-margin industrial moving business in the United Kingdom.

G&A expenses were $119.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents an $11.6 million, or 10.7%, increase compared to $108.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.

64




Contributing to the increase in expenses was $11.3 million of unfavorable currency movements and $1.0 million in outside legal expenses in relation to the European antitrust investigation. Intangibles amortization expense increased from $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 to $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 due to our acquisitions of Maison Huet and Scanvan. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized $2.6 million in other gains due to the sale of our Sydney, Australia facility and our investment in a joint venture. For the year ended December 31, 2002, we recognized $3.0 million in other gains due to the divestiture the industrial moving business in the United Kingdom.

Operating income from continuing operations was $29.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $5.0 million, or 20.2%, increase compared to $24.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. This increase was primarily driven by higher gross margins and lower G&A costs as a percentage of operating revenues, reflecting the results of a strict cost-control program imposed.

Network Services

Operating revenues were $169.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $41.9 million, or 32.8%, increase compared to $127.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. This growth is primarily attributable to the inclusion of NAIT for a full twelve months in the 2003 period compared to only nine months in 2002, and the integration of NAIT into SIRVA, which has enabled us to offer our pre-existing range of fleet and insurance services to the NAIT membership base. In addition to the growth in our client base, operating revenues increased due to the insurance environment subsequent to September 11, 2001, which generally resulted in certain premiums increasing in the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to the year ended December 31, 2002.

Gross margin was $58.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $15.1 million, or 35.0%, increase compared to $43.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. Growth in gross margin dollars was primarily attributable to the significant growth of NAIT since its acquisition by us, which occurred at the beginning of April 2002. Gross margin as a percentage of operating revenues was 34.3% for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a 0.5 percentage point increase compared to 33.8% for the year ended December 31, 2002. This impact was driven by the substantial increase in our independent contractor insurance portfolio, which has higher gross margin rate characteristics than our agent and small fleet insurance packages as well as our fleet maintenance operations.

G&A expenses were $22.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represents a $3.2 million, or 16.6%, increase compared to $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The majority of this increase was driven by additional staffing to support organic revenue growth, as well as, the full year affect of the NAIT acquisition that occurred in April 2002. Intangibles amortization expense increased from $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 due to our acquisition of NAIT. For the year ended December 31, 2002, we recognized  $0.8 million in other charges related to the December 2002 SIRVA headquarters move. There were no impairments or other charges in 2003. For the year ended December 31, 2002, we recognized a $0.7 million curtailment gain resulting from the freezing of the U.S. pension plan and the reduction of retiree medical benefits. There were no curtailment or other gains in 2003.

Operating income from continuing operations was $33.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, representing an $11.5 million, or 51.6%, increase compared to $22.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. This increase reflects the gross margin gains associated with the acquisition and subsequent growth of NAIT, growth in our existing business, higher overall premium rates due to market conditions and G&A expense efficiencies driven by our progressive integration of our network services operations and increased investment income.

65




Corporate

For the year ended December 31, 2003, we incurred $4.6 million of corporate expense composed of $3.5 million of non-cash equity-based compensation expense and $1.1 million of general corporate expenses. The non-cash stock compensation expense is related to stock subscriptions and stock option grants made to certain managers and directors in 2003. The expense has been recorded as the difference between the subscription or exercise price and the deemed fair value of our common and redeemable common stock on the date of grant in accordance with APB 25. For the year ended December 31, 2002, we incurred $1.3 million of general corporate expenses, and had no non-cash stock compensation expense.

Results of Discontinued Operations

On September 9, 2004, our Board of Directors authorized, approved and committed us to a disposal plan involving our North American High Value Products and homeExpress business (High Value Products Division or “HVP”), as well as certain other logistics businesses, which included Specialized Transportation in Europe and Transportation Solutions in North America. On September 9, 2004, we executed an agreement to sell our High Value Products Division to a group of our NAVL agents. Concurrently, we also announced our intention to sell our Specialized Transportation business in Europe (“STEU”) and our Transportation Solutions (“TS”) segment. The sale of HVP was completed October 30, 2004, the sale of STEU was completed on February 1, 2005, and the sale of TS was completed on August 5, 2005. The HVP and STEU businesses were components of our Moving Services North America and Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segments, respectively. These actions effectively exit us from our asset intensive logistics businesses globally.

This table sets forth information concerning our results of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, also expressed as a percentage of operating revenues for the respective periods.

 

 

2004

 

Restated
2003

 

Restated
2002

 

2004

 

Restated
2003

 

Restated
2002

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Percentage of operating revenues)

 

Operating revenues

 

$

370.0

 

 

$

401.2

 

 

 

$

404.0

 

 

100.0

%

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased transportation expense

 

187.4

 

 

193.1

 

 

 

196.3

 

 

50.7

%

 

48.1

%

 

 

48.6

%

 

Other direct expenses

 

112.5

 

 

123.3

 

 

 

123.1

 

 

30.4

%

 

30.7

%

 

 

30.5

%

 

Gross margin

 

70.1

 

 

84.8

 

 

 

84.6

 

 

18.9

%

 

21.2

%

 

 

20.9

%

 

General and administrative expense

 

76.0

 

 

82.1

 

 

 

85.1

 

 

20.5

%

 

20.5

%

 

 

21.0

%

 

Discontinued operations
charges

 

44.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.9

%

 

%

 

 

%

 

Operating income (loss)

 

(50.1

)

 

2.7

 

 

 

(0.5

)

 

(13.5

)%

 

0.7

%

 

 

(0.1

)%

 

Interest and non-operating expense

 

1.8

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

6.0

 

 

0.5

%

 

1.5

%

 

 

1.5

%

 

(Benefit) for income taxes

 

(19.0

)

 

(1.9

)

 

 

(1.4

)

 

(5.1

)%

 

(0.4

)%

 

 

(0.3

)%

 

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

$

(32.9

)

 

$

(1.5

)

 

 

$

(5.1

)

 

(8.9

)%

 

(0.4

)%

 

 

(1.3

)%

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2004 Compared to the Year ended December 31, 2003

Revenues:   Revenues were $370.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, a decline of $31.2 million, or 7.8%, from $401.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The decline was due to

66




a $39.2 million decrease in organic operations, partially offset by a $8.0 million currency gain. There was no impact from acquisitions. Revenue declined $1.6 million, $34.7 million, and $2.9 million in TS, HVP and STEU, respectively.

Operating Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations:   The operating loss from discontinued operations was $50.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, a decline of $52.8 million from the $2.7 million income from discontinued operations for the prior year. Income declined $8.6 million organically with the remainder of the decrease due to $44.2 million of discontinued operations charges. Excluding charges, income from discontinued operations declined $2.7 million for TS, $1.2 million for STEU and $4.7 million from HVP. Discontinued operations charges include $20.2 million of asset impairments, $9.9 million of facilities lease accruals, $3.4 million in severance accruals, $5.0 million in trailer lease accruals and $5.7 million in contract termination and other accrued closing costs.

Income Tax:   For the year ended December 31, 2004, our estimated income tax benefit for discontinued operations was $19.0 million based on a pre-tax loss of $51.9 million, producing an effective tax rate of 36.6%. For the year ended December 31,  2003, our estimated income tax benefit for discontinued operations was $1.9 million on a pretax loss of $3.4 million, producing an effective tax rate of 55.9%. The high effective tax rate in 2003 was due to the reversal of a tax contingency reserve of $0.7 million in the STEU business unit.

Year ended December 31, 2003 Compared to the Year ended December 31, 2002

Revenues:   Revenues were $401.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, a decline of $2.8 million, or 0.7%, from $404.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. A decrease in organic revenue of $12.1 million was partially offset by a $9.3 million currency gain. There was no impact from acquisitions. Revenue declined $2.6 million and $15.6 million in TS and HVP, respectively, while growing $6.1 million in STEU.

Operating Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations:   The operating income from discontinued operations was $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, an increase of $3.2 million from the $0.5 million operating loss from discontinued operations for the prior year. $3.1 million of the increase was due to organic operations, while the remainder was due to currency gains.

Income Tax:   For the year ended December 31, 2003, our estimated income tax benefit for discontinued operations was $1.9 million based on a pre-tax loss of $3.4 million, producing an effective tax rate of 55.9%. For the year ended December 31, 2002, our estimated income tax benefit for discontinued operations was $1.4 million on a pretax loss of $6.5 million, producing an effective tax rate of 21.5%. The high effective tax rate in 2003 was due to the reversal of a tax contingency reserve of $0.7 million in the STEU business unit.

Financial Condition

The information provided below about our cash flows, debt, credit facilities, capital and operating lease obligations and future commitments is included here to facilitate a review of our liquidity.

Cash flows from operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $159.3 million, $79.6 million and $67.4 million, for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Our operating cash flows increased by $79.7 million in 2004, driven largely by a $94.7 million source of funds as a result of the initial securitization of certain relocation assets purchased in conjunction with our acquisition of Executive Relocation Corporation in December 2004. Net income, adjusted for the non-cash impact of depreciation and amortization, stock compensation expense, deferred income taxes and impairment of goodwill and other

67




assets decreased by $21.1 million from 2003 to 2004 partially offsetting the impact of the receivable securitization. Adjustments to reconcile net income for the impact of the amortization and write-off of deferred debt issuance expense and loss on bond extinguishment were $37.4 million lower in 2004 than in 2003. There was a $61.8 million increase in cash flow from operating activities due to changes in accounts and notes receivable (excluding the initial impact of Executive Relocation acquisition) and changes in other assets and liabilities used $19.3 million more cash in 2004 than in 2003. All other impacts resulted in a net increase in cash flow of $1.0 million versus the prior year.

Net cash from operating activities increased $12.2 million in 2003 compared with 2002. Net income, adjusted for the non-cash impact of depreciation and amortization, stock compensation expense, deferred income taxes and impairment of goodwill and other assets increased by $6.3 million. The 2003 results also reflected an impact of $37.6 million in adjustments for the increase in the amortization and write-off of deferred debt issuance expense and the loss on bond extinguishment. The 2003 results reflected a $9.2 million increase in net cash used to grow accounts and notes receivable and changes in other assets and liabilities (current and long-term) and an increase of $21.3 to finance relocation properties related assets and liabilities. Al l other impacts resulted in a net decrease in cash flow of $1.2 million versus 2002.

In May 2002, we acquired CRS, which added a new cash flow dimension to our business. As part of our relocation product offering, we provide home equity advances to relocating corporate employees, sometimes purchase the employees’ homes under buyout programs and provide mortgage loans for home purchases. In the United Kingdom and for traditional relocation in the United States, the corporate customer guarantees us repayment of these amounts to the extent proceeds from the home sale are insufficient.

These equity advances, purchased homes and mortgages are classified as current assets in our consolidated balance sheets, and movements in these assets are reflected in our cash flow from operations. The cash needed to finance these assets is largely provided by mortgage warehouse and relocation financing facilities, movements in which are reflected in our cash flow from financing activities. In light of the corporate guarantees and the credit quality of our counterparties, we believe the risk associated with the advances, purchased homes and mortgage loans is low. For internal purposes, we treat the associated financing as a current liability, not as debt. This current liability moves in tandem with the corresponding current assets, with minimal resulting net effect on cash flow.

For internal management purposes, we use a measure of “free cash flow”. This measure starts with cash flow provided from operating activities as reported in our statements of cash flows and prepared in accordance with GAAP. To cash flow from operations, we add the net change in warehouse facilities, the changes in relocation financing activities, capital expenditures on property and equipment and cash payments to agents. Cash proceeds from the sale of property and equipment are netted in the measure of free cash flow with cash expenditures for these same capital items. We include the cash flows from mortgage warehouse facilities and relocation financing activities within the measure of cash flow activity, because we feel these activities are essentially cash flow neutral since they move in tandem with the change in mortgage and relocation properties held for sale.

Free cash flow is not a measure determined in accordance with GAAP. We believe, however, that our definition of free cash flow is a relevant measure as it represents the amount of cash available to us for the repayment of our indebtedness, for strategic acquisitions to grow our business, or for other investing or financing activities. Free cash flow should not be considered as an alternative measure to cash flows from operating activities, and does not necessarily represent amounts available for discretionary expenditures. Free cash flow also may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other companies because free cash flow is not uniformly defined.

68




We reconcile free cash flow to cash flow provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 as follows:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Cash flow provided by operating activities

 

$

159.3

 

 

$

79.6

 

 

 

$

67.4

 

 

Change in mortgage and relocation facilities

 

23.5

 

 

34.8

 

 

 

18.2

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

(35.5

)

 

(28.6

)

 

 

(33.5

)

 

Other investing activities

 

12.8

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

3.5

 

 

Free cash flow

 

$

160.1

 

 

$

89.9

 

 

 

$

55.6

 

 

 

Other investing activities consist of agent expenditures and proceeds from the sale of property and equipment.

In the year ended December 31, 2004, we had free cash flow of $160.1 million compared to $89.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2003, an increase of $70.2 million. This increase was primarily driven by the $79.7 million increase in cash flow provided by operating activities as a result of a $94.7 million source of funds as part of the initial securitization of certain relocation assets purchased in conjunction with our acquisition of Executive Relocation Corporation in December 2004, partially offset by lower net income, particularly in the Moving Service Europe and Asia Pacific segment.

In the year ended December 31, 2003, we had free cash flow of $89.9 million compared to $55.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2002, an increase of $34.3 million. This increase was primarily driven by the $12.2 million increase in cash flow provided by operating activities, a $16.6 million net increase in our mortgage and relocation facilities due to the growth in our relocation services business, and the $5.5 million decrease in capital expenditures, net of sale proceeds.

We believe that cash generated from 2005 operations, together with amounts available under the revolving credit facility and any other available source of liquidity, will be adequate to permit us to meet our debt service obligations, capital expenditure program requirements, ongoing operating costs and working capital needs for at least the next 12 months.

Cash flows used for investing activities

Cash used for investing activities totaled $150.9 million, $79.1 million and $137.6 million in the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

69




We will continue to pursue acquisitions around the world that we believe would further strengthen our global presence or would advance our strategic position in the markets we serve. Completion of acquisitions in 2005 would have an impact upon cash flows from investing activities. The cash impact of our acquisitions for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 can be summarized as follows:

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

NAIT and subsequent purchase price contractual adjustments

 

$

4.9

 

$

5.8

 

$

27.0

 

CRS

 

 

 

57.5

 

Maison Huet

 

 

 

2.3

 

Rowan Simmons

 

 

 

14.3

 

Scanvan

 

 

23.5

 

 

PRS

 

 

2.4

 

 

Move-Pak

 

 

0.1

 

 

RDI

 

1.9

 

 

 

Rettenmayer

 

7.3

 

 

 

DJK

 

1.8

 

 

 

ERC

 

89.1

 

 

 

Other

 

 

1.2

 

1.5

 

 

 

$

105.0

 

$

33.0

 

$

102.6

 

 

Our capital expenditures, which we use for computer equipment, software development and transportation and warehouse equipment, totaled $35.5 million, $28.6 million and $33.5 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Capital expenditures for 2005 are expected to range between $20.0 million and $25.0 million.

Cash flows from financing activities

Cash flows from financing activities consist primarily of bank borrowing draw-downs and repayments and proceeds from the issuance of common stock.

Net cash flows provided by financing activities were $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. We increased our year-end revolving credit borrowings by $42.1 million, borrowed an additional $75.0 million of term loans under our bank credit agreement, increased our net borrowings under the mortgage warehouse facilities by $21.6 million and realized proceeds from the exercise of warrants of $35.0 million. These cash sources were largely offset by the repayment of $148.2 million of acquired debt in conjunction with the purchase of Executive Relocation Corporation in December 2004 and the redemption of the remaining $11.0 million of our 133¤8% senior subordinated notes.

Net cash flows from financing activities provided $12.5 million of funding for the year ended December 31, 2003. We repaid $566.9 million of long-term debt and capital lease obligations and paid $20.6 million of costs associated with our initial public offering of SIRVA common stock, which began on November 25, 2003, with proceeds from that offering and our refinancing related to that offering. We also paid off our $32.6 million junior preferred obligation and paid $25.0 million of premium on the redemption of our 133¤8% senior subordinated notes. At December 31, 2003, we had no outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

Net cash flows from financing activities provided $80.8 million of funding for the year ended December 31, 2002. We acquired businesses for a total consideration of $102.6 million, which was financed through our revolving credit facility as well as the issuance of $66.3 million of common stock and $50.4 million in new bank debt.

70




Liquidity and Capital Resources

We broadly define liquidity as our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities to meet our obligations and commitments. In addition, liquidity includes the ability to obtain debt and equity financing and to convert into cash those assets that are no longer required to meet existing strategic and financial objectives. Therefore, liquidity cannot be considered separately from capital resources that consist of current or potentially available funds for use in achieving long-range business objectives and meeting debt service commitments.

Our principal capital resources consist of our $175.0 million revolving credit facility and our accounts receivable. Our revolving credit facility contains a number of significant covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, make acquisitions or engage in mergers or consolidations and make capital expenditures. In addition, under our senior secured credit facility, we are required to comply with specified financial ratios and tests, including consolidated leverage ratio and consolidated interest coverage ratio requirements. We executed a series of amendments to the revolving credit facility with effective dates of March 28, 2005, July 1, 2005, September 30 and November 14, 2005. The amendments, among other things, extended the time period for the filing of financial statements and restated the financial covenants relating to debt leverage and interest coverage to keep us in compliance with the terms and conditions of the facility. The changes in the financial covenants were required to maintain compliance based on our expected future operating results. While we believe the current financial covenant levels are now appropriate, if it becomes necessary to further amend the financial covenants, we would also expect that we would have to amend other terms and conditions in the agreement.

Our short-term and long-term liquidity needs will arise primarily from:

·       interest expense, which was $27.2 million in 2004 ($25.4 million from continuing operations and $1.8 million from discontinued operations). Of this, $26.7 million was settled in cash and $0.5 million relates to non-cash charges. We expect our interest expense to be approximately $39.3 million in 2005. An increase of 1% in interest rates payable on our variable rate indebtedness would increase our annual interest rate expense by approximately $4.4 million in the next year;

·       principal repayments of debt and capital leases, which were $16.0 million in 2004 and are scheduled to be $5.0 million in 2005, $10.2 million in 2006, $9.4 million in 2007, $8.5 million in 2008, $6.4 in 2009 and $474.1 million thereafter; principal repayment of $42.1 million in outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility scheduled in 2009. We expect to make significant prepayments of our term debt in 2005 with the proceeds from the sale of certain of our insurance and records management businesses;

·       operating lease payments, which were $64.0 million in 2004 and are scheduled to total $62.4 million in 2005, $48.3 million in 2006, $41.4 million in 2007, $34.2 million in 2008, $28.0 million in 2009 and $88.4 million thereafter;

·       unconditional purchase commitments, which are scheduled to total $21.7 million in 2005, $19.4 million in 2006, $18.0 million in 2007, $18.1 million in 2008, $18.4 million in 2009 and $48.7 million thereafter (see Note 32—“Subsequent Events”);

·       capital expenditures, which were $35.5 million in 2004 and are expected to range between $20.0 million and $25.0 million in 2005;

·       cash tax payments, which were $7.8 million in 2004, due primarily to the utilization of accumulated net operating losses in the United States and which are expected to be between $7.0 million and $8.0 million in 2005. After 2005, net operating losses in the United States will have been

71




substantially utilized and cash tax payments will be expected to more closely approximate the provision for income taxes;

·       contributions to our pension plans;

·       funding needs associated with our restructuring plans and the Disposal Plan;

·       one time fees and expenses. Given the scope of work required to complete the Audit Committee’s review, the incremental audit procedures undertaken by our public accounting firm and the additional professional resources we utilized to support the review of the 2004 balance sheet and its restatement process, we expect expenses associated with these activities during 2005 to be approximately $60.0 million; and

·       working capital requirements as may be needed to support business growth. As Global Relocation Services adds new customers, we expect to increase the utilization of our relocation securitization facility to fund relocation related receivables. While this $200.0 million facility was only 53% utilized at December 31, 2004, we expect that in the long-term this facility will need to be increased to meet incremental funding requirements as new customers are added.

The seasonal nature of the moving and relocation businesses result in increased short-term working capital requirements in the summer months. This will result in an increase in receivables, which are typically collected, and revolving credit borrowings which are typically repaid, by late fall.

The following table provides a summary, at December 31, 2004, of our contractual obligations related to long-term debt, leases and other commercial commitments:

 

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

After 5
years

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Long-Term Debt

 

$

533.5

 

 

$

0.4

 

 

 

$

10.5

 

 

 

$

52.2

 

 

$

470.4

 

Interest Payments on Long-term Debt(1)

 

167.4

 

 

30.6

 

 

 

61.7

 

 

 

60.1

 

 

15.0

 

Capital Lease Obligations

 

22.2

 

 

4.6

 

 

 

9.1

 

 

 

4.8

 

 

3.7

 

Interest Payments on Capital Leases

 

6.5

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

3.3

 

Operating Leases

 

302.6

 

 

62.4

 

 

 

89.6

 

 

 

62.2

 

 

88.4

 

U.S. Insurance Loss Reserves

 

84.5

 

 

44.0

 

 

 

26.6

 

 

 

6.7

 

 

7.2

 

Cargo Claims Reserves

 

24.9

 

 

22.9

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unconditional Purchase Obligations

 

144.3

 

 

21.7

 

 

 

37.4

 

 

 

36.5

 

 

48.7

 

Total Contractual Cash Obligations

 

$

1,285.9

 

 

$

187.7

 

 

 

$

238.3

 

 

 

$

223.2

 

 

$

636.7

 


(1)          Excludes interest on borrowings under our revolving credit facility and assumes a $105.0 million prepayment of our bank term loan in conjunction with the expected sale of our U.S. insurance services group and our Australia and New Zealand operations of Pickfords Records Management, in each case pursuant to the definitive agreements executed in 2005 (see Note 32). The term loan balance beyond 2005 is assumed to be impacted only by the scheduled amortization payments and does not reflect any prepayment from future potential asset sales or from any available cash flow. The bank term loan has a floating interest rate estimated at 6.12% for 2005 and assumed to be 8.25% thereafter.

At December 31, 2004, we had no 2005 funding requirements for our U.S. pension or postretirement plans. After 2005, we expect to make annual contributions to the pension plan, with the contributions in 2006 through 2009 expected to average approximately $10.0 million per year. For the U.K. plan, we expect to contribute $2.7 million in 2005.

Debt Service.   Principal and interest payments under our credit facilities represent significant liquidity requirements for us. Our senior credit facility is composed of a term loan and a revolving credit facility. At

72




December 31, 2004, we had $680.2 million of indebtedness composed of indebtedness for borrowed money and capital leases consisting of:

·       $490.0 million outstanding under our term loan;

·       $42.1 million debt and $14.2 million of letters of credit outstanding under our $175.0 million revolving credit facility, leaving available capacity of $118.7 million at December 31, 2004;

·       $22.2 million of capital leases;

·       $124.4 million of short-term debt, consisting of $77.1 million of our mortgage warehouse facility, $43.4 million of our relocation financing facilities, $1.6 million of foreign subsidiaries’ operating lines of credit, $2.3 million of insurance policy financing; and

·       $1.5 million of other debt.

We guarantee certain operating lines of credit maintained by wholly owned foreign subsidiaries. At December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the outstanding balances were $1.6 million, $0.8 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

Commitments and Contingencies

On July 1, 2002, we entered into a ten-year Agreement for Outsourcing Services with Covansys Corporation (“Covansys”) and Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. (“ACS”) to provide selected outsourcing services for our domestic information systems infrastructure, including data center operations and telecommunications and certain application software development. At December 31, 2004, the remaining purchase commitments to Covansys and ACS were $138.0 million. Effective November 1, 2005, we entered into a Fourth Amendment to the Agreement for Outsourcing Services with Covansys and ACS. The amended Agreement for Outsourcing Services, among other items, modifies the service levels provided by Covansys and ACS and reduces the monthly amount charged for such services. As a result, the total future commitment to Covansys and ACS will be reduced by $14.7 million to $108.8 million as of the same date.

Litigation and Governmental Investigations

Suit Against Insurers

We were a defendant in a personal injury suit resulting from a 1996 accident involving one of our agent’s drivers. The case was tried in 1998, and we were found liable. After appeals, a final judgment of $15.2 million was rendered in 2002, which has been fully paid. After insurance payments and reimbursements, we have paid $7.6 million, which we believe is fully reimbursable by insurance; however, TIG Insurance Co., one of our excess insurers, filed suit against us, one of our subsidiaries and several other parties in the 191st Judicial District of Dallas County, Texas in September 2002, contesting TIG’s coverage obligation and seeking declaratory judgment. We filed a counterclaim against TIG, seeking reimbursement for all remaining amounts that we paid in satisfaction of the judgment and associated costs and expenses. We filed a motion for summary judgment in August 2003, and in December 2003, the court rendered a judgment awarding us $2.4 million plus interest and attorneys’ fees. We recorded an amount receivable to reflect this judgment at December 31, 2003. TIG filed an appeal with the Fifth Court of Appeals in Dallas, Texas, and we filed a cross-appeal. The appeals court issued a decision on August 26, 2005 and lowered the trial court’s award to $0.3 million, plus interest and attorney’s fees. We adjusted the amount receivable at December 31, 2004 to reflect the reduced award.

Governmental Investigations—Department of Justice

We have produced records in response to grand jury subpoenas issued July 2002 and January 2003 in connection with an investigation being conducted by attorneys in the Department of Justice (“DOJ”)

73




Antitrust Division through a grand jury in the Eastern District of Virginia. We are cooperating with this investigation and understand that numerous other companies have received similar subpoenas. We believe that the investigation relates to the transportation of U.S. military members’ household goods between the United States and foreign countries, which is managed and administered by the Military Transportation and Management Command of the U.S. Army, utilizing private moving companies.

The revenues that we derived from our international military business during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 were small and declining, representing less than 2% of our consolidated operating revenues in 2002, and declining to less than 1% in 2004. While the investigation is ongoing and potentially exposes us to criminal, civil, and administrative penalties, it is difficult to predict its outcome with certainty at this time before the government makes its decisions and advises us of them.

For the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred legal fees and expenses that were not material in relation to this matter. In addition, we have established a reserve in accordance with the guidelines set forth in SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” that we consider appropriate in the circumstances. We are also subject to other issues that may be raised by government agencies in connection with our government contracts.

Management believes that, based on information currently available to it, the investigation’s outcome will not have a materially adverse impact on our overall operations or financial condition, although there can be no assurance that it will not. We recently engaged in settlement discussions with the DOJ and anticipate that a resolution of the matters under investigation will be reached.

Governmental Investigations—European Union

Some of our moving services operations in Europe are being investigated by European antitrust regulators. The investigations involve certain anticompetitive practices and may expose us to administrative and other penalties.

In Europe, antitrust regulators have the authority to levy fines. The total amount of any fine levied by a regulator for a particular infringement cannot exceed 10% of the total turnover of the entity on which the fine is levied in the year preceding the levying of the fine. The amount of any fine takes account of the scale of the infringing entity and is computed based on the gravity of the infringement and its duration. It is adjusted to take account of any aggravating or attenuating circumstances, and may be reduced to reflect cooperation with the investigative process. Any fine is imposed by way of a regulatory decision, which is preceded by the issuing of a statement of objections in which the regulator sets out its preliminary findings on any infringement. The addressee of the statement of objections is given the opportunity to respond to the findings set out in the statement of objections. No statements of objections have been received, although we believe that it is likely that a statement of objections will be issued.

We are cooperating with the investigations. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred $1.0 million in legal fees and expenses in relation to this matter, and have established a reserve that we consider appropriate in the circumstances. We believe that, based on information currently available, the outcome of the European antitrust investigation will not have a material adverse impact on our overall operations or financial condition, although there can be no assurance that it will not. Any potential penalties, however, may have a material impact on our earnings in the period in which they are recognized.

Governmental Investigation—Australia

In August 2004, our Australian moving subsidiary, SIRVA (Australia) Pty. Ltd. (“SIRVA Australia”), received notice from the Australian Competition & Consumer Commission (the “Commission”) stating that the Commission is aware of allegations that SIRVA Australia may have been involved in, or may have documents or information in relation to, collusive arrangements or understandings to fix prices and share

74




tenders with respect to moves within and from the Australian Capital Territory, which were let by and on behalf of certain Australian government agencies. The Commission’s notice identified a number of other companies that are alleged to have been involved in the arrangements that are the subject of the investigation. SIRVA Australia has produced records in response to this notice. No legal proceedings have been commenced, however, if the investigation does result in legal proceedings, this could expose SIRVA Australia to pecuniary penalties and other civil remedies.

We are cooperating with the investigation, but do not know when it will be completed. As of the date of this report, we understand that the matter is still being investigated by the Commission. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred approximately $0.3 million in legal fees and expenses in relation to this matter.

Management believes that, based on information currently available, the outcome of the Australian antitrust investigation will not have a material adverse impact on our overall operations or financial condition, although there can be no assurance that it will not. An unfavorable outcome for us is considered neither probable nor remote by management at this time and an estimate of probable loss or range of probable loss cannot currently be made. Any potential penalties, however, may have a material impact on our earnings in the period in which they are recognized.

Securities Class Action

In November 2004, two purported securities class action complaints were filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors. Titled Central Laborers’ Pension Fund v. SIRVA Inc., et al., No. 04-CV-7644, and Hiatt v. SIRVA, Inc., et al., No. 04-CV-7532, both complaints purported to be brought on behalf of all those who acquired our common stock between November 25, 2003 and November 9, 2004. On January 25, 2005, the plaintiff in Hiatt v. SIRVA, Inc. voluntarily dismissed his suit. On March 29, 2005, the court appointed Central Laborers’ Pension Fund lead plaintiff in the remaining case, and approved its choice of counsel, Milberg Weiss Bershad & Schulman LLP, as lead plaintiff’s counsel. On May 13, 2005, plaintiff filed a “corrected” complaint, retaining the same class period, and alleging, among other things, that defendants had made false and misleading statements in certain SEC filings, including the prospectuses to our initial and secondary public offerings, and press releases. The statements subject to the complaint generally relate to our insurance claims reserves, European operations, and restatement accounts and are said to constitute violations of Sections 11, 12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as well as Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Plaintiff seeks unspecified damages. The case is in the preliminary stages, the outcome is not predictable at this time, and we are not presently able to reasonably estimate potential losses, if any, related to this lawsuit. Therefore, no amounts have been accrued for these claims. An unfavorable outcome in this case could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. In addition, the defense of any litigation may be costly and divert our attention from the day-to-day operations of our business.

75




On October 11, 2005, plaintiff filed its Consolidated Amended Class Action Complaint (“Amended Complaint”), a corrected version of which was filed on October 19, 2005. The Amended Complaint adds ten new defendants, including an additional director, the seven underwriters which participated in the initial and secondary public offerings, our independent auditor and our controlling shareholder. The Amended Complaint extends the class period, purporting to be brought on behalf of all those who acquired our common stock between November 25, 2003 and January 31, 2005. It retains all causes of action contained in the prior Complaint and adds a new claim against our controlling shareholder for violation of Section 20A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Amended Complaint also contains additional allegations relating to the following areas: our restatement of financial statements and accounting errors for years 2000 through 2003 and the first nine months of 2004, problems in our European operations, insurance reserves, financial forecasting and internal controls.

Dr. Richard Bassin filed a Complaint on February 17, 2005 against us and certain of our directors and officers in the Circuit Court for St. Clair County, Illinois alleging violations of Sections 11 and 15 of the 1933 Act. Bassin v. SIRVA, Inc., et al., No. 05 L 120 (the “Bassin case”). The Complaint alleges facts similar to the Central Laborers’ case. On April 28, 2005, all defendants in the Bassin case filed a joint removal petition in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Illinois under the Securities Law Uniform Standards Act (“SLUSA”), 15 U.S. C. § 77v.(a). Bassin v. SIRVA, Inc., et al., No. 05-314-GPM. Plaintiffs subsequently filed a motion to remand the case to state court. Defendants later filed a motion to transfer the case to the Northern District of Illinois under 28 U.S. C. § 1404. On or about September 26, 2005, counsel for the plaintiff withdrew its motion to remand, and counsel for all parties notified the Court of an agreement to transfer the Bassin case to the United States District Court of the Northern District of Illinois. The case is in the preliminary stages, the outcome is not predictable at this time, and we are not presently able to reasonably estimate potential losses, if any, related to this lawsuit. Therefore, no amounts have been accrued for these claims. An unfavorable outcome in this case could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. In addition, the defense of any litigation may be costly and divert our attention from the day-to-day operations of our business.

Environmental Cleanup Proceedings

We have been named as a PRP in two environmental cleanup proceedings brought under the CERCLA or similar state statutes. Based on all known information, we estimate that the cost to resolve liability at these sites would not be materially or significantly larger than the reserves established. We are not presently able to reasonably estimate additional potential losses, if any, related to these proceedings. We could incur significant unanticipated costs, however, if additional contamination is found at these sites, or if we are named as a PRP in other proceedings.

Other

We are involved from time to time in other routine legal matters incidental to our business, including lawsuits relating to conduct of our agents and drivers. Such accidents have included, and in the future may include, serious injuries or the loss of lives. While it may be liable for damages or suffer reputational harm from litigation, we believe that legal proceedings will not have a materially adverse effect on our financial position or results of our operations.

2005 SEC Investigation

In February 2005, we received notice of an informal inquiry from the SEC related to our January 31, 2005 earnings guidance announcement for the fourth quarter and full year ended December 31, 2004. In June 2005, the SEC staff informed us that the inquiry had recently been converted into a formal investigation. We are cooperating with the investigation.

76




Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

On June 30, 2004, we entered into an off balance sheet arrangement to sell certain receivables to an unaffiliated third-party bank in order to provide a cost effective way to offer home equity advance loans to our relocation services customers. The transaction, which qualifies as a sale under SFAS 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities,” resulted in cash proceeds of $258.6 million year to date, which approximates the fair value of the receivables sold. The receivables are primarily home equity advances and other payments to transferees and corporate clients and are collateralized by promissory notes, the underlying value of the properties and contract arrangements with the corporate clients. The equity advances generally are due within 180 days or upon the sale of the underlying property. Under the terms of the sales agreement, we are responsible to service the loans during their life, including administration and collection on the receivables, on behalf of the unaffiliated third-party bank. Servicing fees we receive under the sales agreement are deemed adequate compensation to us for performing the servicing; accordingly, no servicing asset or liability has been recognized.

During 2004, 2003 and 2002, we sold a portion of our equipment notes receivable portfolio to an unaffiliated third party. The transactions, which qualified as a sale under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities,” resulted in cash proceeds of $1.4 million, $2.9 million and $1.2 million, respectively, which approximated the fair value of notes receivable sold. The equipment notes receivable are due from agents or owner operators for trailers, tractors and straight trucks and are collateralized by those assets. Each note is generally for a term of five years, bearing interest at either a fixed or variable rate of prime plus 1.0% to 6.0%. Principal and interest are payable monthly over the term of the agreement. Under the terms of the sales agreement, we are responsible for servicing, administering and collecting these notes receivable on behalf of the unaffiliated third party. Servicing fees under the sales agreement are deemed adequate compensation to us for performing the servicing; accordingly, no servicing asset or liability has been recognized in the accompanying financial statements. Under the terms of the transactions, the maximum recourse exposure to us was $0.2 million.

Related Party Transactions

We are a party to a consulting agreement with CD&R, a private investment firm which is an affiliate of our largest stockholder, Fund V that held approximately 23.1% of our common stock at December 31, 2004, and Fund VI that held approximately 9.6% of our common stock at December 31, 2004. Under the consulting agreement, CD&R receives a management fee for financial advisory and management consulting services. For the year ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, these fees were $1.1 million, $1.0 million and $1.4 million, respectively, and were recorded as a component of general and administrative expense.

North American Van Lines guaranteed loans made by a third-party lender to various members of our management, including one of our executive officers, in connection with their investment in us. North American Van Lines would have become liable in the event that a member of management had failed to repay the principal and interest when due. The loans were made prior to passage of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Subsequent to its passage, we adopted a policy prohibiting us or any of our subsidiaries from making loans to or guaranteeing loans of directors and executive officers. All of these loans were repaid by October 11, 2004.

On July 1, 2002, we entered into a ten-year Agreement for Outsourcing Services with Covansys Corporation and ACS to provide selected outsourcing services for our domestic application software development. Covansys Corporation is a related party, as 16.6% of its outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by Fund VI. Effective November 1, 2005, we entered into a Fourth Amendment to the

77




Agreement for Outsourcing Services. The Amended Outsourcing Agreement, among other items, modifies the service levels provided by Covansys and ACS to us and reduces the monthly amount charged for such services. As a result, the total future commitment to Covansys and ACS will be reduced by $14.7 million to $108.8 million as of the same date. We paid $9.7 million, $8.0 million and $3.0 million under this arrangement for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, which were recorded as a component of general and administrative expense.

In October 2004, we sold our High Value Products Division to Specialized Transportation Agent Group, Inc., an entity owned by a group of our agents who have experience in the high-value products industry. As in the past, most individual agents within Specialized Transportation Agent Group will continue to represent and support our household goods moving services business. In addition, we will provide certain transition services such as IT systems support to Specialized Transportation Agent Group for a period of one year following the close of the sale transaction, for which we will be reimbursed.

Inflation

We believe that inflation, currently, does not have a material effect on the results of our operations.

Retirement Plans

The domestic defined pension plans were amended effective April 1, 2002 for the purpose of combining the plans into one benefit plan covering all domestic employees. This single pension plan was then frozen effective December 31, 2002, which triggered curtailment accounting treatment due to the elimination of benefits earned for future years of service. The curtailment amounts were recorded in the results of operations as an unusual item for the year ended December 31, 2002.

The postretirement medical and life insurance plan covering certain domestic employees was amended effective April 1, 2002 to include substantially all of our domestic employees. The amendment also eliminated after-age-65 benefits previously associated with this plan. Effective December 31, 2002, the plan was amended to eliminate any subsidies to employees that have not reached 50 years of age with a minimum of 10 years of service as of December 31, 2002. This amendment triggered curtailment accounting treatment. The curtailment amounts were recorded in the results of operations as an unusual item for the year ended December 31, 2002.

The U.K. pension plan was amended in December 2003 with the effective date of amendment commencing April 2004. The amendment alters the level of benefits received for a substantial portion of participants in the plan and resulted in curtailment accounting treatment. The curtailment gain did not result in any immediate income recognition for 2003.

The total amount of pension and postretirement curtailment gain for the year ended December 31, 2002 was $7.4 million, of which $3.8 million is recorded in Discontinued Operations.

Retirement plan expenses and obligations are dependent on assumptions used in calculating such amounts. These assumptions include discount rate, rate of compensation increases and expected return on plan assets. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, actual results that differ from the assumption are accumulated and amortized over future periods. While we believe that assumptions used are appropriate, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions may affect our retirement plan obligations and future expense.

In 2004, for our postretirement medical and life insurance plan, we lowered the discount rate assumption to 5.50% from 6.00%. The discount rate we utilize for determining postretirement benefit obligations is based on the plan’s projected cash flow utilizing the Citigroup Pension Liability Index spot rate. A reduction in the discount rate from 5.50% to 5.25% would increase postretirement benefits expense by approximately $0.1 million.

78




In 2004, for our domestic defined benefit pension plan, we maintained the expected return on plan assets at 9%. In developing our expected long-term rate of return assumption, we evaluated input from our independent financial advisor, including its review of our pension asset class 10-year weighted-average returns for each of the last 10 years. The average 10-year return by year is 11.2%. We anticipate that our investment managers will generate long-term returns of at least 9.0%. A reduction in the expected return on plan assets from 9.0% to 8.5% would increase pension expense by approximately $0.4 million. The discount rate assumption was lowered to 5.75% from 6.25%. The discount rate we utilize for determining pension obligations is based on the plan’s projected cash flow utilizing Citigroup Pension Liability Index spot rate. A reduction in the discount rate from 5.75% to 5.50% would increase pension expense by approximately $0.3 million. Pension expense in 2005 is expected to increase by approximately $0.2 million primarily due to the change in the discount rate assumption. During 2004, we recorded a minimum pension liability adjustment of $3.7 million, net of tax, to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). If the equity markets decline, we could be required to record a charge to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

In 2004 for our U.K. pension plan, the expected return on plan assets was lowered from 7.75% to 7.4% based upon the expected yield on both government and corporate bonds being 0.3% lower at the end of 2004 as compared to year end 2003. In developing our expected long-term rate of return assumption, we evaluated input from our actuary, including its review of our asset allocation strategy whose benchmark indices returned 8.3% over the last 10 years. We anticipate that our investment managers will generate long-term returns of at least 7.4%. A reduction in the expected return on plan assets from 7.4% to 6.9% would increase pension expense by approximately $0.5 million. The discount rate assumption was lowered to 5.4% from 5.6%. The discount rate we utilize for determining pension obligations is based on the plan’s projected cash flow utilizing corporate spot rates. A reduction in the discount rate from 5.4% to 5.15% would increase pension expense by approximately $0.2 million. Pension expense in 2005 is expected to increase by approximately $0.5 million primarily due to the change in discount rate and expected rate of return on asset assumptions. During 2004, we recorded a minimum pension liability adjustment of $4.9 million, net of tax, to accumulated other comprehensive loss. If the equity markets decline, we could be required to record a charge to accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Our expected rate of return on plan assets is determined by the plan assets’ historical long-term investment performance, current asset allocation and estimates of future long-term returns by asset class. Our investment strategy is based on an expectation that equity securities will outperform debt securities over the long term. Accordingly, the composition of our domestic and U.K. plan assets is broadly characterized as a 65%/35% allocation between equity and debt securities. The strategy for the U.S. pension plan utilizes indexed and actively managed U.S. equity securities and actively managed non-U.S. equity securities and investment grade debt securities. We attempt to mitigate investment risk by rebalancing between equity and debt asset classes as our contributions and monthly benefit payments are made.

We are not required to make contributions in 2005 for the U.S. pension plan,  however, for the U.K. pension plan, we expect to contribute $2.7 million in 2005.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2002, the FASB issued a revised SFAS No. 132, “Employers’ Disclosures About Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.” In 2003, we adopted the revised disclosure requirements of this pronouncement, except for certain disclosures about estimated future benefit payments that are not required until the year ended December 31, 2004.

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure”, an amendment of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”.

79




This statement amends SFAS 123 to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and amends the disclosure requirements to require prominent disclosure in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. We adopted only the disclosure requirements of SFAS 148.

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123, as amended by SFAS 148, we have elected to continue to account for stock-based compensation under the intrinsic value-based method of accounting described by Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”). Under APB 25, generally no cost is recorded for stock options issued to employees unless the option price is below market at the time options are granted.

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46”). In December 2003 FIN 46 was revised (“FIN 46R”) to clarify some provisions and exempt certain entities from its requirements. Application of FIN 46R is required in financial statements of public entities that have interests in structures that are commonly referred to as special-purpose entities for periods ending after December 15, 2003. Application by public entities for all other types of variable interest entities is required in financial statements for periods ending after March 15, 2004. The adoption of FIN 46R did not result in a material impact to our consolidated balance sheets or statements of operations.

In March 2003, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) of the FASB issued EITF Issue No. 03-6, “Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method Under FASB Statement No. 138, Earnings Per Share” (“EITF 03-6”). This issue addressed changes in the reporting calculation and requirements of earnings per share, providing the method to be used when a company has granted holders of any form of security, rights to participate in its earnings along with the participation rights of holders of common stock. We have reviewed the contractual rights granted for stock warrants, options, and now-retired junior preferred stock and concluded that EITF 03-6 does not affect our reporting and disclosure requirements.

In April 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 149”). SFAS 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under SFAS 133. This statement is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. We adopted SFAS 149, which did not have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition.

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments With Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity” (“SFAS 150”). SFAS 150 establishes standards for how a company classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that a company classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). Our redeemable junior preferred stock, issued in connection with the Allied Acquisition, was subject to SFAS 150. We issued 24,500 shares of junior preferred stock, due in 2010, to an affiliate of Exel plc, having an initial liquidation preference of $24,500. The dividend rate on the junior preferred stock was 12.4% compounded quarterly and was cumulative, although the payment of dividends was subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, and our ability to pay dividends was subject to various debt agreements.

As required by SFAS 150, we reclassified $32,046 of redeemable junior preferred stock to redeemable junior preferred obligation, a long-term liability representing the settlement amount as of September 30, 2003. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recorded $1,815 of interest expense, which previously would have been treated as accretion of junior preferred stock dividends. Concurrent with our Secondary Offering in June 2004, we redeemed our junior preferred obligation in full.

80




In December 2003, the United States Congress enacted into law the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“the Act”). The Act established a prescription drug benefit under Medicare (Medicare Part D), and a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. In May 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 106-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” (“FSP 106-2”). We adopted the provision of FSP 106-2 in the third quarter 2004. The effects are explained in Note 17, Benefit Plans—Components of Net Periodic Cost.

In June 2004, the EITF issued EITF Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments” (“EITF 03-1”). The issue is to determine the meaning of other-than-temporary impairment and its application to debt and equity securities within the scope of SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“SFAS 115”), certain debt and equity securities within the scope of SFAS No. 124, and equity securities that are not subject to the scope of SFAS 115 and not accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The impairment methodology for various types of investments accounted for in accordance with the provisions of APB Opinion 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock”, and SFAS 115 is predicated on the notion of other than temporary that is ambiguous and has led to inconsistent application. The Task Force reached a consensus that the application guidance in EITF 03-1 should be used to determine when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. The guidance also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment and requires certain disclosures about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments. The recognition and measurement guidance of EITF 03-1 was delayed by Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position EITF Issue No. 03-1-1, however, the disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1, which we adopted as of December 31, 2003, have not been deferred.

In December 2004, the FASB issued FSP No. 109-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.” FSP No. 109-2 provides guidance under SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” with respect to recording the potential impact of the repatriation provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“the Jobs Act”) on a company’s income tax expense and deferred tax liability. The Jobs Act was enacted on October 22, 2004. FSP No. 109-2 allows time beyond the financial reporting period that includes the date of enactment for a company to evaluate the effect of the Jobs Act on its plan for reinvestment or repatriation of non-U.S. purposes of applying SFAS 109. We finalized our Overall Domestic Reinvestment Plan as required by the Jobs Act in the first quarter of 2005, which authorizes up to $500.0 million of repatriation of foreign earnings. Some of the individual dividends have not been finalized. In 2005, we expect to repatriate an amount ranging from $79.0 million to $103.0 million with the respective tax liability ranging from $6.0 million to $8.0 million.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123-R, which revises FAS 123, “Share Based Payments.” Under the provisions of SFAS 123R, companies are required to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award (with limited exceptions). That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period. We must adopt the provisions of SFAS 123R as of the beginning of the first interim reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005 (i.e. the third quarter of 2005), with early adoption encouraged. SFAS 123R applies to all awards granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled by us after June 30, 2005. The Securities and Exchange Commission has further delayed implementation of the standard until January 1, 2006.

SFAS 123R allowed companies various transition approaches. We are currently assessing the timing and the transition method that we will use for the adoption of SFAS 123R. We expect to recognize

81




additional compensation cost that was not previously required to be recognized, beginning in the quarter in which we first implement the provisions of SFAS 123R. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 123R to have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Forward-Looking Statements

This report includes statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as “expects,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “includes,” “plans,” “assumes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “intends” or variations of such words are generally part of forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are made based on management’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects upon us and our subsidiaries. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us and our subsidiaries will be those anticipated by management. These forward-looking statements are not a guarantee of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and there are important factors that could cause actual results to differ, possibly materially, from expectations or estimates reflected in such forward-looking statements, including without limitation:

·       changes in the market for our services;

·       global political conditions and the outbreak of war or hostilities or the occurrence of any terrorist attacks, including any nuclear, biological or chemical events;

·       the success of our business strategy and our ability to grow our relocation services business;

·       risks associated with the real estate industry;

·       risks associated with the insurance industry and the ratings of our insurance businesses;

·       increases in costs, including fuel costs and insurance premiums;

·       risks of litigation or governmental investigations as a result of our operations;

·       contingent or future environmental liabilities;

·       the seasonal nature of our business;

·       our reliance on, and our ability to attract, agents and owner operators;

·       changes in the regulatory environment, including antitrust, tax, environmental and insurance laws and regulations, that could negatively affect the operation of our business;

·       risks associated with operating in foreign countries;

·       the cost associated with the various regulatory investigations, the audit committee review and the litigation described in this annual report;

·       the impact of the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting identified in this annual report, and the cost of remediating those weaknesses;

·       risks associated with our credit agreements, including increased borrowing costs in connection with recent ratings downgrades;

·       our status as a holding company with no significant operations and consequent reliance on our subsidiaries to make funds available to us;

·       our levels of debt;

·       risks associated with information systems and information systems providers;

82




·       economic market and political conditions, including the performance of financial markets;

·       volatility in the securities markets; and

·       fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

We do not intend, and we are under no obligation, to update any particular forward-looking statement included in this report. The information referred to above, as well as the risks of our business described in our Prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 10, 2004, pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and investment considerations contained in this report, should be considered by readers when reviewing forward-looking statements contained in this report.

ITEM 7A.        QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to various market risks, including changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.

We utilize interest rate agreements and foreign exchange contracts to manage interest rate and foreign currency exposures. The principal objective of such contracts is to minimize the risks and/or costs associated with financial and international operating activities. We do not utilize financial instruments for trading purposes. The counterparties to these contractual arrangements are financial institutions with which we also have other financial relationships. We are exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by these counterparties, but we have no reason to anticipate nonperformance by the other parties.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to various interest rate risks that arise in the normal course of business. We finance our operations with borrowings composed primarily of variable rate indebtedness. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect our operating margins, results of operations and our ability to service indebtedness. A 1% rate increase would increase our gross interest expense by $5.8 million over the next year. The interest rate swap instruments described below would reduce the annual impact of a 1% change by $1.4 million. An increase of 1% in interest rates payable on our variable rate indebtedness would increase our annual interest rate expense by approximately $4.4 million in the next year.

We had four open interest rate swap agreements at December 31, 2004. The intent of these agreements is to reduce interest rate risk by swapping an unknown variable interest rate for a fixed rate. These agreements qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, market rate changes in the effective portion of these derivatives are reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The following is a summary of each agreement.

 

 

Agreement 1

 

Agreement 2

 

Agreement 3

 

Agreement 4

 

Notional amount

 

$60.0 million

 

$60.0 million

 

$40.0 million

 

$20.0 million

 

Fixed rate paid

 

3.10

%

2.89

%

2.43

%

2.44

%

Variable rate received

 

1-month LIBOR

 

1-month LIBOR

 

1-month LIBOR

 

1-month LIBOR

 

Expiration date

 

January 2007

 

March 2006

 

April 2005

 

April 2005

 

 

We enter into derivative transactions in order to mitigate the risk that a change in interest rates will result in a decline in value of our interest rate lock commitments (“IRLC’s”) in our committed mortgage pipeline or mortgage loan inventory. The inventory is economically hedged with forward contracts for the sale of loans on a best effort basis with private investors, through mandatory forward sales of mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), and by purchasing call options on United States Treasury Futures. Forward

83




sales of MBS, purchasing Treasury Call options and IRLCs issued on residential mortgage loans in our pipeline intended to be held for sale are considered free-standing derivative instruments and changes in fair value are recorded in current period earnings. For IRLCs, fair value is measured using current market rates for the associated mortgage loans. For forward sales of MBS, fair value is measured using quotes obtained from brokers. For the Treasury Call options, the fair value is measured utilizing the Black-Scholes pricing model. No gains or losses resulting from changes in fair value of these derivatives were recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.

Foreign Currency Risk

Assets, liabilities and commitments that are to be settled in cash and are denominated in foreign currencies for transaction purposes are sensitive to changes in currency exchange rates. All material trade receivable balances are denominated in the host currency of the local operation. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, we recognized currency gains of $0.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for transactional related items.

From time to time, we utilize foreign currency forward contracts in the regular course of business to manage our exposure against foreign currency fluctuations. The forward contracts establish the exchange rates at which we will purchase or sell the contracted amount of U.S. dollars for specified foreign currencies at a future date. We utilize forward contracts that are short-term in duration (less than one year). The major currency exposures hedged by us are the Australian dollar, the British pound sterling and the euro. The contract amounts of foreign currency forwards at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were $48.0 million and $20.7 million, respectively. A hypothetical 10% adverse movement in foreign exchange rates applied to our foreign currency exchange rate-sensitive instruments held as of December 31, 2004 would result in a hypothetical loss of approximately $2.4 million. Because these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, changes in fair value relating to these derivatives are recognized in current period earnings. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, we recognized losses of $0.1 million and $2.1 million, respectively, resulting from changes in the fair value of foreign currency derivatives.

Equity Market Risk

We hold various convertible bonds in the investment portfolio of our insurance operations. The value of the conversion feature is bifurcated from the value of the underlying bond. Changes in fair value are recorded in current period earnings. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, we recognized gains of $0.7 million and $1.9 million, respectively. The insurance investment portfolio also included marketable debt and equity securities that are classified as available-for-sale and are recorded at fair value within other assets on our balance sheet. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, on available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income until realized.

84




ITEM 8.                FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The following financial statements, together with accompanying notes to financial statements, and schedule of SIRVA, Inc. are included in this report.

 

Page

 

SIRVA, INC.

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

86

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

92

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

93

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

94

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

95

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

183

 

 

 

85




Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
SIRVA, Inc.:

We have completed an integrated audit of SIRVA, Inc.’s 2004 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 and audits of its 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SIRVA, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has restated its 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements.

As described in Note 21, the Company changed its accounting for redeemable junior preferred stock upon adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity” on July 1, 2003.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, we have audited management’s assessment, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A, that SIRVA, Inc. did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, because (1) the Company did not maintain an effective control environment, (2) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the financial reporting process, (3) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of leases, (4) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of purchase business combinations, (5) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of contracts for insurance and reinsurance related transactions within their Network Services segment, (6) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of revenue within their Global Relocation Services segment, (7) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of receivable securitization transactions within their Global Relocation Services segment, (8) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete recording of customer incentive and agent commission liabilities, (9) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the valuation of accounts receivable within their Network Services segment, (10) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the

86




complete recording of severance and other stock-based compensation accruals, (11) the Company did not maintain effective controls over reconciliations of certain financial statement accounts, (12) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the recording of journal entries, both recurring and non-recurring, (13) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording and monitoring of intercompany accounts, and (14) the Company did not maintain effective controls over spreadsheets, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. The following material weaknesses have been identified and included in management’s assessment.

1)               The Company did not maintain an effective control environment.   Specifically, management did not set a culture that extended the necessary rigor and commitment to internal control over financial reporting. Elements of the Company’s finance and legal organizations were not structured with sufficient resources, clear lines of authority or the appropriate level of prominence and visibility to ensure the consistent execution of their responsibility to provide independent and pro-active leadership in the areas of monitoring of controls, disclosure reviews and financial reporting. This control deficiency contributed to an environment which allowed journal entries without acceptable support or sufficient documentation to be recorded, as further discussed in item 12 below. This control deficiency contributed to the material weaknesses discussed in 2 to 14 below and the resulting

87




restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004, as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

2)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the financial reporting process due to (1) an insufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training in the application of generally accepted accounting principles commensurate with its global financial reporting requirements and the complexity of the Company’s operations and transactions and (2) a lack of appropriately designed and documented company-wide policies and procedures.   This control deficiency contributed to the material weaknesses discussed in 3 to 14 below and the resulting restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

3)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of leases.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to evaluate and accurately record lease expense on a straight line basis for leases with rent escalation clauses and rent holidays, and the amortization expense over the remaining lease term for leasehold improvements, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles affecting the following accounts: property, plant and equipment, deferred liabilities, rent expense, depreciation expense and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

4)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of purchase business combinations.   Specifically, the Company’s controls over the selection, application and monitoring of its accounting policies related to the determination of the effective date of the acquisitions, the determination of the fair value of certain assets and liabilities, the alignment of accounting policies, the establishment of deferred taxes and tax contingencies, the calculation of intangible asset amortization and the monitoring of assumed liabilities were ineffective to ensure that such transactions were accounted for in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. This primarily affected the following accounts: accounts receivable, deferred revenue, prepaid assets, property, plant and equipment, deferred tax assets and liabilities, goodwill, intangible assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, additional paid in capital, revenue, purchased transportation expense, other direct expense, amortization expense, general and administrative expenses, interest expense and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

5)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of contracts for insurance and reinsurance related transactions within their Network Services segment.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to ensure that contracts were appropriately evaluated for reinsurance, profit sharing commission or stop loss clauses and an appropriate risk transfer analysis was performed in order to select the appropriate method of income recognition and the establishment of liabilities due to customers or re-insurers in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. This affected the following accounts: accounts receivable, prepaid assets, goodwill, accrued liabilities, revenue, commission income, other direct expenses and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

88




6)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of revenue within their Global Relocation Services segment.   Specifically, the Company’s controls over the selection and application of accounting policies related to the timing of revenue recognition for corporate and referral fee revenue upon the closing date were ineffective to ensure that such transactions were accounted for in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, the Company’s controls over the selection of accounting policies relating to the gross presentation of revenue for the “fixed-fee” product, where the Company acts as a principal in the purchase and sale of transferee homes and assumes the risk of ownership, were ineffective to ensure that such transactions were accounted for and presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. This affected the following accounts: accounts receivable, deferred revenue, properties held for resale, goodwill, accrued liabilities, revenue, other direct expenses and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

7)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of receivable securitization transactions within their Global Relocation Services segment.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to ensure that the gain or loss on each receivable sale, the receivable balance and the associated accretion of interest, and recording of fees associated with the securitization facility were recorded in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. This affected the following accounts: accounts receivable, general and administrative expenses, other income (expense), interest expense, and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

8)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete recording of customer incentive and agent commission liabilities.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to understand the Company’s legal obligation with respect to payment to agents for incremental services provided by agents which are not billed separately to customers and duplicate payments made by customers in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, affecting accounts payable, accrued liabilities, purchased transportation expense and general and administrative expenses. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

9)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the valuation of accounts receivable within their Network Services segment.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to evaluate the collectibility of accounts receivable and accuracy of the accuracy of related allowance for doubtful accounts in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, affecting the allowance for doubtful accounts, general and administrative expenses and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

10)        The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete recording of severance and other stock-based compensation accruals.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to identify and calculate accruals for future payments and stock-based compensation related to severed employees in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, affecting accrued liabilities, general and administrative expenses and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

89




11)        The Company did not maintain effective controls over reconciliations of certain financial statement accounts.   Specifically, the Company’s controls over the preparation, review and monitoring of reconciliations were ineffective to ensure that account balances were accurate and agreed to appropriate supporting detail, calculations or other documentation. This primarily affected the following accounts: cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and the related allowance for doubtful accounts, prepaid assets, investments, goodwill, intangible assets, accrued revenue and expense, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, deferred credits, insurance reserves, long term debt, intercompany accounts, revenue, commission income, other direct expenses, general and administrative expenses, other income, income tax expense and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

12)        The Company did not maintain effective controls over the recording of journal entries, both recurring and non-recurring.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to ensure that journal entries were prepared with acceptable support or sufficient documentation or that journal entries were reviewed and approved to ensure the accuracy and completeness of the entries recorded. This primarily affected the following accounts: accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts, unapplied cash, deferred revenue, deferred contract costs, property, plant and equipment, accrued liabilities, accounts payable, revenue, commission income, purchased transportation expense, other direct expenses, general and administrative expenses, other income and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

13)        The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording and monitoring of intercompany accounts.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to ensure that intercompany balances were accurately classified and reported in the Company’s underlying accounting records, and intercompany confirmations and reconciliations were not completed timely or accurately between the Company’s business units to ensure proper elimination as part of the consolidation process in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. This affected the following accounts: accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued purchased transportation expense, purchased transportation expense and other direct expenses. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

14)        The Company did not maintain effective controls over spreadsheets.   Specifically, the Company failed to maintain effective version control and cell protection surrounding spreadsheets in accordance with established company policies for spreadsheet design. This primarily affected the following accounts: revenue and loss reserves within the Network Services segment.

Additionally, each of these control deficiencies could result in a misstatement of the aforementioned account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. These material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the December 31, 2004 consolidated financial statements, and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Executive Relocation Corporation (ERC) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase

90




business combination during 2004. We have also excluded ERC from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. ERC is a wholly owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues represent 7.1% and 0.02%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that SIRVA, Inc. did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. Also, in our opinion, because of the effects of the material weaknesses described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, SIRVA, Inc. has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chicago, Illinois
November 18, 2005

91




SIRVA, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
At December 31, 2004 and 2003
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share data)

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

72,101

 

$

60,154

 

Short-term investments

 

161,415

 

92,494

 

Accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $24,842 and $21,786, respectively

 

382,218

 

374,569

 

Relocation properties related receivables

 

79,993

 

62,224

 

Mortgages held for resale

 

79,050

 

58,063

 

Relocation properties held for resale

 

90,443

 

48,604

 

Deferred income taxes

 

35,474

 

35,736

 

Assets held for sale

 

13,117

 

 

Other current assets

 

42,345

 

34,727

 

Total current assets

 

956,156

 

766,571

 

Investments

 

5,117

 

5,726

 

Property and equipment, net

 

162,154

 

180,979

 

Goodwill, net

 

365,796

 

362,002

 

Intangible assets, net

 

254,105

 

228,359

 

Assets held for sale

 

16,633

 

 

Other long-term assets

 

33,136

 

39,296

 

Total long-term assets

 

836,941

 

816,362

 

Total assets

 

$

1,793,097

 

$

1,582,933

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

$

413

 

$

560

 

Current portion of capital lease obligations

 

4,635

 

4,551

 

Short-term debt

 

124,431

 

95,076

 

Accounts payable

 

98,590

 

78,236

 

Relocation properties related payables

 

104,981

 

91,255

 

Accrued purchased transportation expense

 

74,895

 

71,762

 

Insurance loss and cargo claims reserves

 

83,172

 

66,246

 

Unearned premiums and other deferred credits

 

89,787

 

67,288

 

Accrued income taxes

 

38,522

 

35,707

 

Liabilities associated with assets held for sale

 

11,345

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

112,893

 

116,404

 

Total current liabilities

 

743,664

 

627,085

 

Long-term debt

 

533,092

 

427,463

 

Capital lease obligations

 

17,631

 

18,072

 

Insurance loss and cargo claims reserves

 

44,063

 

29,316

 

Deferred income taxes

 

4,237

 

26,702

 

Liabilities associated with assets held for sale

 

5,205

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

78,955

 

62,885

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

683,183

 

564,438

 

Total liabilities

 

1,426,847

 

1,191,523

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 23)

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized with 76,264,696 issued and 73,670,717 outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 73,029,346 issued and 70,435,367 outstanding at December 31, 2003, respectively

 

763

 

730

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

486,448

 

446,522

 

Common stock purchase warrant

 

 

655

 

Unearned compensation

 

(1,312

)

(3,229

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(20,837

)

(22,609

)

Accumulated deficit

 

(88,694

)

(20,541

)

Total paid-in-capital and accumulated deficit

 

376,368

 

401,528

 

Less cost of treasury stock, 2,593,979 shares at December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

(10,118

)

(10,118

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

366,250

 

391,410

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,793,097

 

$

1,582,933

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

92




SIRVA, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share data)

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Operating revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service revenue

 

$

2,242,966

 

$

1,959,608

 

$

1,724,579

 

Home sale revenue

 

1,227,312

 

826,978

 

372,790

 

Total operating revenues

 

3,470,278

 

2,786,586

 

2,097,369

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased transportation expense

 

1,214,912

 

1,110,885

 

1,042,534

 

Cost of homes sold

 

1,232,294

 

830,793

 

374,656

 

Other direct expense

 

602,324

 

452,007

 

343,737

 

Total direct expenses

 

3,049,530

 

2,393,685

 

1,760,927

 

Gross margin

 

420,748

 

392,901

 

336,442

 

General and administrative expense

 

350,059

 

275,203

 

244,131

 

Intangibles amortization

 

8,421

 

6,149

 

3,894

 

Impairments and other charges

 

70,182

 

 

4,658

 

Curtailment and other gains

 

(7,027

)

(3,772

)

(6,630

)

Restructuring expense

 

2,816

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) from continuing operations

 

(3,703

)

115,321

 

90,389

 

Other income (expense), net

 

612

 

580

 

(679

)

Debt extinguishment expense

 

1,769

 

37,588

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

25,446

 

54,387

 

55,168

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes 

 

(30,306

)

23,926

 

34,542

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

4,947

 

7,963

 

(3,052

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

(35,253

)

15,963

 

37,594

 

(Loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit of $19,032, $1,945 and $1,380

 

(32,900

)

(1,496

)

(5,094

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(68,153

)

$

14,467

 

$

32,500

 

Per share data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic income (loss) per share—continuing operations

 

$

(0.49

)

$

0.24

 

$

0.66

 

Basic (loss) per share—discontinued operations

 

(0.46

)

(0.02

)

(0.10

)

Basic net income (loss) per share

 

(0.95

)

0.22

 

0.56

 

Diluted income (loss) per share—continuing operations

 

(0.49

)

0.23

 

0.66

 

Diluted (loss) per share—discontinued operations

 

(0.46

)

(0.02

)

(0.10

)

Diluted net income (loss) per share

 

(0.95

)

0.21

 

0.56

 

Average number of common shares outstanding—basic

 

72,121,950

 

58,104,742

 

51,712,625

 

Average number of common shares outstanding—diluted

 

72,121,950

 

60,933,868

 

51,832,236

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

93




SIRVA, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(68,153

)

$

14,467

 

$

32,500

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

50,107

 

47,938

 

45,184

 

Amortization and write-off of deferred debt issuance costs

 

2,580

 

15,861

 

3,171

 

Loss on bond extinguishment

 

803

 

24,951

 

 

Change in provision for losses on accounts and notes receivable

 

9,345

 

4,626

 

7,183

 

Stock compensation expense

 

3,448

 

3,537

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(23,790

)

3,951

 

(21,232

)

Impairment of goodwill and other assets

 

87,170

 

 

7,092

 

Gain on sale of assets, net

 

(7,569

)

(2,468

)

(2,283

)

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts and notes receivable

 

124,859

 

(24,950

)

(6,400

)

Originations of mortgages held for resale

 

(1,035,052

)

(836,570

)

(481,091

)

Sales of mortgages held for resale

 

1,014,065

 

821,305

 

464,312

 

Relocation properties related assets and liabilities

 

(46,336

)

(27,027

)

(5,689

)

Accounts payable

 

11,426

 

4,150

 

4,182

 

Other current assets and liabilities

 

(1,003

)

30,350

 

(4,917

)

Other long-term assets and liabilities

 

37,448

 

(538

)

25,346

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

159,348

 

79,583

 

67,358

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions of property and equipment

 

(35,454

)

(28,583

)

(33,462

)

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

 

14,336

 

6,537

 

5,282

 

Purchases of investments

 

(120,962

)

(120,568

)

(68,317

)

Proceeds from sale or maturity of investments

 

97,638

 

98,950

 

63,277

 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

(104,973

)

(33,035

)

(102,625

)

Other investing activities

 

(1,527

)

(2,440

)

(1,763

)

Net cash used for investing activities

 

(150,942

)

(79,139

)

(137,608

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings on short-term and long-term debt

 

826,097

 

889,883

 

380,668

 

Repayments on short-term and long-term debt

 

(866,655

)

(1,065,548

)

(362,559

)

Borrowings on mortgage and relocation facilities

 

1,070,282

 

887,767

 

492,951

 

Repayments on mortgage and relocation facilities

 

(1,046,812

)

(853,017

)

(474,728

)

Repayments on capital lease obligations

 

(4,444

)

(6,028

)

(4,983

)

Redemption of junior preferred obligation

 

 

(32,633

)

 

Call premium on bond extinguishment

 

(803

)

(24,951

)

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

250,658

 

66,315

 

Proceeds from exercises of warrants

 

34,999

 

 

 

Payment of initial public offering costs

 

(2,431

)

(20,594

)

 

Other stock transactions and financing activities

 

(4,500

)

(13,036

)

(16,910

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

5,733

 

12,501

 

80,754

 

Effect of translation adjustments on cash

 

(651

)

3,087

 

1,492

 

Cash included in assets held for sale

 

(1,541

)

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

11,947

 

16,032

 

11,996

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

60,154

 

44,122

 

32,126

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

72,101

 

$

60,154

 

$

44,122

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information—cash paid during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

26,719

 

$

47,382

 

$

45,386

 

Income taxes

 

$

7,782

 

$

7,969

 

$

4,883

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

94




SIRVA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share data)

(1)   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business Organization and Description

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SIRVA, Inc. (“the Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries SIRVA Worldwide, Inc. (“SIRVA Worldwide”), CMS Holding, LLC and RS Acquisition Holding, LLC and each of their wholly owned subsidiaries.

On March 29, 1998, the Company was incorporated and capitalized by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership (“Fund V”). A wholly owned subsidiary of the Company was then capitalized for the purpose of acquiring all of the capital stock of North American Van Lines, Inc. (“NAVL”) from Norfolk Southern Corporation (“the 1998 acquisition”). The 1998 acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and resulted in a new basis of accounting for the Company. On November 19, 1999, the Company sold common stock to Fund V for the purpose of partially financing the acquisition of the NFC Moving Services Group (“Allied” and the “Allied Acquisition”) from Exel Investment Limited (formerly NFC plc). On April 12 and May 3, 2002, the Company sold additional common stock to Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership (“Fund VI”) for the purpose of completing the acquisitions of the relocation business of Cooperative Resource Services Ltd. (“CRS”) and the business (“NAIT”) of VCW, Inc. and its affiliate, National Association of Independent Truckers, Inc. See Note 3 for further information on these and other acquisitions. Fund V and Fund VI are private investment funds managed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. (“CD&R”).

On November 7, 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a 3.17 for 1 stock split of the Company’s common stock, effected by means of a reclassification. The stock split became effective on November 24, 2003. In connection with the stock split, the Company filed a certificate of amendment to its certificate of incorporation on November 10, 2003 which increased the number of shares of its common stock from 24,000,000 to 500,000,000. Periods presented have been restated to show the effect of the stock split.

The Company began the initial public offering (“the Offering”) of shares of its common stock on November 25, 2003 pursuant to a registration statement, No. 333-108185, as amended, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In connection with the Offering, the Company effected a refinancing of its existing senior credit facility with a new senior credit facility. The commitments provided by the lenders for the new senior credit facility provided for the Company and one or more of its foreign subsidiaries to be the borrowers under the facility. In connection with an internal reorganization, the Company provided that SIRVA Worldwide is the primary borrower under the new senior credit facility, with one or more of its foreign subsidiaries as additional borrowers (see Notes 14 and 15).

Concurrent with the Offering, the Company effected a tender offer for all of the 133¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes (“Senior Subordinated Notes”) due in December 2009 issued by NAVL, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SIRVA Worldwide. A portion of the net proceeds from the Offering and borrowings under the new senior credit facility were used to finance the note repurchase. In connection with the tender offer, the Company received the requisite consents to remove substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain other provisions from the indenture governing its senior subordinated notes with a supplemental indenture agreement executed effective November 19, 2003. Approximately 93% of the notes were tendered in connection with this offer.

95




In June 2004, the Company completed a secondary public offering with shares offered for sale by its three largest stockholders, reducing their ownership from approximately 68% to 37%. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of the offered shares. In conjunction with the offering, one of the selling stockholders fully exercised its warrants. These were the only outstanding warrants and resulted in proceeds to the Company of $34,999 and issuance of an additional 2,773,116 common shares.

On September 9, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized, approved and committed the Company to a disposal plan involving the Company’s North American High Value Products and homeExpress business (High Value Products Division), as well as certain other logistics businesses, which include Specialized Transportation in Europe and the Company’s Transportation Solutions segment in North America.

The Company operates as a global provider of relocation and moving services to corporate clients, military and government agencies and the consumer market. In addition, the Company offers a variety of services targeted at meeting the needs of truck drivers, fleet owners and agents, both inside and outside of its proprietary agent network.

The Company markets its services under the brand names of SIRVA Relocation®, northAmerican Van Lines®, Allied Van Lines®, Global Van Lines®, Allied International, Pickfords and Allied Pickfords, among others, with operations located throughout the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, continental Europe, Australia, New Zealand and other Asia Pacific locations. The Company conducts its U.S. and Canadian operations primarily through a network of exclusive agents with approximately 1,200 locations. The Company conducts its other foreign business primarily through units that it owns and operates directly, using selected other affiliated representatives to geographically complete its service offering on a worldwide basis.

Basis of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments purchased three months or less from original maturity.

Contracts Receivable and Resale Equipment Inventory

In the normal course of business, the Company sells tractors, trailers and other equipment to its agents and to owner operators under exclusive sales agreements. Sales of equipment are financed by the Company, generally over a four-year period. Resale equipment inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value determined as the fair value of the equipment less the estimated cost to sell the equipment. These balances are included as other current assets and other long-term assets.

Mortgages Held for Resale

The mortgage lending services operation of the Company initiates mortgage loans for relocating employees. The majority of the loans in inventory have corresponding purchase commitments from private investors. Mortgages held for resale are carried at the lower of cost or market. Cost is the outstanding principal balance of the mortgage notes reduced by the net deferred fees. In addition, certain direct costs are recognized upon sale. Commitments to sell loans are included in determining market value.

96




Relocation Properties Held for Resale

The Company purchases homes under certain relocation programs. These properties are held for resale and consist of residential homes recorded in current assets at net realizable value. Adjustments to record the properties at net realizable value include an estimate for loss on sale and costs to sell the property. These estimates are based on historical actual results, as well as a quarterly home by home analysis taking into account management’s judgment of market value including the use of property appraisals, days in inventory, condition of the home and other relevant metrics.

Relocation Properties Related Payables

Substantially all of the homes in inventory are subject to mortgage loans payable by the transferees to various mortgage lenders. As the homes are sold to an ultimate buyer, the mortgage loans are paid off at closing on behalf of the transferees to satisfy the mortgage notes on the properties. In addition, as part of the relocation process, the Company generally provides home equity advances to the transferee to facilitate the purchase of their new home. In certain instances, the Company’s corporate customer funds these home equity advances on the Company’s behalf, resulting in a payable by the Company to the corporate customer. Finally, due to the timing difference between the closing of the Company’s purchase of the transferee’s home and the Company’s resale of that home to the ultimate buyer, certain net cash proceeds received by the Company from its sale to the ultimate buyer are due to the transferee. These mortgage loans payable, client funded home equity advances payable and net cash proceeds due the transferee are recorded in current liabilities.

Supplies Inventory

Supplies inventory consists of pallets, blanket stock, crates, replacement and repair parts and tires and is valued at the lower of cost, determined using a first-in, first-out method, or market.

Investments

Investments consist of U.S. Treasury and corporate debt and equity securities, retained interests in securitized receivables and interests in joint ventures. Investments classified as held-to-maturity with a maturity date greater than one year are considered noncurrent, while all other investments are considered current. Interest and dividends on debt and equity securities are included in operating revenues. Except for certain convertible securities, the Company classifies its debt securities in one of two categories: available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are those securities in which the Company has the ability and intent to hold the securities until maturity. All other securities are classified as available-for-sale and are restricted as to use by the Company’s U.S. insurance subsidiary. The Company’s policy is to classify these securities as current assets since these securities represent the investment of funds available for current operations of its U.S. insurance subsidiary.

Since October 1, 2004, purchases of convertible bonds and stock are classified as trading securities. These securities are recorded at fair value in accordance with SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.” All convertible bonds and stocks purchased prior to October 1, 2004 continue to be classified as available-for-sale.

Available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value. Held-to-maturity securities are recorded at amortized cost, adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, on available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss until realized. Realized gains and losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined on a specific identification basis.

97




On a quarterly basis, the Company performs a review to determine if any securities have incurred an other than temporary loss. Any such securities identified are written down to their fair value at the time that it is determined they are impaired with the adjustment recognized in current earnings.

The Company utilizes a receivables securitization program to sell certain receivables generated by its Global Relocation Services segment to independent third-party financial institutions. The receivable sales are accounted for as sales of financial assets according to SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities.” The fair value of the retained interest is estimated by considering the history of performance of these types of receivables, the underlying security, the subordinate position of the retained interest, current interest rates and economic conditions. The retained interest is classified as a current investment due to the current nature of the underlying receivable. Any gains or losses on the transfer to the independent third-party financial institution are recognized in current earnings.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. The estimated useful lives used in computing depreciation are summarized as follows:

 

 

Useful Life

 

Buildings and improvements

 

20 to 40 years

 

Transportation equipment

 

4 to 15 years

 

Warehouse equipment

 

5 to 10 years

 

Computer equipment and software

 

3  to   5 years

 

Other

 

1 to 10 years

 

 

Transportation equipment includes tractors, straight trucks, trailers, van equipment, containers and satellite-communication equipment. Salvage values are calculated only on tractors, straight trucks and trailers.

Leased property and equipment meeting certain criteria are capitalized, and the present value of the related lease payments is recorded as a liability. Depreciation of capitalized leased assets is computed on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the lease or the useful life of the capitalized leased asset.

The Company accounts for internally developed software intended for internal use in accordance with SOP 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” The Company capitalizes development-stage costs such as direct external costs, direct payroll related costs and interest costs incurred to develop the software prior to implementation. When development is substantially complete, the Company amortizes the cost of the software on a straight-line basis over the expected life of the software. Preliminary project costs and post-implementation costs such as training, maintenance and support are expensed as incurred.

Repairs and maintenance expenditures are charged to expense as incurred.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of trade names, customer relationships, member relationships and covenants not to compete. Trade names, which have indefinite lives, and goodwill amortization ceased as of January 1, 2002 in accordance with SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Customer and member relationships and covenants not to compete are amortized from 5 to 18 years and 1 to 5 years, respectively. Commencing October 1, 2003, the Company amortized customer and member relationship intangible assets over their remaining useful lives using an accelerated amortization method to more

98




closely reflect the pattern in which economic benefits of the intangible assets are utilized. Under this method, approximately 56% of the intangible assets will be amortized over the first 5 years of their respective useful lives, which average 14.9 years, thereby resulting in approximately half of the amortization expense being recognized over the first third of the intangible’s useful life (see Note 10).

Deferred Moving Agent Contract Costs

Deferred moving agent contract costs are payments made to certain moving agents for entering into long-term contracts with the Company and are included in other long-term assets. These payments are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the lives of the related contracts, which generally range from 3 to 15 years. The amortization is included in intangibles amortization in the consolidated statements of operations.

Unearned Premiums and Other Deferred Credits

Unearned premiums are related to insurance policies sold to customers within the Network Services segment and are included in unearned premiums and other deferred credits. The Global Relocation Services segment records deferred revenue due to invoicing a portion of the service fees to customers at the time a home is listed by the Company on behalf of the transferee, but does not recognize the fees as revenue until either the home is sold to a third-party buyer, in the case of the traditional product, or the home is purchased by the Company from a transferee, in the case of the fixed fee product. These deferred revenues are included in unearned premiums and other deferred credits. Unearned premiums are recognized ratably over the insurance policy term and other deferred credits are recognized at service completion and are recorded as operating revenues.

Insurance Loss and Cargo Claims Reserves

The Company has purchased first dollar insurance coverage with certain deductibles or insurance coverage with certain self-insured retained insurance liabilities, for principally all insurable business risks.

Cargo claims reserves.   The Company estimates claims relating to cargo damage and loss based principally on actuarial methods applied to historical trends. A cargo claims analysis is performed each quarter comparing open and closed claim costs, as well as estimates for incurred but not reported claim costs, to the original estimates, and changes to those estimates are recorded.

U.S. insurance loss reserves.   Claim and claim adjustment expense reserves related to the Company’s U.S. insurance operations, except reserves for structured settlements, are not discounted and are based on 1) case basis estimates for losses reported on direct business; 2) estimates of incurred but not reported losses; 3) estimates of losses on assumed reinsurance; 4) estimates of future expenses to be incurred in the settlement of claims; 5) estimates of salvage and subrogation recoveries and 6) estimates of amounts due from insureds related to losses under high deductible policies. Management considers current conditions and trends as well as past Company and industry experience in establishing these estimates. The effects of inflation, which can be significant, are implicitly considered in the reserve process and are part of the recorded reserve balance.

Foreign insurance loss reserves:   The Company’s non-U.S. insurance operations include the Baxendale Insurance Company Ltd. (“Baxendale”) and SIRVA U.K. Baxendale records reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses related to its storage, fire, marine cargo and premise damage lines of business. The reserve is based on estimates calculated by the Company based on actual historical claims data and includes a provision for incurred but not reported claims. The reserve is reviewed by the Company monthly and changes in the reserves are reflected in current operations. SIRVA U.K. records reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses related to vehicle accidents, employer liability and professional indemnity lines of business. The reserve is based on estimates calculated by third-party

99




insurers. The reserve is reviewed by the Company monthly and changes to the reserves are reflected in current operations.

Moving Agent Insurance Fund

The Bodily Injury/Property Damage (“BIPD”) Fund is an arrangement facilitated by the Company that provides self-insurance coverage to the Company’s moving agents for certain liability risks. The risks of losses under the BIPD fund are solely those of the moving agents and the Company bears no direct risk of loss under this fund, with the exception of loss coverage written by its U.S. insurance subsidiary, Transguard Insurance Company of America, Inc. (“TransGuard”), for program losses in excess of a $500 deductible up to $1,500 per occurrence. In addition, the Company has obtained additional insurance coverage in the amount of $8,500 in excess of $1,500. The Company performs administrative activities, such as the collection of moving agent contributions and payments of claims and insurance premiums on behalf of the BIPD Fund. Because the Company collects moving agent contributions in advance of making claim payments, the Company records a liability to the BIPD Fund. The amounts held by the Company on behalf of the BIPD Fund, which are used primarily for claim payments, were $11,496 and $14,468 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and are recorded in insurance loss and cargo claims reserves.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The amounts included in the consolidated financial statements for cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts and notes receivable, relocation properties related receivables, mortgages held for resale, relocation properties held for resale, assets held for sale, investments, accounts payable, short-term debt, current portions of long-term debt and capital lease obligations, relocation properties related payables, insurance loss and cargo claims reserves and accrued liabilities reflect their fair values because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The fair values of the Company’s other financial instruments are discussed in Note 24.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s moving services operations recognize gross operating revenues to be invoiced to the transportation customer and all related transportation expenses, to include packing, transportation expenses and other costs associated with the service, on the date a shipment is delivered or services are completed.

In the relocation services operations, fees are paid to the Company by corporate customers at either a set price per transferred employee (“traditional product”) or based upon a fixed percentage of the home’s selling price (“fixed fee product”). The traditional product revenue is recognized at the date the home is sold to a third-party buyer. The fixed fee product revenue is recognized at the date the Company purchases the home from a transferee. When the Company purchases a property from a transferee, the property enters its inventory. The Company records the sale of the inventory home as revenue on a gross basis when it closes on the home sale to a third-party buyer. Additionally, the Company receives fees from company-qualified real estate agents for the listing or home purchase referral of a transferred employee. The listing referral fee revenue is recognized when the Company closes on the home sale to a third-party buyer. The home purchase referral fee revenue is recognized when a transferee closes on the purchase of a destination home from a third-party seller.

In addition, within relocation services, the Company recognizes gains or losses on the sale of mortgage loans at the date the loans are funded by purchasers pursuant to the existing sales commitment. The gain or loss equals the difference between the basis in the loan and the net proceeds received and are included in operating revenues in the consolidated statement of operations. Sales of loans are made without

100




recourse, provided the loans meet predetermined specifications, as defined in the agreements with investors. The Company does not currently service mortgage loans.

The Company, within the Network Services segment in the insurance services unit, recognizes insurance premium revenue evenly over a 12-month period when an annual insurance policy is written.

Reinsurance

Ceded reinsurance premiums, losses and loss adjustment expenses, are accounted for on bases consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. Although the ceding reinsurance agreements contractually obligate the reinsurers to reimburse the Company, they do not discharge the Company from its primary liability and obligations to policyholders.

Leases

The Company has noncancelable lease commitments under operating leases for rental space, warehouse facilities, transportation equipment and office equipment. Facility leases with free rent periods or rent escalation clauses are expensed on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease commencing at lease inception. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the facility’s useful life or the term of the lease. A liability for costs that will continue to be incurred under a lease for its remaining term without economic benefit to the Company is recognized and measured at its fair value when the Company ceases using the leased property.

Advertising and Promotion Costs

The Company expenses radio, television and print material advertising costs, including telephone directories and other promotional materials as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company recorded advertising costs of $9,154, $6,778 and $5,956, respectively.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company uses derivative instruments to protect against exchange fluctuations on foreign denominated short-term obligations and against interest rate changes on mortgages held for resale. In addition, the Company holds certain investments in its Insurance operations that qualify as derivatives due to embedded conversion features. Derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and measurement of those instruments is at fair value.

The Company uses interest rate swap agreements to fix interest rates on a portion of its variable rate debt. Each derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge. The effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations when the hedged item affects earnings. The ineffective portions are recognized in earnings. See Note 24 for additional detail.

Interest Expense, Net

The Company records interest expense net of interest income. Interest expense consists primarily of interest paid on the Company’s term loan, revolving credit facility, senior subordinated notes and other debt agreements, as well as the amortization of deferred debt issuance costs. Interest expense was $26,309, $54,632 and $55,320 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. Interest income consists of amounts received on short-term investments, primarily bank cash deposits. Interest income was $863, $245 and $152 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

101




Interest Allocated to Discontinued Operations

In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 87-24, “Allocation of Interest to Discontinued Operations,” interest was allocated to discontinued operations based on the ratio of net assets to be sold to the sum of total net assets of the Company. Management feels it appropriate to allocate interest expense to the discontinued businesses so that historical results will be more comparable to future results. It is anticipated that sale proceeds or the liquidation of any retained working capital will be used to pay down debt, thus reducing interest expense to the ongoing operations in the future. Accordingly, the Company has allocated to discontinued operations 7.7% of total interest expense, excluding interest expense associated with the mortgage warehouse facilities and relocation financing facilities. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the amount of interest allocated to discontinued operations was $1,789, $4,611 and $4,695, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method in accordance with SFAS 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax laws and tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities due to a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date. In addition, the amounts of any future tax benefits are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent such benefits are not expected to be realized on a more likely than not basis.

Foreign Currency Translation

A majority of the Company’s foreign operations use the local currency as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these operations are translated to U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect on the balance sheet date. The impact of currency fluctuation is included in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Income statement items are translated at the average exchange rate for the relevant period.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of the areas where estimation is significant are as follows:

·       Delivered not processed (“DNP”) is the estimated service revenue associated with shipments delivered or services completed and not invoiced.

·       Purchased transportation expense (“PTE”) is the associated expense the Company pays to third parties who provide transportation and moving services. The Company estimates PTE associated with DNP revenue.

·       The Company estimates the amount of reserve necessary for insurance claims within its multiple line property and commercial liability insurance group. The reserve is established to provide for the ultimate losses of known and unknown claims that will develop for the periods reported. The reserve is reviewed quarterly using internal data in conjunction with actuarially developed information. If the historical and actuarial information available at the time of these reviews is not

102




reflective of recent or future claims volume or claims development, then the Company adjusts its reserves for these claims as the trends and volume become known. A change in the reserves necessary to provide for future claims expense may have a material effect on the Company’s future earnings.

·       An allowance for doubtful accounts and notes receivable is maintained for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers, agents and owner operators to make required payments. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers, agents and owner operators were to deteriorate compromising their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

·       The Company records relocation properties held for resale at net realizable value. In determining net realizable value, the Company makes estimates relating to market value and costs to sell, which amounted to $12,858 and $8,163 for 2004 and 2003, respectively. If the Company experienced a further reduction in the market value of the homes in inventory, additional adjustments may be required.

·       The Company offers certain incentives to its agents and corporate customers. Incentives offered to agents are based upon revenue growth targets. These are recognized ratably over the period of the incentive agreement as a component of other direct expense. Incentives offered to corporate customers are based upon meeting certain revenue thresholds, and are recognized as a reduction in operating revenues ratably over the period of incentive. The Company estimates and accrues both incentives based upon actual progression towards achievement of the incentive targets. The Company recognized agent incentives of $3,633, $3,459 and $3,273 in the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In addition, the Company recognized customer incentives of $6,463, $6,750 and $7,144 in the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

·       SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, requires that an annual impairment review be performed, which requires the Company to place a fair value on the individual reporting units of the business. The Company performs the impairment review during the fourth quarter. This requires the Company to select an appropriate method of valuation for the business using discounted estimated cash flows and to assess assumptions inherent in such a method on an annual basis. In addition, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets might not be recoverable, the Company will perform an impairment review. The judgments made in determining whether goodwill and other intangible assets are impaired will directly affect reported operating income, since any time the Company determines that any of these assets are impaired, a charge will be recognized in the statement of operations equal to the decline in value of such assets.

·       The Company assesses impairments of long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets”. An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered by the Company include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the Company’s overall business; and significant negative industry or economic trends. When the Company determines that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above impairment indicators, the Company estimates the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of these expected future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company calculates an impairment loss. An impairment loss is equal to the

103




difference between the fair value of the asset and its carrying value. Fair value is generally determined using a discounted cash flow methodology.

·       The Company provides a range of benefits to employees and retired employees, including defined benefit retirement plans, postretirement medical and life insurance benefits and postemployment benefits (primarily severance). The Company records annual amounts relating to these plans based on calculations specified by GAAP, which include various actuarial assumptions, such as discount rates, assumed rates of return, compensation increases, turnover rates and health care cost trend rates. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends when it is deemed appropriate to do so. As required by GAAP, the effect of the modifications is generally recorded or amortized over future periods. The Company believes that the assumptions utilized in recording its obligations under the plans are reasonable based on experience and advice from third-party actuaries.

·       The Company maintains a Paid Time Off (“PTO”) policy in which eligible employees are allotted a number of compensated absences each year dependent upon years of service with the Company. For U.S. employees, the PTO days are earned and used in the same calendar year and unused PTO days may not be carried over into the following year unless otherwise required by state law. Due to the inability to carry unused PTO days from one year to the next year, there is no accrued vacation liability reflected at year-end for the U.S. employees. There are numerous variations of compensated absence policies in place for the non-U.S. work force, which in total carry liability amounts of $6,796 and $6,257 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Adoption of New Standards and Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2002, the FASB issued a revised SFAS No. 132, “Employers’ Disclosures About Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.” In 2003, the Company adopted the revised disclosure requirements of this pronouncement, except for certain disclosures about estimated future benefit payments which were adopted when effective for the year ended December 31, 2004.

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure”, an amendment of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”. This statement amends SFAS 123 to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and amends the disclosure requirements to require prominent disclosure in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. The Company has adopted only the disclosure requirements of SFAS 148 (see Note 22).

104




Had the Company elected to apply the provisions of SFAS 123 and SFAS 148 regarding recognition of compensation expense to the extent of the calculated fair value of stock options granted, net income (loss) would have changed for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 as follows:

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(35,253

)

$

15,963

 

$

37,594

 

Stock compensation expense included in income
(loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

 

2,209

 

2,360

 

 

Pro forma compensation cost under fair value method, net of tax

 

(5,118

)

(1,611

)

(630

)

Pro forma income (loss) from continuing
operations

 

(38,162

)

16,712

 

36,964

 

(Loss) from discontinued operations, net, as
reported

 

(32,900

)

(1,496

)

(5,094

)

Pro forma net income (loss)

 

$

(71,062

)

$

15,216

 

$

31,870

 

Basic net income (loss) per share, as reported

 

$

(0.95

)

$

0.22

 

$

0.56

 

Basic net income (loss) per share, pro forma

 

$

(0.99

)

$

0.23

 

$

0.55

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share, as reported

 

$

(0.95

)

$

0.21

 

$

0.56

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share, pro forma

 

$

(0.99

)

$

0.22

 

$

0.55

 

Basic weighted average common shares
outstanding

 

72,121,950

 

58,104,742

 

51,712,625

 

Assumed conversion of stock options and awards
per SFAS 123/148

 

 

2,597,724

 

124,024

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding 

 

72,121,950

 

60,702,466

 

51,836,649

 

 

Potentially dilutive securities totalling 2,991,242 shares for the year ended December 31, 2004 have not been included in the determination of diluted loss per share, as their inclusion would be anti-dilutive in that period.

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123, as amended by SFAS 148, the Company has elected to continue to account for stock-based compensation under the intrinsic value-based method of accounting described by Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”). Under APB 25, generally no cost is recorded for stock options issued to employees unless the option price is below market at the time options are granted.

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46”). In December 2003 FIN 46 was revised (“FIN 46R”) to clarify some provisions and exempt certain entities from its requirements. Application of FIN 46R is required in financial statements of public entities that have interests in structures that are commonly referred to as special-purpose entities for periods ending after December 15, 2003. Application by public entities for all other types of variable interest entities is required in financial statements for periods ending after March 15, 2004. The adoption of FIN 46R did not result in a material impact to the consolidated balance sheets or statements of operations of the Company.

In March 2003, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) of the FASB issued EITF Issue No. 03-6, “Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method Under FASB Statement No. 138, Earnings Per Share” (“EITF 03-6”). This issue addressed changes in the reporting calculation and requirements of earnings per share, providing the method to be used when a company has granted holders of any form of security, rights to participate in its earnings along with the participation rights of holders of common stock. The Company has reviewed the contractual rights granted for stock warrants, options, and now-retired junior preferred stock and concluded that EITF 03-6 does not affect its reporting and disclosure requirements.

105




In April 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 149”). SFAS 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under SFAS 133. This statement is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The Company adopted SFAS 149, which did not have a material effect on its operating results or financial condition.

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments With Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity” (“SFAS 150”). SFAS 150 establishes standards for how a company classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that a company classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). The Company’s redeemable junior preferred stock, issued in connection with the Allied Acquisition, was subject to SFAS 150. The Company issued 24,500 shares of junior preferred stock, due in 2010, to an affiliate of Exel plc, having an initial liquidation preference of $24,500. The dividend rate on the junior preferred stock was 12.4% compounded quarterly and was cumulative, although the payment of dividends was subject to the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, and the Company’s ability to pay dividends was subject to various debt agreements.

As required by SFAS 150, the Company reclassified $32,046 of redeemable junior preferred stock to redeemable junior preferred obligation, a long-term liability representing the settlement amount as of September 30, 2003. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company recorded $1,815 of interest expense, which previously would have been treated as accretion of junior preferred stock dividends. Concurrent with the Offering, the Company redeemed its junior preferred obligation in full.

In December 2003, the United States Congress enacted into law the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“the Act”). The Act established a prescription drug benefit under Medicare (Medicare Part D), and a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. In May 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 106-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” (“FSP 106-2”). The Company adopted the provisions of FSP 106-2 in the third quarter of 2004. The effects are explained in Note 17, Defined Benefit Plans—Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost.

In June 2004, the EITF issued EITF Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments” (“EITF 03-1”). The issue is to determine the meaning of other-than-temporary impairment and its application to debt and equity securities within the scope of SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“SFAS 115”), certain debt and equity securities within the scope of SFAS No. 124, and equity securities that are not subject to the scope of SFAS 115 and not accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The impairment methodology for various types of investments accounted for in accordance with the provisions of APB Opinion 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock”, and SFAS 115 is predicated on the notion of other-than-temporary that is ambiguous and has led to inconsistent application. The Task Force reached a consensus that the application guidance in EITF 03-1 should be used to determine when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other-than-temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. The guidance also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment and requires certain disclosures about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments. The recognition and measurement guidance of EITF 03-1 was delayed by Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position EITF Issue No. 03-1-1, however, the disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1, which the Company adopted as of December 31, 2003, have not been deferred.

106




In December 2004, the FASB issued FSP No. 109-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.” FSP No. 109-2 provides guidance under SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” with respect to recording the potential impact of the repatriation provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“the Jobs Act”) on a company’s income tax expense and deferred tax liability. The Jobs Act was enacted on October 22, 2004. FSP No. 109-2 allows time beyond the financial reporting period that includes the date of enactment for a company to evaluate the effect of the Jobs Act on its plan for reinvestment or repatriation of non-U.S. purposes of applying SFAS 109. The Company finalized its Overall Domestic Reinvestment Plan as required by the Jobs Act in the first quarter of 2005, which authorizes up to $500,000 of repatriation of foreign earnings. Some of the individual dividends have not been finalized. In 2005, the Company expects to repatriate an amount ranging from $79,000 to $103,000 with the respective tax liability ranging from $6,000 to $8,000.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123R, which revises SFAS 123, “Share Based Payments.” Under the provisions of SFAS 123R, companies are required to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award (with limited exceptions). That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period. The Company must adopt the provisions of SFAS 123R as of the beginning of the first interim reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005 (i.e. the third quarter of 2005), with early adoption encouraged. SFAS 123R applies to all awards granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled by the Company after June 30, 2005. The Securities and Exchange Commission has further delayed implementation of the standard until January 1, 2006.

SFAS 123R allowed companies various transition approaches. The Company is currently assessing the timing and the transition method that it will use for the adoption of SFAS 123R. The Company expects to recognize additional compensation cost that was not previously required to be recognized, beginning in the quarter in which the Company first implements the provisions of SFAS 123R. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 123R to have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

(2)   Restatement

The 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements have been restated to reflect the accounting errors primarily in the Company’s Insurance business unit, a component of its Network Services segment. A table recapping the pre-tax impact of the errors by segment is included below:

Income (Expense)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

Total

 

%

 

Network Services

 

$

(2,688

)

$

(4,025

)

$

(6,713

)

53.4

%

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

 

(1,549

)

(1,052

)

(2,601

)

20.7

%

Moving Services North America

 

(1,866

)

(679

)

(2,545

)

20.2

%

Discontinued Operations

 

(852

)

9

 

(843

)

6.7

%

Corporate

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

0.0

%

Global Relocation Services

 

(1,244

)

1,364

 

120

 

(1.0

)%

Operating income impact

 

$

(8,200

)

$

(4,383

)

$

(12,583

)

100.0

%

Net income impact

 

$

(4,483

)

$

11,679

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share impact

 

$

(0.07

)

$

0.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

107




The Company has identified the following accounting errors impacting the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002:

1.   Overstated commission income:   The Company had arrangements with a third-party insurer which provided for the refund of a certain portion of premiums it had paid in the event of favorable loss experience. The Company generally recorded the transactions related to these arrangements directly to the income statement when the refunds were received or in some cases repaid. However, the Company’s policy documentation indicated that such amounts were due back to the insured, which in this case was the BIPD fund. As a result, the Company recorded an adjustment to reverse the commission income in the period recognized and establish a liability for such amounts. The Company’s expense recognition in 2004, when the amounts were repaid to the insured, has also consequently been reversed.

2.   Facility lease accounting:   The Company historically recorded the rent expense associated with certain facility leases on an as-invoiced (cash) basis and depreciated leasehold improvements over their useful lives. The Company has now recorded an adjustment to properly recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis (including the effects of rent escalation clauses and free rent periods) over the term of the lease and to depreciate certain leasehold improvements over the shorter of the facility’s useful life or the term of the lease.

3.   Overstated premium revenue:   The Company maintains systems to invoice its customers for insurance premiums and other services. The Company did not administer an effective process to reconcile the general ledger account balances to the detailed accounts receivable trial balance. Upon review, the Company determined that certain customer refund payments and certain customer billing adjustments were not accurately recorded in the general ledger, and recorded an adjustment to reduce accounts receivable which also reduced amounts previously recorded as revenue.

4.   Understated customer incentives or agent commissions liability:   The Company historically recorded as income amounts relating to certain unclaimed customer refunds, customer incentives and agent commissions. Further analysis indicated that a portion of these amounts remain contractually due to its customers or agents. Therefore, the Company recorded an adjustment to reinstate a liability for amounts previously recorded as income.

5.   Intercompany accounts:   The Company recorded an adjustment to increase expense to reconcile all intercompany accounts. These accounts had not been fully reconciled in the past.

6.   Global Relocation Services revenue:   The Company recorded an adjustment to correct the timing of revenue recognition with respect to both corporate fee and referral fee revenue as follows:

·        For corporate fee revenue related to its fixed fee product, the Company has now determined that it should recognize revenue at the date the Company purchases the home from a transferee, rather than at the date when the Company enters into a contract with a third-party buyer of the home.

·        For corporate fee revenue related to its traditional product, the Company has now determined that it should recognize revenue at the date when the Company closes on the home sale to a third-party buyer, rather than at the date when the Company enters into a contract with a third-party buyer of the home.

·        For listing real estate broker referral fee revenue, the Company has now determined that it should recognize revenue at the date when the Company closes on the home sale to a third-party buyer, rather than at the date when the Company enters into a contract with a third-party buyer of the home.

108




·        For destination real estate broker referral fee revenue, the Company has now determined that it should recognize revenue at the date when a transferee purchases a destination home from a third-party seller, rather than at the date when a transferee enters into a contract with a third-party seller of the destination home.

In addition, the Company recorded an adjustment to record relocation properties held for resale at net realizable value.

7.   Income tax:   The Company recorded an adjustment to reverse a tax contingency in the appropriate period and record the tax impact of the restatement of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for 2003 and 2002. In addition, at December 31, 2001, a valuation allowance was established due to the uncertainty of realization of the net U.S. deferred tax asset position, as manifested by cumulative U.S. losses for the three-year period ended December 31, 2001. This valuation allowance was eliminated at December 31, 2002 due to the existence of U.S. profits for the year ended December 31, 2002 and forecasted U.S. profits for future years.

8.   Presentation of accessorial revenue and PTE:   The Company adjusted the amounts of accessorial revenue (additional services such as packing, unpacking and storage) and related purchased transportation expense on the consolidated statement of operations. Revenue and related purchased transportation expense were understated in equal amounts due to errors in the Company’s system-generated reports.

9.   Presentation of home sales on a gross basis:   For homes purchased through its fixed fee product, the Company historically recorded revenues and cost on home sales at a net amount recorded in cost of sales. The Company now reports revenue from the sales of homes and related costs gross on the consolidated statement of operations, as described in Note 1. The amounts related to Global Relocation Services home sale revenues and related cost of homes sold for those homes the Company takes into inventory and assumes ownership risk.

10.   Presentation of interest and investment income:   The Company corrected the classification of interest and investment income and expense from general and administrative expense to operating revenues and other direct expense on the consolidated statement of operations. The Company generates investment income from the Network Services segment, as well as mortgage interest income and expenses from the Global Relocation Services segment as part of its business operations. These amounts had inappropriately been presented on a net basis in general and administrative expense.

11.   Presentation of curtailment and other gains:   The Company corrected the presentation of certain amounts recorded in 2003 from general and administrative expense to curtailment and other gains on the consolidated statement of operations. The Company determined that these unusual, non-recurring items in general and administrative expense should be presented as a separate line item on the consolidated statement of operations to be consistent with the presentation of prior years.

12.   Reconciliation and analysis:   The Company recorded adjustments resulting from the failure to appropriately reconcile account balances to subledgers or other support as well as appropriately adjust account balances for unreconciled differences, relating to the following accounts: cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and the related allowance for doubtful accounts, prepaid assets, investments, goodwill, intangible assets, accrued revenue and expense, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, deferred credits, insurance reserves, long-term debt, intercompany accounts, operating revenues, commission income, other direct expenses, general and administrative expenses, other income and income tax expense. Additionally, estimates used for various accrual and allowance accounts were not updated on a timely, recurring basis.

13.   Contract accounting:   The Company determined that contracts within its Network Services segment were not appropriately evaluated for reinsurance, profit sharing commission or stop loss

109




clauses and accordingly did not appropriately account for these items. Such adjustments impacted income recognition and required the establishment of liabilities due to customers or reinsurers. The Company recorded adjustments to accounts receivable, prepaid assets, goodwill, accrued liabilities, operating revenues, commission income and other direct expenses to correct for these errors for insurance and reinsurance related transactions.

14.   Agent revenue distribution:   The Company determined that accrual balances related to customer incentive and agent commission liabilities were not correctly recorded. The Company recorded adjustments to properly reflect their legal obligation with respect to payment to agents for incremental services provided by agents which are not billed separately to customers and duplicate payments made by customers.

15.   Bad debt reserve analysis:   The Company determined that bad debt reserves were not properly measured and recorded on a monthly basis within its Network Services segment. As a result, the Company recorded adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts balances.

16.   Other:   The Company recorded other various adjustments that are not applicable to the above categories.

The following table reflects the impact of the accounting errors as described above (referenced in parenthesis) on operating revenues for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Operating revenues, as previously reported

 

$

1,948,753

 

$

1,781,486

 

(1)

 

Overstated commission income

 

(157

)

(1,952

)

(3)

 

Overstated premium revenue

 

(738

)

(592

)

(6)

 

Global Relocation Services revenue

 

(811

)

4,061

 

(8)

 

Presentation of accessorial revenue and PTE

 

2,120

 

(65,591

)

(9)

 

Presentation of home sales on a gross basis

 

826,978

 

372,789

 

(10)

 

Presentation of interest and investment income

 

10,695

 

7,204

 

(16)

 

Other

 

(254

)

(36

)

 

 

Total restatement impact

 

837,833

 

315,883

 

 

 

Operating revenues, as restated

 

$

2,786,586

 

$

2,097,369

 

 

The following table reflects the impact of the accounting errors as described above (referenced in parenthesis) on purchased transportation expense for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Purchased transportation expense, as previously reported

 

$

1,106,759

 

$

1,106,927

 

(4)

 

Understated customer incentives or agent commissions liability

 

645

 

1,394

 

(5)

 

Intercompany accounts

 

531

 

76

 

(8)

 

Presentation of accessorial revenue and PTE

 

2,120

 

(65,591

)

(12)

 

Reconciliation and analysis

 

267

 

(98

)

(14)

 

Agent revenue distribution

 

770

 

25

 

(16)

 

Other

 

(207

)

(199

)

 

 

Total restatement impact

 

4,126

 

(64,393

)

 

 

Purchased transportation expense, as restated

 

$

1,110,885

 

$

1,042,534

 

 

110




The following table reflects the impact of the accounting errors as described above (referenced in parenthesis) on total direct expenses for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Total direct expenses, as previously reported

 

$

1,559,754

 

$

1,447,623

 

(2)

 

Facility lease accounting

 

135

 

654

 

(4)

 

Understated customer incentives or agent commissions liability

 

645

 

1,394

 

(5)

 

Intercompany accounts

 

531

 

76

 

(6)

 

Global Relocation Services revenue

 

(207

)

2,853

 

(8)

 

Presentation of accessorial revenue and PTE

 

2,120

 

(65,591

)

(9)

 

Presentation of home sales on a gross basis

 

826,978

 

372,789

 

(10)

 

Presentation of interest and investment income

 

1,636

 

962

 

(12)

 

Reconciliation and analysis

 

1,002

 

2

 

(14)

 

Agent revenue distribution

 

770

 

25

 

(16)

 

Other

 

321

 

140

 

 

 

Total restatement impact

 

833,931

 

313,304

 

 

 

Total direct expenses, as restated

 

$

2,393,685

 

$

1,760,927

 

 

The following table reflects the impact of the accounting errors as described above (referenced in parenthesis) on general and administrative expense for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

General and administrative expense, as previously reported

 

$

260,210

 

$

237,202

 

(5)

 

Intercompany accounts

 

401

 

49

 

(10)

 

Presentation of interest and investment income

 

9,059

 

6,242

 

(11)

 

Presentation of curtailment and other gains

 

3,772

 

 

(12)

 

Reconciliation and analysis

 

689

 

(140

)

(15)

 

Bad debt reserve analysis

 

384

 

214

 

(16)

 

Other

 

688

 

564

 

 

 

Total restatement impact

 

14,993

 

6,929

 

 

 

Total general and administrative expense, as restated

 

$

275,203

 

$

244,131

 

 

111




The following table reflects the impact of the accounting errors as described above (referenced in parenthesis) on income from continuing operations before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes, as previously reported

 

$

31,274

 

$

38,935

 

(1)

 

Overstated commission income

 

(157

)

(1,952

)

(2)

 

Facility lease accounting

 

(392

)

(622

)

(3)

 

Overstated premium revenue

 

(923

)

(652

)

(4)

 

Understated customer incentives or agent commissions liability

 

(645

)

(1,394

)

(5)

 

Intercompany accounts

 

(961

)

(168

)

(6)

 

Global Relocation Services revenue

 

(604

)

1,208

 

(12)

 

Reconciliation and analysis

 

(1,942

)

133

 

(13)

 

Contract accounting

 

(331

)

(413

)

(14)

 

Agent revenue distribution

 

(855

)

(65

)

(15)

 

Bad debt reserve analysis

 

(384

)

(214

)

(16)

 

Other

 

(154

)

(254

)

 

 

Total restatement impact

 

(7,348

)

(4,393

)

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes, as restated

 

$

23,926

 

$

34,542

 

 

The following table reflects the impact of the accounting errors as described above (referenced in parenthesis) on income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, as previously reported

 

$

19,919

 

$

25,921

 

(1)

 

Overstated commission income

 

(157

)

(1,952

)

(2)

 

Facility lease accounting

 

(392

)

(622

)

(3)

 

Overstated premium revenue

 

(923

)

(652

)

(4)

 

Understated customer incentives or agent commissions liability

 

(645

)

(1,394

)

(5)

 

Intercompany accounts

 

(961

)

(168

)

(6)

 

Global Relocation Services revenue

 

(604

)

1,208

 

(7)

 

Income tax

 

3,392

 

16,065

 

(12)

 

Reconciliation and analysis

 

(1,942

)

133

 

(13)

 

Contract accounting

 

(331

)

(413

)

(14)

 

Agent revenue distribution

 

(855

)

(65

)

(15)

 

Bad debt reserve analysis

 

(384

)

(214

)

(16)

 

Other

 

(154

)

(253

)

 

 

Total restatement impact

 

(3,956

)

11,673

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, as restated

 

$

15,963

 

$

37,594

 

 

112




The following table reflects the impact of the accounting errors as described above (referenced in parenthesis) on net income for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Net income, as previously reported

 

$

18,950

 

$

20,821

 

(1)

 

Overstated commission income

 

(157

)

(1,952

)

(2)

 

Facility lease accounting

 

(488

)

(530

)

(3)

 

Overstated premium revenue

 

(923

)

(652

)

(4)

 

Understated customer incentives or agent commissions liability

 

(645

)

(1,394

)

(5)

 

Intercompany accounts

 

(961

)

(168

)

(6)

 

Global Relocation Services revenue

 

(604

)

1,208

 

(7)

 

Income tax

 

3,717

 

16,062

 

(12)

 

Reconciliation and analysis

 

(2,314

)

133

 

(13)

 

Contract accounting

 

(331

)

(413

)

(14)

 

Agent revenue distribution

 

(1,065

)

(115

)

(15)

 

Bad debt reserve analysis

 

(384

)

(214

)

(16)

 

Other

 

(328

)

(286

)

 

 

Total restatement impact

 

(4,483

)

11,679

 

 

 

Net income, as restated

 

$

14,467

 

$

32,500

 

 

Correction of Balance Sheet Presentation

In addition to the impact of the aforementioned adjustments, the Company recorded additional adjustments that did not affect net income, but corrected the presentation of previously reported balances in the consolidated balance sheets. A brief description of the presentation corrections greater than $1,000 is included below.

1.   Short-term and long-term investments:   The Company corrected the classification of marketable security investments from long-term investments to short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets as the Company’s policy is to classify these securities as current or noncurrent based on their maturities and/or the security’s availability for current operations. The impact of the restatement was $84,731 in 2003 and $62,134 in 2002.

2.   Home equity advances:   The Company reclassified home equity advances from properties held for resale to relocation properties related receivables on the consolidated balance sheets to correct for a categorization error in the consolidation ledger. The impact of the restatement was $38,935 in 2003 and $15,432 in 2002.

3.   Accretion of Redeemable Common Stock:   The Company adjusted redeemable common stock from its value at date of issuance to its fair value at the time the redemption feature expired. The adjustment resulted in an increase to redeemable common stock and an equivalent decrease to additional paid in capital of $28,465 in 2003.

4.   Indemnification and accrued tax interest receivable:   The Company has determined that an indemnification receivable and an equivalent tax liability (both with interest) of approximately $23,178 should have been recorded at the time Pickfords Ltd. was acquired in 1999. The Company has restated its 2003 and 2002 consolidated balance sheets to reflect these adjustments. See Note 13 for further discussion.

5.   Insurance loss reserves and prepaid premiums:   The Company reclassified insurance loss reserve amounts from short-term liabilities to long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets to reflect the expected period of payment. The impact of the restatement was $27,496 in 2003 and $26,273 in 2002. In

113




addition, the Company reclassified reinsurance recoverable balances and amounts held for reinsurers from insurance loss reserves to accounts receivable and accounts payable, respectively. The impacts of the restatement were $10,464 and $694 and $12,243 and $692 in 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Company reclassified prepaid reinsurance premiums from unearned premiums and other deferred credits to other current assets. The impact of the restatement was $589 in 2003 and $4,740 in 2002.

6.   Negative cash balances:   The Company had previously classified certain book overdrafts as a reduction of cash. The Company recorded an adjustment to restate cash and other current liabilities. The impact of the restatement was $2,899 in 2003 and $1,382 in 2002.

7.   Home property loan interest:   The Company has determined that the journal entry to record home property loan interest was recorded twice in error. The Company has corrected the consolidated balance sheets to remove the duplicate home property loan interest from both relocation properties related receivables and short-term debt. The impact of the restatement was $1,355 in 2003.

8.   Cargo claims reserves:   The Company reclassified cargo claims reserve amounts from short-term liabilities to long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets to reflect the expected period of payment. The impact of the restatement was $1,090 in 2003 and $2,073 in 2002.

9.   Purchase accounting adjustments:   The Company reclassified account balances related to the purchase accounting from the November 1999 acquisition of Allied Van Lines on the consolidated balance sheets between other current liabilities and accrued purchased transportation expense. The impact of the restatement was $1,209 in 2002.

 

114




Principal Financial Statement Impact

The effect of the restatement adjustments on the Company’s previously issued consolidated financial statements, together with the changes in presentation noted above, at and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 have been summarized in the tables below.

 

 

As Previously
Reported

 

Restated

 

 

 

2003

 

2003

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

63,065

 

 

$

60,154

 

Short-term investments

 

 

7,759

 

 

92,494

 

Accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $21,098 and $21,786, respectively

 

 

372,804

 

 

374,569

 

Relocation properties related receivables

 

 

 

 

62,224

 

Mortgages held for resale

 

 

58,063

 

 

58,063

 

Relocation properties held for resale

 

 

89,128

 

 

48,604

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

37,126

 

 

35,736

 

Other current assets

 

 

33,207

 

 

34,727

 

Total current assets

 

 

661,152

 

 

766,571

 

Investments

 

 

90,255

 

 

5,726

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

180,985

 

 

180,979

 

Goodwill, net

 

 

355,141

 

 

362,002

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

228,359

 

 

228,359

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

33,465

 

 

39,296

 

Total long-term assets

 

 

888,205

 

 

816,362

 

Total assets

 

 

$

1,549,357

 

 

$

1,582,933

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

$

560

 

 

$

560

 

Current portion of capital lease obligations

 

 

4,551

 

 

4,551

 

Short-term debt

 

 

96,430

 

 

95,076

 

Accounts payable

 

 

110,315

 

 

78,236

 

Relocation properties related payables

 

 

72,572

 

 

91,255

 

Accrued purchased transportation expense

 

 

69,694

 

 

71,762

 

Insurance loss and cargo claims reserves

 

 

80,266

 

 

66,246

 

Unearned premiums and other deferred credits

 

 

 

 

67,288

 

Accrued income taxes

 

 

6,722

 

 

35,707

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

168,146

 

 

116,404

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

609,256

 

 

627,085

 

Long-term debt

 

 

427,463

 

 

427,463

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

18,072

 

 

18,072

 

Insurance loss and cargo claims reserves

 

 

 

 

29,316

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

35,848

 

 

26,702

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

63,370

 

 

62,885

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

 

544,753

 

 

564,438

 

Total liabilities

 

 

1,154,009

 

 

1,191,523

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized with 73,029,346 issued and 70,435,367 outstanding at December 31, 2003

 

 

730

 

 

730

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

 

446,522

 

 

446,522

 

Common stock purchase warrant

 

 

655

 

 

655

 

Unearned compensation

 

 

(3,229

)

 

(3,229

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(18,542

)

 

(22,609

)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(20,670

)

 

(20,541

)

Total paid-in-capital and accumulated deficit

 

 

405,466

 

 

401,528

 

Less cost of treasury stock, 2,593,979 at December 31, 2003

 

 

(10,118

)

 

(10,118

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

395,348

 

 

391,410

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

$

1,549,357

 

 

$

1,582,933

 

 

115




 

 

 

As Previously
Reported(1)

 

Restated

 

As Previously
Reported(1)

 

Restated

 

 

 

2003

 

2003

 

2002

 

2002

 

Operating revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service revenue

 

$

1,948,753

 

$

1,959,608

 

$

1,781,486

 

$

1,724,579

 

Home sale revenue

 

 

826,978

 

 

372,790

 

Total operating revenues

 

1,948,753

 

2,786,586

 

1,781,486

 

2,097,369

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased transportation expense

 

1,106,759

 

1,110,885

 

1,106,927

 

1,042,534

 

Cost of homes sold

 

 

830,793

 

 

374,656

 

Other direct expense

 

452,995

 

452,007

 

340,696

 

343,737

 

Total direct expense

 

1,559,754

 

2,393,685

 

1,447,623

 

1,760,927

 

Gross margin

 

388,999

 

392,901

 

333,863

 

336,442

 

General and administrative expense

 

260,210

 

275,203

 

237,202

 

244,131

 

Intangibles amortization

 

6,149

 

6,149

 

3,894

 

3,894

 

Impairments and other charges

 

 

 

 

4,658

 

Curtailment and other gains

 

 

(3,772

)

(6,630

)

(6,630

)

Restructuring expense

 

 

 

4,658

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

 

122,640

 

115,321

 

94,739

 

90,389

 

Other income (expense), net

 

580

 

580

 

(678

)

(679

)

Debt extinguishment expense

 

37,588

 

37,588

 

 

 

Interest expense on redeemable preferred obligation

 

1,815

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

52,543

 

54,387

 

55,126

 

55,168

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

31,274

 

23,926

 

38,935

 

34,542

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

11,355

 

7,963

 

13,014

 

(3,052

)

Income from continuing operations

 

19,919

 

15,963

 

25,921

 

37,594

 

(Loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit of $1,619, $1,945, $1,383 and $1,380, respectively

 

(969

)

(1,496

)

(5,100

)

(5,094

)

Net income

 

$

18,950

 

$

14,467

 

$

20,821

 

$

32,500

 

Per share data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic income per share—continuing operations

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.43

 

$

0.66

 

Basic (loss) per share—discontinued operations

 

$

(0.02

)

$

(0.02

)

$

(0.10

)

$

(0.10

)

Basic net income per share

 

$

0.29

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.33

 

$

0.56

 

Diluted income per share—continuing operations

 

$

0.29

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.43

 

$

0.66

 

Diluted (loss) per share—discontinued operations 

 

$

(0.02

)

$

(0.02

)

$

(0.10

)

$

(0.10

)

Diluted net income per share

 

$

0.27

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.33

 

$

0.56

 

Average number of common shares outstanding—basic

 

58,104,742

 

58,104,742

 

51,712,625

 

51,712,625

 

Average number of common shares outstanding—diluted

 

60,933,868

 

60,933,868

 

51,832,236

 

51,832,236

 


(1)          Adjusted for reclassification of discontinued operations

116




 

 

 

As Previously
Reported

 

Restated

 

As Previously
Reported

 

Restated

 

 

 

2003

 

2003

 

2002

 

2002

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

$

18,950

 

 

$

14,467

 

 

$

20,821

 

 

$

32,500

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

48,058

 

 

47,938

 

 

44,249

 

 

45,184

 

Amortization and write-off of deferred debt issuance
costs

 

 

15,861

 

 

15,861

 

 

3,171

 

 

3,171

 

Loss on bond extinguishment

 

 

24,951

 

 

24,951

 

 

 

 

 

Change in provision for losses on accounts and notes receivable

 

 

3,405

 

 

4,626

 

 

6,893

 

 

7,183

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

3,537

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

9,479

 

 

3,951

 

 

(5,752

)

 

(21,232

)

Impairment of goodwill and other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,092

 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets, net

 

 

(2,030

)

 

(2,468

)

 

3,651

 

 

(2,283

)

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts and notes receivable

 

 

(19,894

)

 

(24,950

)

 

5,531

 

 

(6,400

)

Originations of mortgages held for resale

 

 

(836,570

)

 

(836,570

)

 

(481,091

)

 

(481,091

)

Sales of mortgages held for resale

 

 

821,305

 

 

821,305

 

 

464,312

 

 

464,312

 

Relocation properties related assets and liabilities

 

 

(44,167

)

 

(27,027

)

 

(1,249

)

 

(5,689

)

Accounts payable

 

 

18,427

 

 

4,150

 

 

(9,055

)

 

4,182

 

Other current assets and liabilities

 

 

19,350

 

 

30,350

 

 

(7,334

)

 

(4,917

)

Other long-term assets and liabilities

 

 

1,536

 

 

(538

)

 

23,085

 

 

25,346

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

78,661

 

 

79,583

 

 

67,232

 

 

67,358

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions of property and equipment

 

 

(28,583

)

 

(28,583

)

 

(33,463

)

 

(33,462

)

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

 

 

 

 

6,537

 

 

 

 

5,282

 

Purchases of investments

 

 

(119,608

)

 

(120,568

)

 

(66,999

)

 

(68,317

)

Proceeds from sale or maturity of investments

 

 

98,950

 

 

98,950

 

 

62,068

 

 

63,277

 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

(33,035

)

 

(33,035

)

 

(102,625

)

 

(102,625

)

Other investing activities

 

 

4,097

 

 

(2,440

)

 

3,520

 

 

(1,763

)

Net cash used for investing activities

 

 

(78,179

)

 

(79,139

)

 

(137,499

)

 

(137,608

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings on short-term and long-term debt

 

 

889,883

 

 

889,883

 

 

380,668

 

 

380,668

 

Repayments on short-term and long-term debt

 

 

(1,065,548

)

 

(1,065,548

)

 

(362,559

)

 

(362,559

)

Borrowings on mortgage and relocation facilities

 

 

887,767

 

 

887,767

 

 

492,951

 

 

492,951

 

Repayments on mortgage and relocation facilities

 

 

(853,017

)

 

(853,017

)

 

(474,728

)

 

(474,728

)

Repayments on capital lease obligations

 

 

(6,028

)

 

(6,028

)

 

(4,983

)

 

(4,983

)

Redemption of junior preferred obligation

 

 

(32,633

)

 

(32,633

)

 

 

 

 

Call premium on bond extinguishment

 

 

(24,951

)

 

(24,951

)

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

250,658

 

 

250,658

 

 

66,315

 

 

66,315

 

Payment of initial public offering costs

 

 

(20,594

)

 

(20,594

)

 

 

 

 

Other stock transactions and financing activities

 

 

(11,521

)

 

(13,036

)

 

(15,528

)

 

(16,910

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

14,016

 

 

12,501

 

 

82,136

 

 

80,754

 

Effect of translation adjustments on cash

 

 

3,087

 

 

3,087

 

 

1,492

 

 

1,492

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

17,585

 

 

16,032

 

 

13,361

 

 

11,996

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

45,480

 

 

44,122

 

 

32,119

 

 

32,126

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

 

$

63,065

 

 

$

60,154

 

 

$

45,480

 

 

$

44,122

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information—cash paid during the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

$

47,353

 

 

$

47,382

 

 

$

45,343

 

 

$

45,386

 

Income taxes

 

 

$

7,969

 

 

$

7,969

 

 

$

4,883

 

 

$

4,883

 

 

117




(3)   Acquisitions

On December 23, 2004, the Company acquired U.S.-based employee relocation management and consulting firm Executive Relocation Corporation (“ERC”). In the transaction, the Company purchased all of the outstanding shares of common stock of ERC for $88,587, net of acquired cash of $11,413. The acquisition of ERC significantly strengthens the Company’s position in the industry and will further enhance the Company’s ability to meet and exceed its customer expectations. ERC has been included within the Company’s Global Relocation Services segment from the date of the acquisition. ERC was acquired from Standard Federal Bank National Association (“Standard Federal”). Standard Federal is a subsidiary of LaSalle Bank Corporation (“LaSalle”). Affiliates of LaSalle are participants in the Company’s currently outstanding credit agreement for which JP Morgan Chase Bank acts as agent. Affiliates of LaSalle are also counterparty to the Company’s asset-backed securitization facility.

On September 2, 2004, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of D.J. Knight & Co., Ltd. (“DJK”), a U.S.-based specialty residential brokerage and relocation services provider, for $1,836 in cash, net of acquired cash of $1,164. Through its headquarters in New York City, the acquisition of DJK added another provider of rental and corporate housing relocation services to the Company. DJK has been included within the Company’s Global Relocation Services segment from the date of the acquisition.

On April 30, 2004, the Company purchased Rettenmayer Internationale Umzugslogistik GmbH (“Rettenmayer”), a German-based moving and relocation services business, for $4,387 in cash. On August 2, 2004, the Company purchased for $1,202 in cash an additional business from the previous owners of Rettenmayer. These acquisitions allowed the Company to further expand its service capabilities in Germany. Each piece of the Rettenmayer acquisition has been included within the Company’s Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segment from the respective dates of acquisition.

On March 10, 2004, the Company purchased Relocation Dynamics, Inc. (“RDI”), a U.S.-based specialty relocation services provider, for $1,786, net of acquired cash of $200. The purchase was made with $1,986 in cash, $1,500 paid at closing and $486 paid in April 2004, and contingent consideration of up to $3,000 payable subject to the achievement of certain revenue targets over each of the next five years. The $3,000 will be treated as additional purchase price if the revenue targets are achieved and the goodwill associated with the acquisition will be increased accordingly. The New Jersey service location of RDI added another center on the East Coast of the United States to enhance the Company’s existing service offerings. RDI has been included within the Company’s Global Relocation Services segment from the date of acquisition.

On December 16, 2003, the Company purchased Move-Pak, a U.S.-based program administrator for moving and storage insurance. Move-Pak’s product offerings included the marketing, processing and administration of insurance policies. Their services have been provided to customers within the insurance industry in support of product lines in property, crime, inland marine, general liability, automobile liability and physical damage insurance. Total consideration in the transaction was $2,800, with $560 paid at closing and four installments of $560 adjusted by a policy retention formula per the agreement. The final installment is due December 16, 2005. The acquisition allowed the Company to expand its insurance services offerings to moving agents across the United States. Move-Pak has been included within the Company’s Network Services segment from the date of acquisition.

On December 17, 2003, the Company purchased PRS, a Belgium-based relocation services company offering relocation services to clients within Belgium and parts of the European Community. Total consideration in the transaction was $2,619 in cash. The acquisition allowed the Company to expand its relocation offerings within Belgium. PRS has been included within the Company’s Global Relocation Services segment from the date of acquisition.

118




On June 6, 2003, the Company purchased Scanvan, a Scandinavia-based moving services company, for $19,871 net of acquired cash of $2,828. The acquisition of Scanvan was part of the Company’s ongoing strategy to expand its relocation and moving capabilities in major regions of the world. This acquisition offered the Company a direct entrance into the Scandinavian market, where it historically had a limited presence. Scanvan includes Adams Transport in Denmark, Majortrans Flytteservice in Norway and Kungsholms in Sweden. Scanvan has been included within the Company’s Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segment from the date of acquisition.

On July 29, 2002, the Company acquired The Rowan Group PLC and Rowan Simmons Conveyancing Limited (together, Rowan Simmons), a U.K.-based provider of relocation services, including home sale and purchase assistance, management of tenant responsibilities and other services to corporations that assist employees in their relocation needs, for $10,686 in cash net of acquired cash of $612 and assumed liabilities of $2,417. The acquisition of Rowan Simmons provided the Company with an entrance into the important U.K. corporate relocation market. Rowan Simmons has been included within the Company’s Global Relocation Services segment from the date of acquisition.

On June 10, 2002, the Company purchased Maison Huet, a France-based moving and relocation services provider with service offerings throughout France and within surrounding European Communities. Total consideration in the transaction was $1,897 in cash, net of acquired cash of $1,107. This acquisition allowed the Company to further expand its service capabilities in France and neighboring countries. Maison Huet has been included within the Company’s Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segment from the date of acquisition.

On May 3, 2002, the Company purchased the business conducted by Cooperative Resource Services (“CRS”) that provided comprehensive relocation services to companies and their employees, including home sale services, relocation coordination services and mortgage lending services. One of these two subsidiaries, SIRVA Relocation LLC (“SIRVA Relocation”), purchased the non-mortgage lending operations net assets and equity from CRS. The mortgage lending operations of SIRVA Mortgage, Inc. (“SIRVA Mortgage”) were purchased by the other subsidiary, CMS Holding, LLC. The acquisition of CRS represented the first stage of the Company’s strategy of expanding its corporate relocation service offering, and provided a corporate relocation services business within the United States.

The combined cash purchase price for the CRS acquisitions was $44,438, net of acquired cash of $15,562, of which $3,500 was paid for the assets of the mortgage lending operations. Of the total purchase price, $45,000 was paid in cash and $15,000 (non-cash) was paid in notes issued by the Company. In addition, certain liabilities relating to the acquired business were assumed in connection with the acquisition, including $26,572 of indebtedness under a revolving credit facility used to fund the mortgage lending operations, which was assumed by SIRVA Mortgage. The cash purchase price for the acquisition, as well as $24,133 of other indebtedness of the acquired business that was retired as part of the acquisition, were financed with proceeds including $40,000 of cash from the sale of 8,929,605 shares of the Company’s common stock to Fund VI, and the incurrence of $50,000 additional senior indebtedness by the Company. CRS has been included within the Company’s Global Relocation Services segment from the date of acquisition.

On April 12, 2002, the Company purchased the NAIT business conducted by VCW, a provider of insurance services to independent contract truck drivers, and certain of its affiliates, including the National Association of Independent Truckers, Inc., for $25,359 in cash, $3,611 in assumed liabilities, a deferred amount of $3,000 payable subject to maintaining a certain number of insured members as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and an actuarially determined amount of $6,857, of which $5,572 was paid during 2003 based on insurance losses incurred with respect to policies issued during the year ended December 31, 2001. Through its TransGuard unit, the Company has offered insurance products tailored to the needs of the transportation industry. Historically, the primary market for these and other fleet services was the

119




Company’s network affiliates. The acquisition of NAIT expanded the potential sales channel for the Company’s pre-existing insurance and fleet services to the member base of NAIT. At the time of acquisition the National Association of Independent Truckers was an association of approximately 26,500 independent contract truck drivers providing its members with occupational accident, physical damage and non-trucking liability insurance, as well as access to a suite of professional services. The purchase price was funded from existing cash and investment balances and $20,000 of cash from the sale of 4,464,818 shares of the Company’s common stock to Fund VI. NAIT has been included within the Company’s Network Services segment from the date of acquisition.

The Company has considered several elements in the determination of purchase consideration in each acquisition. These include the use of multiples of the acquired entity’s historical profits and cash flow. Together with these historic elements, consideration has been given to the value of each acquired entity’s customer base, market presence, global penetration and location along with the strategic value the acquired company could contribute to the Company. In many instances, the purchase consideration resulted in the creation of goodwill and other intangibles due to a combination of the aforementioned factors.

The Company has allocated the cost in each acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based upon estimated fair values. The Company has completed the valuations of identifiable intangible assets and has substantially completed the evaluation and allocation of the purchase price for the 2004 acquisitions but may refine the allocations as additional information becomes available. The table below recaps the components of intangible assets created in the allocations of purchase price for the acquisitions completed by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 with a purchase price exceeding $1,000.

 

 

 

 

Purchase

 

Allocation of Intangibles

 

Acquisition

 

 

 

Date

 

Price(1)

 

Trade Name

 

Customer List

 

Non-Compete

 

Goodwill(2)(5)

 

ERC(3)(5)

 

12/23/04

 

$

100,000

 

 

$

30

 

 

 

$

28,200

 

 

 

$

710

 

 

 

$

75,393

 

 

DJK(5)

 

9/2/04

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

 

614

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

1,141

 

 

Rettenmayer Löhle(3)

 

8/2/04

 

1,202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,141

 

 

Rettenmayer(3)

 

4/30/04

 

4,387

 

 

1,102

 

 

 

1,224

 

 

 

282

 

 

 

5,375

 

 

RDI

 

3/10/04

 

1,986

 

 

 

 

 

1,485

 

 

 

270

 

 

 

463

 

 

Move-Pak(6)

 

12/16/03

 

2,800

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

1,443

 

 

PRS

 

12/17/03

 

2,619

 

 

 

 

 

700

 

 

 

126

 

 

 

1,889

 

 

Scanvan(3)(4)

 

6/6/03

 

22,699

 

 

3,600

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

19,242

 

 

Rowan Simmons(3)

 

7/29/02

 

11,298

 

 

 

 

 

3,500

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

11,246

 

 

Maison Huet(3)

 

6/10/02

 

3,004

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

630

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

1,437

 

 

CRS(3)

 

5/3/02

 

60,000

 

 

 

 

 

29,100

 

 

 

6,300

 

 

 

57,414

 

 

NAIT(3)(6)

 

4/12/02

 

25,359

 

 

12,300

 

 

 

3,200

 

 

 

5,800

 

 

 

19,178

 

 


(1)          The purchase price is the contract price excluding acquisition costs and debt assumed.

(2)          Goodwill includes acquisition costs incurred to date.

(3)          Identified intangible asset valuations have been performed for these acquisitions and are final.

(4)          Trade name values associated with ADAM, Majortrans Flytteservice and Kungsholms.

(5)          The entire amounts of goodwill for ERC and DJK are expected to be deductible for tax purposes. None of the goodwill associated with the other acquisitions listed above are expected to be tax deductible.

(6)          The goodwill associated with Move-Pak and NAIT was impaired in 2004 and written off.

120




The following summary presents the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the acquisitions:

 

 

ERC

 

CRS

 

Rowan
Simmons

 

NAIT

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

$

152,314

 

$

108,572

 

$

4,034

 

$

129

 

Property and equipment, net

 

1,778

 

5,738

 

347

 

293

 

Goodwill

 

75,393

 

57,414

 

11,246

 

19,178

 

Trade name

 

30

 

 

 

12,300

 

Customer relationships

 

28,200

 

29,100

 

3,500

 

 

Member relationships

 

 

 

 

3,200

 

Covenants not to compete

 

710

 

6,300

 

500

 

5,800

 

Total assets

 

$

258,425

 

$

207,124

 

$

19,627

 

$

40,900

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage warehouse facility

 

$

 

$

26,572

 

$

 

$

 

Short-term debt

 

148,054

 

23,868

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

9,885

 

61,732

 

3,560

 

4,033

 

Long-term liabilities

 

 

7,080

 

1,090

 

 

Total liabilities

 

$

157,939

 

$

119,252

 

$

4,650

 

$

4,033

 

 

The following unaudited proforma consolidated information presents the results of operations of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 as if the acquisitions of ERC, CRS, Rowan Simmons and NAIT had taken place at the beginning of each period presented:

 

 

2004

 

Restated
2003

 

Restated
2002

 

Operating revenues

 

$

3,498,934

 

$

2,806,663

 

$

2,136,183

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(27,527

)

$

20,815

 

$

39,404

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(60,427

)

$

19,319

 

$

34,310

 

Per share data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic income (loss) per share—continuing operations

 

$

(0.38

)

$

0.33

 

$

0.69

 

Basic net income (loss) per share

 

$

(0.84

)

$

0.30

 

$

0.59

 

Diluted income (loss) per share—continuing
operations

 

$

(0.38

)

$

0.31

 

$

0.69

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share

 

$

(0.84

)

$

0.29

 

$

0.59

 

 

(4)   Discontinued Operations

On September 9, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized, approved and committed the Company to a disposal plan involving its North American high-value products and homeExpress businesses (High Value Products Division or “HVP”), as well as certain other logistics businesses, which include Specialized Transportation in Europe and Transportation Solutions in North America (“the Disposal Plan”). On September 9, 2004, the Company executed an agreement to sell its High Value Products Division to a group of its NAVL agents. Concurrently, the Company also announced its intention to sell its Specialized Transportation business in Europe (“STEU”) and its Transportation Solutions (“TS”) segment. As discussed below, the STEU and TS businesses were sold in 2005. The HVP and STEU businesses were components of the Company’s Moving Services North America and Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segments, respectively. These actions effectively exit the Company from its asset-intensive logistics businesses globally.

121




These businesses were considered components of the Company as their operations and cash flows could be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the Company. At December 31, 2004, they have been classified as held for sale and are reported in discontinued operations because the operations and cash flows of the components will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company as a result of the Disposal Plan. The Company will not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the components after the disposal transactions. The Company will incur certain costs associated with exit or disposal activities with respect to the Disposal Plan. These charges, impairments and losses on disposal were recorded as a component of loss on discontinued operations, net of tax.

High Value Products Division

On October 30, 2004, the Company completed the disposition of its North American HVP business. The business was acquired by Specialized Transportation Agent Group, Inc. (“STI”), an entity owned by a group of NAVL agents who have experience in the high-value products industry. As in the past, most individual agents within STI will continue to represent and support the Company’s household goods moving services business. In the transaction, the Company sold certain assets used in the business, including highway trailers, satellite messaging equipment, van equipment, IT software and hardware and various other equipment, in exchange for (a) the buyer’s assumption of certain Company obligations under existing agency and customer contracts and (b) a cash purchase price of five dollars. The transaction resulted in a pre-tax loss on sale of $40,707. The Company retained the pre-closing working capital of the business, which was $18,279 at closing.

In connection with the sale of the HVP business, the Company incurred charges related to severance and other employee benefits and for facility leases. The Company identified 84 employees who would be terminated as a result of the Disposal Plan and accrued $1,669 during 2004 for the severance benefits it will pay these affected employees. The Company recognized a curtailment loss of $260 with respect to its postretirement benefit plan in conjunction with the workforce reductions. In addition, the Company recorded facility lease accruals of $7,990 associated with warehouse facilities the Company ceased using by December 31, 2004, which was prior to their lease termination dates. The Company expensed $1,200 related to modification of an IT outsourcing agreement as a direct result of the Disposal Plan, which significantly altered the scope of the original agreement. Also, as part of the HVP sale agreement, the Company incurred $750 of software license costs and $68 of employee benefits costs on behalf of STI. Costs related to other agent matters totaled $2,664. The Company also incurred $161 of transaction costs and a $13 loss on the sale of warehouse equipment related to this disposal.

Also in connection with the sale of the HVP business, the Company recorded a charge related to a trailer lease accrual. HVP maintained 856 leased trailers in its fleet at the time of sale to STI. Of these units, STI elected to sub-lease 690 of the trailers at a lease cost equal to 50% of the lease cost to the Company. Of the remaining 166 trailers, 28 have been selected for re-deployment to other business units. An additional 29 of the remaining trailers were impaired at December 31, 2004. The remaining 109 trailers will be retained by the Company and will be assessed to determine the best method of disposition. A total charge of $5,002 has been recorded for the termination costs of the selected and non-selected trailers. The termination costs were recorded at the fair value of the remaining lease costs net of estimated sublease rentals and guaranteed residual values net of estimated sale proceeds.

On November 30, 2004 the Company completed the sale of certain assets of the Company’s specialized transportation business in Canada (HVP Canada), which was a follow-on transaction to the October 30, 2004 sale of HVP to STI. The Company sold fixed assets for $79, recognizing a gain on sale of $12. The Company identified 43 employees who were terminated as a result of the Disposal Plan and accrued $174 for the severance benefits it will pay these affected employees. In addition, the Company recorded $45 of contract termination costs.

122




Specialized Transportation—Europe

On January 31, 2005, the Company entered into an amendment of the definitive agreement, dated December 22, 2004, among certain Company subsidiaries (“Selling Subsidiaries”) and affiliates of Wincanton plc, to sell all of the outstanding stock of each of the three companies (midiData Logistik GmbH, North American (UK) Limited and SIRVA Netherlands BV) that collectively operated the Company’s Specialized Transportation—Europe (“STEU”) business. Under the terms of the amended agreement, the aggregate purchase price was approximately $11,729 (9,000). On February 1, 2005, the Company completed the disposition of its STEU business. SIRVA Worldwide, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, has guaranteed the obligations of the Selling Subsidiaries under the agreement. The purchase price was increased by the amount of cash and decreased by the amount of external debt of each of the subsidiaries being sold. In addition, the base purchase price was subject to adjustment based on changes in net asset values at closing compared to a targeted amount. During the third quarter of 2005, the aforementioned adjustments were finalized resulting in a payment to Wincanton of $546.

In connection with the February 2005 disposal of its STEU business unit, the Company incurred charges related to severance benefits and facility leases. The Company identified 21 employees who will be terminated as a result of the Disposal Plan and accrued $899 in 2004 for the severance benefits it will pay these affected employees as the costs were probable and estimable at December 31, 2004. In addition, the Company recorded facility lease accruals of $150 associated with an office facility the Company ceased using by December 31, 2004, which was prior to its lease termination date. The Company also incurred broker fees and transaction costs of $278 in 2004 related to this disposal.

Transportation Solutions

In connection with the planned disposal of its Transportation Solutions (“TS”) segment, the Company incurred charges in 2004 related to severance and other employee benefits and for facility leases. The Company identified 44 employees who will be terminated as a result of the Disposal Plan and accrued $322 for the severance benefits it will pay these affected employees. The Company recognized a curtailment loss of $125 with respect to its postretirement benefit plan in conjunction with the workforce reductions that will occur upon completion of the Disposal Plan. Severance and employee benefits costs were expensed in 2004 as the costs were probable and estimable. In addition, the Company recorded facility lease accruals of $1,750 associated with warehouse facilities the Company ceased using by December 31, 2004, which was prior to their lease termination dates.

On July 14, 2005, the Company, through its NAVL subsidiary, executed a definitive agreement to sell its TS business, to NAL Worldwide LLC (NAL), an affiliate of Lake Capital Partners LP. On August 5, 2005, the Company completed the disposition of TS. In connection with this transaction, the Company expects to incur charges in 2005 related to logistics warehouses under lease. SIRVA currently estimates these exit costs will amount to approximately $6,000, for facilities the Company will cease using during 2005 and has not assigned to NAL. These charges primarily include costs associated with vacancy periods prior to sublease, and estimated sublease rental payments that are less than the Company’s rental payments under its leases with the landlords. The Company may also incur agent related costs. The Company expects that all of the disposal costs listed above will be expensed in 2005 concurrent with the sale transaction and will result in future cash expenditures.

Under the terms of the transaction, NAVL assigned certain real property leases and customer contracts to NAL and sold certain TS assets, including furniture, fixtures, software and other intellectual property, in exchange for (a) a cash payment of $11,900 paid at closing; (b) a cash payment of $1,000, payable upon completion by NAVL of all services it is required to provide to NAL under an information technology services agreement, which services are expected to be completed within 12 months after closing; and (c) the Buyer’s assumption of certain liabilities, including certain of NAVL’s obligations under existing customer contracts and leases. NAVL also retained the pre-closing working capital of TS, which is

123




currently estimated at approximately $7,000 - $9,000. NAL also agreed to sublease certain logistics warehouses from NAVL.

This transaction represents the final step in the Disposal Plan.

Asset Impairments

In connection with the Disposal Plan, the Company incurred non-cash impairment charges for the sale of HVP. These charges were recorded to write-down assets to fair value less cost to sell, based upon the provisions in the sales agreement between the Company and STI. These assets were determined to have zero fair value at December 31, 2004 and goodwill has been impaired.

HVP had $7,040 of goodwill allocated to it. Goodwill included in the HVP transaction was determined based on the relative fair values of the business to be disposed of and the portion of the reporting unit that will be retained.

As a result of the Disposal Plan, the Company ceased implementation of certain software modules under development and ceased using those previously utilized by HVP. As a result, the $5,102 net book value of those software applications was impaired. In addition, $72 of prepaid software maintenance expense was impaired, as it will have no future benefit.

In the HVP transaction, the Company sold fixed assets with a net book value of $5,705 to STI for five dollars. Therefore, these assets, comprised of highway trailers, satellite messaging equipment, van equipment, IT software and hardware and various other assets, were impaired. In addition, forms inventory and prepaid vehicle licenses of $100 were impaired.

Historically, HVP entered into contractual agreements with its agents to assist the division in selling to customers as well as to provide hauling capacity to the network. Many of these contracts included cash inducements paid up front to the agent to join the Company’s agent network and were used to rebrand from other competing van lines. The Company recognized these inducement payments as long-term assets and amortized the cost over the term of the agent contract, which was the period of future benefit, in this case the revenue stream generated by the agent’s selling activities. As the Company will not benefit from this revenue stream due to the completion of the HVP transaction, the remaining unamortized prepaid agent contract cost of $2,169 was written off.

Restructuring Related to Discontinued Operations

The discontinued operations charge reserve balance was $17,899 at December 31, 2004. Due to facility lease terms, remaining payments will be made through November 2014. Remaining trailer lease payments will be made through March 2008, while payments related to the other charges are expected to be completed in 2005. The following tables provide details of the discontinued operations charge reserve and activity for the year ended December 31, 2004:

 

 

Reserve at
December 31,
2003

 

Discontinued
Operations
Charge

 

Asset
Impairment

 

Payments

 

Other
Adjustments

 

Benefit Plan
Curtailment

 

Reserve at
December 31,
2004

 

Current
Liabilities

 

Long-term
Liabilities

 

Facility lease accrual

 

 

$

266

 

 

 

$

9,890

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(1,031

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

9,125

 

 

 

$

2,694

 

 

 

$

6,431

 

 

Trailer lease accrual

 

 

 

 

 

5,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

(541

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,461

 

 

 

2,395

 

 

 

2,066

 

 

Asset impairments

 

 

 

 

 

20,188

 

 

 

(20,188

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract termination and accrued closing costs

 

 

 

 

 

5,706

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,551

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,155

 

 

 

2,155

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and other employee benefits

 

 

 

 

 

3,449

 

 

 

 

 

 

(979

)

 

 

73

 

 

 

(385

)

 

 

2,158

 

 

 

2,158

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

266

 

 

 

$

44,235

 

 

 

$

(20,188

)

 

 

$

(6,102

)

 

 

$

73

 

 

 

$

(385

)

 

 

$

17,899

 

 

 

$

9,402

 

 

 

$

8,497

 

 

 

The above balances are recorded primarily in other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities, with the exception of $600 recorded in accounts payable.

124




The following table summarizes the cash and non-cash charges incurred for the year ended December 31, 2004 in connection with the Disposal Plan:

 

 

HVP

 

STEU

 

TS

 

Total

 

Facility lease accrual

 

$

7,990

 

$

150

 

$

1,750

 

$

9,890

 

Goodwill impairments

 

7,040

 

 

 

7,040

 

Trailer lease accrual

 

5,002

 

 

 

5,002

 

Trailers and other asset impairments

 

5,805

 

 

 

5,805

 

Software and associated prepaid maintenance impairments

 

5,174

 

 

 

5,174

 

Contract termination costs

 

5,250

 

 

 

5,250

 

Severance and other employee benefits

 

2,103

 

899

 

447

 

3,449

 

Long-lived prepaid expense impairments

 

2,169

 

 

 

2,169

 

Transaction costs

 

161

 

280

 

2

 

443

 

(Gains) losses on disposal of assets

 

13

 

(2

)

2

 

13

 

Total charges

 

$

40,707

 

$

1,327

 

$

2,201

 

$

44,235

 

 

The Company expects to incur additional charges related to IT and other contract termination costs and trailers under lease. The Company cannot precisely estimate these exit costs at this time because contract negotiations with suppliers and business associates are still in progress. The Company expects that all of the disposal costs listed above will result in future cash expenditures.

The following table details selected financial information related to discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 

2004

 

 

 

HVP

 

STEU

 

TS

 

Total

 

Operating revenues

 

$

192,536

 

$

73,501

 

$

103,984

 

$

370,021

 

Operating income (loss)

 

$

(46,796

)

$

(3,946

)

$

613

 

$

(50,129

)

Interest and non-operating expenses(1)

 

1,279

 

114

 

411

 

1,804

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

(48,075

)

(4,060

)

202

 

(51,933

)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(18,733

)

(420

)

120

 

(19,033

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(29,342

)

$

(3,640

)

$

82

 

$

(32,900

)

Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.46

)

Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.46

)

Average number of common shares outstanding—
basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72,121,950

 

Average number of common shares outstanding—diluted 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72,121,950

 

 

125




 

Restated
2003

 

 

 

HVP

 

STEU

 

TS

 

Total

 

Operating revenues

 

$

226,463

 

$

69,170

 

$

105,590

 

$

401,223

 

Operating income (loss)

 

$

(2,058

)

$

(1,294

)

$

6,011

 

$

2,659

 

Interest and non-operating expenses(1)

 

4,461

 

389

 

1,249

 

6,099

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

(6,519

)

(1,683

)

4,762

 

(3,440

)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(2,495

)

(1,266

)

1,817

 

(1,944

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(4,024

)

$

(417

)

$

2,945

 

$

(1,496

)

Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.02

)

Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.02

)

Average number of common shares outstanding—
basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58,104,742

 

Average number of common shares outstanding—diluted 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,933,868

 

 

 

Restated
2002

 

 

 

HVP

 

STEU

 

TS

 

Total

 

Operating revenues

 

$

241,192

 

$

54,657

 

$

108,194

 

$

404,043

 

Operating income (loss)

 

$

(4,386

)

$

(1,092

)

$

5,010

 

$

(468

)

Interest and non-operating expenses(1)

 

4,366

 

363

 

1,276

 

6,005

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

(8,752

)

(1,455

)

3,734

 

(6,473

)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(3,366

)

551

 

1,436

 

(1,379

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(5,386

)

$

(2,006

)

$

2,298

 

$

(5,094

)

Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.10

)

Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.10

)

Average number of common shares outstanding—
basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51,712,625

 

Average number of common shares outstanding—diluted 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51,832,236

 


(1)          The Company has allocated interest costs to the discontinued businesses based on the ratio of net assets to be sold to the sum of total net assets of the Company. Management feels it appropriate to allocate interest expense to the discontinued businesses so that historical results will be more comparable to future results. It is anticipated that sale proceeds or the liquidation of any retained working capital will be used to pay down debt, thus reducing interest expense to the ongoing operations in the future.

126




The major classes of assets and liabilities representing the held for sale balances at December 31, 2004 of each disposal group in discontinued operations are:

 

 

HVP

 

STEU

 

TS

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

 

$

1,541

 

$

 

$

1,541

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

11,048

 

 

11,048

 

Other current assets

 

 

528

 

 

528

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

13,117

 

 

13,117

 

Property and equipment, net

 

2,591

 

3,081

 

4,411

 

10,083

 

Goodwill, net

 

 

1,189

 

5,315

 

6,504

 

Deposits

 

 

46

 

 

46

 

Total long-term assets

 

2,591

 

4,316

 

9,726

 

16,633

 

Total assets

 

$

2,591

 

$

17,433

 

$

9,726

 

$

29,750

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

 

$

6,244

 

$

 

$

6,244

 

Accrued transportation expense

 

 

1,288

 

 

1,288

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

3,354

 

 

3,354

 

Deferred tax liability

 

 

459

 

 

459

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

11,345

 

 

11,345

 

Long-term portion of lease obligation

 

 

157

 

 

157

 

Pension

 

 

1,966

 

 

1,966

 

Deferred tax liability

 

401

 

1,168

 

1,513

 

3,082

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

401

 

3,291

 

1,513

 

5,205

 

Total liabilities

 

$

401

 

$

14,636

 

$

1,513

 

$

16,550

 

 

Other Related Items

In connection with the Disposal Plan, and declining business volumes in the United Kingdom, the Company will restructure its functional support areas to re-scale resources to the needs of the ongoing operations and business environment. Seventy-two employees have been identified as part of a workforce reduction, primarily in the United Kingdom. The Company accrued $1,522 in the third and fourth quarters of 2004 for the severance benefits it will pay these affected employees. In addition, a U.K. office facility housing elements of the Company’s European functional support team was vacated as of September 30, 2004, which was prior to its lease termination date. As a result, the Company recorded a third quarter 2004 facility lease accrual of $927. As these costs were not directly related to the discontinued businesses, the charges were recorded to ongoing operations as components of restructuring expense. In connection with ongoing efforts to rationalize its European facilities infrastructure, the Company exited two U.K. branch locations during the third quarter of 2004, prior to their lease termination dates. As a result, the Company recognized a $367 facility lease accrual as a component of restructuring expense (see Note 27).

Subsequent Events

While not included in the Company’s initial disposal plan authorized by the Board of Directors, the Company completed the sale of its Fleet Service operation in March 2005, the sale of its Blanketwrap operation in May 2005, and the sale of its Flatbed truckload operations in August 2005. These operations had annual revenues in 2004 of $14,783, $29,542, and $9,095, respectively. The sale of these three operations completed the Company’s exit from the former North American Van Lines’ commercial freight/logistics businesses.

127




As a result of the Board of Directors’ approval of the sales of the Fleet Service, Blanketwrap and Flatbed operations during the first quarter of 2005, the assets and liabilities of those businesses will be reclassified as held for sale, and the results of these businesses will be reported in discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented effective in the Company’s March 2005 Form 10-Q.

In the Fleet Service transaction, the Company sold the assets of the business to Hanning and Bean Enterprises, Inc. for $3,400. The assets included land, buildings, equipment, furnishings, and office equipment, with a net book value of $3,821. An impairment charge of $571 related to the Fleet Service maintenance facility and other fixed assets was recorded at December 31, 2004.

In the Blanketwrap transaction, the Company sold the assets of the business to Gainey Transportation Services, Inc. for $2,654. The asset sale included tractors, trailers, satellite tracking units and equipment with a net book value of $1,673, which includes capital leases of $483. An impairment charge was not recorded in 2004 or 2005 related to this transaction. The Company included $412 of goodwill in its gain/loss calculation on disposal of Blanketwrap.

In the Flatbed transaction, the Company sold the assets of the business to Gainey Transportation Services, Inc. for $2,168. The assets included tractors, trailers, satellite tracking units and equipment with a net book value of $377, which includes capital leases of $350. An impairment charge was not recorded in 2004 or 2005 related to this transaction. The Company included $233 of goodwill in its gain/loss calculation on disposal of Flatbed.

On September 21, 2005, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell the stock of TransGuard, TransGuard General Agency, National Association of Independent Truckers, Vanguard and ClaimGuard, which comprise the Company’s U.S. insurance business, to IAT Reinsurance Company Ltd. (“IAT”) for approximately $80,000. The Company also announced an affiliate of IAT will provide a cut-through endorsement to provide customers of the Company with “A”-rated paper until termination or April 1, 2006. The sale is subject to certain closing conditions, including regulatory approvals, and is expected to close by December 31, 2005. An impairment charge of $66,411 related to goodwill was recorded at December 31, 2004 (see Note 10).

As a result of the Board of Directors’ approval of the IAT transaction, the assets and liabilities will be reclassified as held for sale, and the results of these businesses will be reported in discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented effective in September 2005. An additional impairment charge of approximately $18,000 related to intangible and fixed assets will be recorded in 2005 (see Note 10).

On October 14, 2005, the Company entered into a definitive Sale Agreement to sell the stock of its Australian and New Zealand Pickfords Records Management business to IM Australia Holdings Pty Ltd, IM New Zealand Holdings ULC and Iron Mountain Incorporated for AUS $115,000 (approximately $87,000 at time of signing). The business has a net book value of approximately $14,300 at December 31, 2004. The Company has determined an impairment charge will not be recorded in 2004 or 2005 related to this transaction. The transaction is expected to close by December 31, 2005.

(5)   Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents included $34,626 and $37,568 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, which were limited as to use as described below.

The Company’s wholly owned insurance subsidiaries held $31,130 and $34,872 of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. While these cash balances may be used without limitation by the insurance subsidiaries for their operations, the payment of cash dividends by the insurance subsidiaries to the Company is principally dependent upon the amount of their statutory

128




policyholders’ surplus available for dividend distribution. The insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay cash dividends to the Company is, in turn, generally limited by law or subject to approval of the insurance regulatory authorities of the states or countries in which they are domiciled. These authorities recognize only statutory accounting practices for determining financial position, results of operations, and the ability of an insurer to pay dividends to its shareholders. No such dividends were paid in 2004. The insurance subsidiaries may pay $5,728 in 2005 without regulatory approval.

The Company’s CMSR Reinsurance Ltd. (“CMSR”) subsidiary held $2,201 and $1,691 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. While these cash balances may be used by this subsidiary for their operations, it is the responsibility of the subsidiary to maintain adequate reserves, as set forth in the reinsurance agreements between CMSR and their two reinsurance partners. The reserves established in the reinsurance agreement are generally based upon regulations governing acceptable insurance practices including reserve calculations. In the event the reserve balances exceed these requirements, dividends may then be released to the Company.

The Company’s Global Relocation Services operations held $1,122 and $835 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These funds included amounts advanced from corporate customers to be used to provide home equity and other relocation related advances for their employees. The funds also include statutory deposits associated with the Company’s mortgage subsidiary.

The Company’s Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific operations held $173 and $170 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, in a separate bank account for payment of payroll related taxes for a subsidiary.

SIRVA Worldwide, Inc.’s Credit Agreement generally permits dividends and distributions on the capital stock of SIRVA Worldwide’s subsidiaries to SIRVA Worldwide. Such dividends and distributions from SIRVA Worldwide to the Company are limited to 20% of net income, subject to exceptions for transfers to fund the Company’s operating expenses in the ordinary course of business.

(6)   Other Current Assets

Other current assets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Prepaid expenses

 

$

17,912

 

$

18,280

 

Supplies inventory

 

9,639

 

9,470

 

Deferred insurance commissions expense

 

5,648

 

2,454

 

Recoverable income taxes

 

3,443

 

903

 

Restricted cash

 

2,194

 

 

Current portion of contracts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0 and $2, respectively

 

1,590

 

2,511

 

Hedging asset (see Note 24)

 

1,420

 

75

 

Resale equipment inventory

 

499

 

1,034

 

 

 

$

42,345

 

$

34,727

 

 

Restricted cash represents the retained interest of the receivables transferred by the Company’s wholly owned special purpose vehicle, SIRVA Relocation Credit LLC to unaffiliated third-party financial institutions. The balance is maintained in a separate escrow account and serves as protection against potential losses on the transferred receivables.

129




Hedging assets are comprised of net unrealized gains of $1,241 and $0 on interest rate swap contracts and $179 and $75 of unrealized gains on foreign currency forward contracts at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

(7)   Relocation Properties Held for Resale and Relocation Properties Related Payables

Relocation properties held for resale and relocation properties related payables at December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Relocation properties held for resale

 

$

90,443

 

$

48,604

 

Total number of properties

 

328

 

201

 

Average property value

 

$

315

 

$

282

 

Mortgage loans payable

 

$

58,615

 

$

31,707

 

Client funded home equity advances

 

39,506

 

40,865

 

Home sales accounts payable

 

6,860

 

18,683

 

Relocation properties related payables

 

$

104,981

 

$

91,255

 

 

Actual losses on the sale of relocation properties for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $4,982, $3,815 and $1,866, respectively. Costs to sell relocation properties for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $105,204, $66,822 and $26,999, respectively. Costs to sell relocation properties are recorded as a component of other direct expense. Losses on the sale of relocation properties are recorded as the difference in home sale revenue and cost of homes sold.

130




(8)   Investments

Investments consisted primarily of marketable debt and equity securities held by the Company’s U.S. insurance subsidiary, joint ventures of $82 and $0 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and a retained interest in securitized receivables (see Note 24) of $38,564 and $0 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Short-term investments of $122,851 and $92,494 and long-term investments of $5,035 and $5,726 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, held by the Company’s U.S. insurance subsidiary are restricted for use in the U.S. insurance operations. Short-term and long-term marketable security investments at December 31, 2004 and 2003 included:

 

2004

 

Restated
2003

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Unrealized
Holding
Gains

 

Unrealized
Holding
Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Unrealized
Holding
Gains

 

Unrealized
Holding
Losses

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

 

$  9,562

 

 

 

$  9,562

 

 

 

$ —

 

 

 

$  —

 

 

 

$ 7,759

 

 

 

$ 7,759

 

 

 

$    —

 

 

 

$     —

 

 

U.S. government bonds

 

 

3,655

 

 

 

3,710

 

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

 

 

1,184

 

 

 

1,246

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(65

)

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

44,819

 

 

 

44,892

 

 

 

197

 

 

 

(270

)

 

 

35,816

 

 

 

36,341

 

 

 

286

 

 

 

(811

)

 

Municipal bonds

 

 

12,251

 

 

 

12,330

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

(107

)

 

 

3,771

 

 

 

3,842

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

(79

)

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

34,677

 

 

 

34,567

 

 

 

476

 

 

 

(366

)

 

 

28,759

 

 

 

29,518

 

 

 

616

 

 

 

(1,375

)

 

Preferred and common stock

 

 

4,532

 

 

 

4,538

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

(92

)

 

 

8,263

 

 

 

7,988

 

 

 

354

 

 

 

(79

)

 

Other invested assets

 

 

6,952

 

 

 

6,815

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,942

 

 

 

6,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale

 

 

116,448

 

 

 

116,414

 

 

 

924

 

 

 

(890

)

 

 

92,494

 

 

 

93,636

 

 

 

1,267

 

 

 

(2,409

)

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

4,057

 

 

 

4,057

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock

 

 

69

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

 

4,126

 

 

 

4,126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government bonds

 

 

2,277

 

 

 

2,277

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current

 

 

$ 122,851

 

 

 

$ 122,817

 

 

 

$ 924

 

 

 

$ (890

)

 

 

$ 92,494

 

 

 

$ 93,636

 

 

 

$ 1,267

 

 

 

$ (2,409

)

 

Noncurrent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.
government bonds

 

 

3,593

 

 

 

3,593

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,281

 

 

 

4,281

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal
bonds

 

 

1,442

 

 

 

1,442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,445

 

 

 

1,445

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total noncurrent

 

 

$  5,035

 

 

 

$  5,035

 

 

 

$ —

 

 

 

$  —

 

 

 

$ 5,726

 

 

 

$ 5,726

 

 

 

$    —

 

 

 

$     —

 

 

 

131




The following table shows the Company’s investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2004 and 2003:

 

 

2004

 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair Value
2004

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair Value
2004

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair Value
2004

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Available-for-Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government bonds

 

 

$ 3,655

 

 

 

$ (55

)

 

 

$       —

 

 

 

$   —

 

 

 

$ 3,655

 

 

 

$ (55

)

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

21,060

 

 

 

(163

)

 

 

5,333

 

 

 

(107

)

 

 

26,393

 

 

 

(270

)

 

Municipal bonds

 

 

5,858

 

 

 

(74

)

 

 

1,838

 

 

 

(33

)

 

 

7,696

 

 

 

(107

)

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

12,222

 

 

 

(196

)

 

 

3,725

 

 

 

(170

)

 

 

15,947

 

 

 

(366

)

 

Preferred stock

 

 

2,245

 

 

 

(92

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,245

 

 

 

(92

)

 

 

 

 

$ 45,040

 

 

 

$ (580

)

 

 

$ 10,896

 

 

 

$ (310

)

 

 

$ 55,936

 

 

 

$ (890

)

 

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair Value
2004

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair Value
2004

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair Value
2004

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Available-for-Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government bonds

 

 

$ 1,184

 

 

 

$    (65

)

 

 

$     —

 

 

 

$   —

 

 

 

$ 1,184

 

 

 

$    (65

)

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

16,112

 

 

 

(341

)

 

 

584

 

 

 

(470

)

 

 

16,696

 

 

 

(811

)

 

Municipal bonds

 

 

2,849

 

 

 

(79

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,849

 

 

 

(79

)

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

4,879

 

 

 

(1,302

)

 

 

786

 

 

 

(73

)

 

 

5,665

 

 

 

(1,375

)

 

Preferred stock

 

 

269

 

 

 

(49

)

 

 

980

 

 

 

(30

)

 

 

1,249

 

 

 

(79

)

 

 

 

 

$ 25,293

 

 

 

$ (1,836

)

 

 

$ 2,350

 

 

 

$ (573

)

 

 

$ 27,643

 

 

 

$ (2,409

)

 

 

The Company had eight asset-backed securities in a continuous loss position for more than twelve months totaling $107 at December 31, 2004. As these securities move toward the maturity date, price fluctuations will subside as prices will reflect the receipt of par at maturity date. Likewise, eight corporate bonds and three municipal bonds had unrealized losses of $170 and $33, respectively. Based on consultation with the Company’s investment advisors, and based on a combination of recapitalizations, improved cash flows, rating upgrades and resulting improvements in unrealized loss positions, the Company has concluded that the impairments are not other than temporary.

The Company had two asset-backed securities in a continuous loss position for more than twelve months totaling $470 at December 31, 2003. As these securities move toward the maturity date, price fluctuations will subside as prices will reflect the receipt of par at maturity date. Likewise, two corporate bonds and two preferred stock investments had unrealized losses of $73 and $30, respectively. Based on consultation with the Company’s investment advisors, and based on a combination of recapitalizations, improved cash flows, rating upgrades and resulting improvements in unrealized loss positions, the Company concluded that the impairments are not other than temporary.

At December 31, 2004, the Company had considered one investment impaired and recognized a loss on this investment of $260 during the year. The cost and fair value of this security at December 31, 2004 were $501 and $241, respectively.

132




At December 31, 2004, investments, which consist of United States treasury notes, municipal bonds and asset-backed securities, with a carrying value of $9,585 were on deposit with various state insurance departments to meet regulatory requirements. These investments are classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity.

Investments with continuous losses for less than twelve months are a result of rising interest rates. The Company invests in A-rated or better fixed income securities with an average life of 6 years. These securities are performing in line with expectations at the time of purchase. As these securities move towards the maturity date, price fluctuations will subside as prices will reflect the receipt of par at maturity date.

Marketable security investments are exposed to various risks and rewards, such as interest rate, market and credit risk. Due to these risks and rewards associated with marketable security investments, it is possible that changes in the values of these investments may occur and that such changes could affect the amounts reported on the balance sheet. The Company holds investments in certain debt securities with the following aggregate maturities at December 31, 2004:

Year

 

 

 

Trading
Fair Value

 

Held-to-Maturity
Cost

 

Available-for-Sale
Fair Value

 

2005

 

 

$     —

 

 

 

$ 2,277

 

 

 

$      51

 

 

2006-2010

 

 

 

 

 

456

 

 

 

21,955

 

 

2011-2015

 

 

 

 

 

4,573

 

 

 

18,162

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

4,057

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,235

 

 

 

 

 

$ 4,057

 

 

 

$ 7,306

 

 

 

$ 95,403

 

 

 

At December 31, 2004, the Company held investments of $4,532 in preferred and common stock and $6,952 in mutual funds, which have an indefinite maturity.

For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities were $97,623, $98,950, and $63,277, gross gains were $3,411, $3,947, and $2,257, and gross losses were $2,093, $398 and $199, respectively. Net realized gains on sales of marketable security investments were $1,318, $3,549 and $2,058 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Marketable securities were sold on a specific identification basis.

The Company began holding trading securities at October 1, 2004, of which none were sold at December 31, 2004. The Company recorded trading gains of $305 on these securities during the period held in 2004.

133




(9)   Property and Equipment

Property and equipment at December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Land

 

$   2,318

 

$   2,893

 

Buildings and improvements

 

52,361

 

54,063

 

Transportation equipment

 

99,431

 

113,096

 

Warehouse equipment

 

83,985

 

74,646

 

Computer equipment and software

 

112,648

 

119,818

 

Other

 

21,877

 

15,769

 

Projects in process

 

14,417

 

13,428

 

 

 

387,037

 

393,713

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

224,883

 

212,734

 

 

 

$ 162,154

 

$ 180,979

 

 

Assets held under capital lease are included in the totals of property and equipment above (see Note 16). Depreciation expense was $38,445, $37,983 and $35,911 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Included in these amounts were $4,917, $8,736 and $8,994 of depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, recorded in Discontinued Operations.

The amount of internally developed software, representing primarily the cost of independent contractor-developed software at the application development stage of the project, that was capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $5,145 and $5,106, respectively, and is included in computer equipment and software. Included within the amounts capitalized for internally developed software were $1,251 and $1,136 related to discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Depreciation expense related to capitalized software costs for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $6,275, $5,408 and $4,156, respectively. Included within the depreciation expense related to capitalized software costs were $1,033, $1,408 and $1,251 related to discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

134




(10)   Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Goodwill

 

$ 378,804

 

$ 376,273

 

Less accumulated amortization

 

13,008

 

14,271

 

Goodwill, net

 

$ 365,796

 

$ 362,002

 

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Trade names

 

$ 196,132

 

$ 195,000

 

Less accumulated amortization

 

12,429

 

12,429

 

 

 

183,703

 

182,571

 

Customer relationships

 

70,453

 

38,930

 

Less accumulated amortization

 

8,606

 

4,072

 

 

 

61,847

 

34,858

 

Member relationships

 

3,200

 

3,200

 

Less accumulated amortization

 

2,337

 

1,310

 

 

 

863

 

1,890

 

Covenants not to compete and other

 

15,350

 

13,833

 

Less accumulated amortization

 

7,658

 

4,793

 

 

 

7,692

 

9,040

 

Total intangible assets

 

285,135

 

250,963

 

Less accumulated amortization

 

31,030

 

22,604

 

Total intangible assets, net

 

$ 254,105

 

$ 228,359

 

 

The changes in the amount of goodwill are as follows:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Balance at January 1

 

$ 362,002

 

$ 335,945

 

Goodwill acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

ERC

 

75,393

 

 

RDI

 

463

 

 

Rettenmayer

 

6,516

 

 

DJK

 

1,141

 

 

PRS

 

612

 

1,277

 

Move-Pak

 

(45

)

1,488

 

NAIT

 

(572

)

2,924

 

Rowan Simmons

 

 

762

 

Scanvan

 

36

 

19,206

 

Other acquisitions and adjustments

 

205

 

400

 

Discontinued operations loss on disposal (see Note 4)

 

(7,040

)

 

Reclassifications to assets held for sale (see Note 4)

 

(6,504

)

 

Impairment of U.S. insurance group goodwill

 

(66,411

)

 

Balance at December 31

 

$ 365,796

 

$ 362,002

 

 

135




SFAS 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but rather be tested for impairment at least annually. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 142 effective January 1, 2002 and has discontinued the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. Trade names include the brand names northAmerican, Allied, Pickfords, Allied Pickfords, NAIT, Scanvan, Rettenmayer and Executive Relocation. Goodwill and trade names have been identified as having indefinite useful lives, except for the Executive Relocation trade name which was utilized through March 31, 2005, and were tested for impairment, using discounted estimated cash flows, consistent with the provisions of SFAS 142. The Company completed such testing and determined that there was no impairment of goodwill and trade names, except for the write-off of goodwill associated with discontinued operations and the U.S. insurance group, the primary component of the Network Services segment, at December 31, 2004.

In the fourth quarter of 2004, an impairment charge was recorded by the Network Services segment to write-down goodwill. The impairment was partly due to lower operating results associated with adverse claims development and reinsurance, commission and bad debt expenses identified during the Company’s internal 2004 year end review. The lower operating outlook, and consideration of the estimated financial impact of a likely rating downgrade of the Company’s insurance operations, caused the Company to perform a critical assessment of the fair value of the U.S. insurance group at December 31, 2004. The analysis revealed that the fair value of the U.S. insurance group was less than its carrying value, causing a need to perform the goodwill impairment. The Company estimated the fair value of this segment using the expected present value of its future cash flows and as a result, recorded a charge for impairment of goodwill of $66,411 at December 31, 2004.

The U.S. insurance group’s lower 2005 operating results, A.M. Best rating downgrades and the expectation of a pending sale caused the Company to test for recoverability of long-lived assets during 2005. As a result, it is expected that a further impairment charge relating to intangible and fixed assets of approximately $18,000 will be taken during 2005 based upon the difference between the estimated sale price and the expected carrying value of the underlying assets to be purchased by IAT Reinsurance Company Ltd.

The amount of goodwill attributable to each reportable business segment at December 31, 2004 and 2003 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Global Relocation Services

 

$ 148,111

 

$ 70,501

 

Moving Services North America

 

72,614

 

72,408

 

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

 

145,071

 

138,520

 

Network Services

 

 

67,029

 

Discontinued Operations

 

 

13,544

 

 

 

$ 365,796

 

$ 362,002

 

 

Amortization expense for definite-lived intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $8,421, $6,149 and $3,894, respectively.

136




Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets (assuming no change in useful life) for the next five years is as follows:

2005

 

$ 13,463

 

2006

 

11,746

 

2007

 

8,596

 

2008

 

6,662

 

2009

 

5,505

 

 

 

$ 45,972

 

 

(11)   Insurance Loss and Cargo Claims Reserves

The Company’s insurance loss and cargo claims reserves at December 31, 2004 and 2003 are comprised of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

U.S. insurance operations loss reserves

 

$ 84,543

 

$ 49,615

 

Cargo claims reserves

 

24,877

 

21,714

 

BIPD fund

 

11,496

 

14,468

 

Foreign insurance operations loss reserves

 

2,509

 

2,924

 

Other

 

3,810

 

6,841

 

 

 

$ 127,235

 

$ 95,562

 

Short-term

 

$ 83,172

 

$ 66,246

 

Long-term

 

44,063

 

29,316

 

 

 

$ 127,235

 

$ 95,562

 

 

U.S. insurance operations loss reserves:   The Company’s Network Services segment (U.S. insurance operations) records insurance loss reserves related to its insurance underwriting activity. The reserves for unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses include amounts determined on the basis of claim evaluations and other estimates for reported losses, and include an estimate of losses incurred but not reported. As information develops that varies from past experience, provides additional data, or in some cases, augments data that previously was not considered sufficient for use in determining reserves, changes in the Company’s estimate of reserves may be required. The effects of these changes are reflected in current operating results. Since these reserves are based on estimates, the ultimate settlement of losses and the related loss adjustment expenses may vary from the amounts included in the accompanying financial statements. Although it is not possible to measure the degree of variability inherent in such estimates, management believes that the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are reasonable. Losses and loss adjustment expense reserves are not discounted. Due to the significant uncertainties mentioned above and the related judgments made by management, there can be no assurance that future loss development, favorable or unfavorable, will not occur.

137




The following table summarizes the activity in the reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross and net of reinsurance, for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Gross reserves for unpaid losses and loss expenses at beginning of year

 

$ 49,615

 

$ 46,822

 

$ 41,010

 

Less: Unpaid reinsurance recoverables

 

10,464

 

12,243

 

14,464

 

Net balance at beginning of year

 

$ 39,151

 

$ 34,579

 

$ 26,546

 

Incurred losses and loss expense for claims occurring in the:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year

 

82,671

 

50,725

 

36,317

 

Prior years

 

7,104

 

(2,740

)

(1,524

)

Total incurred losses and loss expenses

 

89,775

 

47,985

 

34,793

 

Paid losses and loss expenses occurring in the:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year

 

35,858

 

26,271

 

16,443

 

Prior years

 

25,897

 

17,142

 

10,317

 

Total paid losses and loss expenses

 

61,755

 

43,413

 

26,760

 

Net reserves for losses and loss expenses at the end of the year

 

67,171

 

39,151

 

34,579

 

Plus: Unpaid reinsurance recoverables

 

17,372

 

10,464

 

12,243

 

Gross reserves for unpaid losses and loss expenses at end of year

 

$ 84,543

 

$ 49,615

 

$ 46,822

 

 

The Company performs monthly and quarterly claims analysis in its multiple line property and commercial liability insurance group.

Prior years:   The estimated cost of losses and loss adjustment expenses attributable to insured events for prior years increased by $7,104 during 2004 and decreased by $2,740 during 2003. These changes represent 14% of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses of $49,615 at December 31, 2003, and 6% of unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses of $46,822 at December 31, 2002. In 2004, as part of the Company’s comprehensive periodic assessment of recorded claim-related liabilities, the Company observed that reported claims activity in certain product lines, substantially related to the 2002 through 2003 underwriting years, exceeded previously established loss expectations. The more significant line of business affected was workers compensation. Incorporating this updated information into the Company’s reserving process led to an increase in ultimate loss projections and corresponding reserve levels. The Company will continue to monitor reported claims activity for all lines of business in the future and take necessary reserve actions, either to increase or decrease reserves, as the Company estimates continue to mature.

Foreign insurance operations loss reserves:   The Company’s non-U.S. insurance operations include the Baxendale Insurance Company Ltd. (“Baxendale”) and SIRVA U.K. Baxendale records reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses related to its storage, fire, marine cargo and premise damage lines of business. The reserve is based on estimates calculated by the Company based on actual historical claims data and includes a provision for incurred but not reported claims. The reserve is reviewed by the Company monthly and changes in the reserves are reflected in current operations. SIRVA U.K. records reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses related to vehicle accidents, employer liability and professional indemnity lines of business. The reserve is based on estimates calculated by third-party insurers. The reserve is reviewed by the Company monthly and changes to the reserves are reflected in current operations.

Cargo claims reserves:   The Company records a reserve to estimate costs relating to cargo damage claims and delay claims from its moving services customers. The estimate is based on actuarial methods

138




applied to historical claim trends. A cargo claim analysis is performed each quarter and changes to the reserves are reflected in current operations.

BIPD Fund:   The Company facilitates the BIPD Fund on behalf of its moving services agents. The Company records a liability to the BIPD Fund which represents the amounts the Company has collected as contributions from the moving agents in advance of making claim payments on behalf of the same moving agents to the extent the related claims do not develop as anticipated.

(12)   Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities at December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Book overdraft

 

$ 23,826

 

$ 29,517

 

Compensation and benefits

 

20,931

 

30,513

 

Customer and agent incentives

 

16,535

 

12,148

 

Sales, fuel and other non-income taxes

 

11,642

 

11,198

 

General and administrative

 

9,693

 

7,646

 

Lease accrual

 

5,089

 

 

Severance and other costs

 

3,713

 

 

Deferred purchase price consideration

 

1,030

 

3,357

 

Restructuring accrual—severance and contract termination

 

2,364

 

1,856

 

Interest and interest swap agreements

 

1,731

 

3,917

 

Other

 

16,339

 

16,252

 

 

 

$ 112,893

 

$ 116,404

 

 

(13)   Income Taxes

(a) Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

The Company and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return.

The components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 are:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

U.S. operations

 

$ (34,248

)

$ (5,963

)

$ 13,694

 

Foreign operations

 

3,942

 

29,889

 

20,848

 

 

 

$ (30,306

)

$ 23,926

 

$ 34,542

 

 

139




The provision (benefit) for income taxes related to continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 includes:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(320

)

$

685

 

$

5,188

 

Foreign

 

3,458

 

8,015

 

7,193

 

State

 

213

 

535

 

1,836

 

Total current taxes

 

3,351

 

9,235

 

14,217

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

4,454

 

450

 

(13,311

)

Foreign

 

(2,396

)

(1,029

)

(1,488

)

State

 

(462

)

(693

)

(2,470

)

Total deferred taxes

 

1,596

 

(1,272

)

(17,269

)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

$

4,947

 

$

7,963

 

$

(3,052

)

 

(b) Reconciliation of Statutory Rate to Effective Rate

Total income taxes as reflected in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 differ from the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal corporate tax rate as follows:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Federal income tax at statutory rate

 

$

(10,607

)

$

8,374

 

$

12,089

 

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

(162

)

(103

)

607

 

Foreign income taxes

 

(1,653

)

(1,467

)

(1,519

)

Deferred tax valuation allowance

 

3,298

 

15

 

(13,511

)

Goodwill impairment

 

16,027

 

 

 

Stock basis difference

 

 

1,168

 

 

Interest on high yield debt

 

 

722

 

560

 

Prior year return adjustment

 

(2,078

)

(932

)

(1,461

)

Other, net

 

122

 

186

 

183

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

$

4,947

 

$

7,963

 

$

(3,052

)

 

140




 

(c) Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Deferred taxes at December 31, 2004 and 2003 related to the following:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves, including casualty and other claims

 

$

36,226

 

$

24,890

 

Employee benefits

 

8,186

 

7,030

 

Taxes other than income taxes

 

2,243

 

2,041

 

Postretirement benefits other than pensions

 

9,457

 

9,181

 

Pension obligation

 

21,453

 

14,959

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

32,614

 

33,844

 

Unrealized gains and other

 

12,087

 

11,159

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

 

122,266

 

103,104

 

Less valuation allowance

 

(3,959

)

(661

)

Net deferred tax asset

 

118,307

 

102,443

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign earnings

 

4,319

 

4,319

 

Property and equipment

 

1,159

 

6,278

 

Other

 

1,342

 

 

State income taxes

 

3,400

 

3,493

 

Intangibles

 

76,850

 

79,319

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

 

87,070

 

93,409

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

31,237

 

9,034

 

Less net current deferred tax assets

 

35,474

 

35,736

 

Net long-term deferred tax liability

 

$

4,237

 

$

26,702

 

 

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, a valuation allowance has been established due to the uncertainty of realization of foreign net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the period ended December 31, 2004 was an increase of $3,298. The increase was the result of additional losses generated in jurisdictions where realization is uncertain. Gross net operating losses expire as follows: $172 in 2006, $77 in 2007, $588 in 2008, $390 in 2009, $376 in 2011, $464 in 2014, $9,005 in 2019, $12,445 in 2020, $25,789 in 2021, $3,351 in 2022, $7,304 in 2023 and $28,309 do not expire. Management believes it is more likely than not that all other domestic deferred tax assets will be realized based on the Company’s anticipated future taxable earnings or available tax planning alternatives.

At December 31, 2001 a valuation allowance of $13,945 was established due to the uncertainty of realization of the U.S. deferred tax asset position caused by the existence of cumulative losses in recent years without an available source of taxable income to realize the net deferred tax asset. The valuation allowance was eliminated at December 31, 2002 due to the Company’s return to U.S. profitability for the year ended December 31, 2002 and forecasted U.S. profits for future years.

Deferred U.S. federal income taxes and non-U.S. withholding taxes have been provided by the Company on the undistributed earnings accumulated through 2001 of certain subsidiaries deemed available for dividend repatriation. The Company did not provide for U.S. federal income taxes or non-U.S. withholding taxes on approximately $50,135 and $53,710 of undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, because such earnings are intended to be reinvested indefinitely. The determination of the amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the undistributed earnings is not practicable.

141




In October 2004, the President signed the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“the Jobs Act”). The Jobs Act becomes effective for all reporting periods beginning after signing and creates a temporary incentive for U.S. corporations to repatriate accumulated income earned abroad by providing an 85 percent dividend received deduction for certain dividends from controlled foreign corporations. In the first quarter of 2005, the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved the Company’s Overall Domestic Reinvestment Plan as required by the Jobs Act. The Company’s Overall Domestic Reinvestment Plan authorizes up to $500,000 of repatriation of unremitted foreign earnings. Some of the individual dividends have not yet been finalized. The Company expects to repatriate an amount ranging from $79,000 to $103,000 with the respective tax liability ranging from $6,000 to $8,000.

(d) Taxing Authority Reviews

Consolidated federal income tax returns of the Company have been examined and the exams have been closed for years up to and including 2000.

In a letter and assessment dated August 24, 2005, the Company was informed by the HM Revenue and Customs of the United Kingdom (“Inland Revenue”) that SIRVA UK Ltd. (formerly Pickfords Ltd.) had been assessed tax in the amount of $48,483 (£27,000) plus interest of $18,583 (£10,349) relating to the accounting period June 26, 1999 to September 30, 1999. The Inland Revenue letter stated that the assessment was made to “protect the interests of HM Revenue & Customs due to the imminent expiry of the six-year period for the making of tax assessments.” The assessment relates to the imputed gain on the transfer of the Pickfords Ltd. business at or near the time it was acquired by the Company in 1999. The assessment is not final, it has been appealed and collection of tax has been held off pending further discussions.

Upon further investigation, it was determined that a tax liability of approximately $23,178 (£13,210), along with accrued interest reflecting the potential tax on the imputed gain should have been recorded at the time Pickfords, Ltd. was acquired in 1999.

This tax liability is the subject of a Tax Matters Agreement (“the Agreement”) between SIRVA and Exel Investments, Ltd. (“Exel” formerly NFC plc). The Agreement states that any tax liability associated with the imputed gain on the transfer of the Pickfords Ltd. business at the time it was acquired by the Company in 1999 is the responsibility of Exel and Exel has acknowledged this responsibility to the Company. As a result, the Company has determined that an indemnification receivable from Exel, of approximately $23,178 (£13,210), along with accrued tax interest receivable should have been recorded since the time Pickfords Ltd. was acquired in 1999. The difference of $25,305 (£13,790), along with accrued interest, between the Inland Revenue assessment and the recorded accrued tax liability and indemnification receivable relates to the determination of Exel’s tax basis in the Pickfords Ltd. business at the time of transfer. If the ultimate determination of tax liability is more than the accrued tax liability and indemnification receivable, the Agreement provides that the Company will receive the amount necessary to satisfy the ultimate tax liability, regardless of amount, and Exel has affirmed that it will pay such amount.

142




(14)   Short-term Debt

Short-term debt at December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Mortgage warehouse facilities

 

$

77,066

 

$

55,509

 

Relocation financing facilities

 

43,429

 

38,719

 

Foreign subsidiaries’ lines of credit

 

1,600

 

848

 

Insurance policy financing

 

2,336

 

 

 

 

$

124,431

 

$

95,076

 

 

The Company’s SIRVA Mortgage, Inc. subsidiary (“SIRVA Mortgage”) utilizes a revolving credit facility and an early purchase facility (collectively the “Mortgage Warehouse Facilities”) extended by Washington Mutual Bank to fund its mortgage loans held for resale. The Mortgage Warehouse Facilities are secured by the assets of SIRVA Mortgage. In June 2004, SIRVA Mortgage entered into an amendment of the revolving credit facility. The amendment lowered the amount available from $100,000 to $80,000 and extended the expiration date to June 1, 2005. Subsequently, in 2005, the $80,000 mortgage revolving credit facility was renewed and extended to June 1, 2006. In addition, SIRVA Mortgage has an uncommitted early purchase facility of $100,000 that carries no maturity date and is normally used during peak lending months. Funds available under the early purchase facility were $100,000 and $50,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. At December 31, 2004, SIRVA Mortgage had an outstanding balance of $77,066 against the revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2003, SIRVA Mortgage had an outstanding balance of $55,509 against the revolving credit facility. Interest on both facilities is payable monthly at a rate equivalent to the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 1.375% to 2.875% (effective rate of 4.01% at December 31, 2004). The interest rate spread varies depending upon such factors as the type of mortgage financed (conventional, jumbo and home-equity line of credit), amount of time a mortgage loan has been closed and not yet sold to investors and other factors. In conjunction with the 2005 renewal, the interest on both facilities was revised to a rate equivalent to LIBOR plus 1.625% to 2.875%. SIRVA Mortgage pays a monthly commitment fee of 0.15% on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility in months where the average drawn balance is less than $40,000.

A Company subsidiary, SIRVA Finance Limited, and various subsidiaries of SIRVA Relocation LLC, maintain relocation financing facilities in the amount of $76,849 with various European banks at December 31, 2004. The Company had an outstanding balance of $43,429 at December 31, 2004 and $38,719 at December 31, 2003. Interest is payable monthly or quarterly depending on the lenders, at a rate of LIBOR plus 0.70% to 1.50% (effective rates between 5.45% and 6.25% at December 31, 2004). The facilities are secured by the underlying relocation assets.

Certain wholly owned foreign subsidiaries of the Company maintain credit facilities totaling $25,382 at December 31, 2004. Interest is payable monthly or quarterly at the base lending rate plus margins between 0.85% and 1.50% (effective rates between 3.63% and 8.55% at December 31, 2004). Commitment fees range from 0% to 0.50% on the unused portion of each applicable credit facility. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the outstanding balance was $1,600 and $848, respectively. The Company has $8,930 of bank guarantees issued against these credit lines at December 31, 2004. These facilities are generally secured by the assets of the applicable subsidiary and certain of these facilities are guaranteed by the Company.

From time to time, the Company finances certain of its insurance policies with the providers of these policies. Such arrangements, which are common within the insurance industry, allow insureds, such as the Company, to extend the payments over a period that more closely matches the time period of the policy. These arrangements are secured by the return premium available if the insurance policies are terminated.

143




At December 31, 2004, the Company had amounts due under insurance financing arrangements of $2,336. These amounts are recognized by the Company as short-term debt obligations.

The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2004, was 4.79%.

The borrowers under the aforementioned facilities are wholly owned subsidiaries of SIRVA, Inc. Each agreement contains limited financial covenants that are applicable for the subsidiary. Financial covenants generally include a requirement to provide financial statements and to maintain the stated financial ratios.

(15)   Long-term Debt

Long-term debt at December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted of the following:

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Term loan

 

$

490,000

 

$

415,000

 

Revolving credit facility

 

42,052

 

 

Senior subordinated notes

 

 

11,025

 

Other

 

1,453

 

1,998

 

Total debt

 

533,505

 

428,023

 

Less current maturities

 

413

 

560

 

Total long-term debt

 

$

533,092

 

$

427,463

 

 

(a) Term Loan

On December 1, 2003, in connection with the Offering, the Company refinanced its existing senior credit facility with a new $600,000 senior credit facility through SIRVA Worldwide. This credit agreement with J.P. Morgan Chase Bank and a consortium of other lenders consists of a $175,000 revolving credit facility and a $425,000 term loan obligation and is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company. On December 31, 2003, the Company made an optional prepayment of $10,000 of the term loan.

On December 23, 2004, the Company amended its term loan facility with its primary lenders in connection with the acquisition of ERC. The amendment increased the size of the facility from $415,000 to $490,000 and reduced the interest rates by 0.50%. In connection with the amendment, the Company deferred bank fees of $1,226, which are being amortized over the life of the loan using the interest method.

The Company had $490,000 and $415,000 of term loan outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Principal and interest payments are to be paid quarterly through maturity on December 1, 2010. Interest is payable at ABR plus 1.00% or LIBOR plus 2.00%. The loan was accruing interest at LIBOR plus 2.00% (effective rate of 4.42%) at December 31, 2004.

The credit agreement governing the term loan and the Revolving Credit Facility (the “Credit Agreement”) contains a number of covenants that limit, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the incurrence of capital lease obligations, the purchase of operating property and the payment of dividends to the Company. While the Credit Agreement generally permits dividends and distributions on the capital stock of SIRVA Worldwide’s subsidiaries to SIRVA Worldwide, such dividends and distributions from SIRVA Worldwide to the Company are limited to 20% of net income, subject to exceptions for transfers to fund the Company’s operating expenses in the ordinary course of business. The Credit Agreement also requires SIRVA Worldwide to maintain certain financial tests, including a consolidated interest coverage ratio and a leverage ratio, and includes a general lien on certain of SIRVA Worldwide’s assets. The agreement also includes certain cross-default provisions such that a default under

144




any other loan agreements in excess of an amount defined as material would cause a default in the Credit Agreement.

The Company entered into amendments of the credit agreement governing the term loan with effective dates of March 28, July 1, September 30 and November 14, 2005. The amendments, among other matters, extended the time for filing the Company’s financial statements, increased the applicable margin as it applies to ABR and Euro currency loans, restated the financial covenants relating to debt leverage and interest coverage and approved the sale of the Company’s U.S. insurance operations. The changes in the financial covenants were required to maintain compliance based on the Company’s expected future operating results. While the Company believes the current financial covenant levels are now appropriate, if it becomes necessary to further amend the financial covenants, the Company would also expect that it would have to amend other terms and conditions in the agreement. The Company expects that bank fees of approximately $5,700 (including the fees paid to amend the Revolving Credit Facility) associated with these amendments will be deferred and amortized over the life of the instruments.

(b) Revolving Credit Facility

Under the Revolving Credit Facility, as amended and restated, the Company may borrow up to $175,000, which includes a $20,000 swing line subfacility and a $50,000 letter of credit subfacility, until its scheduled maturity on December 1, 2009. In January 2004, the Company’s subsidiary, SIRVA UK Limited (formerly Pickfords Limited), became an eligible borrower under the facility. SIRVA UK Limited borrowings are denominated in British Pounds. Borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility was $42,052 and $0 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. A commitment fee of 0.5% is charged on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility and is payable quarterly. The Company had outstanding letters of credit of $14,065 and $11,045 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, primarily in conjunction with its insurance agreements and leased facilities. The Company had available credit of $118,883 and $163,955 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Interest is payable at ABR rates (equivalent to U.S. prime), plus a margin of 1.25% (effective rates of 6.50% for U.S. denominated borrowings and 8.71% for U.K. denominated borrowings at December 31, 2004) or LIBOR, plus a margin of 2.25% (effective rates of 4.67% for U.S. denominated borrowings and 7.07% for U.K. denominated borrowings at December 31, 2004). The weighted-average interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2004 was 4.88%. The rate selected is determined by the facility or subfacility from which the borrowings are drawn, the maturity date of the loan and the required notice of the borrowing. ABR interest is payable at the end of each quarter and LIBOR interest is payable in arrears on the last day of the loan period for loans less than three months and at the end of each quarter for loans greater than three months. Principal is repaid as funds are available.

The Company entered into amendments of the credit agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility with effective dates of March 28, July 1, September 30 and November 14, 2005. The amendments, among other matters, extended the time for filing the Company’s financial statements, increased the applicable margin as it applies to ABR and Euro currency loans, restated the financial covenants relating to debt leverage and interest coverage and approved the sale of the Company’s U.S. insurance operations. The changes in the financial covenants were required to maintain compliance based on the Company’s expected future operating results. While the Company believes the current financial covenant levels are now appropriate, if it becomes necessary to further amend the financial covenants, it would also expect that it would have to amend other terms and conditions in the agreement.

The Company expects that bank fees of approximately $5,700 associated with the 2005 amendments to its Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility credit agreements will be deferred and amortized over the life of the instruments.

145




(c) Senior Subordinated Notes

In connection with the Allied Acquisition in 1999, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary NAVL, issued $150,000 aggregate principal amount of 133¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes due December 1, 2009. These notes were subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of NAVL. They were guaranteed by certain domestic subsidiaries of NAVL. Each note earned interest at a rate of 133¤8% per annum and was payable in semiannual installments on June 1 and December 1 each year to holders of record at the close of business on the May 15th or November 15th immediately preceding the interest payment date.

In connection with the Offering, the Company retired $138,975 of these notes. The notes were retired via a purchase and consent offering that included the adoption of amendments to the indenture eliminating or modifying provisions contained therein. Significant changes included elimination of SEC reporting requirements for NAVL, limitation on indebtedness and limitation on sales of assets. In June 2004, the Company retired $5,000 of the Senior Subordinated Notes and in December 2004, the Company retired an additional $6,025 of the Senior Subordinated Notes, which eliminated all of the Company’s Senior Subordinated Notes.

(d) Other

Future maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2004 are as follows:

2005

 

$

413

 

2006

 

5,340

 

2007

 

5,182

 

2008

 

5,218

 

2009

 

46,952

 

Thereafter

 

470,400

 

 

 

$

533,505

 

 

The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt approximates the carrying amount based on the present value of cash flows discounted at the current rates offered to the Company on similar debt instruments.

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company recognized $1,769 and $37,588, respectively, of debt extinguishment expense. This expense included $803 and $24,951 of bond tender premium and associated fees on the Senior Subordinated Notes and $966 and $12,618 in write-offs of deferred debt issuance costs on the prior senior secured facility and senior subordinated notes for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. In addition, the Company wrote off $1,308 of unrecognized interest rate hedging losses in connection with the debt refinancing to interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2003.

In July and August 2005, the major ratings agencies downgraded the Company’s debt ratings. Moody’s Investors Services lowered the SIRVA Worldwide Corporate Funding (previously called Senior Implied) rating to B2 from Ba3, with a negative outlook. Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services lowered its ratings on SIRVA and SIRVA Worldwide to B+ from BB, with all ratings on credit watch with negative implications.

(16)   Capital and Operating Leases

During 2004, the Company entered into one computer lease agreement and one building lease agreement totaling $2,202. In addition, two transportation equipment lease agreements totaling $24 were acquired through the purchase of Rettenmayer. The leases are being accounted for as capital leases and

146




require the Company to pay customary operating and repair expenses that will keep the assets in appropriate condition through termination dates between 2006 and 2029. The leases do not contain purchase options.

During 2003, the Company entered into two transportation equipment lease agreements totaling $2,967. In addition, several transportation equipment lease agreements and one building lease agreement totaling $4,985 were acquired through the purchase of Scanvan. The leases are being accounted for as capital leases and require the Company to pay customary operating and repair expenses that will keep the assets in appropriate condition through termination dates between 2007 and 2012. The leases do not contain purchase options.

The Company has noncancelable lease commitments under operating leases for rental of office space, warehouse facilities, transportation equipment and office equipment. The Company’s rental expense under these operating leases was $67,458, $67,859 and $59,431 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Operating lease expense related to discontinued operations was $24,914, $26,571 and $27,610 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The majority of the lease agreements associated with discontinued operations were retained by the Company with the cash payments reflected in the table below.

At December 31, 2004, the Company was in violation of a lease covenant requiring timely delivery of annual financial statements. The violation has not been declared a default by the lessor, however, it has prevented the Company from initiating new leases with this lessor until the financial statements are delivered.

Future minimum payments under capital lease obligations and operating leases at December 31, 2004 are as follows:

 

 

Capital Leases

 

Operating Leases

 

2005

 

 

$

5,688

 

 

 

$

62,417

 

 

2006

 

 

5,741

 

 

 

48,277

 

 

2007

 

 

4,819

 

 

 

41,391

 

 

2008

 

 

3,736

 

 

 

34,215

 

 

2009

 

 

1,765

 

 

 

27,952

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

6,984

 

 

 

88,379

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

 

28,733

 

 

 

$

302,631

 

 

Less interest

 

 

6,467

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of net minimum lease payments

 

 

22,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less current portion

 

 

4,635

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term portion of capital lease obligation

 

 

$

17,631

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets under capital leases at December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Transportation equipment

 

$

25,653

 

$

27,403

 

Buildings and improvements

 

7,772

 

5,023

 

Office equipment

 

576

 

281

 

 

 

34,001

 

32,707

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

12,456

 

9,808

 

 

 

$

21,545

 

$

22,899

 

 

147




The Company subleases certain of its leased vehicles and facilities to third parties. The reduction of lease expense as a result of the Company’s subleases was $5,812, $3,670 and $2,090 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Future minimum payments from sublease arrangements at December 31, 2004 are as follows:

2005

 

$

5,667

 

2006

 

4,478

 

2007

 

3,257

 

2008

 

1,730

 

2009

 

1,255

 

Thereafter

 

26

 

Total

 

$

16,413

 

 

At September 30, 2003, the Company sold a facility in Sydney, Australia for $3,472 and recognized a gain of $1,808 on the sale. Due to a delay in the completion of a new facility, it was necessary to enter into a leaseback arrangement, at market rates, for approximately six months until such time as the new facility was ready for occupancy. At June 16, 2004, the Company sold a facility in Leicester, United Kingdom, for $969 and recognized a gain on sale of $289. The Company then entered into a leaseback agreement, at market rates, for a period of three years at an annual rental of approximately $18. The sale and leaseback components of these transactions were accounted for separately due to the fact that the Company’s involvement during the leaseback period was confined to a normal landlord-tenant relationship and the Company retained only a minor part of the use of the property.

(17)   Retirement and Postretirement Medical Plans

(a) Defined Benefit Plans

The Company has several defined benefit pension plans covering certain of its domestic employees and certain employees in other countries. Pension benefits earned are generally based on years of service and compensation during active employment; however, the level of benefits and terms of vesting may vary among plans. Pension plan assets are administered by trustees and are principally invested in equity securities, fixed income securities and pooled separate accounts. The funding of pension plans is determined in accordance with statutory funding requirements.

The domestic defined pension plans were amended effective April 1, 2002, for the purpose of combining the plans into one benefit plan covering all domestic employees. This single pension plan was then frozen effective December 31, 2002, which triggered curtailment accounting treatment due to the elimination of benefits earned for future years of service. The curtailment amounts recorded are reflected in the table below.

The Company also has an Excess Benefit Plan and an Executive Retirement and Savings Plan that are unfunded, nonqualified plans that provide retirement benefits not otherwise provided under the qualified plan because of the benefit limitations imposed by Sections 415 and 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code. These plans ensure that an executive receives the total pension benefit to which he or she otherwise would be entitled, were it not for such limitations. The expense associated with the Excess Benefit Plan is included within the Pension Benefits table below. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the expense associated with the Executive Retirement and Savings Plan was $368, $195 and $556, respectively.

In addition, the Overlap Benefit Plan for various domestic employees, an unfunded, nonqualified retirement plan, provides retirement benefits forfeited by the highly compensated employees under the Qualified Plan because of the changes to the retirement plan formula that were effective April 18, 1989.

148




The Company also has unfunded defined benefit pension plans for certain employees in Germany, Norway and Sweden. Information regarding these plans, as well as the U.S. qualified pension plan, the Excess Benefit Plan and the Overlap Benefit Plan are combined in the tables below (“Combined Plans Excluding United Kingdom”).

The U.K. pension plan includes a defined benefit and defined contribution section. The defined benefit section is closed to new employees. The defined contribution section also has a low level defined benefit promise. In an extended period of prolonged adverse market conditions, it is possible that the promise would lead to an additional liability. At the present time, the Company does not believe this to be the case. The plan was amended in December 2003 with the effective date of amendment commencing April 2004. The amendment alters the level of benefits received for a substantial portion of participants in the plan and resulted in curtailment accounting treatment. The curtailment gain did not result in any immediate income recognition for 2003. The curtailment amounts recorded are reflected in the table below.

149




Information on the Company’s domestic and foreign defined benefit plans and amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003, based on actuarial valuation, is as follows:

 

 

Combined Plans
Excluding United Kingdom

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

      2004      

 

      2003      

 

2004

 

2003

 

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

 

 

$

114,642

 

 

 

$

104,690

 

 

$

79,547

 

$

64,306

 

Benefits transferred in (out)

 

 

(1,885

)

 

 

376

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

 

20

 

 

 

47

 

 

3,038

 

4,233

 

Interest cost

 

 

6,976

 

 

 

6,922

 

 

3,383

 

3,626

 

Plan participants’ contribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,236

 

1,565

 

Actuarial loss

 

 

9,711

 

 

 

7,595

 

 

8,305

 

4,268

 

Plan amendments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Curtailments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,091

)

Benefits paid

 

 

(5,086

)

 

 

(5,223

)

 

(2,311

)

(1,762

)

Currency translation

 

 

58

 

 

 

235

 

 

6,965

 

7,402

 

Projected benefit obligation at end of period

 

 

$

124,436

 

 

 

$

114,642

 

 

$

101,163

 

$

79,547

 

Change in Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

 

 

$

77,707

 

 

 

$

65,513

 

 

$

74,519

 

$

57,915

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

8,026

 

 

 

14,740

 

 

8,086

 

9,214

 

Employer contribution

 

 

11

 

 

 

2,563

 

 

2,494

 

1,548

 

Plan participants’ contribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,236

 

1,565

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(5,080

)

 

 

(5,109

)

 

(2,311

)

(1,762

)

Currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,214

 

6,039

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

 

 

$

80,664

 

 

 

$

77,707

 

 

$

91,238

 

$

74,519

 

Funded Status Reconciliation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status

 

 

$

(43,772

)

 

 

$

(36,935

)

 

$

(9,925

)

$

(5,028

)

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

 

 

46,141

 

 

 

40,375

 

 

14,782

 

9,334

 

Prepaid benefit cost

 

 

$

2,369

 

 

 

$

3,440

 

 

$

4,857

 

$

4,306

 

Minimum liability adjustment

 

 

(46,141

)

 

 

(40,375

)

 

(7,685

)

 

 

Accrued benefit liability

 

 

$

(43,772

)

 

 

$

(36,935

)

 

$

(2,828

)

 

 

 

 

 

Combined Plans
Excluding United Kingdom

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

      2004      

 

      2003      

 

2004

 

2003

 

Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid pension asset at beginning of year

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

6,448

 

Accrued benefit liability

 

 

(43,772

)

 

 

(36,935

)

 

(2,828

)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

46,141

 

 

 

40,375

 

 

7,685

 

 

Net change in prepaid benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,142

)

Net amount recognized

 

 

$

2,369

 

 

 

$

3,440

 

 

$

4,857

 

$

4,306

 

 

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Combined Plans excluding United Kingdom accumulated benefit obligation was $124,418 and $114,548, respectively. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the United Kingdom accumulated benefit obligation was $94,066 and $74,489, respectively.

150




The cumulative income tax impact of the accumulated other comprehensive income line item shown in the table above was $18,839 and $14,131 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The changes within stockholders’ equity in Note 21 are presented net of tax.

The following actuarial assumptions were used for the Company’s benefit obligations under the plans at December 31, 2004 and 2003:

 

 

Combined Plans
Excluding United Kingdom

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

       2004       

 

       2003       

 

   2004   

 

   2003   

 

Assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average discount rate

 

 

5.75

%

 

 

6.25

%

 

 

5.40

%

 

 

5.60

%

 

Expected rate of return on plan assets

 

 

9.00

%

 

 

9.00

%

 

 

7.40

%

 

 

7.75

%

 

Rate of compensation increase

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

3.80

%

 

 

4.40

%

 

 

The discount rates the Company utilizes for determining pension obligations are based on each plan’s projected cash flow utilizing the Citigroup Pension Liability Index for the U.S. plan and a corporate spot rate for the U.K. plan. In 2004, the Company reduced its domestic plan discount rate to 5.75% and its U.K. plan discount rate to 5.40%.

The Company’s expected rate of return on plan assets is determined by the plan assets’ historical long-term investment performance, current asset allocation and estimates of future long-term returns by asset class. In 2004, the Company maintained the expected return on plan assets for its domestic plan at 9.00%, while reducing its U.K. expected return to 7.40%. In developing its expected domestic long-term rate of return assumption, the Company evaluated input from its independent financial advisor, including their review of the Company’s pension asset class 10-year weighted-average returns for each of the last 10 years. The average 10-year return by year is 11.20%. The Company anticipates that its investment managers will generate long-term returns of at least 9.00%. In developing its expected U.K. long-term rate of return assumption, the Company evaluated input from its actuary that indicated a change in market conditions at the end of 2004 would reduce the expected yield on both government and corporate bonds by 0.30%, as compared to the previous year. Also taken into consideration was the Company’s asset class benchmark’s average weighted return over the last ten years, which was 8.30%. The Company anticipates that its investment managers will generate long-term returns of at least 7.40%.

Because the domestic plan was curtailed in 2002 and participants are no longer accruing service benefits, there is no rate of compensation increase for 2004 or 2003.

The Company’s actual pension plan asset allocations at December 31, 2004 and 2003 and targeted allocation for the year ended December 31, 2005 were as follows:

 

 

Combined Plans Excluding
United Kingdom

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

Percentage of Fair Value
Plan Assets

 

Percentage of Fair Value
Plan Assets

 

 

 

2005 Target

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005 Target 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Equity securities

 

 

60% - 70

%

 

 

71

%

 

 

69

%

 

 

60 - 70

%

 

 

70

%

 

 

73

%

 

Debt securities

 

 

30% - 40

%

 

 

29

%

 

 

30

%

 

 

30 - 40

%

 

 

29

%

 

 

27

%

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

%

 

 

 

 

 

1

%

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

The Company’s investment strategy is based on an expectation that equity securities will outperform debt securities over the long term. Accordingly, the composition of the Company’s domestic and U.K. plan assets is broadly characterized as a targeted 65%/35% allocation between equity and debt securities. For the U.K. plan, the targeted allocations in 2004 and 2003 were 70%/30% equity and debt securities and

151




were revised to a targeted 65%/35% allocation effective for 2005. The strategy utilizes indexed U.S. and non-U.S. equity securities and actively managed investment grade debt securities. The Company attempts to mitigate investment risk by rebalancing between equity and debt asset classes as the Company’s contributions and monthly benefit payments are made.

The Company intends to fund at least the minimum amount required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, for its domestic plans and the Pensions Act 1995 for its U.K. plan. For its domestic plans the Company is not required to make contributions in 2005, as determined by minimum required contribution calculations; however, discretionary contributions could be made pending future funding considerations and asset performance significantly above or below the assumed long-term rate of return on pension assets. For its U.K. plan, the Company expects to contribute $2,700 during fiscal 2005.

The following benefit payments which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

 

Combined Plans
Excluding
United Kingdom

 

United Kingdom

 

Total

 

2005

 

 

$

4,281

 

 

 

$

2,504

 

 

$

6,785

 

2006

 

 

4,362

 

 

 

2,604

 

 

6,966

 

2007

 

 

4,503

 

 

 

2,708

 

 

7,211

 

2008

 

 

5,077

 

 

 

2,816

 

 

7,893

 

2009

 

 

5,385

 

 

 

2,930

 

 

8,315

 

Years 2010 – 2014

 

 

33,468

 

 

 

16,500

 

 

49,968

 

 

Information on the Company’s significant domestic and foreign defined benefit plans and amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 based on actuarial valuation, is as follows:

 

 

Combined Plans
Excluding United Kingdom

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

36

 

$

47

 

$

2,660

 

$

3,038

 

$

4,233

 

$

3,793

 

Interest cost

 

7,107

 

6,922

 

6,964

 

3,383

 

3,626

 

3,307

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(6,813

)

(5,785

)

(7,036

)

(4,465

)

(4,645

)

(5,411

)

Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss

 

2,679

 

2,897

 

1,075

 

233

 

794

 

827

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

3,009

 

4,081

 

3,663

 

2,189

 

4,008

 

2,516

 

Prior service benefit curtailment gain

 

 

 

(4,531

)

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost after curtailment

 

$

3,009

 

$

4,081

 

$

(868

)

$

2,189

 

$

4,008

 

$

2,516

 

 

The amount of expense (income) for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 attributable to discontinued operations was $1,186, $1,739 and $(766), respectively.

152




The following actuarial assumptions were used to determine the Company’s net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

Combined Plans
Excluding
United Kingdom

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average discount rate

 

6.25

%

6.75

%

7.25

%

5.60

%

5.60

%

5.75

%

Expected rate of return on plan assets

 

9.00

%

9.00

%

9.00

%

7.75

%

7.75

%

7.75

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

4.00

%

4.40

%

4.00

%

4.00

%

 

Because the domestic plan was curtailed in 2002 and participants are no longer accruing service benefits, there is no rate of compensation increase for 2004 or 2003.

The Company recognizes an accrued benefit liability in its consolidated financial statements for its unfunded Excess Benefit Plan and Overlap Benefit Plan. The accrued benefit cost at December 31, 2004 and 2003 included $1,596 and $1,468, respectively, related to this liability.

The Company’s Canadian subsidiary, SIRVA Canada LP, has a defined benefit plan (the “Canada Plan”) with the benefits generally based upon years of service and the highest five-year average salary during employment. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the accumulated benefit obligation of accrued pension benefits was $0 and $719, respectively, and the aggregate market value of pension plan assets was $399 and $1,089, respectively. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the prepaid pension cost was $399 and $370, respectively. The expense associated with the plan for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $61, $68 and $59, respectively. The Canada Plan was terminated as of January 1, 2001. Pursuant to the Canadian Pension Benefits Standards Act, pension benefits accrued as of January 1, 2001 are fully vested for all affected members, and wind-up notices were distributed to such members on December 27, 2000. The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions has approved the wind-up report and the distribution of assets is expected to occur during 2005.

(b) Postretirement Medical and Life Insurance Plan

The Company has a nonpension postretirement benefit plan for certain domestic employees that provides specific health care and death benefits to eligible retired employees. Under the present plan, which may be amended or terminated at the Company’s option, a defined percentage of health care expenses is covered, after reductions for any deductibles, co-payments, Medicare payments and, in some cases, coverage provided by other group insurance policies. The cost of such health care coverage to a retiree may be determined in part by a retiree’s years of vested service with the Company prior to retirement. Death benefits are based on a fixed amount at time of retirement.

153




The plan covering certain domestic employees was amended effective April 1, 2002 to include substantially all of its domestic employees. This amendment also eliminated benefits after age 65. Effective December 31, 2002, the plan was amended to eliminate any subsidies to employees that had not reached 50 years of age with a minimum of 10 years of service as of December 31, 2002. This amendment triggered curtailment accounting treatment. The curtailment amount recorded is reflected in the components of net periodic benefit cost in the table below.

For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recognized a curtailment loss of $385 with respect to the Company’s postretirement benefit plan in conjunction with the workforce reductions that will occur upon completion of the Disposal Plan. This expense was recorded in loss from discontinued operations (see Note 4).

Information on the Company’s accumulated postretirment benefit obligation and amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 based on actuarial valuation, is as follows:

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Change in Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

 

$

19,132

 

$

16,733

 

Service cost

 

108

 

117

 

Interest cost

 

1,036

 

1,197

 

Plan participants’ contribution

 

108

 

104

 

Actuarial loss

 

2,830

 

2,434

 

Recognition of Medicare Part D Subsidy

 

(3,002

)

 

Curtailment

 

543

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(1,850

)

(1,453

)

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at end of period

 

$

18,905

 

$

19,132

 

Change in Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Employer contribution

 

$

1,742

 

$

1,349

 

Plan participants’ contribution

 

108

 

104

 

Benefits paid

 

(1,850

)

(1,453

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

 

$

 

$

 

Funded Status Reconciliation

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status

 

$

(18,905

)

$

(19,132

)

Unrecognized prior service cost

 

(735

)

(1,483

)

Unrecognized net actuarial (gain)/loss

 

4,294

 

4,783

 

Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost

 

$

(15,346

)

$

(15,832

)

Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued benefit liability

 

$

(15,346

)

$

(15,832

)

 

The following actuarial assumptions were used for the Company’s postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2004 and 2003:

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average discount rate

 

5.50

%

6.00

%

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

 

9.00

%

10.00

%

Ultimate health care cost trend rate

 

5.00

%

5.00

%

First year of ultimate health care cost trend rate

 

2009

 

2009

 

 

154




The discount rate the Company utilizes for determining postretirement benefit obligation is based on the plan’s projected cash flow utilizing the Citigroup Pension Liability Index. In 2004, the Company reduced its postretirement discount rate to 5.50%.

Information on the Company’s postretirement medical plans and amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 based on actuarial valuation, is as follows:

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

108

 

$

117

 

$

764

 

Interest cost

 

1,036

 

1,197

 

1,201

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

(509

)

(550

)

(372

)

Recognized actuarial (gain)/loss

 

237

 

298

 

26

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

872

 

1,062

 

1,619

 

Curtailment (gain)/loss

 

385

 

 

(2,839

)

Net periodic benefit cost/(gain) after curtailment

 

$

1,257

 

$

1,062

 

$

(1,220

)

 

The amount of expense (income) for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 attributable to discontinued operations was $713, $446 and $(798), respectively.

The following actuarial assumptions were used for the Company’s net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average discount rate

 

6.00

%

6.75

%

7.25

%

 

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have the following effects:

 

 

One-Percentage Point

 

 

 

Increase

 

Decrease

 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

 

 

$

115

 

 

$

(100

)

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

 

 

$

2,070

 

 

$

(1,799

)

 

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

 

With Medicare
Subsidy Amount

 

Medicare
Subsidy Amount

 

Without Medicare
Subsidy Amount

 

2005

 

 

$

1,669

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

1,669

 

 

2006

 

 

1,590

 

 

 

165

 

 

 

1,755

 

 

2007

 

 

1,635

 

 

 

184

 

 

 

1,819

 

 

2008

 

 

1,636

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

1,836

 

 

2009

 

 

1,618

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

1,832

 

 

Years 2010 – 2014

 

 

7,059

 

 

 

1,288

 

 

 

8,347

 

 

 

In December 2003, The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 was signed into law, authorizing Medicare to provide prescription drug benefits to retirees. To encourage employers to retain or provide postretirement drug benefits for the Medicare-eligible retirees, the federal

155




government will begin in 2006 to make subsidy payments to employers that sponsor postretirement benefit plans under which retirees receive prescription drug benefits that are actuarially equivalent to the prescription drug benefits provided under Medicare.

FASB Staff Position No. 106-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” was issued on May 19, 2004. This new guidance provides for the recognition of the subsidy in the measurement of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. The Company adopted the provision in the third quarter of 2004, effective January 1, 2004, and because its prescription drug benefits were deemed actuarially equivalent, recorded a $3,002 reduction of the accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 2004 and a $550 reduction in net periodic post retirement benefit cost for the year ended December 31, 2004.

(c) Defined Contribution Plans

In 1994, one of the Company’s U.K. subsidiaries, North American (UK) Ltd., established a contributory defined contribution plan for eligible employees. The plan is funded through contributions from employees, generally 3% of earnings, which are matched by the Company. The expense associated with the plan was $30, $36 and $62 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. This subsidiary was sold on February 1, 2005 in connection with the Disposal Plan (see Note 4).

Effective April 1, 2002, the Allied Van Lines, Inc. Profit Sharing and Retirement Savings Plan was merged with the NAVL Employees Savings Plan and Trust and was renamed the SIRVA Employee Retirement Savings Plan. The plan qualifies under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company made contributions of $1,831, $2,733 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

(d) Current Benefit Plan Liabilities

The current portion of the Company’s defined benefit plans liability, postretirement medical and life insurance plan liability and defined contribution plan liability reflected in other current liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 is listed in the chart below:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Defined benefit plans

 

$

417

 

 

$

660

 

 

Postretirement medical and life insurance plan

 

1,850

 

 

1,453

 

 

Defined contribution plans

 

4

 

 

424

 

 

 

 

$

2,271

 

 

$

2,537

 

 

 

(18)   Postemployment Long-Term Disability Medical Plan

The Company had provided certain postemployment long-term disability medical benefits to inactive employees and their dependents during the period following employment, but before retirement. A plan change was enacted in 2003 that substantially reduced the liability associated with this plan as the health care continuation benefits for inactive employees and their dependents ceased at the end of 2003. Beginning in January 2004, the inactive employees and their dependents could continue to receive benefits through the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) for up to 29 months, with the COBRA premiums being paid by the Company. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the accumulated obligation for such postemployment long-term disability medical benefits was $246 and $563, respectively, and is reflected in other current liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The (income) expense associated with the plan was $67, $(493) and $152 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Included in 2003 plan income was a $1,729 gain from the plan amendment. The

156




amount of expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 attributable to discontinued operations was $25, $(467) and $61, respectively.

(19)   Incentive Compensation

The Company maintains a Management Incentive Plan for certain executives and key management employees. The plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, whose members do not participate in the plan. The expense associated with the incentive plans was $(193), $7,584 and $4,192 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively and was recorded as a component of general and administrative expense. The amount of expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 attributable to discontinued operations was $(38), $1,194 and $814, respectively.

In addition to the Management Incentive Plan, the Company administers several other incentive plans that were in place prior to the acquisitions of Allied, NAIT and CRS. These plans are administered by the Vice President of Compensation and Benefits and are based on achievement of certain predetermined segment performance goals. The expense associated with these plans was $207, $1,046 and $3,079 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively as a component of general and administrative expense. The amount of expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 attributable to discontinued operations was $159, $374 and $156, respectively.

(20)   Other Long-Term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities at December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Long-term pension (see Note 17)

 

$

46,469

 

$

37,014

 

Long-term post retirement benefits (see Note 17)

 

13,496

 

14,379

 

Deferred compensation

 

5,261

 

4,461

 

Facility and trailer lease obligations (see Note 4)

 

8,497

 

 

Facility lease disadvantage

 

1,162

 

1,260

 

Other

 

4,070

 

5,771

 

 

 

$

78,955

 

$

62,885

 

 

Amounts recorded in facility lease disadvantage represent the present value of the excess of the contractual lease payments over the market rental rates for properties which the Company acquired by business acquisition. These deferred credits are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining facility lease term.

157




(21)   Stockholders’ Equity, Redeemable Common Stock and Redeemable Junior Preferred Stock

 

 

Common
Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in-
Capital

 

Common
Stock
Purchase
Warrant

 

Unearned
Compensation

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2001, as previously reported

 

 

$ 415

 

 

 

$ 140,284

 

 

 

$ 655

 

 

 

$       —

 

 

 

$ (17,988

)

 

 

$ (60,441

)

 

 

$ (1,067

)

 

 

$ 61,858

 

 

Cumulative effect of restatements to opening equity

 

 

 

 

 

(259

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,822

)

 

 

(7,067

)

 

 

 

 

 

(15,148

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2001, as restated

 

 

$ 415

 

 

 

$ 140,025

 

 

 

$ 655

 

 

 

$       —

 

 

 

$ (25,810

)

 

 

$ (67,508

)

 

 

$ (1,067

)

 

 

$ 46,710

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,500

 

 

Unrealized hedging gain, net of tax of $1,308

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,962

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,962

 

 

Net change in unrealized holding loss on available-for-sale securities, net of tax benefit of $(937) (restated) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,406

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,406

)

 

Minimum pension liability, net of tax benefit of $(12,207)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,310

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,310

)

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $5,327 (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,735

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,735

 

 

Total comprehensive income (restated) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,481

 

 

Stock repurchases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,181

)

 

 

(1,181

)

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

137

 

 

 

61,357

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,494

 

 

Accretion of junior preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

(3,609

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,609

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2002, as restated

 

 

$ 552

 

 

 

$ 197,773

 

 

 

$ 655

 

 

 

$       —

 

 

 

$ (37,829

)

 

 

$ (35,008

)

 

 

$ (2,248

)

 

 

$ 123,895

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,467

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,467

 

 

Unrealized hedging loss, net of tax benefit of $(68)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(212

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(212

)

 

Net change in unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax of $96 (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

Minimum pension liability, net of tax of $3,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

537

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

537

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $971 (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,846

 

 

Total comprehensive income (restated) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,687

 

 

Unearned compensation

 

 

 

 

 

3,390

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,229

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

161

 

 

Accretion of redeemable common stock (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

(28,465

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28,465

)

 

Stock repurchases (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

(352

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(374

)

 

Issuances of common stock

 

 

136

 

 

 

250,897

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

251,033

 

 

Stock issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

(23,128

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,128

)

 

Accretion of junior preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

(1,901

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,901

)

 

Reclassify redeemable common stock to common stock
(restated)

 

 

42

 

 

 

48,308

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,848

)

 

 

40,502

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2003, as restated

 

 

$ 730

 

 

 

$ 446,522

 

 

 

$ 655

 

 

 

$ (3,229

)

 

 

$ (22,609

)

 

 

$ (20,541

)

 

 

$ (10,118

)

 

 

$ 391,410

 

 

 

158




 

 

Common
Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in-
Capital

 

Common
Stock
Purchase
Warrant

 

Unearned
Compensation

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2003, as restated

 

 

$

730

 

 

 

$

446,522

 

 

 

$

655

 

 

 

$

(3,229

)

 

 

$

(22,609

)

 

 

$

(20,541

)

 

 

$

(10,118

)

 

 

$

391,410

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(68,153

)

 

 

 

 

 

(68,153

)

 

Unrealized hedging gain, net of tax of $961

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,786

 

 

Net change in unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax of $312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

579

 

 

Minimum pension liability, net of tax benefit of $(4,707)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,743

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,743

)

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of
$587

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,150

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(66,381

)

 

Unearned compensation

 

 

 

 

 

(597

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,917

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,320

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71

 

 

Stock issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

(254

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(254

)

 

Stock options exercised

 

 

4

 

 

 

1,961

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,965

 

 

Tax benefit of stock options exercised 

 

 

 

 

 

992

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

992

 

 

To record additional option expense 

 

 

 

 

 

2,128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,128

 

 

Exercise of warrants

 

 

29

 

 

 

35,625

 

 

 

(655

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,999

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2004

 

 

$

763

 

 

 

$

486,448

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(1,312

)

 

 

$

(20,837

)

 

 

$

(88,694

)

 

 

$

(10,118

)

 

 

$

366,250

 

 

 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 were:

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Unrealized investment gain (loss)

 

$

347

 

$

(232

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

19,569

 

11,419

 

Minimum pension liability

 

(40,412

)

(31,669

)

Unrealized hedging loss

 

(341

)

(2,127

)

 

 

$

(20,837

)

$

(22,609

)

 

(a) Initial Public Offering

The Company began the initial public offering of its common stock on November 25, 2003, pursuant to a registration statement, No. 333-108185, as amended, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(b) Secondary Offering and Common Stock Purchase Warrant

A secondary offering of the Company’s common stock was completed on June 15, 2004. The shares were offered by selling stockholders who, prior to the secondary offering, owned approximately 68% of the Company’ outstanding stock. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares offered. The Company incurred $1,189 of expenses related to the secondary offering, which were recorded in general and administrative expense.

In conjunction with the secondary offering, one of the selling stockholders, an affiliate of Exel plc, fully exercised warrants that it had previously received as part of the Allied Acquisition in November 1999. These were the Company’s only outstanding warrants. The Company received proceeds of $34,999 and issued 2,773,116 shares of common stock in connection with this exercise. Subsequent to the secondary

159




offering and the exercise of warrants, the selling stockholders owned approximately 37% of the Company’s outstanding stock.

(c) Unearned Compensation

For the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company recognized $3,448 and $3,537 of non-cash stock compensation expense in relation to stock subscriptions and stock option grants made to certain managers and directors in 2003 and for option vesting extensions granted to terminated employees per the terms of their severance agreements. The expense has been recorded as the difference between the subscription or exercise price and the deemed fair value of the Company’s common and redeemable common stock on the date of grant in accordance with APB 25. The total non-cash stock compensation expense to be recognized by the Company in respect of these transactions is $5,975, with an additional expense amount of $2,322 in regards to the option vesting extensions provided to certain terminated employees. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company has recorded $1,312 and $3,229 of unearned compensation and expects to recognize $652, $390, $206 and $64 in each of 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

(d) Redeemable Common Stock

Certain key employees of the Company who held common stock may have required the Company to repurchase all of the shares held upon termination by the Company without cause, or death, disability or retirement at normal retirement age. This repurchase right terminated upon the Offering and as a result, these securities were reclassified to common stock.

(e) Redeemable Junior Preferred Stock

In connection with the Allied Acquisition, the Company issued 24,500 shares of junior preferred stock, due in 2010, to an affiliate of Exel, plc, having an initial liquidation preference of $24,500. The dividend rate on this junior preferred stock was 12.4% compounded quarterly and was cumulative. Due to the Exel affiliate’s being a foreign entity, IRS regulations require withholding taxes to be paid with each quarterly dividend, even if the dividend is notational only. All withholding payments made by the Company reduced the price the Company paid to redeem this stock.

At July 1, 2003, as required by SFAS 150 “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments With Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity”, the Company reclassified $31,487 of redeemable junior preferred stock to redeemable junior preferred obligation, a long-term liability. The accretion of dividends of $1,901 and $3,609 for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, was accounted for as a non-cash transaction.

In connection with the secondary offering, the redeemable junior preferred obligation was redeemed in full. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company recorded $1,815 of interest expense on the redeemable preferred obligation since July 1, 2003, which previously would have been treated as accretion of junior preferred stock dividends.

160




The following table recaps activity related to redeemable common stock and redeemable junior preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003:

 

 

Redeemable
Common
Stock

 

Redeemable
Junior
Preferred
Stock

 

Balance at December 31, 2001, as previously reported

 

 

$

3,266

 

 

 

$

28,339

 

 

Cumulative effect of restatements to opening balances

 

 

259

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2001, as restated

 

 

3,525

 

 

 

28,339

 

 

Stock repurchases

 

 

(712

)

 

 

 

 

Issuance of redeemable common stock

 

 

4,821

 

 

 

 

 

Accretion of junior preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

3,609

 

 

Taxes paid

 

 

 

 

 

(1,547

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2002, as restated

 

 

$

7,634

 

 

 

$

30,401

 

 

Redemption of redeemable common stock (restated)

 

 

(1,132

)

 

 

 

 

Issuance of redeemable common stock

 

 

5,535

 

 

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable common stock (restated)

 

 

28,465

 

 

 

 

 

Accretion of junior preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

1,901

 

 

Taxes paid

 

 

 

 

 

(815

)

 

Reclassify redeemable junior preferred stock to junior preferred obligation

 

 

 

 

 

(31,487

)

 

Reclassify redeemable common stock to common stock (restated)

 

 

(40,502

)

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2003, as restated

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

(f) Stock Split

On November 7, 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a stock split of 3.17 for 1 of its common stock by way of a reclassification. The reclassification was effected through a restated certificate of incorporation, which the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 10, 2003 and which became effective on November 24, 2003. The restated certificate of incorporation also increased the number of authorized shares of the Company’s common stock to 500,000,000. The Company’s Board of Directors and its stockholders approved the restated certificate of incorporation on November 6, 2003. Accordingly, all share and per share information in these Consolidated Financial Statements give effect to the reclassification.

(22)   Stock Option Plans

Prior to the Offering, the Company maintained a stock option plan (“the Option Plan”) for officers and other key employees that provided for the offer of up to 3,170,000 shares of its common stock and the granting of options to acquire up to 6,340,000 shares of its common stock. The administrator of the Option Plan was SIRVA’s Board of Directors. Under the Option Plan, Service Options and, in certain cases, Performance Options were granted with each share of stock sold to the officers and other key employees. Service Options were vested in equal annual installments on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date. Performance Options were vested dependant on achievement of cumulative earnings targets, or if not vested sooner, become vested on the ninth anniversary of the grant date. All options granted expire after 10 years from the grant date. On January 1, 2001, the Company discontinued the granting of Performance Options.

Subsequent to the Offering, the Company maintains the SIRVA, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (“the Omnibus Plan”) for any non-employee member of the Company’s Board of Directors, officer or employee of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, including any prospective employee, and

161




any of the Company’s consultants or advisors. The Omnibus Plan provides for the offer of up to 7,600,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Omnibus Plan provides for the award to eligible participants of stock options, including incentive stock options (within the meaning of section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code), stock appreciation rights, performance stock and performance units, restricted stock and restricted stock units, and deferred stock units. Under the terms of all options granted under the Omnibus Plan in 2004 and 2003, service options will vest in equal annual installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date. All service options expire after 7 years from the grant date. Unless otherwise provided in a participant’s option agreement, the exercise price of the options will be (and in 2004 and 2003, was) at least equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the trading date immediately prior to the grant date; hence, no compensation expense is recognized.

Information with respect to the options granted under the Option Plan and Omnibus Plan is as follows:

 

 

# of
Shares

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2001

 

2,158,453

 

 

$

4.24

 

 

Options granted

 

2,321,308

 

 

4.48

 

 

Options cancelled

 

(315,605

)

 

4.48

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2002

 

4,164,156

 

 

4.35

 

 

Options granted

 

2,264,302

 

 

13.28

 

 

Options cancelled

 

(569,586

)

 

4.37

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2003

 

5,858,872

 

 

7.80

 

 

Options granted

 

388,000

 

 

21.43

 

 

Options exercised

 

(455,394

)

 

4.52

 

 

Options cancelled

 

(239,276

)

 

10.08

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2004

 

5,552,202

 

 

$

8.92

 

 

 

The weighted-average remaining contractual life of these options is 6.74 years. At December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the number of options that were exercisable were 2,189,710, 1,538,322 and 1,013,785, respectively, and the weighted-average exercise price of options exercisable at December 31, 2004 is $6.44.

Summary information about the Company’s stock options outstanding at December 31, 2004 is as follows:

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

Options Exercisable

 

Range of Exercise
Prices

 

Number
Outstanding

 

Weighted Average
Remaining Years of
Contractual Life

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

 

Number
Exercisable

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

 

$   3.15

 

 

348,700

 

 

 

3.29

 

 

 

$

3.15

 

 

318,484

 

 

$

3.15

 

 

$   4.48

 

 

2,665,788

 

 

 

7.00

 

 

 

4.48

 

 

1,380,177

 

 

4.48

 

 

$   5.84

 

 

908,464

 

 

 

8.47

 

 

 

5.84

 

 

171,549

 

 

5.84

 

 

$ 18.50

 

 

1,271,250

 

 

 

5.90

 

 

 

18.50

 

 

319,500

 

 

18.50

 

 

$19.90 - $ 24.33

 

 

358,000

 

 

 

6.68

 

 

 

21.48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,552,202

 

 

 

6.74

 

 

 

$

8.92

 

 

2,189,710

 

 

$

6.44

 

 

 

The weighted-average fair values at date of grant for options granted equal to market price during 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $9.48, $8.58 and $0.68, respectively. The weighted-average fair values at date of grant for options granted at less than the market price of the stock on the grant date during 2003 were $5.15. All fair values were estimated using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following assumptions: risk-free interest rates of 3.30% to 3.90% for 2004, 2.20% to 3.73% for 2003 and 3.05% to

162




4.27% for 2002, expected volatility of 0.01% for options granted prior to the Offering and 42.46% for options granted subsequent to the Offering for 2003 and 37.43% to 41.71% for 2004, expected life of five years prior to the Offering and six years subsequent to the offering and no dividend payments.

(23)   Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Litigation

Suit Against Insurers

The Company was a defendant in a personal injury suit resulting from a 1996 accident involving one of its agent’s drivers. The case was tried in 1998, and the Company was found liable. After appeals, a final judgment of $15,174 was rendered in 2002, which has been fully paid. After insurance payments and reimbursements, the Company has paid $7,637, which it believes is fully reimbursable by insurance; however, TIG Insurance Co. (“TIG”), one of the Company’s excess insurers, filed suit against the Company, one of its subsidiaries and several other parties in the 191st Judicial District of Dallas County, Texas in September 2002, contesting TIG’s coverage obligation and seeking declaratory judgment. The Company filed a counterclaim against TIG, seeking reimbursement for all remaining amounts that it paid in satisfaction of the judgment and associated costs and expenses. The Company filed a motion for summary judgment in August 2003 and in December 2003, the court rendered a judgment awarding the Company $2,428 plus interest and attorneys’ fees. The Company recorded an amount receivable to reflect this judgment at December 31, 2003. TIG filed an appeal with the Fifth Court of Appeals in Dallas, Texas, and the Company filed a cross-appeal. The appeals court issued a decision on August 26, 2005 and lowered the trial court’s award to $261, plus interest and attorney’s fees. The Company adjusted the amount receivable at December 31, 2004 to reflect the reduced award.

Governmental Investigations—Department of Justice

The Company has produced records in response to grand jury subpoenas issued in July 2002 and January 2003 in connection with an investigation being conducted by attorneys in the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) Antitrust Division through a grand jury in the Eastern District of Virginia. The Company is cooperating with the investigation and understands that numerous other companies have received similar subpoenas. The Company believes that the investigation relates to the transportation of U.S. military members’ household goods between the United States and foreign countries, which is managed by the Military Transportation and management Command of the U.S. Army, utilizing private moving companies.

The revenues derived from international military business during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 were small and declining, representing less than 2% of the Company’s consolidated operating revenues in 2002, and declining to less than 1% in 2004. While the investigation is ongoing and potentially exposes the Company to potential criminal, civil, and administrative penalties, it is difficult to predict an outcome with certainty at this time before the government makes its decisions and advises the Company of them.

For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recorded legal fees and expenses that were not material in relation to this matter and has established a reserve in accordance with the guidelines set forth in SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” that it considers appropriate in the circumstances. The Company is also subject to other issues that may be raised by government agencies in connection with its government contracts.

The Company believes that, based on information currently available to it, the investigation’s outcome will not have a materially adverse impact on its overall operations or financial condition, although there

163




can be no assurance that it will not. The Company recently has engaged in settlement discussions with the DOJ and anticipates that a resolution of the matters under investigation will be reached.

Governmental Investigations—European Union

Some of the Company’s moving services operations in Europe are being investigated by European antitrust regulators. The investigations involve certain anticompetitive practices and may expose the Company to administrative and other penalties.

In Europe, antitrust regulators have the authority to levy fines. The total amount of any fine levied by a regulator for a particular infringement cannot exceed 10% of the total revenues of the entity on which the fine is levied in the year preceding the levying of the fine. The amount of any fine takes account of the scale of the infringing entity and is computed based on the gravity of the infringement and its duration. It is adjusted to take account of any aggravating or attenuating circumstances, and may be reduced to reflect cooperation with the investigative process. Any fine is imposed by way of a regulatory decision, which is preceded by the issuing of a statement of objections in which the regulator sets out its preliminary findings on any infringement. The addressee of the statement of objections is given the opportunity to respond to the findings set out in the statement of objections. No statements of objections have been received, although the Company believes that it is likely that a statement of objections will be issued.

The Company is cooperating with the investigations. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company incurred $959 in legal fees and expenses in relation to this matter and has established a reserve that it considers appropriate in the circumstances.

Management believes that, based on information currently available, the outcome of the European antitrust investigation will not have a material adverse impact on the Company’s overall operations or financial condition, although there can be no assurance that it will not. Any potential penalties, however, may have a material impact on the Company’s earnings in the period in which they are recognized.

Governmental Investigation—Australia

In August 2004, the Company’s Australian moving subsidiary, SIRVA (Australia) Pty. Ltd. (“SIRVA Australia”), received notice from the Australian Competition & Consumer Commission stating that the Commission is aware of allegations that SIRVA Australia may have been involved in, or may have documents or information in relation to, collusive arrangements or understandings to fix prices and share tenders with respect to moves within and from the Australian Capital Territory, which were let by and on behalf of certain Australian government agencies. The Commission’s notice identified 12 other companies that are alleged to have been involved in the arrangements that are the subject of the investigation. SIRVA Australia has produced records in response to this notice. No legal proceedings have been commenced, however, if the investigation does result in legal proceedings, this could expose SIRVA Australia to pecuniary penalties and other civil remedies. The Company is cooperating with the investigation, but does not know when it will be completed. As of the date of this report, the Company understands that the matter is still being investigated by the Commission. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company incurred $321 in legal fees and expenses in relation to this matter.

Management believes that, based on information currently available, the outcome of the Australian antitrust investigation will not have a material adverse impact on the Company’s overall operations or financial condition, although there can be no assurance that it will not. An unfavorable outcome for the Company is considered neither probable nor remote by management at this time and an estimate of probable loss or range of probable loss cannot currently be made. Any potential penalties, however, may have a material impact on the Company’s earnings in the period in which they are recognized.

164




Securities Class Action

In November 2004, two purported securities class action complaints were filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois against the Company and certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors. Titled Central Laborers’ Pension Fund v. SIRVA Inc., et al., No. 04-CV-7644, and Hiatt v. SIRVA, Inc., et al., No. 04-CV-7532, both complaints purported to be brought on behalf of all those who acquired the Company’s common stock between November 25, 2003 and November 9, 2004. On January 25, 2005, the plaintiff in Hiatt v. SIRVA, Inc. voluntarily dismissed his suit. On March 29, 2005, the court appointed Central Laborers’ Pension Fund lead plaintiff in the remaining case, and approved its choice of counsel, Milberg Weiss Bershad & Schulman LLP, as lead plaintiff’s counsel. On May 13, 2005, plaintiff filed a “corrected” complaint, retaining the same class period, and alleging, among other things, that defendants had made false and misleading statements in certain SEC filings, including the Prospectuses to its initial and secondary public offerings, and press releases. The statements subject to the complaint generally relate to the Company’s insurance claims reserves, European operations, and restatement accounts and are said to constitute violations of Sections 11, 12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as well as Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Plaintiff seeks unspecified damages. On October 11, 2005, plaintiff filed its Consolidated Amended Class Action Complaint (“Amended Complaint”), a corrected version of which was filed on October 19, 2005. The Amended Complaint adds ten new defendants, including an additional SIRVA director, the seven underwriters which participated in the initial and secondary public offerings, SIRVA’s independent registered public accounting firm and the private investment fund that manages the Company’s controlling shareholder. The Amended Complaint extends the class period, purporting to be brought on behalf of all those who acquired the Company’s common stock between November 25, 2003 and January 31, 2005. It retains all causes of action contained in the prior Complaint and adds a new claim against SIRVA’s controlling shareholder for violation of Section 20A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Amended Complaint also contains additional allegations relating to the following areas: SIRVA’s restatement of financial statements and accounting errors for years 2000 through 2003 and the first nine months of 2004, problems in its European operations, insurance reserves, financial forecasting and internal controls. The case is in the preliminary stages, the outcome is not predictable at this time, and the Company is not presently able to reasonably estimate potential losses, if any, related to this lawsuit. Therefore, the Company has not established a reserve for these claims. An unfavorable outcome in this case could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s overall operations or financial condition. In addition, the defense of any litigation may be costly and divert the Company’s attention from the day-to-day operations of its business.

Dr. Richard Bassin filed a Complaint on February 17, 2005 against SIRVA and certain of its directors and officers in the Circuit Court for St. Clair County, Illinois alleging violations of Sections 11 and 15 of the 1933 Act. Bassin v. SIRVA, Inc., et al., No. 05 L 120 (the “Bassin case”). The Complaint alleges facts similar to the Central Laborers’ case. On April 28, 2005, all defendants in the Bassin case filed a joint removal petition in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Illinois under the Securities Law Uniform Standards Act (“SLUSA”), 15 U.S. C. § 77v.(a). Bassin v. SIRVA, Inc., et al., No. 05-314-GPM. Plaintiffs subsequently filed a motion to remand the case to state court. Defendants later filed a motion to transfer the case to the Northern District of Illinois under 28 U.S. C. § 1404. On October 7, 2005, counsel for the plaintiff withdrew its motion to remand, and counsel for all parties notified the Court of an agreement to transfer the Bassin case to the United States District Court of the Northern District of Illinois. The case is in the preliminary stages, the outcome is not predictable at this time, and the Company is not presently able to reasonably estimate potential losses, if any, related to this lawsuit. Therefore, the Company has not established a reserve for these claims. An unfavorable outcome in this case could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s overall operations or financial condition. In addition, the defense of any litigation may be costly and divert the Company’s attention from the day-to-day operations of its business.

165




Other

The Company is involved from time to time in other routine legal matters incidental to its business, including lawsuits relating to conduct of its agents and drivers. Such accidents have included, and in the future may include, serious injuries or the loss of lives. While it may be liable for damages or suffer reputational harm from litigation, the Company believes that legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations.

SEC Investigation

In February 2005, the Company received notice of an informal inquiry from the SEC related to its January 31, 2005 earnings guidance announcement for the fourth quarter and full year ended December 31, 2004. In June 2005, the SEC staff informed the Company that the inquiry had been converted into a formal investigation. The Company is cooperating with the investigations.

(b) Environmental Matters

Environmental Cleanup Proceedings

The Company has been named as a PRP in two environmental cleanup proceedings brought under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, or similar state statutes. Based on all known information, it is estimated that the cost to resolve liability at these sites would not be materially or significantly larger than the reserves established. The Company is not presently able to reasonably estimate additional potential losses, if any, related to these proceedings. The Company could incur significant unanticipated costs, however, if additional contamination is found at these sites, or if it is named as a PRP in other proceedings.

(c) Purchase Commitments

Purchase commitments at December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted of the following:

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

IT outsourcing agreements

 

$

138,026

 

$

154,228

 

Software licenses, transportation equipment and other

 

6,282

 

8,098

 

 

 

$

144,308

 

$

162,326

 

 

On July 1, 2002, the Company entered into a ten-year Agreement for Outsourcing Services with Covansys Corporation (“Covansys”) and Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. (“ACS”) to provide selected outsourcing services for the Company’s domestic information systems infrastructure, including data center operations and telecommunications and certain application software development. At December 31, 2004, the remaining purchase commitments to Covansys and ACS were $138,026. Effective November 1, 2005, the Company entered into a Fourth Amendment to its Agreement for Outsourcing Services with Covansys and ACS (“Amended Outsourcing Agreement”). The Amended Outsourcing Agreement, among other items, modifies the service levels provided by Covansys and ACS to the Company and reduces the monthly amount charged for such services. As a result, the total future commitment to Covansys and ACS will be reduced by $14,732 to $108,826 as of the same date.

(24)   Financial Instruments

The Company utilizes interest rate agreements and foreign exchange contracts to manage interest rate and foreign currency exposures. The principal objective of such contracts is to minimize the risks and/or costs associated with financial and international operating activities. Except for certain convertible securities held by the Company’s insurance subsidiary, the Company does not utilize financial instruments

166




for trading purposes. The counterparties to these contractual arrangements are financial institutions with which the Company also has other financial relationships. The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by these counterparties. However, the Company does not anticipate nonperformance by the other parties, and no material loss would be expected from their nonperformance. Interest rate swap agreements and foreign exchange instruments with the Company’s credit agreement banks are borrower obligations under the credit agreement; hence, such agreements and instruments are secured and guaranteed.

(a) Interest Rate Instruments

The Company enters into interest swap agreements to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates. The swaps involve the exchange of variable interest rate payments for fixed interest rate payments without exchanging the notional principal amounts. The Company records the payments or receipts on the agreements as adjustments to interest expense.

In 2003, the Company restructured the senior credit facility in a manner that constituted a termination event. At that time, the Company recorded interest expense of $1,308 to recognize the unrealized loss on swap agreements. In 2004, the Company recorded interest income of $678 to recognize a reduction of the unrealized loss to $619. The December 2004 amendment to the senior secured credit facility did not constitute a termination event.

Derivative gains or losses included in accumulated other comprehensive loss are reclassified into earnings at the time when the hedged item affects earnings. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, $2,513, $2,993 and $4,449, respectively, were reclassified as interest expense. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, $0 of expense, $28 of expense and $64 of income, respectively, were recognized in earnings for ineffectiveness relating to cash flow hedges. The Company estimates that derivative gains of $1,860 included in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2004 will be reclassified into earnings during the next 12 months. The following is a recap of each agreement at December 31, 2004:

 

 

Agreement 1

 

Agreement 2

 

Agreement 3

 

Agreement 4

 

Notional amount

 

$60.0 million

 

$60.0 million

 

$40.0 million

 

$20.0 million

 

Fixed rate paid

 

3.10

%

2.89

%

2.43

%

2.44

%

Variable rate received

 

1-month LIBOR

 

1-month LIBOR

 

1-month LIBOR

 

1-month LIBOR

 

Expiration date

 

January 2007

 

March 2006

 

April 2005

 

April 2005

 

 

In order to mitigate the risk that a change in interest rates will result in a decline in value of the Company’s interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) in the committed mortgage pipeline or mortgage loan inventory, the Company enters into derivative transactions. The inventory is economically hedged with forward contracts for the sale of loans on a best effort basis with private investors, through mandatory forward sales of mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), and by purchasing call options on United States Treasury Futures. Forward sales of MBS, purchasing Treasury Call options and IRLCs issued on residential mortgage loans in the Company’s pipeline intended to be held for sale are considered free-standing derivative instruments and changes in fair value are recorded in current period earnings. For IRLCs, fair value is measured using current market rates for the associated mortgage loans. For forward sales of MBS, fair value is measured using quotes obtained from brokers. For the Treasury Call options, the fair value is measured utilizing the Black-Scholes pricing model. No gains or losses resulting from changes in fair value of these derivatives were recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

At December 31, 2004, the Company had $78,895 of closed mortgage loans held in inventory of which $12,976 were unsold conforming loans that were economically hedged by forward sales of MBS. In

167




addition, at December 31, 2004, the Company had short-term IRLCs of $81,671, of which $44,651 were economically hedged by forward sales of MBS. At December 31, 2004, the Company had forward contracts to sell MBS that amounted to $57,000 for the purpose of economically hedging the committed pipeline and mortgage loan inventory. At December 31, 2004, the Company owned call options on United States Treasury futures with a notional amount equal to $12,500 for the purpose of economically hedging the committed pipeline that contains a float down option of the interest rate.

(b) Foreign Exchange Instruments

From time to time, the Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts in the regular course of business to manage its exposure against foreign currency fluctuations. The forward contracts establish the exchange rates at which the Company will purchase or sell the contracted amount of U.S. dollars for specified foreign currencies at a future date. The Company utilizes forward contracts that are short-term in duration (less than one year). The major currency exposures hedged by the Company are the Australian dollar, British pound sterling, and Euro. The contract amount of foreign currency forwards was $47,986 and $20,706 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Changes in fair value relating to these derivatives are recognized in current period earnings. Approximately $70, $2,127 and $142 of losses resulting from changes in fair value of these derivatives were recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, as a component of general and administrative expense.

(c) Convertible Bond Instruments

The Company held various debt securities with convertible features in the available-for-sale investment portfolio of its insurance operations. The value of the conversion feature is bifurcated from the value of the underlying bond. Changes in fair value of the bifurcated feature are recorded in current period earnings. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, $746, $1,880 and $700 of gains, respectively, from increases in the fair market value of these instruments were recorded in earnings as a component of operating revenues. After October 1, 2004, the Company now classifies any newly purchased convertible debt securities as trading.

(d) Relocation Receivable Securitization

In June 2004 the Company implemented a program to sell certain receivables generated by SIRVA Relocation, LLC (“SIRVA Relocation”), a relocation services subsidiary, to independent third-party financial institutions. SIRVA Relocation and ERC sell (transfer) receivable portfolios to a wholly owned special purpose vehicle, SIRVA Relocation Credit, LLC (“SRC”). The receivables are primarily home equity advances and other payments made on behalf of transferees and corporate clients. The loans are evidenced by promissory notes executed by the transferees and supported by the underlying value of the transferees’ properties and contract arrangements with corporate clients. The loans generally are due within 180 days or upon the earlier sale of the underlying property. The sales are governed by a Receivables Sale Agreement (the “Relocation Receivables Agreement”). The Relocation Receivables Agreement was amended on December 23, 2004 in connection with the acquisition of ERC to include home equity advances and other related trade receivables generated by ERC, increase the amount of the facility from $55,000 to $200,000, add an additional purchaser and extend the maturity of the facility to three years.

At each sale transaction, SRC transfers its ownership in all of its receivables on a non-recourse basis to the third-party financial institutions in exchange for (1) a cash advance (equal to 85% of eligible receivables), and (2) a retained interest (representing 15% of the eligible balance plus 100% of the ineligible balances). The 85 percent interest in the eligible receivables sold under these arrangements is excluded from the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As of December 31, 2004, the Company sold $330,387 of accounts receivable through its Receivables Securitization Program and obtained proceeds of $258,660. On

168




December 23, 2004, the Company’s acquisition of ERC provided $94,679 in proceeds from the sale of $123,664 of receivables.

The Receivables Securitization Program is accounted for as sales of financial assets according to SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities.” The fair value of the retained interest is estimated by considering the history of performance of these types of receivables, the underlying security, the subordinate position of the retained interest, current interest rates and economic conditions. The key assumptions used to estimate fair value include the discount rate (approximately 5%), the expected weighted-average life of the underlying receivable (approximately two months) and anticipated credit losses (which have been immaterial based on historical experience). At December 31, 2004, the interests retained in the transferred receivables carried at amounts that approximate fair value totaled $38,564. The loss on transfer to the independent third-party financial institution was $225. An immediate 20% increase in the discount rate would reduce the fair value of the retained interests at December 31, 2004 by approximately $64 and increase the expected credit losses by an immaterial amount.

Under the terms of the Relocation Receivables Agreement, SIRVA Relocation and ERC are responsible for servicing the receivables during their life, including administration and collection of the receivables, on behalf of the financial institutions. Fees are paid to SIRVA Relocation by SRC at the rate of 0.6 percent of the transferred receivables. The fees are considered adequate compensation for the services involved as they approximate the costs of providing the services. Accordingly, no servicing asset or liability is recorded. The table below summarized certain cash flows received from and paid to the special purpose subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Balance from securitizations on January 1, 2004

 

$

 

Proceeds from new securitizations during 2004

 

258,660

 

Net collections paid to purchasers during 2004

 

153,381

 

Balance from securitizations on December 31, 2004

 

$

105,279

 

 

The Relocation Receivables Agreement for the securitization program was further amended with effective dates of March 31, May 31, July 1, September 30 and November 14, 2005. The amendments, among other things, extended the permitted time period for the filing of financial statements, implemented a new monthly financial reporting requirement for SIRVA Relocation as Master Servicer, increased the applicable margin as it applies to Prime Rate and Eurodollar Rate proceeds, amended the definition of certain termination events and modified certain terms and processes related to the determination of eligible receivables and employers.

169




(25)   Earnings Per Share

A reconciliation of reported income from continuing operations to income available to common stockholders and a reconciliation of basic to diluted weighted average common shares for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 is as follows:

 

 

2004

 

Restated
2003

 

Restated
2002

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

(35,253

)

$

15,963

 

$

37,594

 

Less preferred share dividends

 

 

(1,901

)

(3,609

)

Income from continuing operations available to common stockholders

 

$

(35,253

)

$

14,062

 

$

33,985

 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

 

72,121,950

 

58,104,742

 

51,712,625

 

Assumed conversion of stock options and awards

 

 

2,829,126

 

119,611

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

 

72,121,950

 

60,933,868

 

51,832,236

 

 

The incremental shares from assumed conversions are included in computing the 2003 and 2002 diluted share amounts for discontinued operations even though they are antidilutive. This is because the control number (income from continuing operations) was income, not a loss.

Options to purchase 132,500 shares of common stock were outstanding during 2004 but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options’ exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares. Potentially dilutive securities totaling 4,050,523 shares for the year ended December 31, 2004 have not been included in the determination of diluted loss per share from continuing operations, as their inclusion would be anti-dilutive in that period.

(26)   Operating Segments

In determining reportable segments, the Company periodically reviews several qualitative and quantitative factors associated with its operating segments. These factors include management reporting, organizational structure, operating revenues, income from continuing operations, assets, customers, services, operating margins and other economic characteristics. Reflecting the increasing importance that the Relocation business plays in the Company’s overall financial performance, the Company has reorganized its management structure and beginning in the fourth quarter of 2004, will report its results in the following five reportable segments—1) Global Relocation Services, 2) Moving Services North America, 3) Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific, 4) Network Services and 5) Corporate. Moving Services Europe and Moving Services Asia Pacific are separate operating segments. However, given their similar economic characteristics, services provided, processes, types of customers, methods of service delivery, regulatory environments and meeting certain quantitative thresholds, the Company has concluded these two operating segments should be combined into a single reportable segment, Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific. The table below summarizes the components of the Company’s previous reportable segments and its new reportable segments.

Previous Segment

 

Business Unit

 

 

New Segment

 

Business Unit

 

Relocation Solutions North America

 

Relocation Services North America

 

 

Global Relocation Services

 

Relocation Services North America

 

Relocation Solutions North America

 

Moving Services North America

 

 

Global Relocation Services

 

Relocation Services Europe

 

Relocation Solutions North America

 

Special Products

 

 

Global Relocation Services

 

Relocation Services Asia Pacific

 

Relocation Solutions Europe and Asia Pacific

 

Moving Services Europe

 

 

Moving Services North America

 

Moving Services North America

 

Relocation Solutions Europe and Asia Pacific

 

Relocation Services Europe

 

 

Moving Services North America

 

Special Products

 

Relocation Solutions Europe and Asia Pacific

 

Moving Services Asia Pacific

 

 

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

 

Moving Services Europe

 

Relocation Solutions Europe and Asia Pacific

 

Relocation Services Asia Pacific

 

 

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

 

Moving Services Asia Pacific

 

Network Services

 

Insurance Services

 

 

Network Services

 

Insurance Services

 

Network Services

 

Client Services

 

 

Network Services

 

Client Services

 

Corporate

 

Corporate

 

 

Corporate

 

Corporate

 

 

170




As discussed in Note 4, Discontinued Operations, prior segment Transportation Solutions and certain of the specialized transportation components of the Company’s Moving Services North America and Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segments will be disposed of. Their results are included as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. As part of the classification of these businesses as discontinued operations, general corporate overhead expenses, which were previously allocated to these businesses but will remain after their disposal, have been reclassed to other segments in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

GRAPHIC

Global Relocation Services:   The Company offers a comprehensive suite of relocation solutions to thousands of corporate and government customers around the world. It offers a wide variety of employee relocation services including the sale of employees’ homes, movement of their household goods, purchase of their new homes and provision of destination services. These relocation solutions are provided by a team of over 1,000 employees around the world and a network of agents and other service providers.

Moving Services North America:   The Company provides moving services through its proprietary branded network of 735 agents who own the trucks and trailers used in moves and are responsible for packing, hauling and storage, and distribution of household goods. It acts as a network manager for its agents, providing, among other things, brand management, load optimization, billing, collection and claims handling.

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific:   The Company provides moving services through a combination of company-operated locations, its proprietary agent network, and its network of affiliated preferred providers in the United Kingdom, continental Europe and the Asia Pacific region.

Network Services:   The Company offers a variety of services for truck drivers, fleet owners and agents, both inside and outside its network. Services offered include insurance coverage such as vehicle liability, occupational accident, physical damage and inland marine insurance coverage, as well as truck maintenance and repair services and group purchasing. In addition, it offers a suite of services including fuel, cell phone, tire services, legal assistance and retirement programs to the members of NAIT. At December 31, 2004, the association had approximately 32,000 owner operator members.

Corporate:   This segment contains costs associated with corporate governance activities that are not allocated to the other four operating segments. These costs include board of director expenses, stock compensation expenses, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance costs and other costs of a corporate nature.

171




The tables below represent information about operating revenues and operating income (loss) from continuing operations, as well as, depreciation and amortization and total assets for all operations by segment at and for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

December 31, 2004:

 

 

 

Operating
Revenues

 

Depreciation and
Amortization(1)

 

Operating Income
(Loss) From
Continuing
Operations

 

Total Assets(2)

 

Global Relocation Services

 

$

1,465,553

 

 

$

8,352

 

 

 

$

27,407

 

 

 

$

598,953

 

 

Moving Services North America

 

1,311,124

 

 

10,975

 

 

 

32,779

 

 

 

431,225

 

 

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

 

482,791

 

 

20,078

 

 

 

8,005

 

 

 

451,108

 

 

Network Services

 

210,810

 

 

5,466

 

 

 

(61,156

)

 

 

251,600

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,738

)

 

 

 

 

Total Continuing Operations

 

$

3,470,278

 

 

44,871

 

 

 

$

(3,703

)

 

 

1,732,886

 

 

Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

5,278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,211

 

 

Total SIRVA Consolidated

 

 

 

 

$

50,149

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,793,097

 

 

 

December 31, 2003:

 

 

 

Restated
Operating
Revenues

 

Restated
Depreciation and
Amortization(1)

 

Restated
Operating Income
(Loss) From
Continuing
Operations

 

Restated
Total Assets(2)

 

Global Relocation Services

 

$

993,194

 

 

$

6,035

 

 

 

$

18,495

 

 

 

$

358,183

 

 

Moving Services North America

 

1,222,389

 

 

11,526

 

 

 

37,853

 

 

 

435,725

 

 

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

 

401,514

 

 

17,349

 

 

 

29,727

 

 

 

408,552

 

 

Network Services

 

169,489

 

 

3,890

 

 

 

33,838

 

 

 

276,733

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,592

)

 

 

 

 

Total Continuing Operations

 

$

2,786,586

 

 

38,800

 

 

 

$

115,321

 

 

 

1,479,193

 

 

Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

9,313

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

103,740

 

 

Total SIRVA Consolidated

 

 

 

 

$

48,113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,582,933

 

 

 

December 31, 2002:

 

 

 

Restated
Operating
Revenues

 

Restated
Depreciation and
Amortization(1)

 

Restated
Operating Income
(Loss) From
Continuing
Operations

 

Global Relocation Services

 

$

457,210

 

 

$

4,265

 

 

 

$

10,137

 

 

Moving Services North America

 

1,162,336

 

 

11,860

 

 

 

34,545

 

 

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

 

350,198

 

 

15,395

 

 

 

24,747

 

 

Network Services

 

127,625

 

 

3,118

 

 

 

22,259

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,299

)

 

Total Continuing Operations

 

$

2,097,369

 

 

34,638

 

 

 

$

90,389

 

 

Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

9,621

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total SIRVA Consolidated

 

 

 

 

$

44,259

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)          Depreciation and amortization is composed of depreciation, goodwill amortization (prior to January 1, 2002), intangibles amortization and deferred agent contract amortization.

(2)          Total assets by segment are specific assets such as trade receivables and property and equipment. Total assets also included allocated assets such as computer hardware and software, contracts receivable associated with equipment sales, deferred taxes, goodwill and intangible assets.

172




Specified items related to segment assets for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 are:

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Capital Expenditures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Relocation Services

 

$

3,040

 

$

3,463

 

$

1,480

 

Moving Services North America

 

6,425

 

5,302

 

6,208

 

Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific

 

20,760

 

11,480

 

17,476

 

Network Services

 

3,166

 

4,169

 

1,643

 

Total Continuing Operations

 

33,391

 

24,414

 

26,807

 

Discontinued Operations

 

2,063

 

4,169

 

6,655

 

Total SIRVA Consolidated

 

$

35,454

 

$

28,583

 

$

33,462

 

 

Operating revenues and long-lived asset information by geographic area at and for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 are:

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

Restated

 

Restated

 

 

 

Operating
Revenues

 

Long-lived
Assets

 

Operating
Revenues

 

Long-lived
Assets

 

Operating
Revenues

 

United States

 

$

2,908,228

 

$

458,800

 

$

2,318,369

 

$

459,513

 

$

1,696,408

 

Foreign

 

562,050

 

323,255

 

468,217

 

311,827

 

400,961

 

Total Continuing Operations

 

$

3,470,278

 

$

782,055

 

$

2,786,586

 

$

771,340

 

$

2,097,369

 

 

Foreign revenue is based on the country in which the sales originated, principally in the United Kingdom, continental Europe and Australia. Long-lived assets are composed of property and equipment, net and goodwill and intangible assets, net.

(27)   Restructuring Expense

Transportation Solutions:   In June 2001, the Transportation Solutions operating segment established a plan to exit the parts center business. The restructuring charges associated with this plan included severance and employee benefit costs for 293 employees, and lease termination and asset impairment costs to shut down and exit the parts center business by the end of 2001. Due to lease terms, certain facility lease payments will continue through September 2005.

United Kingdom:   In connection with the Disposal Plan described in Note 4, and declining business volumes in the United Kingdom, the Company will restructure its functional support areas to rescale resources to meet/match the needs of the ongoing operations and business environment. Seventy-two employees have been identified as part of a workforce reduction, primarily in the United Kingdom. The Company accrued $1,522 for the severance benefits it will pay these affected employees. In addition, a U.K. office facility housing elements of the Company’s European functional support team was exited as of September 30, 2004, prior to its lease termination date. As a result, the Company recorded a lease accrual of $927. As these costs were not directly related to the discontinued businesses, the charges were recorded in ongoing operations as components of restructuring expense. In connection with ongoing efforts to rationalize its European facilities infrastructure, the Company exited two U.K. branch locations, prior to their lease termination dates. As a result, the Company recognized a $367 lease accrual as a component of restructuring expense.

173




Scanvan:   In conjunction with the June 2003 acquisition of Scanvan, the Company initiated a restructuring plan which included terminating certain employees and exiting two facilities. Severance charges were $1,160 and involved 41 employees, while the facility lease accrual was $312 and various other charges were $452. The associated restructuring plan costs were considered to be liabilities assumed in a business combination and were included in the allocation of the purchase price. Accordingly, they were included in Scanvan goodwill and not expensed to the consolidated statements of operations.

The restructuring accrual balance was $2,612 at December 31, 2004. Due to facility lease terms, remaining payments will be made through December 2005. All severance and benefit payments will be made through December 2005. The balances below are recorded primarily in other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, with the exception of $248 recorded in unearned premiums and other deferred credits at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. The following tables provide details of the restructuring accrual activity associated with continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

Accruals at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Accruals at

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

Other

 

December 31,

 

Current

 

 

 

2003

 

Charge

 

Payments

 

Adjustments

 

2004

 

Liabilities

 

Transportation Solutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facility lease accruals

 

 

$

392

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(174

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

218

 

 

 

$

218

 

 

 

Total TS

 

 

392

 

 

 

 

 

 

(174

)

 

 

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and employee benefits

 

 

 

 

 

1,522

 

 

 

(434

)

 

 

55

 

 

 

1,143

 

 

 

1,143

 

 

 

Facility lease accruals

 

 

 

 

 

1,294

 

 

 

(393

)

 

 

37

 

 

 

938

 

 

 

938

 

 

 

Total United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

 

2,816

 

 

 

(827

)

 

 

92

 

 

 

2,081

 

 

 

2,081

 

 

 

Scanvan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and employee benefits

 

 

1,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

(803

)

 

 

11

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

Facility lease accruals

 

 

312

 

 

 

 

 

 

(251

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

Other

 

 

358

 

 

 

 

 

 

(195

)

 

 

(163

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Scanvan

 

 

1,712

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,249

)

 

 

(150

)

 

 

313

 

 

 

313

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

2,104

 

 

 

$

2,816

 

 

 

$

(2,250

)

 

 

$

(58

)

 

 

$

2,612

 

 

 

$

2,612

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

Accruals at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruals at

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

Other

 

December 31,

 

Current

 

 

 

2002

 

Charge

 

Payments

 

Adjustments

 

2003

 

Liabilities

 

Transportation Solutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facility lease accruals

 

 

$

514

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(122

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

392

 

 

 

$

392

 

 

Total TS

 

 

514

 

 

 

 

 

 

(122

)

 

 

 

 

 

392

 

 

 

392

 

 

Scanvan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and employee benefits

 

 

 

 

 

1,160

 

 

 

(119

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,041

 

 

 

1,041

 

 

Facility lease accruals

 

 

 

 

 

312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

312

 

 

 

312

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

452

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

(55

)

 

 

359

 

 

 

359

 

 

Total Scanvan

 

 

 

 

 

1,924

 

 

 

(157

)

 

 

(55

)

 

 

1,712

 

 

 

1,712

 

 

Total

 

 

$

514

 

 

 

$

1,924

 

 

 

$

(279

)

 

 

$

(55

)

 

 

$

2,104

 

 

 

$

2,104

 

 

 

174




 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

Accruals at 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruals at 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

Other 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2001

 

Charge

 

Payments

 

Adjustments

 

2002

 

Transportation Solutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and employee benefits

 

 

$

40

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(40

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Facility lease accruals and other

 

 

2,197

 

 

 

 

 

 

(741

)

 

 

(942

)

 

 

514

 

 

Total

 

 

$

2,237

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(781

)

 

 

$

(942

)

 

 

$

514

 

 

 

Other adjustments were due to currency impacts and modifications to the original plan.

During the year ended December 31, 2002, the Transportation Solutions restructuring accrual was reduced by $942, when the Company was able to sublease certain facilities earlier than originally estimated. This reduction in expense was recorded in loss on discontinued operations.

(28)   Asset Impairment and Other Charges

For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recognized $3,200 of costs within its Global Relocation Services segment to establish and expand its relocation receivable securitization facility. In addition, the Company recognized an asset impairment charge of $571 related to the Fleet Service business unit and a goodwill impairment charge of $66,411 related to the U.S. insurance operations within the Network Services segment (see Note 10).

For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company recognized no asset impairment and other charges.

For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company incurred $4,658 of expenses related to the SIRVA headquarters move. These costs consisted of a facility lease accrual of $2,756 as the Company ceased using the previous headquarters facility prior to the lease expiration; site repairs, cleaning, utilities and other costs associated with the previous facility of $1,175; and office moving and other costs associated with preparing the new facility of $727. These expenses were recognized within the Moving Services North America, Network Services and Global Relocation Services segments in the amount of  $3,787, $829 and $42, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company incurred $7,092 of software impairment charges. In the fourth quarter of 2002, it became clear that the forecasted growth in the Company’s specialized transportation business unit that had been central to its previous information technology (“IT”) investment decision was not expected to be as significant as originally anticipated. As a consequence, the Company made a decision to change its IT implementation strategy and scale back future IT investment in these operations. Accordingly, in December 2002 the Company wrote off costs capitalized in relation to those modules that had been purchased but would no longer be implemented. This expense is included in loss on discontinued operations.

(29)   Curtailment and Other Gains

For the year ended December 31, 2004, curtailment and other gains were $7,027, comprised of gains from the sale of buildings and properties. On March 25, 2004, the Company sold its long leasehold interest in a parcel of land at its Edinburgh, Scotland facility for $2,740 in proceeds resulting in a gain of $2,626. On June 16, 2004, the Company sold land in Leicester, England for $969 in proceeds resulting in a gain of $289. On June 30, 2004, the Company sold a fleet services maintenance facility in Fontana, California for $2,550 in proceeds, resulting in a gain of $1,127. On August 28, 2004, the Company sold vacant property in London, England for $4,033 in proceeds resulting in a gain of $2,396. On October 8, 2004, the Company sold land in Aylesham, England for $1,012 in proceeds resulting in a gain of $589. These gains were recorded with the Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific and Network Services segments in the amount

175




of $5,900 and $1,127, respectively. Each of these sales were in conjunction with the Company’s ongoing plan to rationalize the infrastructure and expense base of its operations to fund incremental investments in sales, marketing and other strategic capabilities that will enable future growth.

For the year ended December 31, 2003, curtailment and other gains were $3,772, comprised of gains on the sales of property and changes to employee benefit plans. On September 30, 2003, the Company sold property in Sydney, Australia for $3,472 in proceeds resulting in a gain of $1,808. On December 19, 2003, the Company sold its investment in its Australia Post joint venture for $1,108 in proceeds resulting in a gain of $764. Gains from these sales were recorded in the Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segment. In 2003, changes in policies related to postemployment long-term disability benefits and employee benefits related to compensated absences resulted in gains of $573 and $627, respectively. These curtailment gains and cost reductions due to employee benefit changes were recognized within the Moving Services North America and Network Services segments in the amount of  $919 and $281, respectively. In addition, a $2,155 reduction in benefit costs was recorded in discontinued operations related to these benefit plan changes.

For the year ended December 31, 2002, curtailment and other gains were $6,630 comprised of gains due to changes in employee benefits and from the sale of a business. During 2002, the U.S. pension plan was frozen and retiree medical benefits were reduced resulting in a pension and retiree medical curtailment gain of $3,623 (see Note 17). These curtailment gains were recognized within Moving Services North America, Network Services and Global Relocation Services segments in the amount of  $2,914, $666 and $43, respectively. In addition, a $3,747 curtailment gain related to these benefit plan changes was recorded in discontinued operations. On December 28, 2002, the Company sold its U.K. Pickford Vanguard industrial moving business for $5,094 in proceeds ($2,349 in cash and $2,745 in a note receivable) resulting in a gain of $3,007 within Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific. This transaction was not recorded as a discontinued operation because the business was not considered a component of the Company as its operations and cash flows could not be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the Company.  2002 operating losses for the disposed entity were $2,573.

(30)   Related Party Transactions

At December 31, 2004, Fund V and Fund VI, which are private investment funds managed by CD&R, owned approximately 23.1% and 9.6% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, respectively. Of the eleven members of the Company’s Board of Directors on December 31, 2004, two are principals of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.

The Company, NAVL and CD&R have a consulting agreement pursuant to which CD&R is paid a management fee for financial advisory and management consulting services. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, such fees were $1,140, $1,000 and $1,375, respectively, and were included as a component of general and administrative expense. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, related CD&R payables were $529 and $0, respectively.

NAVL guaranteed loans to a third-party lender in an aggregate principal amount of $1,254 at December 31, 2003, to various members of management, including one of the Company’s executive officers. The loans were used to invest in SIRVA. NAVL would have become liable for such amounts in the event that a member of management failed to repay the principal and interest when due. These loans were scheduled to mature in July 2004, except for the loan to one of the Company’s executive officers, which was to mature in May 2004, and bore interest at the prime rate plus 1.0%. All loans have been repaid. The loans were made prior to the passage of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Subsequent to its passage, the Company adopted a policy that prohibited it or any of its subsidiaries from making loans to or guaranteeing loans of directors and executive officers.

176




On July 1, 2002, the Company entered into a ten-year Agreement for Outsourcing services with Covansys and ACS to provide selected outsourcing services for the Company’s information systems infrastructure, including data center operations, telecommunications and certain application software development. Covansys is a related party, as 16.6% of its outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by Fund VI. The Company paid $9,676, $7,966 and $2,997, respectively, under this arrangement for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, which were recorded as a component of general and administrative expense. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, related Covansys payables were $737 and $275, respectively. Effective November 1, 2005, the Company entered into a Fourth Amendment to its Agreement for Outsourcing Services with Covansys and ACS (“Amended Outsourcing Agreement”). The Amended Outsourcing Agreement, among other items, modifies the service levels provided by Covansys and ACS to the Company and reduces the monthly amount charged for such services. As a result, the total future commitment to Covansys and ACS will be reduced by $14,732 to $108,826 as of the same date.

On October 30, 2004, the Company sold its High Value Products Division to Specialized Transportation Agent Group, Inc., an entity owned by a group of NAVL agents who have experience in the high-value products industry. As in the past, most individual agents within Specialized Transportation Agent Group will continue to represent and support the Company’s household goods moving services business. In addition, the Company will provide certain transition services such as IT systems support to Specialized Transportation Agent Group for a period of one year following the close of the sale transaction for which the Company will be reimbursed. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recorded reimbursements of $1,804 primarily related to IT services, trailer sub-leases, facility sub-leases and miscellaneous other fees as a component of other direct expense and general and administrative expense. At December 31, 2004, the outstanding receivable balance related to these reimbursements was $1,704.

177




(31)   Summary of Quarterly Operating Results (Unaudited)

Select quarterly financial information has been restated to reflect adjustments discussed in Note 2 to the Company’s previously reported financial information on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004, as well as quarterly information contained in the 2003 Form 10-K for the three months ended March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, 2003.

 

 

Restated
First Quarter

 

Restated
Second Quarter

 

Restated
Third Quarter

 

Fourth Quarter

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenues

 

 

  $614,477

 

 

 

  $912,005

 

 

 

$

1,113,973

 

 

 

  $829,823

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

$

80,269

 

 

 

$

120,652

 

 

 

$

126,115

 

 

 

$

93,712

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations 

 

 

$

2,579

 

 

 

$

30,847

 

 

 

$

43,262

 

 

 

$

(80,391

)

 

Debt extinguishment expense

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

565

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

1,204

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

$

6,275

 

 

 

$

6,267

 

 

 

$

6,083

 

 

 

$

6,821

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

$

(1,894

)

 

 

$

16,420

 

 

 

$

25,039

 

 

 

$

(74,818

)

 

(Loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

$

(1,326

)

 

 

$

(250

)

 

 

$

(16,751

)

 

 

$

(14,573

)

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

$

(3,220

)

 

 

$

16,170

 

 

 

$

8,288

 

 

 

$

(89,391

)

 

Basic income (loss) per share—continuing operations

 

 

$

(0.03

)

 

 

$

0.23

 

 

 

$

0.34

 

 

 

$

(1.02

)

 

Basic (loss) per share—discontinued operations

 

 

$

(0.02

)

 

 

$

(0.00

)

 

 

$

(0.23

)

 

 

$

(0.20

)

 

Basic net income (loss) per share

 

 

$

(0.05

)

 

 

$

0.23

 

 

 

$

0.11

 

 

 

$

(1.22

)

 

Diluted income (loss) per share—
continuing operations

 

 

$

(0.03

)

 

 

$

0.21

 

 

 

$

0.33

 

 

 

$

(1.02

)

 

Diluted (loss) per share—discontinued operations

 

 

$

(0.02

)

 

 

$

(0.00

)

 

 

$

(0.22

)

 

 

$

(0.20

)

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share

 

 

$

(0.05

)

 

 

$

0.21

 

 

 

$

0.11

 

 

 

$

(1.22

)

 

 

 

 

Restated
First Quarter

 

Restated
Second Quarter

 

Restated
Third Quarter

 

Restated
Fourth Quarter

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenues

 

 

$

510,294

 

 

 

$

681,585

 

 

 

$

923,849

 

 

 

$

670,858

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

$

75,653

 

 

 

$

94,104

 

 

 

$

126,734

 

 

 

$

96,410

 

 

Operating income from continuing
operations

 

 

$

12,654

 

 

 

$

22,180

 

 

 

$

57,424

 

 

 

$

23,063

 

 

Debt extinguishment expense

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

37,588

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

$

13,524

 

 

 

$

13,516

 

 

 

$

14,344

 

 

 

$

13,003

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

$

(560

)

 

 

$

5,671

 

 

 

$

29,025

 

 

 

$

(18,173

)

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

$

(1,590

)

 

 

$

(1,145

)

 

 

$

(981

)

 

 

$

2,220

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

$

(2,150

)

 

 

$

4,526

 

 

 

$

28,044

 

 

 

$

(15,953

)

 

Basic income (loss) per share—continuing operations

 

 

$

(0.03

)

 

 

$

0.08

 

 

 

$

0.51

 

 

 

$

(0.29

)

 

Basic income (loss) per share—discontinued operations

 

 

$

(0.02

)

 

 

$

(0.02

)

 

 

$

(0.02

)

 

 

$

0.03

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per share

 

 

$

(0.05

)

 

 

$

0.06

 

 

 

$

0.49

 

 

 

$

(0.26

)

 

Diluted income (loss) per share—
continuing operations

 

 

$

(0.03

)

 

 

$

0.08

 

 

 

$

0.48

 

 

 

$

(0.29

)

 

Diluted (income) loss per share—discontinued operations

 

 

$

(0.02

)

 

 

$

(0.02

)

 

 

$

(0.02

)

 

 

$

0.03

 

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share

 

 

$

(0.05

)

 

 

$

0.06

 

 

 

$

0.46

 

 

 

$

(0.26

)

 

 

178




 

 

 

As Previously Reported(1)

 

Restated

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
March 31, 2004

 

Three Months Ended
March 31, 2004

 

Operating revenues

 

 

$

430,026

 

 

 

$614,477

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

92,046

 

 

 

80,269

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

6,423

 

 

 

(3,220

)

 

Basic net income (loss) per share

 

 

$

0.09

 

 

 

$

(0.05

)

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share

 

 

$

0.09

 

 

 

$

(0.05

)

 

 

 

 

As Previously Reported(1)

 

Restated

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30, 2004

 

Three Months Ended
June 30, 2004

 

Operating revenues

 

 

$

569,681

 

 

 

$912,005

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

117,609

 

 

 

120,652

 

 

Net income

 

 

17,536

 

 

 

16,170

 

 

Basic net income per share

 

 

$

0.25

 

 

 

$

0.23

 

 

Diluted net income per share

 

 

$

0.23

 

 

 

$

0.21

 

 

 

 

 

As Previously Reported(1)

 

Restated

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2004

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2004

 

Operating revenues

 

 

$

710,694

 

 

 

$1,113,973

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

126,308

 

 

 

126,115

 

 

Net income

 

 

9,101

 

 

 

8,288

 

 

Basic net income per share

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

 

$

0.11

 

 

Diluted net income per share

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

 

$

0.11

 

 

 

 

 

As Previously Reported(1)

 

Restated

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
March 31, 2003

 

Three Months Ended
March 31, 2003

 

Operating revenues

 

 

$

378,376

 

 

 

$

510,294

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

75,754

 

 

 

75,653

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(1,467

)

 

 

(2,150

)

 

Basic net loss per share

 

 

$

(0.05

)

 

 

$

(0.05

)

 

Diluted net loss per share

 

 

$

(0.05

)

 

 

$

(0.05

)

 

 

 

 

As Previously Reported(1)

 

Restated

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30, 2003

 

Three Months Ended
June 30, 2003

 

Operating revenues

 

 

$

480,077

 

 

 

$

681,585

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

93,177

 

 

 

94,104

 

 

Net income

 

 

6,212

 

 

 

4,526

 

 

Basic net income per share

 

 

$

0.09

 

 

 

$

0.06

 

 

Diluted net income per share

 

 

$

0.09

 

 

 

$

0.06

 

 

 

179




 

 

 

As Previously Reported(1)

 

Restated

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2003

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2003

 

Operating revenues

 

 

$

632,731

 

 

 

$

923,849

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

122,856

 

 

 

126,734

 

 

Net income

 

 

26,165

 

 

 

28,044

 

 

Basic net income per share

 

 

$

0.46

 

 

 

$

0.49

 

 

Diluted net income per share

 

 

$

0.43

 

 

 

$

0.46

 

 

 

 

 

As Previously Reported(1)

 

Restated

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2003

 

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2003

 

Operating revenues

 

 

$

457,568

 

 

 

$

670,858

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

97,211

 

 

 

96,410

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(11,960

)

 

 

(15,953

)

 

Net loss per share—basic

 

 

$

(0.19

)

 

 

$

(0.26

)

 

Net loss per share—diluted

 

 

$

(0.19

)

 

 

$

(0.26

)

 


(1)          Adjusted for reclassification of discontinued operations

The following narrative includes descriptions of the significant unusual items impacting operating income from continuing operations.

In the first quarter of 2004, the Company sold its long-lived leasehold interest in a parcel of land at its Edinburgh, Scotland facility resulting in a gain of $2,626.

In the second quarter of 2004, the Company sold its fleet service maintenance location in Fontana, California resulting in a gain of $1,127. In conjunction with the Company’s secondary offering of its common stock shares, it incurred $1,189 of costs which were recorded as expense as the Company did not receive any of the proceeds. In addition, the Company paid a $400 premium and expensed $165 of debt issuance costs on the early retirement of $5,000 of its outstanding 13 3/8% senior subordinated notes.

In the third quarter of 2004, the Company sold vacant land in Park Royal, England resulting in a gain of $2,396. The Company incurred lease accruals of $1,487 on three U.K. properties which were vacated during the quarter and $596 of severance charges. Also during the quarter, the Company recorded $1,362 of expenses related to professional fees to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and recorded a $12,236 accrual for insurance loss reserves. In addition, the Company recorded $19,712 in impairment charges in connection with its Disposal Plan.

In the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company recorded $17,765 in pre-tax charges, which did not impact the restatement, related to fourth quarter operating activities or changes in estimates, as summarized below:

·       $6,276 related to updated information and analysis that indicated the need to further increase the loss reserves in the Company’s U.S. insurance business.

·       $2,698 of fees associated with the expansion of the securitization facility for the Company’s relocation related receivables.

·       $2,146 related to recent developments with respect to certain legal matters.

·       $2,240 write-off of a European receivable related to a previous asset sale due to an unanticipated obligor bankruptcy.

·       $1,799 for restructuring and other charges relating to the Company’s European operations.

180




·       $2,012 of corporate charges related to certain severance agreements.

·       $594 to impair certain non-insurance assets within the Company’s Network Services segment that were divested in the first quarter of 2005, and other miscellaneous items identified through the Company’s year-end review.

In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company recorded $1,370 of expenses related to professional fees to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and wrote off $66,411 of goodwill related to its U.S. insurance group.

In the first quarter of 2003, the Company standardized certain employee benefit programs resulting in a reduction in accruals of $1,626.

In the second quarter of 2003, the Company incurred $1,185 of outside legal expense associated with the DOJ antitrust matter, recognized $1,396 of severance expense associated with reduced headcount actions, recorded $2,149 of stock compensation expense and reversed to income $1,377 of unclaimed accounts receivable credits.

In the third quarter of 2003, the Company sold its Sydney, Australia, facility resulting in a gain of $1,808.

In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company standardized certain employee benefit programs resulting in a gain of $1,729, sold its minority interest in a joint venture resulting in a gain of $764 and incurred $1,182 of outside legal expense associated with the DOJ and European antitrust matters. In addition, the Company recognized $37,588 of debt extinguishment expense, consisting of $24,951 of bond tender premium on the 133¤8 senior subordinated notes and a $12,637 write-off of deferred debt issuance costs on the prior senior credit facility and indenture and a $1,308 write-off of unrecognized interest rate hedging losses in connection with the debt refinancing.

(32)   Subsequent Events

On January 25, 2005, the plaintiff in Hiatt v. SIRVA, Inc. voluntarily dismissed his suit and on May 13, 2005, the lead plaintiff in the remaining case filed a “corrected” complaint. See Note 23 for a more detailed discussion.

On January 31, 2005, the Company entered into an amendment of a definitive agreement, dated December 22, 2004, among certain Company subsidiaries to sell all of the outstanding stock of each of the three companies (midiData Logistik GmbH, North American (UK) Limited and SIRVA Netherlands BV) that collectively operated the Company’s Specialized Transportation—Europe (“STEU”) business. On February 1, 2005, the Company completed the disposition. See Note 4 for a more detailed discussion.

On February 17, 2005, Dr. Richard Bassin filed a Complaint against the Company and certain of its directors and officers in the Circuit Court for St. Clair County, Illinois alleging violations of Sections 11 and 15 of the 1933 Act. See Note 23 for a more detailed discussion.

In February 2005, the Company received notice of an informal inquiry from the SEC related to its January 31, 2005 earnings guidance announcement for the fourth quarter and full year ended December 31, 2004. In June 2005, the SEC staff informed the Company that the inquiry had been converted into a formal investigation.

Effective March 2005, as a result of the Board of Directors approval for the sale of the Company’s Fleet Service, Blanketwrap and Flatbed businesses, the assets and liabilities of these businesses will be reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

In March 2005, the Company completed the sale of its Fleet Service operation, part of its Network Services segment. See Note 4 for a more detailed discussion.

181




In April 2005, A.M. Best downgraded TransGuard’s rating from A-u (under review) to B++u (under review) with negative implications. In August 2005, the A.M. Best rating was further downgraded from B++u (under review) to Bu (under review).

In May 2005, the Company completed the sale of its Blanketwrap business, part of its Moving Services North America segment. See Note 4 for a more detailed discussion.

Effective June 1, 2005, TransGuard entered into a contract with Hannover and E & S Reinsurance, Ltd., reinsuring TransGuard’s net retention for all lines other than workers compensation. The contract was approved by the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation, Department of Insurance (“DOI”) on September 29, 2005 and the Company is in the process of commutation with Hannover for a final payment amount of $2.1 million.

On July 14, 2005, the Company executed a definitive agreement to sell its TS segment, part of its former Transportation Solutions segment, to NAL Worldwide LLC (NAL), an affiliate of Lake Capital Partners LP. On August 5, 2005, the Company completed the disposition. See Note 4 for a more detailed discussion.

In March 2005, the Company announced its intention to review strategic options with regard to its U.S. insurance related businesses. On September 21, 2005, the Company announced a definitive agreement to sell the stock of TransGuard, NAIT, Vanguard Insurance Agency, Inc., and other related companies of the U.S. insurance services group to IAT Reinsurance Company Ltd. The transaction is expected to close prior to December 31, 2005. An affiliate of IAT will provide a cut-through endorsement for all lines of business, including worker’s compensation (excluding the small fleet program) to provide TransGuard’s customers with “A-” rated paper through closing of the transaction. See Note 4 for a more detailed discussion.

In August 2005, the Company completed the sale of its Flatbed truckload operations, part of its Moving Services North America segment. See Note 4 for a more detailed discussion.

SIRVA Worldwide executed a series of amendments to its Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility credit agreement with effective dates of March 28, July 1, September 30 and November 14, 2005. The Company expects that bank fees of approximately $5,700 associated with these amendments will be deferred and amortized over the life of the instruments. See Note 15 for a more detailed discussion.

On August 24, 2005, the Company was informed by the HM Revenue and Customs of the United Kingdom (“Inland Revenue”) that SIRVA UK Ltd. (formerly Pickfords Ltd.) had been assessed a tax in the amount of approximately $48,483 plus interest of approximately $18,583 relating to the accounting period June 26, 1999 to September 30, 1999. See Note 13 for a more detailed discussion.

Effective March 31, May 31, July 1, September 30 and November 14, 2005, the Relocation Receivables Agreement was amended. See Note 24 for a more detailed discussion.

On October 14, 2005, the Company entered into a Share Sale Agreement with IM Australia Holdings Pty Ltd, IM New Zealand Holdings ULC and Iron Mountain Incorporated to sell the Company’s Australian and New Zealand operations of Pickfords Records Management, part of the Company’s Moving Services Europe and Asia Pacific segment. See Note 4 for a more detailed discussion.

Effective November 1, 2005, the Company entered into a Fourth Amendment to its Agreement for Outsourcing Services with Covansys and ACS (“Amended Outsourcing Agreement”). The Amended Outsourcing Agreement, among other items, modifies the service levels provided by Covansys and ACS to the Company and reduces the monthly amount charged for such services. As a result, the total future commitment to Covansys and ACS will be reduced by $14,732 to $108,826 as of the same date.

182




SCHEDULE II

SIRVA, INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 and 2002
(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

Description

 

 

 

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

 

Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

 

Charged to
Other
Accounts(a)

 

Deductions(b)

 

Balance at End
of Period

 

2004:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

$

21,786

 

 

 

$

9,457

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(6,401

)

 

 

$

24,842

 

 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

 

 

$

661

 

 

 

$

3,297

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

3,958

 

 

2003 (restated):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

$

25,178

 

 

 

$

4,621

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(8,013

)

 

 

$

21,786

 

 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

 

 

$

646

 

 

 

$

15

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

661

 

 

2002 (restated):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

$

24,232

 

 

 

$

6,103

 

 

 

$

1,078

 

 

 

$

(6,235

)

 

 

$

25,178

 

 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

 

 

$

14,156

 

 

 

$

435

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(13,945

)(c)

 

 

$

646

 

 


(a)           Primarily related to acquisitions

(b)          Primarily related to write-offs of accounts receivable, net of recoveries, and currency translation.

(c)           Primarily related to a decrease in the U.S. portion of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance due to a return to U.S. profitability in 2002.

183




ITEM 9.                CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.        CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of its disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as of December 31, 2004. Because of the material weaknesses described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms or (ii) accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as the principal executive and financial officers, respectively, to allow final decisions regarding required disclosures. Notwithstanding the material weaknesses discussed below, our management has concluded that the financial statements included in this Form 10-K present in all material respects the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cashflows for the periods presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

Internal Review by Management

The Company’s management conducted an internal review in connection with the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. This review was undertaken in connection with implementing procedures to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the disappointing performance of the Company’s Insurance and European businesses in the third quarter of 2004, and as part of the Company’s year-end closing process. In January 2005, management substantially expanded its internal review and engaged FTI Consulting LLP, who have extensive financial experience and expertise in generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), to supplement management’s efforts. Their combined effort was conducted under the direction of senior financial management with the oversight of the Audit Committee. This internal review covered all of the Company’s major business units globally, and included a review of its 2004 year-end balance sheets, as well as a review of numerous transactions, account reconciliations, and other relevant information. The results of the internal review provided the basis for management’s and the Board of Directors’ decision to restate the previously issued financial statements for the years 2002 and 2003, quarterly periods in 2003 and the first nine months of 2004.

As a result of the findings of the internal review, together with the results of investigations conducted by outside counsel at the request of the Company’s Audit Committee, and in consultation with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, the Company has restated its audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, and its unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarters ended March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2004 and all quarters in 2003. Notwithstanding the existence of the material weaknesses described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, the Company believes that the consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K fairly present, in all material respects, our financial

184




position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision of and participation with management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in the framework established by the Committee of Sponsoring organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) entitled “Internal Control—Integrated Framework.

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. Management has identified the following material weaknesses as of December 31, 2004:

1)               The Company did not maintain an effective control environment.   Specifically, management did not set a culture that extended the necessary rigor and commitment to internal control over financial reporting. Elements of the Company’s finance and legal organizations were not structured with sufficient resources, clear lines of authority or the appropriate level of prominence and visibility to ensure the consistent execution of their responsibility to provide independent and pro-active leadership in the areas of monitoring of controls, disclosure reviews and financial reporting. This control deficiency contributed to an environment which allowed journal entries without acceptable support or sufficient documentation to be recorded, as further discussed in item 12 below. This control deficiency contributed to the material weaknesses discussed in items 2 to 14 below and the resulting restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004, as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

2)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the financial reporting process due to (1) an insufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training in the application of generally accepted accounting principles commensurate with its global financial reporting requirements and the complexity of the Company’s operations and transactions and

185




(2) a lack of appropriately designed and documented company-wide policies and procedures.   This control deficiency contributed to the material weaknesses discussed in items 3 to 14 below and the resulting restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

3)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of leases.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to evaluate and accurately record lease expense on a straight line basis for leases with rent escalation clauses and rent holidays, and the amortization expense over the remaining lease term for leasehold improvements, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles affecting the following accounts: property, plant and equipment, deferred liabilities, rent expense, depreciation expense and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

4)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of purchase business combinations.   Specifically, the Company’s controls over the selection, application and monitoring of its accounting policies related to the determination of the effective date of the acquisitions, the determination of the fair value of certain assets and liabilities, the alignment of accounting policies, the establishment of deferred taxes and tax contingencies, the calculation of intangible asset amortization and the monitoring of assumed liabilities were ineffective to ensure that such transactions were accounted for in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. This primarily affected the following accounts: accounts receivables, deferred revenue, prepaid assets, property, plant and equipment, deferred tax assets and liabilities, goodwill, intangible assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, additional paid in capital, revenue, purchased transportation expense, other direct expense, amortization expense, general and administrative expenses, interest expense and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

5)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of contracts for insurance and reinsurance related transactions within their Network Services segment.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to ensure that contracts were appropriately evaluated for reinsurance, profit sharing commission or stop loss clauses and an appropriate risk transfer analysis was performed in order to select the appropriate method of income recognition and the establishment of liabilities due to customers or re-insurers in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. This affected the following accounts: accounts receivable, prepaid assets, goodwill, accrued liabilities, revenue, commission income, other direct expenses and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

6)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of revenue within their Global Relocation Services segment.   Specifically, the Company’s controls over the selection and application of accounting policies related to the timing of revenue recognition for corporate and referral fee revenue upon the closing date were ineffective to ensure that such transactions were accounted for in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, the Company’s controls over the selection of accounting policies relating to the gross presentation of revenue for the “fixed-fee” product, where the Company acts as a principal in the purchase and sale of transferee homes and assumes the risk of ownership, were ineffective to ensure that such transactions were accounted for and presented in conformity with generally accepted

186




accounting principles. This affected the following accounts: accounts receivable, deferred revenue, properties held for resale, goodwill, accrued liabilities, revenue, other direct expenses and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

7)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording of receivable securitization transactions within their Global Relocation Services segment.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to ensure that the gain or loss on each receivable sale, the receivable balance and the associated accretion of interest, and recording of fees associated with the securitization facility were recorded in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. This affected the following accounts: accounts receivable, general and administrative expenses, other income (expense), interest expense, and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

8)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete recording of customer incentive and agent commission liabilities.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to understand the Company’s legal obligation with respect to payment to agents for incremental services provided by agents which are not billed separately to customers and duplicate payments made by customers in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, affecting accounts payable, accrued liabilities, purchased transportation expense and general and administrative expenses. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

9)               The Company did not maintain effective controls over the valuation of accounts receivable within their Network Services segment.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to evaluate the collectibility of accounts receivable and accuracy of related allowance for doubtful accounts in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, affecting the allowance for doubtful accounts, general and administrative expenses and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

10)        The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete recording of severance and other stock-based compensation accruals.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to identify and calculate accruals for future payments and stock-based compensation related to severed employees in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, affecting accrued liabilities, general and administrative expenses and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

11)        The Company did not maintain effective controls over reconciliations of certain financial statement accounts.   Specifically, the Company’s controls over the preparation, review and monitoring of reconciliations were ineffective to ensure that account balances were accurate and agreed to appropriate supporting detail, calculations or other documentation. This primarily affected the following accounts: cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and the related allowance for doubtful accounts, prepaid assets, investments, goodwill, intangible assets, accrued revenue and expense, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, deferred credits, insurance reserves, long term debt, intercompany accounts, revenue, commission income, other direct expenses, general and

187




administrative expenses, other income, income tax expense and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

12)        The Company did not maintain effective controls over the recording of journal entries, both recurring and non-recurring.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to ensure that journal entries were prepared with acceptable support or sufficient documentation or that journal entries were reviewed and approved to ensure the accuracy and completeness of the entries recorded. This primarily affected the following accounts: accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts, unapplied cash, deferred revenue, deferred contract costs, property, plant and equipment, accrued liabilities, accounts payable, revenue, commission income, purchased transportation expense, other direct expenses, general and administrative expenses, other income and related disclosures. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

13)        The Company did not maintain effective controls over the complete and accurate recording and monitoring of intercompany accounts.   Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place to ensure that intercompany balances were accurately classified and reported in the Company’s underlying accounting records, and intercompany confirmations and reconciliations were not completed timely or accurately between the Company’s business units to ensure proper elimination as part of the consolidation process in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. This affected the following accounts: accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued purchased transportation expense, purchased transportation expense and other direct expenses. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements for 2002 and 2003, the first, second and third quarter financial statements for 2004 as well as audit adjustments to the 2004 financial statements.

14)        The Company did not maintain effective controls over spreadsheets.   Specifically, the Company failed to maintain effective version control and cell protection surrounding spreadsheets in accordance with established company policies for spreadsheet design. This primarily affected the following accounts: revenue and loss reserves within the Network Services segment.

Additionally, each of these control deficiencies could result in a misstatement of the aforementioned account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, management has determined that each of the above control deficiencies represent a material weakness.

Because of these material weaknesses, management has concluded that the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the COSO.

Management has excluded Executive Relocation Corporation (“ERC”) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2004. ERC is a wholly owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues represent 7.1% and 0.02%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

188




Plan for Remediation of Material Weaknesses

Procedures performed by management, outside counsel to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, our Independent Public Accounting Firm and the forensic accountants retained by such outside counsel have identified material weaknesses as described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, and have suggested changes to our internal control over financial reporting, some of which the Company has begun to implement and others of which we intend to implement during the course of 2005 and 2006. The changes are designed to remediate the material weaknesses described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Management has reviewed such internal control deficiencies with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and has advised the Audit Committee that the deficiencies are material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has adopted certain remedial measures that are designed to improve the Company’s control environment and to address these material weaknesses (the “Remedial Measures”). The Remedial Measures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a)               Taking significant actions to improve the control environment, starting with a clear statement of philosophy and expectations set by current senior management;

b)              Enhancing the corporate level compliance framework, an expansion of compliance programs in all major business and functional areas;

c)               Enhancing the formal Financial Disclosure Committee which assists the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer in fulfilling their responsibilities for oversight of the accuracy and timeliness of disclosures;

d)              Recruiting additional personnel trained in accounting and financial reporting under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States to enhance supervision with regard to, among other things, account reconciliations and documentation supporting entries into the Company’s financial systems;

e)               Implementing a formal training program for finance personnel;

f)                 Developing a specialized group, within the internal audit function, responsible for monitoring adherence to accounting policies;

g)               Establishing specific processes and controls and modifying others to provide reasonable assurance that reconciliations are performed as part of standardized procedures and reconciling items are reported on a periodic basis for timely resolution; and

h)              Revising certain key accounting procedures, including, but not limited to, reinsurance contract administration, facility leases and Intercompany transactions.

At the direction of, and in consultation with the Audit Committee, management currently is implementing certain of the above Remedial Measures and intends to implement the remaining Remedial Measures during the remainder of 2005 and in 2006.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2004, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.                 OTHER INFORMATION

None.

189




PART III

ITEM 10.         DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Identification of Directors and Executive Officers.

Except as set forth below, the following table sets forth certain information with respect to our directors and executive officers as of October 31, 2005.

Name

 

 

 

Age

 

Position

Brian P. Kelley

 

44

 

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

James W. Rogers

 

55

 

Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors

Carl T. Stocker

 

61

 

Director, Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Lead Independent Director

Kathleen J. Affeldt

 

56

 

Director

Frederic (Jake) F. Brace

 

48

 

Director

Robert J. Dellinger

 

45

 

Director

General Sir Jeremy Mackenzie

 

64

 

Director

John R. Miller

 

67

 

Director (effective December 1, 2005)

Robert W. Nelson

 

65

 

Director (effective December 1, 2005)

Axel Rückert

 

59

 

Director

Richard J. Schnall

 

36

 

Director

Irving B. Yoskowitz

 

59

 

Director

Timothy P. Callahan

 

43

 

Senior Vice President, Global Sales

K. Allen Chan

 

52

 

President, Relocation Solutions—Asia Pacific

John M. Dupuy

 

49

 

Senior Vice President, Specialized Transportation and Corporate Development

Ralph A. Ford

 

59

 

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Douglas V. Gathany

 

49

 

Vice President, Treasurer

Michelle M. Guswiler

 

36

 

Senior Vice President, Marketing and Product Development

Ann M. Harten

 

44

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer (through November 11, 2005)

Michael B. McMahon

 

42

 

President, Moving Services North America

Ronald L. Milewski

 

54

 

Acting Chief Financial Officer

Kevin D. Pickford

 

48

 

President, European Operations

Robert J. Rosing

 

46

 

President, Global Relocation Operations

Todd W. Schorr

 

48

 

Senior Vice President, Human Resources

Dennis M. Thompson

 

46

 

Vice President, Corporate Controller

Lawrence A. Writt

 

48

 

President, Network Services

 

Brian P. Kelley became SIRVA’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and a director, in August 2002. From November 2001 until he joined our company, Mr. Kelley served as President of the Lincoln Mercury business of Ford Motor Company. Prior to joining Ford, where he also was a Vice President of Global Consumer Services from 1999 to 2001, Mr. Kelley was a senior executive for General Electric Company from 1994 to 1999. Mr. Kelley began his career at Procter & Gamble in 1983, where he was ultimately responsible for some of the company’s most recognized brand names. Mr. Kelley serves as a director of VWR International, Inc. Mr. Kelley received a Bachelor of Arts in economics from The College of Holy Cross.

James W. Rogers became a director of SIRVA in February 1999 and has served as the Chairman of the Board since November 1999. From April 2001 until August 2002, when Mr. Kelley joined our company, Mr. Rogers served as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Rogers is a principal of Clayton,

190




Dubilier & Rice, Inc., a limited partner of CD&R Associates V Limited Partnership and CD&R Associates VI Limited Partnership, and a stockholder and director of CD&R Investment Associates II, Inc. and CD&R Investment Associates VI, Inc. Prior to joining Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. in 1998, Mr. Rogers was a Senior Vice President and a member of the Corporate Executive Council of General Electric Company. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Rogers was President and Chief Executive Officer of GE Industrial Control Systems. Mr. Rogers is currently the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and a director of VWR International, Inc. Mr. Rogers has a Bachelor of Arts in economics from Rutgers College.

Carl T. Stocker became a director of SIRVA in May 2000 and has served as Vice Chairman of the Board and Lead Independent Director since September 15, 2005. Mr. Stocker also serves as the chair of the Board’s Audit Committee. Since 1996, Mr. Stocker has owned and managed his own acquisition, investment and consulting company, CTS Enterprises, LLC. Prior to that time, he served as the chief financial executive of General Electric’s Industrial Systems business from 1990 to 1996 and the chief information executive from 1992 to 1996. He was also a member of General Electric’s Corporate Finance and Information Technology Councils during these same periods, and served as a senior integration leader for the Space Systems Division created by General Electric’s acquisition of RCA. He serves as a director of VWR International, Inc. Mr. Stocker graduated from Wright State University in 1970 after serving with the U.S. Army.

Kathleen J. Affeldt became a director of SIRVA in August 2002 and currently serves as chair of the Board’s Compensation Committee. Ms. Affeldt retired from Lexmark International in February 2003 where she had been Vice President of Human Resources since July 1996. She joined Lexmark when it became an independent company in 1991 as the Director of Human Resources. Ms. Affeldt began her career at IBM in 1969, specializing in sales of supply chain systems. She later held a number of human resources management positions. Ms. Affeldt serves as a director of BTE, Inc.

Frederic F. Brace became a director of SIRVA in August 2004. He is Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Restructuring Officer for UAL Corporation (United Airlines). Before assuming his current position in December 2002, he had been United’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from August 2002 to December 2002, its Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from September 2001 to August 2002, and its Senior Vice President—Finance from 1999 to September 2001. Mr. Brace also held a variety of other financial management positions with United between May 1988 and September 2001 and with American Airlines from 1983 to 1988. Mr. Brace holds a BS degree in industrial engineering from the University of Michigan and an MBA with a specialization in finance from the University of Chicago.

Robert J. Dellinger became a director of SIRVA in March 2003. Since October 2005, Mr. Dellinger has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Delphi Corporation. From June 2002 to October 2005, Mr. Dellinger served as  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Sprint Corporation, where he  also was Executive Vice President—Finance from April 2002 to June 2002. Before joining Sprint, Mr. Dellinger served as President and Chief Executive Officer of GE Frankona Re based in Munich, Germany with responsibility for the European operations of General Electric’s Employers Reinsurance Corporation, a global reinsurer, from 2000 to 2002. From 2001 to 2002, he also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of General Electric’s Employers Reinsurance Corporation’s Property and Casualty Reinsurance business in Europe and Asia. From 1997 to 2000, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of General Electric’s Employers Reinsurance Corporation. Other positions Mr. Dellinger held at GE include Manager of Finance for GE Motors and Industrial Systems and Director of Finance and Business Development for GE Plastics Pacific based in Singapore. Mr. Dellinger graduated from Ohio Wesleyan University with a B.A. in economics and a minor in accounting. He is a member of the Financial Executives Institute.

191




Sir Jeremy Mackenzie became a director of SIRVA in June 2003 and currently serves as the chair of the Board’s Nominating and Governance Committee. Sir Jeremy spent a long, decorated career in the British Army, and is currently the Governor of the Royal Hospital Chelsea and U.K. advisor to the governments of Slovenia and Bulgaria, and for the Department of International Development, to Uganda. He has commanded at every level of command in the U.K. Army, from Platoon to Corps, and was promoted to full General in 1994 in the post of Deputy Supreme Allied Commander Europe with special responsibility for the Partnership for Peace Program involving 27 countries in Central and Eastern Europe and the building of forces for the NATO operations in Bosnia and Kosovo. He was Commandant of the British Army Staff College Camberley, and has an in-service Fellowship from Kings College London University. As Commander of the 1st British Corps he was Knighted (KCB), and subsequently commanded NATO’s Allied Command Europe Rapid Reaction Corps as its first Commander. He was made Knight Grand Cross of the Order of the Bath (GCB) in 1999, having previously been awarded the U.S. Legion of Merit twice (1997 and 1999), and Officer of the Order of the British Empire. He holds the Czech Republic Cross of Merit First Class, the Officers’ Cross of the Order of Merit of the Republic of Hungary, the Order of the Madara Horseman First Class of Bulgaria, and the Officers’ Gold Medal of Merit from Slovenia. He was aide-de-camp to Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II from 1992 to 1996. Sir Jeremy serves as a director of Selenia Communications Ltd. Sir Jeremy was educated at The Royal Military Academy Sandhurst and commissioned into the Queen’s Own Highlanders in July 1961.

John R. Miller was elected as a member of our Board of Directors, effective as of December 1, 2005. Mr. Miller is a retired oil industry executive. He spent 26 years with The Standard Oil Company (Sohio), most recently as its President, Chief Operating Officer and a member of its board of directors from 1980 to 1986. Earlier, he served there as Vice President of Finance, Vice President of Transportation and Senior Vice President of Technology and Chemicals. After leaving Sohio, Mr. Miller founded and served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of  TBN Holdings Inc., a company engaged in resource recovery from 1986 to 2000, and Petroleum Partners, Inc., a firm that provided management services to the petroleum industry, from 2000 to 2003.  He was a director of the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland from 1986 to 1993 and served as its chairman during the last two years of his term. Mr. Miller received his Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering with honors and an Honorary Doctorate of Commercial Science from the University of Cincinnati. He is currently a director of Eaton Corporation, Cambrex Corporation, and Graphic Packaging Corporation.

Robert W. Nelson was elected as a member of our Board of Directors, effective as of December 1, 2005. Mr. Nelson joins our board after a 37-year career at General Electric Company. Most recently, he served as GE’s Vice President, Corporate Financial Planning and Analysis from 1987 to 2003, where he integrated business financial plans for GE, issued reports on internal financial performance, and prepared board and investor presentations for GE’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer. Among other posts, he also served as Chief Financial Officer for GE Power Systems. He has lectured at GE’s management development center at Crotonville, Yale University, Fairfield University, and the University of Illinois. Mr. Nelson holds a Bachelor’s degree in Philosophy from Carleton College and a Master’s degree in American Studies from the University of Chicago.

Axel Rückert became a director of SIRVA in August 2004. He founded Management Partenaires, a firm located in France specializing in turn-around management, in 1984 and has been its President since that time. Mr. Rückert also served as Chairman & CEO of Getronics in 2003, Chief Executive Officer of Philips Consumer Communications from 2001 to 2002, and Chief Operating Officer of BSN Glasspack from 1999 to 2000. He held management positions with several manufacturing companies from 1983 to 1999. At the beginning of his career, Mr. Rückert was a consultant with McKinsey & Company from 1974 to 1983. He serves as a director of VWR International, Inc. Mr. Rückert received a master’s degree in Political Science and Economics from the Free University of Berlin and the University of Cologne.

192




Richard J. Schnall became a director of SIRVA in March 2002. Mr. Schnall is a principal of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. Prior to joining Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. in 1996, he worked in the Investment Banking division of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc. and Smith Barney & Co. Mr. Schnall is a limited partner of CD&R Associates V Limited Partnership and CD&R Associates VI Limited Partnership, and a director and stockholder of CD&R Investment Associates II, Inc. and CD&R Investment Associates VI, Inc. He serves as a director of VWR International, Inc. Mr. Schnall is a graduate of the Wharton School of Business and Harvard Business School.

Irving B. Yoskowitz became a director of SIRVA in January 2004. Mr. Yoskowitz has been Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Constellation Energy since May 2005. Prior to that, he was a Senior Partner of Global Technologies Partners, LLC from 1998 to May 2005 and Senior Counsel with the law firm of Crowell & Moring, LLP in Washington, DC from 2001 to May 2005. He was the General Counsel of United Technologies Corp. from 1981 to 1998 and Executive Vice President from 1990 to 1998. During that time, Mr. Yoskowitz was United Technologies’ lead negotiator for major domestic and international acquisitions, divestitures, and joint ventures. He also was a member of United Technologies’ Management Executive Committee and oversaw at various times a number of United Technologies’ departments, including Legal; Corporate Development; Environmental, Health and Safety; and Business Practices. Mr. Yoskowitz was also senior adviser to the law firm of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld from 2000 to 2001. He also is the lead independent director of Equant NV. A graduate of the City College of New York, Mr. Yoskowitz received his JD, magna cum laude, from Harvard Law School and served as an editor of the Harvard Law Review. He also attended the London School of Economics from 1971 to 1972 as a Knox Fellow from Harvard University.

Timothy P. Callahan joined our company in May 2002 and has served as Senior Vice President,  Global Sales since September 2005. Mr. Callahan joined us after our May 2002 purchase of the relocation services business of Cooperative Resource Services (“CRS”). After joining Cooperative Mortgage Services in 1993 as its Vice President, Corporate Sales, he served CRS as the Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales, and also the Senior Vice President, Operations. From 1998 to May 2002, Mr. Callahan served CRS as Senior Vice President with responsibility for all sales, marketing and public relations. Mr. Callahan served as our Executive Vice President, Sales from May 2002 to March 2005 and as Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing from March 2005 to September 2005. Before joining Cooperative Mortgage Services, he worked in corporate sales with PHH U.S. Mortgage Corporation (now Cendant Mortgage) and as an account manager with Lomas & Nettleton Securities. Mr. Callahan earned a Bachelor of Arts degree from Fairfield University and is a Certified Relocation Professional.

K. Allen Chan joined our company in October 2004 and has served as President, Relocation Solutions—Asia Pacific since that time. Prior to joining us, Mr. Chan was President, Asia Pacific for Ingersoll-Rand Corporation from March 1999 to September 2004. Mr. Chan began his career in the U.S. with General Electric Company’s Aerospace Business as a design engineer in 1979. He progressed through GE’s ranks and in 1989 moved to Taiwan to establish GETAC Corporation, a joint venture between GE Aerospace and Mitac Group of Taiwan, serving as its President. From 1992 through 1996, Mr. Chan served as Managing Director, Asia Pacific, of GE’s Industrial & Control Systems business, with headquarters in Singapore. He also served as President of GET Manufacturing, Inc., a Hong Kong based company, from 1996 to 1998, established a technology company, and provided management consulting services from 1998 to 1999. Mr. Chan received a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from The University of Massachusetts - Lowell, and a Master of Science Degree in Mechanical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

John M. Dupuy joined our company in January 2001 and has served as Senior Vice President, Specialized Transportation and Corporate Development since April 2004. Mr. Dupuy was our President, U.S. Moving and Specialized Transportation from June 2003 to April 2004; Senior Vice President, Operations and Business Development from January 2003 to April 2003, Senior Vice President, Corporate

193




Initiatives from January 2002 to December 2002, and Senior Vice President Business Development from July 2001 to December 2001. Mr. Dupuy brings over 20 years of experience in transforming operations, formulating business strategy, and mergers and acquisitions. From 1996 until he joined our company, Mr. Dupuy was at Maytag Corporation serving in various positions, including Vice President of Strategic Planning, General Manager Emerging Solutions and Chief Information Officer. Prior to 1996, Mr. Dupuy worked as a management consultant conducting strategic and operations improvement assignments for clients around the globe. Mr. Dupuy holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Engineering from Georgia Institute of Technology and an MBA from Southern Methodist University.

Ralph A. Ford joined our company in 1999 and has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since that time. Previously, Mr. Ford served 18 years in the General Electric legal department, most recently as General Counsel to GE Industrial Control Systems from 1992 to 1999. Prior to joining General Electric, Mr. Ford served as group counsel for Bell & Howell Company, as an attorney for E.I. duPont deNemours & Co. and an associate with Venable, Baetjer & Howard. Mr. Ford earned a Bachelor of Arts from Morgan State College and a Juris Doctor from Boston University Law School.

Douglas V. Gathany joined our company in June 2001 and has served as Vice President, Treasurer since that time. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Gathany served in various positions with Montgomery Ward since 1979, including as Vice President-Treasurer from 1996 to 2001. He received a Masters of Business Administration in Finance from The University of Chicago and a B.A. from Colby College.

Michelle M. Guswiler joined our company in July 2004 and has served as Senior Vice President, Marketing and Product Development since September 2005. Ms. Guswiler served as Senior Vice President-Corporate Initiatives from July 2004 to December 2004 and Chief Operating Officer of Network Services from  December 2004 to September 2005. Prior to joining us, Ms. Guswiler was Executive Director Global Consumer Insights for Ford Motor Company from March 2004 to June 2004. Ms. Guswiler was Ford’s Executive Director of Global Cycle Planning & Product Strategy from September 2001 to March 2004, Director of e-Commerce Alliances & Wireless Mobility from March 2000 to September 2001, and Director of Corporate Initiatives from June 1999 to March 2000. Ms. Guswiler also served as a senior associate for Booz Allen & Hamilton from 1996 to 1999 and as a manufacturing engineer at General Motors from 1991 to 1996. Ms. Guswiler received a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from The University of Michigan and a Masters of Management and Manufacturing from Northwestern University.

Ann M. Harten served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer from May 2003 until her employment with us terminated on November 11, 2005. Ms. Harten joined our company in July 2000 as Chief Information Officer for our Logistics business and most recently served as Chief Information Officer for our U.S. operations. From 1987 to 2000, Ms. Harten held a variety of management and director level positions in sales, operations and information technology at Boise Cascade Office Products. Ms. Harten has a Bachelor of Science in Psychology from Indiana University of Pennsylvania.

Michael B. McMahon joined our company in April 2004 and has served as President, Moving Services North America since that time. Prior to joining us, Mr. McMahon was General Manager, Product & Asset Management for GE Capital—Rail Services from June 2003 to March 2004 and its Chief Financial Officer from July 2001 to June 2003. He worked for GE Capital—Card Services as its Vice President, Finance—PLCC from 1999 to 2001 and Chief Financial Officer—Wards Credit from 1997 to 1999, and held various management and financial positions with GE Appliances from 1991 to 1997 and GE International from 1990 to 1991. Mr. McMahon also served as a licensed trader for Mellon Investment Bank from 1987 to 1988. Mr. McMahon received his Bachelor of Science in Finance from Pennsylvania State University.

Ronald L. Milewski joined our company in May 1990 and was named Acting Chief Financial Officer in January 2005. Mr. Milewski served as Senior Vice President, Global Risk Management from February 2003 to January 2005, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from May 2001 to

194




February 2003, Corporate Controller from November 1999 through May 2001 and Vice President of Finance for North American Van Lines. Previously, Mr. Milewski served as Group Controller at Johnson Controls from 1985 to 1990, Assistant Controller for Hoover Universal from 1979 to 1985, and an audit supervisor for Ernst & Young from 1974 to 1979. He is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Milewski holds a Bachelor of Business Administration in accounting from Eastern Michigan University and is a Certified Public Accountant. Effective upon a new Chief Financial Officer joining us, Mr. Milewski will become our Executive Vice President, Restructuring and Chief Risk Officer.

Kevin D. Pickford has served as President, European Operations since November 2004. Starting in 1978 in the United Kingdom, he held various roles with SIRVA’s Pickfords brand, primarily in the accounting and finance departments. From 1982 to 1986, he held increasingly senior roles in the finance function of the growing business in Australia, leading to his appointment in 1986 as CFO for Australia and New Zealand. In 1993, he was appointed to the role of managing director for Allied Pickfords with responsibility for all Australian and New Zealand operations. In 1997, he assumed operating responsibility for Asia as Managing Director, Asia Pacific to complete the Asia Pacific regional role. Mr. Pickford is a graduate and Fellow of the Chartered Associations of Certified Accountants.

Robert J. Rosing has served as President, Global Relocation Operations since October 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Rosing served as our President, Relocation North America from June 2003 to October 2005. Mr. Rosing brings more than 20 years of experience to our company, joining us after our May 2002 purchase of the relocation services business of Cooperative Resource Services. After joining Cooperative Resource Services in 1995, Mr. Rosing served as President of its Cooperative Mortgage Services and ProSource Properties subsidiaries and was also Senior Vice President of Operations for all of Cooperative Resource Services’ Cleveland-based relocation services. Prior to joining Cooperative Resource Services, Mr. Rosing served as Executive Vice President and CFO for Holland Mortgage Corporation, where he managed all operations, finance, legal and human resource activities. Mr. Rosing earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Natural Sciences from Xavier University and a Masters degree in Business Administration—Finance from Cleveland State University.

Todd W. Schorr joined our company in June 2000 and has served as Senior Vice President, Human Resources since that time. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Schorr served in Cummins’ Human Resources department for a total of twelve years, most recently as Group Director of International Human Resources with functional responsibility for operations in India, China, the United Kingdom, Korea, Japan, Brazil, Mexico, and Australia from 1998 to 2000. Prior to that, he served as Area Director of Human Resources at PepsiCo from 1988 to 1992. Mr. Schorr holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Indiana University, and a Masters degree with specialization in Labor Relations and Labor Law from Indiana University.

Dennis M. Thompson joined our company in 1986 and has served as Vice President, Corporate Controller since May 2001. Prior to joining us, he held various management positions with Schneider National from 1981 to 1986. Mr. Thompson received his Bachelor of Science degree in accounting and his Masters of Business Administration from Indiana University and is a Certified Public Accountant. Effective January 1, 2006, Mr. Thompson will become our Vice President, Controller—North America and Corporate Functions.

Lawrence A. Writt has served as President, Network Services since June 2003. Since 1991, Mr. Writt has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Transguard Insurance Company of America, Inc. and Vanguard Insurance Agency, Inc., both wholly owned subsidiaries of Allied Van Lines. Mr. Writt joined Allied in 1979 and has held various management positions in the company. Mr. Writt is also a director of both TransGuard and Vanguard. Mr. Writt has a Bachelor of Science in economics and accounting from St. Joseph’s College.

195




There are no family relationships among our executive officers and directors, and no arrangements or understandings between any executive officer or director and any other person pursuant to which the executive officer or director was elected.

Audit Committee of the Board of Directors

We have a separately designated standing audit committee established in accordance with the rules of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. The Audit Committee has responsibility for, among other things:

·       assisting the Board of Directors in monitoring:

·        the quality of our financial reporting and other internal control processes,

·        the quality and integrity of our financial statements,

·        the independent auditor’s qualifications and independence,

·        the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors, and

·        our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and its code of conduct; and

·       preparing the report of the Audit Committee required to be included in our annual proxy statement under the rules of the SEC.

Mr. Stocker chaired the Audit Committee, which included Messrs. Dellinger and Yoskowitz, during 2004. Mr. Brace has served on the Audit Committee since he joined the Board in August 2004. Dame Pauline Neville-Jones served as a member of the Audit Committee from August 2004, when she joined the Board, until she resigned from the Board in January 2005. Mr. Yoskowitz resigned from the Audit Committee in September 2005. Messrs. Miller and Nelson will join the Audit Committee on December 1, 2005. The Board has determined that all members of the Audit Committee are independent under both New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules. The Board has also determined that each member of the Audit Committee is financially literate within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange listing standards.

In addition, the Board has determined that Messrs. Stocker, Dellinger and Nelson are audit committee financial experts for purposes of the SEC rules, and that each of them has accounting or related financial management expertise for purposes of the New York Stock Exchange listing standards. Although designated as audit committee financial experts, Messrs. Stocker, Dellinger and Nelson are not accountants for SIRVA and, under the SEC rules, are not “experts” for purposes of the liability provisions of the Securities Act or for any other purpose. Messrs. Stocker, Dellinger and Nelson do not have any responsibilities or obligations in addition to those of the other Audit Committee members; all Audit Committee members have identical duties and responsibilities.

Nomination Procedures

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which SIRVA stockholders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 10% of SIRVA common stock to file reports with the SEC regarding their ownership and changes in ownership of our common stock. We believe that during 2004, its officers, directors and 10% stockholders complied with all Section 16(a) filing requirements. In making these statements, we have relied upon examination of the copies of Forms 3, 4 and 5 provided to us and the written representations of our directors and officers.

196




Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct, which is available free of charge on our corporate website at www.sirva.com and can be found by clicking on “About SIRVA” and then “Code of Conduct.”

ITEM 11.         EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table describes the compensation paid to the Chief Executive Officer, the four other most highly compensated executive officers serving on December 31, 2004, and an additional individual who for whom disclosure would have been provided but for the fact that he was not serving as an executive officer on December 31, 2004 (together with the CEO, the “Named Executive Officers”).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Awards

 

 

 

Name & Principal Position

 

 

 

Year

 

Salary

 

Bonus

 

Other Annual
Compensation
(5)

 

Securities
Underlying
Options

 

All Other
Compensation
(6)

 

Brian P. Kelley(1)

 

2004

 

$

664,904

 

$

 

 

$

51,457

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

30,836

 

 

Director, President and Chief

 

2003

 

$

575,000

 

$

341,285

 

 

$

59,515

 

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

$

97,792

 

 

Executive Officer

 

2002

 

$

210,096

 

$

234,726

 

 

$

21,702

 

 

 

665,700

 

 

 

$

12,965

 

 

Joan E. Ryan(2)

 

2004

 

$

389,423

 

$

 

 

$

29,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,618

 

 

Senior Vice President and

 

2003

 

$

320,137

 

$

207,573

 

 

$

26,893

 

 

 

302,029

 

 

 

$

4,255

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

2002

 

$

21,978

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Michael B. McMahon(3)

 

2004

 

$

200,961

 

$

162,897

 

 

$

14,922

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

$

4,019

 

 

President, Moving Services

 

2003

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

North America

 

2002

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Lawrence A. Writt

 

2004

 

$

248,269

 

$

 

 

$

30,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

16,408

 

 

President, Network Services

 

2003

 

$

225,000

 

$

141,331

 

 

$

41,215

 

 

 

76,700

 

 

 

$

7,117

 

 

 

 

2002

 

$

214,477

 

$

159,062

 

 

$

24,547

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

624

 

 

Ralph A. Ford

 

2004

 

$

247,673

 

$

 

 

$

33,491

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,875

 

 

Senior Vice President, General

 

2003

 

$

238,500

 

$

106,170

 

 

$

33,131

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

$

5,070

 

 

Counsel and Secretary

 

2002

 

$

238,500

 

$

112,601

 

 

$

37,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,754

 

 

Michael P. Fergus(4)

 

2004

 

$

311,526

 

$

 

 

$

38,013

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

13,581

 

 

Former President, Moving

 

2003

 

$

299,988

 

$

85,424

 

 

$

37,265

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

14,387

 

 

Services

 

2002

 

$

299,988

 

$

146,244

 

 

$

47,861

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,420

 

 


(1)          Mr. Kelley became our President and Chief Executive Officer, and a director, in August 2002.

(2)          Ms. Ryan served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from February 2003 until her resignation from that position in January 2005. See “Employment Agreements—Joan A. Ryan.”  From June 2002 until February 2003, Ms. Ryan served as a director of our company. For 2003 and 2002, Ms. Ryan’s salary includes deferred compensation of $5,714 and $20,659, respectively, which was earned in respect of her service as a director under the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Plan. In addition, Ms. Ryan’s salary for 2002 includes $1,319, which represents the value of her directors’ compensation that was paid in shares of SIRVA common stock during April 2002 under the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Plan. In connection with Ms. Ryan’s resignation as a director and in accordance with the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Plan, she received 5,072 shares of SIRVA common stock in respect of her deferred compensation during January 2004.

(3)          Mr. McMahon became our President, Moving Services North America in April 2004.

197




(4)          Mr. Fergus was removed as an officer of SIRVA on March 1, 2004 and resigned as an employee of SIRVA on February 28, 2005. See “Employment Agreements—Michael P. Fergus.”

(5)          SIRVA provides certain perquisites to Messrs. Ford and McMahon and Ms. Ryan, in each case in an amount less than the amount required to be individually disclosed. Amounts in this column for Mr. Kelley include corporate housing ($18,800), a car allowance, financial planning and health insurance premiums, for Mr. Writt include a car allowance ($12,462), financial planning, and health insurance premiums, and for Mr. Fergus include a car allowance ($12,462), cellular telephone expense, financial planning, and health insurance. For 2004, Messrs. Kelley, McMahon, Writt, Ford and Fergus, and Ms. Ryan received $2,660, $204, $5,582, $6,941, $6,459 and $3,634, respectively, to reimburse such individuals for income taxes paid in connection with the receipt of such perquisites. For 2003, Messrs. Kelley, Writt, Ford and Fergus, and Ms. Ryan received $3,443, $5,699, $3,797, $3,018, and $728, respectively, to reimburse such individuals for income taxes paid in connection with the receipt of such perquisites. For 2002, Messrs. Kelley, Ford and Fergus received $1,515, $7,305 and $7,419, respectively, to reimburse such individuals for income taxes paid in connection with the receipt of such perquisites.

(6)          Represents 2004 contributions made by SIRVA to the defined contribution plan on behalf of the executive officers listed.

Option Grants in the Last Fiscal Year

The following table sets forth information concerning individual grants of stock options made during the year ended December 31, 2004 to the Named Executive Officers.

 

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options

 

% of Total
Options
Granted to
Employees in the
fiscal year ended
December 31,

 

Exercise Price

 

 

 

Potential Realizable Value at
Assumed Annual Rates of
Stock Price Appreciation for
Option Term

 

 

 

Granted(1)

 

2004

 

($/share)

 

Expiration Date

 

  5%($)(2)  

 

  10%($)(2)  

 

Brian P. Kelley

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joan E. Ryan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael B. McMahon

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

12.89

%

 

 

24.33

 

 

 

4/19/2011

 

 

$

1,711,738

 

$

2,370,614

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

6.44

%

 

 

19.90

 

 

 

12/1/2011

 

 

$

700,033

 

$

969,488

 

Lawrence A. Writt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ralph A. Ford

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael P. Fergus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)          All options were granted under the SIRVA, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan. Options granted under our Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan generally become vested and exercisable in four equal installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date, subject to continued employment.

(2)          Potential realizable value is based on the assumed annual growth for each of the grants, shown over their option term. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises are dependent on the future value of the stock.

198




Aggregated Option Exercises In Last Fiscal Year And Fiscal Year-End Option Values

The following table shows aggregate exercises of options to purchase SIRVA’s common stock for the year ended December 31, 2004 by the Named Executive Officers pursuant to the SIRVA, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan.

 

 

Shares
Acquired on

 

 

 

Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options at Fiscal
Year-End(#)

 

Value of Unexercised
In-the-Money
Options at
Fiscal Year-End(1)

 

Name

 

 

 

Exercise (#)

 

Value Realized ($)

 

Exercisable/ Unexercisable

 

Exercisable/ Unexercisable

 

Brian P. Kelley

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

303,780/511,920

 

 

$

3,951,967/$5,968,451

 

Joan E. Ryan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62,656/239,373

 

 

$695,912/$2,775,536

 

Michael B. McMahon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0/75,000

 

 

$0/$0

 

Lawrence A. Writt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101,657/73,249

 

 

$1,332,077/$572,026

 

Ralph A. Ford

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

203,547/48,353

 

 

$2,895,133/$397,273

 

Michael P. Fergus

 

 

220,872

 

 

 

3,438,958

 

 

 

46,752/49,376

 

 

$689,124/$727,802

 


(1)          “Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options at Fiscal Year End” is the aggregate, calculated on a grant-by-grant basis, of the product of the number of unexercised options on December 31, 2004 multiplied by the difference between the exercise price for the grant and the closing price of a share of SIRVA common stock on December 31, 2004 ($19.22). The actual value, if any, that will be realized upon the exercise of an option will depend upon the difference between the exercise price of the option and the market price of the SIRVA common stock on the date that the option is exercised.

Retirement Plans

We sponsor the SIRVA, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan (“Retirement Plan”), a funded, non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering eligible employees of our Company in the United States. We also sponsor an excess benefit plan which is an unfunded, non-qualified plan that provides retirement benefits not otherwise provided under the Retirement Plan because of the benefit limitations imposed by Section 415 and 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code. The excess benefit plan ensures that an executive receives the total pension benefit to which he or she would otherwise be entitled, were it not for such Code limitations. The Retirement Plan and the excess benefit plan were frozen, effective December 31, 2002.

The only Named Executive Officers who participated in the Retirement Plan during 2004 were Messrs. Writt, Ford and Fergus.

The estimated monthly retirement plan benefits payable at age 65 are $2,034 for Mr. Writt, $1,116 for Mr. Ford and $3,357 for Mr. Fergus. The benefit amounts were determined using the following formulas:

·       For service prior to December 31, 1997, the product of (i) 1.67% of final average compensation less 2.0% of Social Security Benefit, multiplied by benefit service projected to normal retirement date (maximum 30 years); and (ii) accrued benefit adjustment.

·       For service from January 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002, the sum of 0.6% multiplied by the final average monthly earnings (“FAME”) times the years of creditable service plus 0.35% multiplied by FAME in excess of covered compensation times the number of his years of creditable service, not to exceed thirty-five years.

Benefits are payable in the form of a straight life annuity.

199




Employment Agreements, Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control Arrangements

Brian P. Kelley.   Effective August 19, 2002, Brian P. Kelley became our President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to an at-will employment agreement dated June 28, 2002, which was amended and restated as of July 8, 2002. Mr. Kelley received an annual base salary of $665,000 in 2004 and participates in our management incentive plan (as described below), with a maximum annual bonus opportunity of up to 100% of his base salary. If Mr. Kelley’s employment is terminated without cause, he will continue to receive his annual base salary and health benefits for one year (or, if earlier, until he obtains other employment). Upon such an involuntary termination within two years following a change of control, Mr. Kelley will instead receive a payment equal to twice his annual base salary, as well as a pro rated bonus for the year of termination (based on his maximum opportunity for such year).

Timothy D. Callahan.   We are a party to an employment agreement dated June 8, 2005, with Timothy P. Callahan, our Senior Vice President-Global Sales. The employment agreement provides that we will pay to Mr. Callahan severance pay in an amount equal to twelve months of his then current base salary (less the amount, if any, payable to him under the terms of any other severance plan, policy, or program), if we terminates his employment without cause, as defined in the employment agreement, and he signs a general release of claims in a form satisfactory to us. No severance benefits will be payable under the employment agreement with Mr. Callahan if his employment terminates in connection with a sale, merger or other corporate transaction and, due to his receipt of an offer of comparable employment in connection with the transaction, he is not eligible for severance under any severance plan, policy or program. To be eligible for the severance benefits set forth in his employment agreement, Mr. Callahan was required to execute our standard Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights & Non-Solicitation Agreement and must comply with the terms of such agreement.

K. Allen Chan.   Effective October 1, 2004, K. Allen Chan became our Senior Vice President, Relocation Solutions—Asia Pacific pursuant to an at-will employment agreement dated July 28, 2004. Mr. Chan reports to Brian Kelley, our President and CEO, and received an annual base salary of $252,000 in 2004. Mr. Chan’s assignment is anticipated to last at least two years, although business conditions may require that this period of time be reduced or extended. Mr. Chan participates in our management incentive plan, with a maximum annual bonus opportunity of up to 75% of his base salary. The agreement provides for certain other benefits, including, a housing allowance of $100,000 per year, a goods and services allowance of $60,000 per year, a school and utilities allowance of $46,000 per year, an annual tax equalization settlement, medical and dental insurance coverage, a company car, financial/tax planning and preparation, an annual round-trip ticket between Hong Kong and the U.S., eligibility to participate in our retirement programs, and reimbursement of the cost of repatriation to the U.S. at the end of Mr. Chan’s assignment. Mr. Chan agreed to comply with all applicable laws in Hong Kong and not engage in any employment or business enterprise that will conflict with his service and our interests.

Michelle M. Guswiler.   Effective July 10, 2004, Michelle M. Guswiler, currently our Senior Vice President—Marketing and Product Development, became our Senior Vice President, Business Development pursuant to an at-will employment agreement dated May 18, 2004. Ms. Guswiler reports to Brian Kelley, our President and CEO, and received an annual base salary of $235,000 in 2004. Ms. Guswiler also participates in our management incentive plan, with a maximum annual bonus opportunity of up to 75% of her base salary. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Ms. Guswiler received a guaranteed pro-rated bonus in 2004. The employment agreement provides that if we terminate her employment without cause during the first twenty-four months of her employment, we will pay to Ms. Guswiler, as severance, a pro rata portion of her bonus and will continue paying her base salary and health benefits for one year (or, if earlier, until she obtains other employment). These payments are subject to Ms. Guswiler’s execution of a general release of claims and an affirmation of her obligations regarding confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation of employees, agents and customers.

200




Ms. Guswiler also is entitled to participate in all health, welfare and other benefits available to executives of our company, including a company car allowance and personal financial consulting.

Michael B. McMahon.   Effective April 5, 2004, Michael B. McMahon became our President—Moving Services North America pursuant to an at-will employment agreement dated March 30, 2004. Mr. McMahon reports to Brian Kelley, our President and CEO, and received an annual base salary of $275,000 in 2004. Mr. McMahon also participates in our management incentive plan, with a maximum annual bonus opportunity of up to 80% of his base salary. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. McMahon received a guaranteed pro-rated bonus in 2004. If Mr. McMahon’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by him for good reason, both as defined in the employment agreement, he will continue to receive his base salary and health benefits for one year (or, if earlier, until he obtains other employment) and a pro rata portion of his bonus. These payments are subject to Mr. McMahon’s execution of a general release of claims and an affirmation of his obligations regarding confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation of employees, agents and customers. If Mr. McMahon’s employment is terminated without cause within two years following a change of control, as defined in the employment agreement, we will pay him an amount equal to one time his annual base salary plus a pro rata bonus. Mr. McMahon also is entitled to participate in all health, welfare and other benefits available to executives of our company, including a company car allowance and personal financial consulting.

Kevin D. Pickford.   On February 18, 2005, our subsidiary SIRVA UK Limited entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Pickford which is effective from January 1, 2005 and governs his employment while he is based in the United Kingdom. Mr. Pickford’s salary is £170,000 per year, and he is eligible to participate in our management incentive plan, with a maximum annual bonus opportunity of up to 75% of his annual salary. The agreement provides for certain other benefits, including relocation services, shipping of personal goods to the United Kingdom, storage of personal goods in Australia, payment equal to 12% of Mr. Pickford’s salary to cover certain items which are not suitable for the new home, a housing allowance of £4,000 per calendar month, reduced by any net rental income Mr. Pickford receives from the lease of his property in Melbourne, up to four return air tickets from London to Melbourne in each calendar year of the agreement, an Australian superannuation benefit (SGC), a company car, medical and dental insurance coverage, and eligibility to join the SIRVA UK Pension Scheme. Mr. Pickford may terminate his employment on giving us six months written notice, and we may terminate Mr. Pickford’s employment on giving Mr. Pickford twelve months written notice. We also may immediately terminate Mr. Pickford’s employment for cause under certain circumstances. Mr. Pickford agreed not to solicit certain customers or employees of ours for a period of six months following termination of the agreement.

Robert J. Rosing.   We are a party to an employment agreement dated September 5, 2005, with Robert J. Rosing, our President-Global Relocation Operations. The employment agreement provides that we will pay to Mr. Rosing severance pay in an amount equal to twelve months of his then current base salary (less the amount, if any, payable to Mr. Rosing under the terms of any other severance plan, policy, or program), if we terminate Mr. Rosing’s employment without cause, as defined in the employment agreement, and Mr. Rosing signs a general release of claims in a form satisfactory to us. No severance benefits will be payable under the employment agreement with Mr. Rosing if his employment terminates in connection with a sale, merger or other corporate transaction and, due to his receipt of an offer of comparable employment in connection with the transaction, he is not eligible for severance under any severance plan, policy or program. To be eligible for the severance benefits set forth in his employment agreement, Mr. Rosing was required to execute our standard Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights & Non-Solicitation Agreement and must comply with the terms of such agreement.

Todd W. Schorr.   Effective June 15, 2000, Todd W. Schorr became our Senior Vice President, Human Resources pursuant to an at-will employment agreement dated May 30, 2000. Mr. Schorr reports to Brian Kelley, our President and CEO, and received an annual base salary of $244,000 in 2004. Mr. Schorr also

201




participates in our management incentive plan, with a maximum annual bonus opportunity of up to 80% of his base salary. If Mr. Schorr’s employment is terminated by us without cause, he will continue to receive his base salary and health benefits for one year (or, if earlier, until he obtains other employment). These payments are subject to Mr. Schorr’s execution of a general release of claims and standard provisions regarding non-solicitation of employees, agents and customers. Mr. Schorr also is entitled to participate in all health, welfare and other benefits available to executives of our company, including a company car allowance.

Joan E. Ryan.   Effective February 17, 2003, Joan E. Ryan became our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to an at-will employment agreement dated December 6, 2002. Ms. Ryan continued to serve in that capacity until she resigned from that position on January 21, 2005. Before her resignation, Ms. Ryan reported to Brian Kelley, our President and CEO, and received an annual base salary of $375,000. Ms. Ryan also participated in our management incentive plan, with a maximum annual bonus opportunity of up to 80% of her base salary. Under her existing employment agreement, if Ms. Ryan’s employment was terminated without cause, she would continue to receive her base salary and health benefits for one year (or, if earlier, until she obtains other employment). Ms. Ryan also was entitled to participate in all health, welfare and other benefits available to executives of our company, including a company car allowance and personal financial consulting. We entered into a separation agreement with Ms. Ryan on January 21, 2005, under which she will remain as an employee through June 2006, serving as a financial consultant, and will continue to receive benefits through that date, including vesting of some of the stock options that were issued her in conjunction with her initial investment in SIRVA stock when she was hired as Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Ryan’s salary during this period, consistent with her existing employment agreement, will total $375,000 for the entire period. Her annual salary rate under the separation agreement has been reduced so that the one year’s salary provided in her original employment agreement will be spread evenly over the entire period. We retained the right to terminate Ms. Ryan “for cause” during this period.

Michael P. Fergus.   We were a party to an employment agreement with Michael P. Fergus, who served as President, Moving Services until March 1, 2004, when he was removed as an officer of SIRVA and the Company gave him the required notice under his employment agreement. Mr. Fergus remained an employee of SIRVA until February 28, 2005, reporting directly to Mr. Kelley as an advisor to SIRVA on strategic initiatives and special projects. While he was an employee of SIRVA, Mr. Fergus continued to receive an annual base salary of $300,000. In April 2004, we entered into an Independent Contractor Service Agreement and Release with Mr. Fergus, which provided for our engagement of Mr. Fergus as a consultant for the one year period ending February 28, 2006.

Ann M. Harten.   We were a party to an employment agreement dated August 5, 2005, with Ann M. Harten, who served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer until we mutually agreed to terminate her employment and her employment agreement on November 11, 2005. Under the employment agreement, we will pay to Ms. Harten severance pay in an amount equal to the sum of (i) twelve months of her then current base salary (less the amount, if any, paid or payable to Ms. Harten under the terms of any other severance plan, policy, or program maintained by us) and (ii) the annual bonus under our Management Incentive Plan, if any, that would otherwise be payable to Ms. Harten for the year in which her employment is terminated (prorated for the number of full or partial months worked in such year).

202




Compensation of Directors

The following table provides information on SIRVA’s compensation and reimbursement practices during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 for outside directors. Directors who are employed by SIRVA or Clayton Dubilier & Rice, Inc. do not receive any compensation for their Board activities.

Compensation Table for the 2004 Fiscal Year

Annual Retainer Fee(1)

 

$70,000

 

Minimum Percentage of Annual Retainer Fee to be Paid in SIRVA Stock(2)

 

50

%

Additional Retainer Fee(3)

 

 

 

Audit Committee

 

$15,000

 

All Other Committees

 

$10,000

 

Lead Independent Director

 

$30,000

 


(1)          Ms. Affeldt and Messrs. Dellinger, Mackenzie, and Stocker served throughout 2004. Mr. Yoskowitz joined our Board of Directors on January 5, 2004, Dame Pauline Neville-Jones and Messrs. Brace and Rückert joined our Board of Directors on August 15, 2004, and each individual earned a pro rata portion of the annual retainer fee from that date. Mr. Orzetti resigned from SIRVA’s Board of Directors on September 20, 2004, and earned a pro rata portion of his annual retainer fee until that date. Messrs. Miller and Nelson will join our Board of Directors on December 1, 2005.

(2)          During 2004, outside directors received their compensation pursuant to the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Policy under the SIRVA, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan. Under this policy, the outside directors received at least 50% of their compensation in deferred shares and the balance in cash, as elected by each director. The deferred shares grant and the cash payment were made quarterly in arrears. The deferred shares represent our contractual promise to deliver shares of its common stock when an outside director’s service as a director has terminated.

(3)          The additional retainer for committee chairs and the lead independent director is paid annually in arrears in cash. Effective January 1, 2005, outside directors may elect to receive all or a portion of the additional retainer in deferred shares and the balance in cash.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Throughout 2004, Ms. Affeldt and Mr. Mackenzie served on the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. Mr. Orzetti served on the committee through August 2004, and Mr. Rückert served on the committee from August 2004, when he joined our Board of Directors. None of the members of our Compensation Committee:

·       was an officer or employee of SIRVA or any of its subsidiaries,

·       was formerly an officer of SIRVA or any of its subsidiaries, or

·       had any relationship requiring disclosure by us under Item 404 of Regulation S-K.

Additionally, during 2004, none of our executive officers or directors served as a member of the board of directors, or any compensation committee thereof, of any other entity such that the relationship would require disclosure by SIRVA under Item 404 of Regulation S-K, except that Mr. Kelley also serves as a director and a member of the compensation committee for VWR International, Inc. (“VWR”) beginning August 31, 2004 and Mr. Orzetti, who resigned from our Board of Directors on September 20, 2004, is an executive officer of VWR. Mr. Kelley did not participate in any deliberations concerning Mr. Orzetti’s compensation at VWR while Mr. Orzetti was a member of our Board of Directors.

203




ITEM 12.         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following table sets forth information, at October 31, 2005, concerning:

·       each stockholder known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of SIRVA’s outstanding common stock,

·       beneficial ownership of our outstanding common stock by each of our current directors,

·       beneficial ownership of our outstanding common stock by each of our Named Executive Officers (as defined below), and

·       beneficial ownership of our outstanding common stock by all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)

 

 

 

Number

 

Percent

 

Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership(2)

 

17,085,837

 

 

23.11

%

 

Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership(3)

 

7,102,498

 

 

9.61

%

 

Capital Research and Management Company(4)

 

5,412,700

 

 

7.32

%

 

MLF Offshore Portfolio Company, L.P.(5)

 

4,523,800

 

 

6.12

%

 

Name of Directors and Named Executive Officers(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kathleen J. Affeldt(6)

 

39,921

 

 

*

 

 

Frederic F. Brace(7)

 

6,082

 

 

*

 

 

Robert J. Dellinger(8)

 

32,864

 

 

*

 

 

Brian P. Kelley(9)

 

696,320

 

 

*

 

 

Sir Jeremy Mackenzie(10)

 

12,495

 

 

*

 

 

James W. Rogers(11)(12)

 

454,776

 

 

*

 

 

Axel Rückert(13)

 

4,082

 

 

*

 

 

Richard J. Schnall(12)

 

2,500

 

 

*

 

 

Carl T. Stocker(14)

 

27,687

 

 

*

 

 

Irving B. Yoskowitz(15)

 

28,947

 

 

*

 

 

Joan E. Ryan(16)

 

259,191

 

 

*

 

 

Michael B. McMahon(17)

 

18,750

 

 

*

 

 

Lawrence D. Writt(18)

 

195,915

 

 

*

 

 

Ralph A. Ford (19)

 

372,843

 

 

*

 

 

Michael P. Fergus(20)

 

61,392

 

 

*

 

 

All directors and executive officers as a group (26 persons)(21)

 

3,406,524

 

 

4.61

%

 


*                          Less than 1%.

(1)                The number of shares beneficially owned by each entity, director or executive officer is determined under the rules of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, an entity or person is deemed a “beneficial owner” of a security if it, he or she has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of such security or the power to dispose or direct the disposition of such security. An entity or person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities which that entity or person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of within 60 days of October 31, 2005 or December 30, 2005. Unless otherwise indicated, each person has sole investment and voting power, or shares such powers with his or her spouse, with respect to the shares set forth in the following table.

(2)                CD&R Associates V Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, is the general partner of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership and has the power to direct

204




Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership as to the voting and disposition of shares held by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership. CD&R Investment Associates II, Inc., a Cayman Island exempted company, is the managing general partner of CD&R Associates V Limited Partnership and has the power to direct CD&R Associates V Limited Partnership as to its direction of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership’s voting and disposition of the shares held by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership. No person controls the voting and disposition of CD&R Investment Associates II, Inc. with respect to the shares owned by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership. Each of CD&R Associates V Limited Partnership and CD&R Investment Associates II, Inc. expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership. The business address for each of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership, CD&R Associates V Limited Partnership and CD&R Investment Associates II, Inc. is 1403 Foulk Road, Suite 106, Wilmington, Delaware 19803.

(3)                CD&R Associates VI Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, is the general partner of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership and has the power to direct Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership as to the voting and disposition of shares held by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership. CD&R Investment Associates VI, Inc., a Cayman Island exempted company, is the general partner of CD&R Associates VI Limited Partnership and has the power to direct CD&R Associates VI Limited Partnership as to its direction of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership’s voting and disposition of the shares held by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership. No person controls the voting and disposition of CD&R Investment Associates VI, Inc. with respect to the shares owned by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership. Each of CD&R Associates VI Limited Partnership and CD&R Investment Associates VI, Inc. expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership. The business address for each of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership, CD&R Associates VI Limited Partnership and CD&R Investment Associates VI, Inc. is 1403 Foulk Road, Suite 106, Wilmington, Delaware 19803.

(4)                The business address for Capital Research and Management Company (“CRMC”) is 333 South Hope Street, Los Angeles, CA 90071. The address and number of shares of SIRVA common stock beneficially owned by CRMC is based on the Schedule 13G filed by CMRC with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2005.

(5)                The business address for MLF Cayman GP, Ltd. (“MLF Cayman”) is c/o Trident Trust Company (Cayman) Ltd., One Capital Place, P.O. Box 847, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, B.W.I. The address and number of shares of SIRVA common stock beneficially owned by MLF Cayman is based on the Schedule 13D filed by MLF Cayman with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on October 19, 2005.

(6)                Includes 18,740 deferred shares held pursuant to the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Plan and the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Policy.

(7)                Includes 4,082 deferred shares held pursuant to the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Policy.

(8)                Includes 9,977 deferred shares held pursuant to the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Plan and the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Policy.

(9)                Includes 474,420 shares issuable to Mr. Kelley upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days.

(10)         Includes 11,430 deferred shares held pursuant to the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Plan and the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Policy.

205




(11)         Does not include 5,000 shares held by a family trust. Mr. Rogers expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by that family trust.

(12)         Does not include 17,085,837 shares owned by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership or 7,102,498 shares owned by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership. Messrs. Rogers and Schnall may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares owned of record by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership by virtue of their status as shareholders of CD&R Investment Associates II, Inc., the managing general partner of CD&R Associates V Limited Partnership, and by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership by virtue of their status as shareholders of CD&R Investment Associates VI, Inc., the general partner of CD&R Associates VI Limited Partnership. However, each of Messrs. Rogers and Schnall expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership, respectively.

(13)         Includes 4,082 deferred shares held pursuant to the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Policy.

(14)         Includes 6,983 deferred shares held pursuant to the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Policy.

(15)         Includes 9,947 deferred shares held pursuant to the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Policy.

(16)         Includes 125,311 shares issuable to Ms. Ryan upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days. Ms. Ryan resigned as an officer of SIRVA on January 21, 2005.

(17)         Includes 18,750 shares issuable to Mr. McMahon upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days.

(18)         Includes 138,887 shares issuable to Mr. Writt upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days

(19)         Includes 255,427 shares issuable to Mr. Ford upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days.

(20)         Includes 21,392 shares issuable to Mr. Fergus upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days. Mr. Fergus was removed as an officer of SIRVA on March 1, 2004 and resigned as an employee of SIRVA on February 28, 2005.

(21)         Includes 1,832,151 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days, and 65,241 deferred shares held pursuant to the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Plan and the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Policy.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth information, as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, concerning compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance, aggregated as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of securities

 

 

 

(a)

 

 

 

remaining for available for

 

 

 

Number of securities

 

(b)

 

future issuance under equity

 

Plan Category

 

to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

 

Weighted-average
exercise price
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights

 

compensation plans
(excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

 

5,584,261

 

 

 

$

8.95

 

 

 

6,085,234

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

5,584,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,085,234

 

 

 

206




ITEM 13.         CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Investment Funds Managed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.

Overview

Fund V and Fund VI own 23.11% and 9.61% of our outstanding common stock, respectively, as of October 31, 2005. They are private investment funds managed by CD&R.

The general partner of Fund V is CD&R Associates V Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“Associates V”). The managing general partner of Associates V is CD&R Investment Associates II, Inc., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Investment Associates II”).

The general partner of Fund VI is CD&R Associates VI Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“Associates VI”). The managing general partner of Associates VI is CD&R Investment Associates VI, Inc., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Investment Associates VI”).

Two of our directors, James W. Rogers and Richard J. Schnall, are principals of CD&R, limited partners of Associates V and Associates VI, and stockholders and directors of Investment Associates II and Investment Associates VI.

CD&R is a private investment firm organized as a Delaware corporation. CD&R is the manager of a series of investment funds, including Fund V and Fund VI. CD&R generally assists in structuring, arranging financing for and negotiating the transactions with companies in which the funds it manages invest. After the consummation of such transactions, CD&R generally provides management and financial consulting services to the companies. Such services include helping companies to establish effective banking, legal and other business relationships and assisting management in developing and implementing strategies for improving their operational, marketing and financial performance.

Consulting Agreement

SIRVA, North American Van Lines and CD&R are parties to an Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2001, pursuant to which CD&R provides us with financial advisory and management consulting services. CD&R receives a management fee of approximately $1.1 million annually and reimbursement for certain expenses, which we review on an annual basis.

Indemnification Agreement

SIRVA, North American Van Lines, CD&R and Fund V have entered into an Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998, pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify CD&R, Fund V, any other investment vehicle managed by CD&R, their respective directors, officers, partners, employees, agents and controlling persons, against certain liabilities arising under federal securities laws, liabilities arising out of the performance of the consulting agreement and certain other claims and liabilities.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

We have not adopted formal procedures to specifically protect the interests of our minority stockholders in relation to future transactions with our principal stockholders. However, our board of directors has adopted corporate governance guidelines, which require each director to avoid taking actions or having interests that might result in a conflict of interest with our interests. Each director is required to ethically handle all actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, including promptly informing the corporate secretary if such a conflict arises and recusing himself or herself from any discussion or decision affecting his or her personal interests. Accordingly, our directors who are employees of CD&R, will be required to recuse themselves from any discussion or decision

207




regarding any transaction with our principal stockholders. These guidelines do not, by themselves, prohibit transactions with our principal stockholders.

Arrangements with Our Management

Management Loans

Historically, certain members of our and our subsidiaries’ management borrowed money from a third-party lender to fund their investments in us. North American Van Lines guaranteed loans made by the third-party lender to 16 members of our and our subsidiaries’ management, including one of our executive officers. North American Van Lines would have become liable for such amounts in the event that a member of management failed to pay the principal and interest when due. These loans were scheduled to mature in July 2004, except for the loan to one of our executive officers, Todd W. Schorr, which was to mature in May 2004, and bore interest at the prime rate plus 1%. All loans have been repaid. The loan to Mr. Schorr, which was repaid in October 2004, was made prior to the passage of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Subsequent to its passage, we adopted a policy prohibiting us and our subsidiaries from making loans to or guaranteeing loans of directors and executive officers.

Registration and Participation Agreement

Registration Rights

Each holder of shares of our common stock and options to purchase shares of our common stock, including executive officers and key employees, are entitled to the following registration rights for the shares of common stock held by them or issuable upon exercise of options to purchase our common stock under a Registration and Participation Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998, among SIRVA, Fund V, and Exel plc, as amended:

·       holders constituting at least 20% of the total shares of these registrable securities may request that we use our best efforts to register such securities for public resale, and

·       if we register any common stock at any time, either for our account or for the account of any stockholder, the holders of registrable securities are entitled to request that we use our best efforts to include the number of their shares of common stock, which in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold.

In most cases, we will bear all registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts), including the fees and expenses of counsel to the selling stockholders. Members of management generally do not have registration rights under the Registration and Participation Agreement for shares of our common stock issued upon exercise of options if we have registered such shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

If we file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to a public offering of our common stock, no holders of our common stock prior to such registration are permitted to effect any public sale or distribution of any shares of such stock during the 20 days before and the 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement (other than as part of the public offering).

Other Arrangements

On July 1, 2002, we entered into a ten-year agreement for outsourcing services with Covansys Corporation (“Covansys”) and Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. (“ACS”) to provide outsourcing services for certain application software development. Covansys is a related party, as approximately 16.6% of its outstanding common stock is owned by Fund VI. Effective November 1, 2005, we entered into a Fourth Amendment to the Agreement for Outsourcing Services. The amended outsourcing agreement, among

208




other items, modifies the service levels provided by Covansys and ACS to us and reduces the monthly amount charged for such services. As a result, the total future commitment to Covansys and ACS will be reduced by $14.7 million to $108.8 million as of the same date. At December 31, 2004, the remaining total purchase commitment to Covansys was $63.6 million. We paid $9.7 million to Covansys for the year ended December 31, 2004.

ITEM 14.         PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

(a)   Summary of annual audit and tax fees

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Chicago, Illinois was retained to serve as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004. Fees billed to us by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for services rendered during fiscal year 2003 and 2004 were as follows:

 

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

($ in thousands)

 

Audit fees*

 

$

3,054.6

 

$

3,844.8

 

Audit-related fees

 

$

1,063.7

 

$

528.9

 

Tax fees**

 

$

770.0

 

$

832.0

 

All other fees

 

$

96.9

 

$

77.5

 


*                    Includes $1,482.0 in 2003 of audit fees associated with our initial public offering and $177.0 in 2004 of audit fees associated with our secondary offering of common stock.

**             Tax fees primarily consist of tax compliance services.

The Audit Committee considered whether the provision of each of the above-referenced non-audit services by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP was compatible with maintaining the independence of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and concluded that such independence has been maintained.

We have not yet retained a firm to act as our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2005.

209




PART IV

ITEM 15.         EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)   Financial statements and financial statement schedule filed as part of this report

1.                 The following financial statements, together with the Report of Independent Auditors and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, are filed as part of this report:

(a)          Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003

(b)         Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

(c)          Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

(d)         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2.                 Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, is filed as part of this report. All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.

(b)   Exhibits

Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

 

 

Description of Document

 

Method of Filing

2.1

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2004, by and between Specialized Transportation Agent Group, Inc. and North American Van Lines, Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

2.2

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2004, by and among North American International Holding Corporation; SIRVA Worldwide, Inc.; and Standard Federal Bank, N.A.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

3.1

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SIRVA, Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 3 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed November 12, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

3.2

Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SIRVA, Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Amendment No. 5 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed November 20, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

3.3

Amended and Restated By-Laws of SIRVA, Inc., dated as of December 1, 2003.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to 2003 Form 10-K of SIRVA, Inc. and incorporated herein by reference.

4.1

Indenture, dated as of November 19, 1999, among North American Van Lines, Inc., State Street Bank and Trust Company and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed February 4, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

210




 

4.2

133¤8% Senior Subordinated Note due 2009

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to 2003 Form 10-K of SIRVA, Inc. and incorporated herein by reference.

4.3

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2003, among North American Van Lines, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association and the outstanding guarantors thereto

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 5 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed November 20, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.1

Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of September 14, 1999, between NA Holding Corporation and NFC plc, now known as Exel plc

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.16 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed February 4, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.2

Credit Agreement, dated as of November 19, 1999 and amended as of November 23, 1999, among North American Van Lines, Inc., the foreign subsidiary borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, The Bank of New York, as documentation agent, Banc of America Securities LLC, as syndication agent, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as collateral and administrative agent

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed February 4, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.3

Second Amendment, dated as of August 11, 2000, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 19, 1999 and amended as of November 23, 1999, among North American Van Lines, Inc., the foreign subsidiary borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, The Bank of New York, as documentation agent, Banc of America Securities LLC, as syndication agent, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as collateral and administrative agent

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Amendment No. 1 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed April 4, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.4

Third Amendment and Waiver, dated as of December 21, 2001, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 19, 1999 and amended as of November 23, 1999, among North American Van Lines, Inc., the foreign subsidiary borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, The Bank of New York, as documentation agent, Banc of America Securities LLC, as syndication agent, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as collateral and administrative agent

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Amendment No. 1 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed April 4, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

211




 

10.5

Fourth Amendment, dated as of March 19, 2002, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 19, 1999 and amended as of November 23, 1999, among North American Van Lines, Inc., the foreign subsidiary borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, The Bank of New York, as documentation agent, Banc of America Securities LLC, as syndication agent, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as collateral and administrative agent

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.20 to Amendment No. 2 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed May 22, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.6

Fifth Amendment, dated as of April 30, 2002, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 19, 1999 and amended as of November 23, 1999, among North American Van Lines, Inc., the foreign subsidiary borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, The Bank of New York, as documentation agent, Banc of America Securities LLC, as syndication agent, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as collateral and administrative agent

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.21 to Amendment No. 2 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed May 22, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.7

Sixth Amendment, dated April 24, 2003, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 19, 1999 and amended as of November 23, 1999, among North American Van Lines, Inc., the foreign subsidiary borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, The Bank of New York, as documentation agent, Banc of America Securities LLC, as syndication agent, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as collateral and administrative agent

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment No. 1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed October 16, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.8

Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2003, among SIRVA Worldwide, Inc. the foreign subsidiary borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, Banc of America Securities LLC, as syndication agent and Credit Suisse First Boston, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as documentation agents, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed December 8, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

212




 

10.9

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2003, made by SIRVA, Inc., SIRVA Worldwide, Inc. and certain of its Subsidiaries in favor of JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed December 8, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.10(a)

First Amendment, dated as of December 8, 2004 and effective as of December 23, 2004, to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2003, among SIRVA Worldwide, Inc., the foreign subsidiary borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents parties thereto

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed December 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.10(b)

Second Amendment, dated as of March 28, 2005, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2003, as amended, among SIRVA Worldwide, the foreign subsidiary borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents parties thereto.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed April 1, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.10(c)

Third Amendment, dated as of June 29, 2005, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2003, as amended, among SIRVA Worldwide, the foreign subsidiary borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents parties thereto

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed July 1, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.10(d)

Fourth Amendment, dated as of September 29, 2005, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2003, as amended, among SIRVA Worldwide, Inc., the foreign subsidiary borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent for the lenders, and the other agents parties thereto.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed October 4, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.10(e)

Fifth Amendment, dated as of November 14, 2005, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2003, as amended, among SIRVA Worldwide, Inc., the foreign subsidiary borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent for the lenders, and the other agents parties thereto.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed November 17, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

213




 

10.11

Acknowledgement and Confirmation, dated as of December 8, 2004 and effective as of December 23, 2004, of SIRVA, Inc., SIRVA Worldwide, Inc. and certain of their subsidiaries, with respect to the First Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed December 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.12

Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998, among NA Holding Corporation, NA Acquisition Corporation, North American Van Lines, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed February 4, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.13

Consulting Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998, among NA Holding Corporation, NA Acquisition Corporation, and North American Van Lines, Inc. and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed February 4, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.14

Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2001, by and among SIRVA, Inc., North American Van Lines, Inc. and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Amendment No. 1 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed April 4, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.15

Registration and Participation Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998, among NA Holding Corporation and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.8 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed February 4, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.16

Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 19, 1999, to the Registration and Participation Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998, among NA Holding Corporation and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed February 4, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.17

Amendment No. 2, dated as of May 30, 2002, to the Registration and Participation Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1998, among NA Holding Corporation and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.20 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.18

Guaranty and Collateral Agreement, dated as of November 19, 1999, made by NA Holding Corporation, North American Van Lines, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of The Chase Manhattan Bank, as collateral agent and administrative agent

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed February 4, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

214




 

10.19

Common Stock Purchase Warrant No. 1, dated as of November 19, 1999, for 87,480 shares of NA Holding Corporation’s Common Stock, issued in the name of NFC International Holdings (Netherlands II) BV, now known as Exel International Holdings (Netherlands 2) BV

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed February 4, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.20

Loan Agreement, dated as of November 19, 1999, between NA Holding Corporation, Blue Ridge Investments, LLC and The Chase Manhattan Bank.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.23 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.21

First Amendment, dated as of February 16, 2000, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among Allied Worldwide, Inc., formerly known as NA Holding Corporation (now known as SIRVA, Inc.), Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, and Chase Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.24 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.22

Second Amendment, dated as of April 14, 2000, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among Allied Worldwide, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, and Chase Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.25 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.23

Third Amendment, dated as of June 23, 2000, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among Allied Worldwide, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, and Chase Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.26 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.24

Fourth Amendment, dated as of October 11, 2000, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among Allied Worldwide, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, and Chase Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.27 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.25

Fifth Amendment, dated as of January 10, 2001, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among Allied Worldwide, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, and Chase Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.28 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.26

Sixth Amendment, dated as of April 5, 2001, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among Allied Worldwide, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, and Chase Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.29 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.27

Seventh Amendment, dated as of June, 2001, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among Allied Worldwide, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, and Chase Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.30 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.28

Eighth Amendment, dated as of October 2, 2001, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among Allied Worldwide, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, and Chase Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.31 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

215




 

10.29

Ninth Amendment, dated as of January 2, 2002, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among Allied Worldwide, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., formerly known as Chase Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.32 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.30

Tenth Amendment, dated as of April 2, 2002, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among SIRVA, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.33 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.31

Eleventh Amendment, dated as of July 1, 2002, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among SIRVA, Inc., formerly known as Allied Worldwide, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.34 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.32

Twelfth Amendment, dated as of July 29, 2002, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among SIRVA, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.35 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.33

Thirteenth Amendment, dated as of August 14, 2002, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among SIRVA, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.36 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.34

Fourteenth Amendment, dated as of September 10, 2002, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among SIRVA, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.37 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.35

Fifteenth Amendment, dated as of October 29, 2002, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among SIRVA, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, Mt. Mitchell Capital Funding, LLC, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.38 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.36

Sixteenth Amendment, dated as of November 12, 2002, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among SIRVA, Inc., Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, Mt. Mitchell Capital Funding, LLC, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.39 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

216




 

10.37

Seventeenth Amendment, dated as of November 12, 2002, to the Loan Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999, among SIRVA, Inc. and Arawak, Ltd. (together with its permitted successors and assigns under the Agreement), as successor and assign of Blue Ridge Investments, LLC, Mt. Mitchell Capital Funding, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.40 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.38

Third Amended and Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2002, by and among SIRVA Mortgage, Inc., the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Washington Mutual Bank, FA, as a lender, lead arranger and agent, and National City Bank of Kentucky, as documentation agent.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.36 to 2003 Form 10-K of SIRVA, Inc. and incorporated herein by reference.

10.39

First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2003, by and among SIRVA Mortgage, Inc., Washington Mutual Bank, FA, as a lender and agent, and the lenders party thereto.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.37 to 2003 Form 10-K of SIRVA, Inc. and incorporated herein by reference.

10.40

Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2003, by and among SIRVA Mortgage, Inc., Washington Mutual Bank, FA, as a lender and agent, and the lenders party thereto.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.38 to 2003 Form 10-K of SIRVA, Inc. and incorporated herein by reference.

10.41

Third Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2003, by and among SIRVA Mortgage, Inc., the lenders from time to time party thereto, Washington Mutual Bank, FA, as a lender, lead arranger and agent, and National City Bank of Kentucky, as documentation agent.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.40 to Amendment No. 1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed October 16, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.42

Fourth Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2003, by and among SIRVA Mortgage, Inc., Washington Mutual Bank, FA, as a lender and agent for the lenders, National City Bank of Kentucky, as a lender and documentation agent for the lenders, and Colonial Bank, N.A.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.40 to 2003 Form 10-K of SIRVA, Inc. and incorporated herein by reference.

217




 

10.43

Fifth Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated June 18, 2004, by and among SIRVA Mortgage, Inc., Washington Mutual Bank, FA, as a lender and agent for the lenders, National City Bank of Kentucky, as a lender and documentation agent for the lenders, and the lenders party thereto

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.44

Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2002, between SIRVA, Inc. and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.22 to Amendment No. 2 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed May 22, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.45

SIRVA, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Amendment No. 5 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed November 20, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.46

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the SIRVA, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Amendment No. 5 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed November 20, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.47

SIRVA, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.45 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.48

First Amendment to the SIRVA, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.45 to Amendment No. 5 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed November 20, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.49

Form of Management Stock Subscription Agreement for SIRVA, Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.13 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed February 4, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.50

Form of Other Investor Stock Subscription Agreement for SIRVA, Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.48 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.51

Form of Management Stock Option Agreement for SIRVA, Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.14 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed February 4, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.52

SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Plan

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.50 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

218




 

10.53

First Amendment to the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Plan

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.50 to Amendment No. 5 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed November 20, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.54

Form of Directors Award Agreement under the SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Plan

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.24 to North American Van Lines, Inc. Form S-4, filed June 18, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.55

SIRVA, Inc. Directors Compensation Policy, as amended, dated as of August 1, 2004

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.56(a)

SIRVA, Inc. Management Incentive Plan

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.52 to Amendment No. 5 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed November 20, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.56(b)

2005 SIRVA, Inc. Management Incentive Plan

 

Filed herewith.

10.57(a)

Letter Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2002, by and between SIRVA, Inc. and Brian P. Kelley

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.54 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.57(b)

Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2003, by and between SIRVA, Inc. and Brian P. Kelley

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.54 to Amendment No. 5 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed November 20, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.58(a)

Letter Agreement, dated December 6, 2002, by and between SIRVA, Inc. and Joan E. Ryan

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.55 to 2003 Form 10-K of SIRVA, Inc. and incorporated herein by reference.

10.58(b)

Separation Agreement, dated January 21, 2005, by and between SIRVA, Inc. and Joan E. Ryan

 

Filed herewith.

10.59(a)

Employment Agreement, dated as of December 5, 1994, by and between Allied Van Lines, Inc. and Michael P. Fergus

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.56 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.59(b)

Independent Contractor Service Agreement and Release, dated as of April 27, 2004, by and between Michael P. Fergus and SIRVA, Inc.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.59(c)

Letter Agreement, dated March 1, 2004, by and between Michael P. Fergus and SIRVA, Inc., with respect to termination of employment

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

219




 

10.60

Letter, dated March 18, 2004, from SIRVA, Inc. to Michael McMahon, with respect to offer of employment

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.61

Letter, dated May 18, 2004 and effective July 1, 2004, from SIRVA, Inc. to Michelle Guswiler, with respect to offer of employment

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.62

Letter, dated July 28, 2004 and effective October 1, 2004, from SIRVA, Inc. to Allen Chan, with respect to offer of employment

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.63

Letter Agreement, effective as of September 15, 2005, by and between SIRVA, Inc. and Timothy D. Callahan

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K filed September 21, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.64

Letter Agreement, effective as of September 15, 2005, by and between SIRVA, Inc. and Ann M. Harten

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K filed September 21, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.65

Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2005, between SIRVA UK Limited and Kevin D. Pickford

 

Filed herewith.

10.66

Letter Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2005, by and between SIRVA, Inc. and Robert J. Rosing

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K filed October 13, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.67

Letter Agreement, dated May 30, 2000, by and between Allied Worldwide, Inc. (now SIRVA, Inc.) and Todd W. Schorr

 

Filed herewith.

10.68

Fee and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1999, among North American Van Lines, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.57 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.69

First Amendment, dated as of December 27, 2000, to the Fee and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1999, among North American Van Lines, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.58 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.70

Second Amendment, dated as of February 5, 2002, to the Fee and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1999, among North American Van Lines, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.59 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

220




 

10.71

Fee and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2002, among North American Van Lines, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.60 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.72

First Amendment, dated as of June 20, 2003, to the Fee and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2002, among North American Van Lines, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.61 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed August 25, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.73

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the SIRVA, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.61 to Amendment No. 5 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1, filed November 20, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.74

Letter, dated April 13, 2004, from Exel Investments Limited to SIRVA, Inc. and Clayton Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.69 to SIRVA, Inc. Form S-1 filed May 7, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.75(a)

Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, among SIRVA Relocation Credit LLC, SIRVA Relocation LLC, LaSalle Bank N.A., and the other Purchasers from time to time party thereto

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.75(b)

Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, between SIRVA Relocation LLC and SIRVA Relocation Credit, LLC

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.75(c)

Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated December 23, 2004, among SIRVA Relocation Credit LLC, SIRVA Relocation LLC, Executive Relocation Corporation, LaSalle Bank National Association, and the other Purchasers from time to time party thereto

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 99.3 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K filed December 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.75(d)

Amended and Restated Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated December 23, 2004, between SIRVA Relocation LLC, SIRVA Relocation Credit, LLC and Executive Relocation Corporation

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 99.4 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K filed December 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.75(e)

Waiver and First Amendment to Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2005, among SIRVA Relocation Credit, LLC; SIRVA Relocation LLC; Executive Relocation Corporation; General Electric Capital Corporation; and LaSalle Bank National Association.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed April 5, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

221




 

10.75(f)

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2005, among SIRVA Relocation Credit, LLC; SIRVA Relocation LLC; Executive Relocation Corporation; General Electric Capital Corporation; The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc.; and LaSalle Bank National Association.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed June 2, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.75(g)

Waiver and Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2005, among SIRVA Relocation Credit, LLC; SIRVA Relocation LLC; Executive Relocation Corporation; General Electric Capital Corporation; The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc.; and LaSalle Bank National Association.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed July 1, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.75(h)

Waiver and Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2005, among SIRVA Relocation Credit, LLC, as seller, SIRVA Relocation LLC and Executive Relocation Corporation, as servicers and originators, General Electric Capital Corporation, The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. and LaSalle Bank National Association (“LaSalle”), as purchasers, and LaSalle as agent.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed October 4, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.75(i)

Waiver and Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2005, among SIRVA Relocation Credit, LLC, as seller, SIRVA Relocation LLC and Executive Relocation Corporation, as servicers and originators, General Electric Capital Corporation, The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. and LaSalle Bank National Association (“LaSalle”), as purchasers, and LaSalle as agent.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed November 17, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.76(a)

Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of the Shares in midiData Logistik GmbH, North American (UK) Ltd. and SIRVA Netherlands BV, by and among various subsidiaries of SIRVA, Inc. and Wincanton plc and SIRVA Worldwide, Inc.

 

Filed herewith.

10.76(b)

Amendment and Settlement letter, dated January 31, 2005, by and among various subsidiaries of SIRVA, Inc. and Wincanton plc and SIRVA Worldwide, Inc.

 

Filed herewith.

10.77

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2005, by and between NAL Worldwide LLC and North American Van Lines, Inc.

 

Filed herewith.

222




 

10.78

Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2005 by and among SIRVA, Inc., SIRVA Worldwide, Inc., North American Van Lines, Inc., Allied Van Lines, Inc. and IAT Reinsurance Company Ltd.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed September 27, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.79

Share Sale Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2005, by and among SIRVA (Asia Pacific) Pty Limited, SIRVA Worldwide, Inc., IM Australia Holdings Pty Ltd, IM New Zealand Holdings ULC and Iron Mountain Incorporated.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed October 21, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.80

Share Sale Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2005, by and among SIRVA (Australia) Pty Limited, SIRVA Worldwide, Inc., IM New Zealand Holdings ULC and Iron Mountain Incorporated.

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to SIRVA, Inc. Form 8-K, filed October 21, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

14.1

2003 SIRVA, Inc. Guide to the Code of Business Conduct

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 14.1 to 2003 Form 10-K of SIRVA, Inc. and incorporated herein by reference.

14.2

2004 SIRVA, Inc. Guide to the Code of Business Conduct

 

Filed herewith.

21

List of Subsidiaries of SIRVA, Inc.

 

Filed herewith.

23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Filed herewith.

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a)

 

Filed herewith.

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a)

 

Filed herewith.

32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code

 

Furnished herewith.

32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code

 

Furnished herewith.

 

223




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIRVA, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Brian P. Kelley

 

 

Name: Brian P. Kelley

 

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

November 21,  2005

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities stated and on the dates indicated.

/s/ Brian P. Kelley

 

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

November 21, 2005

Brian P. Kelley

 

(principal executive officer)

 

 

/s/ James W. Rogers

 

Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

November 21, 2005

James W. Rogers

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kathleen J. Affeldt

 

Director

 

November 21, 2005

Kathleen J. Affeldt

 

 

 

 

/s/ Frederic F. Brace

 

Director

 

November 21, 2005

Frederic F. Brace

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert J. Dellinger

 

Director

 

November 21, 2005

Robert J. Dellinger

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeremy Mackenzie

 

Director

 

November 21, 2005

Jeremy Mackenzie

 

 

 

 

/s/ Axel Rückert

 

Director

 

November 21, 2005

Axel Rückert

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard J. Schnall

 

Director

 

November 21, 2005

Richard J. Schnall

 

 

 

 

/s/ Carl T. Stocker

 

Director

 

November 21, 2005

Carl T. Stocker

 

 

 

 

/s/ Irving B. Yoskowitz

 

Director

 

November 21, 2005

Irving B. Yoskowitz

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ronald L. Milewski

 

Senior Vice President and

 

November 21, 2005

Ronald L. Milewski

 

Acting Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

(principal financial officer)

 

 

/s/ Dennis M. Thompson

 

Vice President, Corporate Controller

 

November 21, 2005

Dennis M. Thompson

 

(principal accounting officer)

 

 

 

224



 

Exhibit 10.56(b)

 

 

2005 Management Incentive Plan

 

 

SIRVA, Inc.

 

January 2005

 



 

Section 1 - Plan Overview & Purpose

 

SIRVA, Inc (“SIRVA”) strives to provide its associates with competitive salaries and benefits as a total compensation package.  SIRVA has established the SIRVA, Inc. Management Incentive Plan (the “MIP Plan”) to enable the Company and its subsidiaries to attract, retain, motivate and reward the best qualified executive officers and key employees by providing them with the opportunity to earn competitive compensation directly linked to the Company’s performance.  In addition to a competitive compensation package, this SIRVA 2005 Management Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”) has been established under the MIP Plan to improve accountability for results and to supplement SIRVA’s competitive compensation packages with an Incentive Award for those Participants who deliver on specific quantitative and qualitative targeted goals and objectives during 2005.  All Incentive Awards under the 2005 Plan shall be paid from the general assets of SIRVA.  This 2005 Plan is subject to the terms and conditions of the MIP Plan.

 

Section 2  – Plan Definitions

 

As used in the 2005 Plan, the following terms, when capitalized, shall have the meanings set forth below in this Section 2.  Other capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the MIP Plan.

 

Section 2.01.  Actual Award Percentage or Pay-out Percentage means the percentage of pay-out, if any, determined for each Performance Measurement in the 2005 Incentive Year based upon actual results of each such Performance Measurement in relation to Target Performance Levels established by the Compensation Committee (as set forth in Table A, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference) and the weight given to each such Performance Measurement as determined by the Compensation Committee (as set forth in Table B which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference).

 

Section 2.02.  Average Base Salary means the weighted average of the Participant’s base salary for the 2005 Incentive Year, which has been prorated for any base salary changes based on the number of days at each such base salary level.  Average Base Salary excludes bonuses, incentives, awards, commissions, disability and salary continuation benefits, perquisites, fringe benefits or other imputed income.

 

Section 2.03.  Award Dollar Maximum means the maximum amount of an Incentive Award a Participant is eligible to receive under this 2005 Plan.  A Participant’s Award Dollar Maximum amount is determined by multiplying the Participant’s Award Percentage Maximum by the Participant’s Average Base Salary.

 

Section 2.04.  Award Percentage Maximum means the maximum percentage level of participation established for each Participant under the 2005 Plan.  Award Percentage Maximum is generally established by the participant’s salary band level, but is subject to change in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee.

 

Section 2.05.  Business Segment is the major business segment or support function of SIRVA through which a Participant is employed.  For purposes of this 2005 Plan, the following are considered Business Segments of SIRVA: Relo Services, NA Moving Services Europe Moving, AP Moving, Network Services, and SIRVA, Inc.  SIRVA, Inc. will be the performance measure for all the function groups.

 

1



 

Section 2.06.  Cash Generation is a SIRVA Performance Measurement under this 2005 Plan that is measured by Operating Funds Flow.

 

Section 2.07.  Discretionary Plan Pool is a pool that is accumulated by adding .10 cents for every $1.00 above the SIRVA, Inc. target EBIT performance level maximum.  Any payments from the Pool will be at the discretion of the Compensation Committee in consultation with the Chairman and CEO.

 

Section 2.08.  Earnings Growth is a SIRVA Performance Measurement under this 2005 Plan that is measured by SIRVA’s EBIT performance.

 

Section 2.09.  EBIT means earnings from all foreign and domestic SIRVA-Controlled Companies before interest, and taxes.

 

Section 2.10.  2005 Incentive Year means the performance period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2005.

 

Section 2.11.  Incentive Award means the amount payable to a Participant under the 2005 Plan for the 2005 Incentive Year.  This amount is determined by multiplying the Participant’s Actual Award Percentage for the 2005 Incentive Year times the Participant’s Average Base Salary paid during the 2005 Incentive Year, subject to deductions resulting from any of the following: i) failure of SIRVA to achieve its Earnings Growth & Cash Generation Targets; ii) failure of the Participant’s Business Segment in achieving its Earnings Growth & Cash Generation Targets; iii) failure of a Participant to fully achieve the Leadership and Strategic Initiatives established for the Participant; and, iv) failure of the Participant to otherwise perform at the expected level established for the Participant by the Company, in each case as determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

 

Section 2.12.  Leadership and Strategic Initiativesis a Performance Measurement under this 2005 Plan that measures the accomplishment of certain pre-approved Leadership and Strategic Initiatives for a respective Participant’s business segment or function during the 2005 Incentive Year.  Strategic Initiatives shall be established for each Participant’s business unit or function in accordance with Section 4.04 of this 2005 Plan.  In addition, the Participant will be evaluated on his/her demonstration of Leadership traits and values in completion of the job.

 

Section 2.13.  Minimum Performance Level or Minimum means the threshold level of performance established by the Compensation Committee for each SIRVA Performance Measurement during the 2005 Incentive Year, as set forth in Table A.

 

Section 2.14 Minimum Incentive Payout means that the Plan will not pay an Incentive Award if the gross amount of the Incentive Award otherwise payable is less than $100.00

 

Section 2.15.  Operating Funds Flow (OFF) is a financial measure used to determine the amount of cash required to operate the business on a day-to-day basis.  OFF takes into account EBITDA, changes in working capital including accounts payable and receivable, changes in assets and liabilities including equipment, salaries and benefits and investing activities including the purchase equipment.

 

Section 2.16.  Participant means a regular employee of a SIRVA-Controlled Company who satisfies the requirements for eligibility under Section 3 of this 2005 Plan.  Notwithstanding

 

2



 

the foregoing, employees covered under other incentive/commission or bonus plans shall not be eligible to participate in the 2005 Plan:  In addition, individuals classified as independent contractors or temporary employees are not eligible to participate.

 

Section 2.17.  Performance Measurements for the 2005 Incentive Year means Earnings Growth, Cash Generation and Leadership and Strategic Initiatives.

 

Section 2.18.  SIRVA-Controlled Companies means North American Van Lines, Inc. (“NAVL”), and any direct or indirect subsidiaries of NAVL, including, but not limited to, Allied Van Lines, Inc., SIRVA Relocation, LLC and ALNAV Platinum Group, Inc., and any other corporation in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, stock representing 80% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, and any other business organization, regardless of form, in which the Company possesses, directly or indirectly, 80% or more of the total combined equity interests in such organization.

 

Section 2.19.  Target Performance Level or Target means the budgeted level of performance established for each Performance Measurement during the 2005 Incentive Year, as set forth in Table A.

 

 Section 2.20.  Total Plan Pay-out or Total Plan Pool is the combination of each individual Performance Measurement Pay-out Percentage in the 2005 Incentive Year based upon SIRVA’s actual performance for the 2005 Incentive Year.  Once calculated, the Total Plan Pay-out or Total Plan Pool will be allocated by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, to the Business Segments based upon any such Business Segment’s accomplishments of its own Earnings Growth target.  The Total Plan Pay-out for Cash Generation will be based on achievement of the SIRVA overall cash target and certain subjective criteria (see exhibit) and Business Segment Cash goals.  Once received by the Business Segment, each such Business Segment Leader in accordance with Section 4 will allocate such Business Segment’s share of the Total Plan Pool of funds to Participants, subject to final approval by the Compensation Committee.

 

Section 3 - Eligibility

 

For the 2005 Incentive Year, an associate employed by a U.S. based SIRVA-Controlled Company who is: i) within the senior professional salary band or higher (e.g., a senior executive, senior vice president, senior professional, executive vice president or director); and ii) not participating in another incentive plan or bonus program for the 2005 Incentive Year (unless that other plan or program specifically provides that the incentive or bonus payable is in addition to any Incentive Award payable under the 2005 Plan; and iii) not covered by any collective bargaining agreement (unless that agreement specifically provides for participation), shall be eligible to participate in the 2005 Plan, but subject to the 2005 Plan’s terms and conditions.  In addition to the foregoing, the Compensation Committee (or its delegate), may, in its sole discretion, extend participation under this 2005 Plan to any other employee of a SIRVA-Controlled Company, including, without limitation, key associates employed by a SIRVA-Controlled Company based outside the United States.  Where such discretion is exercised to extend participation under this 2005 Plan to such key associates, the Company reserves the right to terminate that participation at any time.

 

3



 

Section 4 – Incentive Awards

 

The 2005 Plan has specific, quantifiable Earnings Growth and Cash Generation performance goals for SIRVA.  The 2005 Plan also includes demonstrated Leadership values and Strategic Initiatives for each Participant.  A one-over-one evaluation process will be used to determine if a Participant’s performance has achieved the targeted goals for Leadership and Strategic Initiatives.

 

Section 4.01. General Threshold

 

a)              Subject to the terms of the 2005 Plan, a Participant shall be eligible to receive an Incentive Award for the 2005 Incentive Year, calculated in accordance with this Section, provided that SIRVA EBIT exceeds the Minimum Performance Level described in Section 4.02.  If, and only if, the Minimum Performance Level for SIRVA EBIT has been satisfied, will Participants become eligible for Incentive Awards, subject to the terms of this 2005 Plan.

 

b)              If SIRVA achieves the Minimum Performance Level as described in Section 4.01(a) above, the total pool available for distribution to Participants is based on each Business Segment’s individual EBIT and SIRVA, Inc. OFF performance against established targets.  Each portion of the awards calculation – EBIT, OFF, Leadership and Strategic Initiatives is determined separately.  Thus, a Business Segment could receive the portion of its award attributable to SIRVA, Inc. OFF and not receive anything for EBIT.  Alternatively, a Business Segment could receive all or a portion of its award for EBIT and not SIRVA, Inc. OFF.

 

c)              (i)            The Compensation Committee shall allocate the Total Plan Pool to each of the Business Segments based upon the Earnings Growth (EBIT) accomplishments of each such segment relative to their established Targets.  For purposes of determining the allocation to the corporate support functions, the allocation shall be based upon SIRVA Earnings Growth and Cash Generation Performance Measurement results.  The determination of the Compensation Committee shall be conclusive and final.  The formulas and procedures for calculating the Performance Measurement results are described below in Sections 4.02 (earnings Growth), 4.03 (Cash Generation) and 4.04 (Leadership and Strategic Initiatives).

 

(ii)        Subject to adjustment and final approval by the Compensation Committee (or its delegate where appropriate), the Business Segment leader shall determine the Incentive Award for each Participant within his/her Business Segment in accordance with the terms of the 2005 Plan.  Before establishing the Incentive Award, the Business Segment leader shall assess each Participant’s Leadership performance as well as each Participant’s contribution towards the achievement of the Strategic Initiatives established for each such Participant’s Business Segment.  Once the Business Segment leader has evaluated the Participant’s individual performance, the Business Segment leader shall establish an Incentive Award for such Participant commensurate with such level of performance using the Business Segment allocated Total Plan Pool funds, as well as the Participant’s respective Target Award Percent as a guideline.  A similar process will be followed by the CEO with respect to Business Segment Leaders and by the Chairman with respect to the CEO, in both instances subject to final approval by the Compensation Committee.

 

4



 

d)             In the event a Participant was not eligible for participation in the 2005 Plan for the entire 2005 Incentive Year, the amount of the Incentive Award shall be determined in accordance with Sections 4.05 or 4.06 hereof.  In addition, the Participant’s Business Segment will determine the Earnings Growth and SIRVA, Inc. will determine Cash Generation actual award.  Actual Award Percentages can vary by Business Segment.

 

Section 4.02. Earnings Growth.  SIRVA must achieve its 2005 EBIT target in order for there to be any Incentive Award under this 2005 Plan. If the 2005 minimum EBIT target is reached, the bonus EBIT financial award will be calculated based on each Business Segment’s performance against its individual Business Segment targets.  The Pay-out Percentage is capped at 100% of the established Earnings Growth. The following formula shall be used by SIRVA in calculating the Earnings Growth Pay-out Percentage:

 

 

  (Actual EBIT – Minimum EBIT Target)

 

 

(Maximum Target EBIT – Minimum Target EBIT)

 

 

Section 4.03. Cash Generation.  If SIRVA achieves the Minimum Performance Level for the 2005 Incentive Year, the Cash Generation Performance Measurement is based 50% upon SIRVA achieving the Minimum Performance Level and 50% on subjective Cash criteria and Business Segment’s performance against its individual OFF Business Segment targets.  The Pay-out Percentage is capped at 100% of the Target Performance Level.  The following formula shall be used by SIRVA in calculating the first 50% of the OFF Pay-Out Percentage:

 

 

  (Actual OFF– Minimum OFF Target)

 

 

(Maximum Target OFF – Minimum Target OFF)

 

 

The Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, and after taking into account the CEO’s recommendation, will determine the second 50%.  There is no formulaic calculation for this portion of the Cash Generation Performance Measurement.

 

Section 4.04.                         Leadership and Strategic Initiatives. A Participant’s performance during the 2005 Incentive Year will be evaluated based upon the successful completion of the established Leadership and Strategic Initiatives for the Participant’s Business Segment for the 2005 Incentive Year.  The established Leadership and Strategic Initiatives for each Participant’s Business Segment should be targeted, quantifiable, and/or otherwise measurable and shall be set forth in a Performance Partnering Assessment form, which, once approved, shall be incorporated into this 2005 Plan by this reference.  The Compensation Committee can make an adjustment (either higher or lower) to any Leadership and Strategic Initiative assessment made by a Business Segment Leader.  The Leadership and Strategic Initiative Performance Measurement can exceed the capped Target Performance Level by an additional 10% based on the discretion described previously.

 

Section 4.05. Partial Year Participation.  Participants that are hired, promoted, demoted, transferred, or otherwise moved to a different salary band level during the 2005 Incentive Year will be eligible on a pro-rated basis for the portion of the 2005 Incentive Year the associate fell within each such respective eligible salary band level.  Participants must be hired or promoted into an eligible band level before December 1, 2005.  Pro-rations will be calculated on a daily basis.  The Incentive Award, if any, will be based upon the Participant’s Average Base Salary as of the end of the 2005 Incentive Year.  For example, a Participant transferring to a non-participating SIRVA company or a non-eligible position within SIRVA for the final six (6)

 

5



 

months of the 2005 Incentive Year will only be eligible for 50% of the Incentive Award otherwise payable and such Incentive Award will be based upon the Participant’s Average Base Salary during the entire 2005 Incentive Year.

 

Section 4.06. Termination.  Except as otherwise set forth herein, any Participant who leaves employment with SIRVA for any reason prior to the payment of any Incentive Award shall not be eligible nor will such Participant be considered to have earned any Incentive Award for the 2005 Incentive Year.  An award will be made to a Participant who participated in the 2005 Plan during the 2005 Incentive Year for the entire year, and who, between the end of the 2005 Incentive Year and the time when Incentive Awards for the 2005 Incentive Year are paid by SIRVA, retires at the normal retirement age of 65 or whose employment terminates as a result of death or disability.  In the event of the death of a Participant during the 2005 Incentive Year, the Compensation Committee, in its discretion, may grant an Incentive Award.

 

Section 5.  Payment

 

If an Incentive Award becomes payable for the 2005 Incentive Year, the payment of the Incentive Award will be made, less the appropriate payroll deductions, on or before March 15, 2006.  All payments are to be made in cash and are not eligible for deferral under this 2005 Plan, but may be deferred under the SIRVA Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, the SIRVA Employee Retirement Savings Plan, the SIRVA, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan or any other plan allowing for deferral of compensation maintained by SIRVA or a SIRVA Controlled-Company, subject to the terms and conditions of such plan documents.  

 

In all cases, eligibility to receive an Incentive Award, the amount of any Incentive Award and the portion paid will be determined and approved by the Compensation Committee or its delegate, as appropriate, in its sole discretion.

 

Section 6.  Taxes

 

Any Incentive Award that is received by a Participant under the 2005 Plan is taxable as ordinary income in the year of payment and subject to payroll taxes and withholding. SIRVA reserves the right to withhold any federal, state or local, domestic or foreign taxes as required by law or regulation or as SIRVA deems appropriate from any Incentive Payments that it makes to Participants hereunder.   FICA tax will be due in the year that the Incentive Award is paid.

 

6



 

Table A – 2005 Incentive Year Target Performance Levels

 

 

 

 

 

EBIT

 

Operating Funds
Flow (OFF)

 

Business Segment

 

Min

 

Max

 

Min

 

Max

 

1

 

Relocation Services

 

$

60.0

 

$

70.0

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

NA Moving

 

37.0

 

42.0

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Europe Moving

 

3.0

 

7.0

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

A/P Moving

 

10.0

 

12.0

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Network Services

 

23.0

 

26.0

 

 

 

 

 

Memo

 

Corporate Costs,

 

(8.0

)

(8.0

)

 

 

 

 

Memo

 

Europe Restructuring

 

(9.0

)

(9.0

)

 

 

 

 

6

 

Total Sirva, Inc

 

$

116.0

 

$

140.0

 

$

75.0

 

$

90.0*

 

 


* Less corporate actions

 

Table B1 – 2005 Incentive Year Metrics and Weightings

Applies to: Relocation Services, NA Moving Services, Europe Moving and SIRVA, Inc.

 

Metrics & Weighting

 

EBIT

 

70

%

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

20

%

 

 

 

 

Strategic/Leadership

 

10

%

 

7



 

Table B2 – 2005 Incentive Year Metrics and Weightings

Applies to: A/P Moving and Network Services

 

EBIT

 

60

%

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

30

%

 

 

 

 

Strategic/Leadership

 

10

%

 

 

8


 

Exhibit 10.58(b)

 

SEPARATION AGREEMENT, TRANSITION AGREEMENT AND

GENERAL RELEASE

 

This Separation Agreement and General Release (hereinafter “Agreement’) is by and between Allied Van Lines, Inc., North American Van Lines, Inc., SIRVA, Inc., its subsidiaries and their subsidiaries (hereinafter the “Company”) and Joan Ryan (hereinafter “Employee”).  The effective date of this Agreement shall be the first date on which all parties have executed it and the seven day revocation period has expired (“Effective Date”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Employee wishes to resign her employment with the Company;

 

WHEREAS, Employee and the Company wish to effectuate a final resolution of all matters relating to Employee’s employment and the termination thereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, Employee and the Company agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Resignation as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of SIRVA, Inc.  Employee hereby agrees to resign her position as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of SIRVA, Inc. and all other titles and committee positions as of the Effective Date.  On and after such resignation through June 30, 2006, Employee shall have the job title “Financial Consultant,” and Employee’s employment shall terminate effective June 30, 2006.

 

2.                                       Salary Continuation, Bonus Eligibility, Severance and PTO.  The Company shall continue to pay Employee at her current regular base salary (less applicable payroll withholding taxes) through the Effective Date.  During the period beginning on the day after the Effective Date through June 30, 2006 (the “Salary Continuation Period”), the Company shall pay Employee $375,000 in bi-weekly installments (less applicable payroll withholding taxes). Employee agrees that she will execute the General Release attached hereto as Exhibit A at the end of her Salary Continuation Period and acknowledges that her continued employment through June 30, 2006, and the other promises contained herein, are adequate consideration for that General Release.  As soon as practical after the Effective Date, Employee will be paid her earned but unused PTO days at her current regular base salary and any reimbursements for expenses per Company policy.  Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Management Incentive Plan maintained by the Company applicable to the year 2005, Employee acknowledges and agrees that she shall not be eligible for any payment thereunder and that the consideration set forth in this Agreement is in lieu of any payments she may otherwise be entitled to thereunder.  Employee further acknowledges that the salary continuation benefits and severance benefits provided under this Agreement are in lieu of any severance benefits to which she otherwise may be or become entitled.

 

3.                                       SIRVA Group Benefits Plan.  In further consideration of her execution of this Agreement the Company will:  (i) through the Effective Date, continue all of Employee’s benefits previously elected under the SIRVA Group Benefits Plan; and (ii) during the Salary Continuation Period, continue Employee’s benefits previously elected under the SIRVA Group Benefits Plan, excluding Employee’s car allowance and paid time off.  Employee’s COBRA

 



 

benefits continuation period shall begin immediately after the end of the Salary Continuation Period.

 

4.                                       Option Awards.  All options on Company stock awarded to Employee shall be governed by the current terms of the applicable plans and award agreements, including the SIRVA, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan and the SIRVA, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan, as appropriate.  Employee acknowledges that she will not receive any additional stock option or other equity-based awards during the Salary Continuation Period; provided that all previously awarded options shall continue to vest according to the current vesting schedule during the Salary Continuation Period.  Section 5.10 of the SIRVA, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan shall remain applicable.  Notwithstanding any other provision of those plans and award agreements (and documents relating thereto), or of this Agreement, all of Employee’s stock options that have or would have vested on or before June 30, 2006 shall vest immediately upon termination of Employee’s employment without Cause, as defined below, prior to June 30, 2006.

 

5.                                       No Authority.  Employee acknowledges that effective as of the Effective Date: (i) she shall have no authority to bind the Company to any contracts or commitments and she will not create any obligation for the Company or bind or attempt to bind the Company in any manner whatsoever, (ii) she shall have no supervisory or managerial responsibility or authority, and (iii) she shall be involved in the activities of the Company only as may be requested by a member of the Board of Directors, Brian Kelley or his designee as outlined below in Paragraph 7.

 

6.                                       Duty to Cooperate.  Employee agrees to cooperate fully, subject to reimbursement by the Company of reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses with the Company and its counsel with respect to any matter (including any litigation, investigation, independent review or governmental proceeding), which relates to matters with which Employee was involved during the term of her employment with the Company.  Such cooperation shall include appearing from time to time at the offices of the Company or the Company’s counsel, auditors or other agents or consultants of the Company for conferences and interviews and in general providing the officers of the Company and its counsel, auditors or other agents or consultants of the Company with the full benefit of Employee’s knowledge with respect to any such matter.  Employee agrees to render such cooperation in a timely fashion and at such times as may be mutually agreeable to the parties.   If and to the extent that such time exceeds 20 hours after the Salary Continuation Period ends, Employee shall be compensated for such time at the rate of $190.00 per hour.

 

7.                                       Responsibilities during Salary Continuation Period, Death.  Employee will remain employed during the Salary Continuation Period to provide such assistance and information in matters of high-level special projects and financial oversight, and transition, as Brian Kelley or his designee may reasonably request.  Employee agrees to be available to take on such projects as needed by the Company.  Employee will provide such assistance and information and perform such projects in a cooperative and prompt manner and use her reasonable best efforts to assist in these endeavors, but her total hours worked for Company during the Salary Continuation Period shall not exceed 500 in the aggregate.  The expectation is that more assistance will be requested during an initial transition period than times thereafter.  Employee acknowledges that she will remain subject to all Company policies during the Salary

 

2



 

Continuation Period and, in particular, those governing the conduct of employees.  The Company reserves the right to terminate Employee’s employment for Cause (as defined below) prior to June 30, 2006, in which case the Company’s obligation to provide any further salary continuation or severance pay and benefits shall cease.  In accordance with the procedures hereinafter set forth, discharge for Cause shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to Employee.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee’s employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) specifies the termination date, which may be as early as the date of the giving of such notice.  No purported termination of Employee’s employment for Cause shall be effective without a Notice of Termination.   “Cause” shall mean (i) the continued failure of the Employee substantially to perform the duties of his or her employment for the Company or any Subsidiary (other than any such failure due to the Employee’s physical or mental illness) after a demand for substantial performance has been delivered in writing to the Employee by the executive to whom the Employee reports or by the Board, which demand identifies the manner in which such executive or the Board, as the case may be, believes that the Employee has not substantially performed such duties, (ii) the Employee has engaged in or is engaging in serious misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or (iii) the Employee’s conviction of, or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony. Section 5.10 of the SIRVA, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan shall remain applicable.  Additionally, Employee acknowledges that if she is terminated for Cause all unvested and unexercised vested options shall be immediately forfeited and canceled as of the date of such termination.

 

8.                                       Return of the Company’s Property.  All notes, reports, sketches, plans, books, keys, credit cards, unpublished memoranda or other documents or property which were created, developed, generated or held or controlled by Employee and which concern or are related to the Company’s business, are the property of the Company and will be promptly returned to the Company by the Effective Date; provided, however, Employee may retain and use such materials as needed solely to fulfill her responsibilities as described in paragraph 7 above, with such retained materials to be returned to the Company no later than June 30, 2006.

 

9.                                       Nondisclosure.  Employee shall not disclose or cause to be disclosed the terms of this Agreement or the negotiations leading to it to any person (other than Employee’s spouse and tax and legal advisors), without the written consent of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may disclose the terms of this Agreement if the Company discloses the terms or contents of this Agreement (and if the Company discloses the terms or contents of this Agreement, it shall provide Employee with prior written notice); and Employee may disclose the terms of this Agreement pursuant to the order of a court or governmental agency of competent jurisdiction or as otherwise required by law, or for purposes of securing enforcement of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

10.                                 No Adverse Comments.  Except pursuant to Paragraph 6, Employee shall at no time make, issue, release or authorize any written or oral statements, derogatory or defamatory in nature, about the Company or its current or former directors, officers or employees.  No member of the Company’s Board or Senior Management Team (defined as the Chief Executive Officer

 

3



 

(“CEO”), his or her direct reports, and the Human Resources staff) shall at any time make, issue, release or authorize any written or oral statements, derogatory or defamatory in nature, about the Employee.  Employee and the Company agree that any press releases, internal communications and other announcements issued regarding Employee’s change in position with the Company and/or Employee’s separation from the Company shall be in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B, or otherwise as is mutually agreeable. The Company agrees that any securities filings shall be consistent with the statements contained in Exhibit B.  Employee agrees to direct all inquiries by potential future employers to either the Company’s Senior Vice President, Human Resources or the CEO, who, if contacted, will only (a) provide Employee’s dates of employment, salary and job title; and (b) state that Employee and the Company parted amicably and on terms mutually acceptable to Employee and the Company.  If the Company is asked for additional information, the response shall be that the Company policy prohibits the provision of additional information orally, and that a letter has been provided to Employee.  The Company further will provide Employee a signed reference letter on or about the Effective Date on Company letterhead and signed by the current CEO, in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit C.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no party is prohibited from testifying truthfully under oath pursuant to any lawful court order or subpoena or otherwise responding to or providing disclosures required by law or as requested by any government agency.

 

11.                                 Release, Discharge, Waiver and Covenant Not to Sue.  For and in consideration of the mutual covenants provided in this Agreement, Employee on behalf of herself and her heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns:

 

(a)                                  does hereby fully release and discharge the Company and its current or former officers, directors, employees, attorneys, agents, subsidiaries, affiliates, related organizations, successors and assigns from, and

 

(b)                                 does hereby fully waive any obligations of the Company, such persons or entities for

 

any or all sums of money, accounts, actions, causes of action, claims and demands based upon or arising by reason of any damage, loss, injury or entitlement regardless of source or nature, whether known or unknown or contingent or absolute, which heretofore has been or which hereafter may be suffered or sustained, directly or indirectly, by Employee or her heirs, executors, administrators, or assigns in consequence of, arising out of, or in any way related to Employee’s employment, or termination of employment, with the Company or any of its affiliates, including her resignation as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of SIRVA, Inc. and her agreement to resign from employment with the Company on June 30, 2006.  The foregoing release and discharge and waiver includes, but is not limited to, all claims and any obligations or causes of action arising from such claims, under common law including wrongful or retaliatory discharge, breach of contract and any action arising in tort including libel, slander, defamation or intentional infliction of emotional distress, and claims under any federal, state or local statute including Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Acts of 1866 and 1871 (42 U.S.C. § 1981), the National Labor Relations Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (the “ADEA”), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Illinois Human Rights Act, or

 

4



 

the laws of any state, municipality or other political entity, and/or any claims under any express or implied contract which Employee, her successors or assigns or representatives may claim existed with the Company.  This release, discharge and waiver expressly includes all claims, and any obligations or causes of action arising from such claims, that could have been raised in state or federal court or with a state, federal or municipal agency or entity.  This release, discharge and waiver applies to any matters arising from events, acts or omissions occurring on or prior to the date Employee signs this Agreement.

 

Excluded from this release are any claims which cannot be waived by law, including but not limited to the right to file a charge with or participate in an investigation conducted by certain government agencies, the right to enforce the terms of this Agreement, future claims and claims for vested benefits under the Company’s pension and 401(k) plans.  Employee does, however, waive Employee’s right to any monetary recovery should any agency (such as the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission) pursue any claims on Employee’s behalf.  Employee represents and warrants that Employee has not filed any complaint, charge, or lawsuit against the Company with any government agency or any court.

 

In addition, Employee agrees never to sue the Company in any forum for any claim covered by the above waiver and release language, except that Employee may bring a claim under the ADEA to challenge this Agreement.  If Employee violates this Agreement by suing the Company, other than under the ADEA, Employee shall be liable to the Company for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other litigation costs incurred in defending against such a suit.

 

The Company hereby releases and forever discharges Employee from all debts, obligations, promises, covenants, agreements, contracts, endorsements, bonds, controversies, suits, actions, causes of action, judgments, damages, expenses, claims or demands, in law or in equity, which it ever had, now has, regarding any matter arising on or before the date of the execution of this Agreement, except that this release does not prohibit shareholders from bringing direct or derivative claims against Employee, or Company actions based on facts that are not currently known by the Company’s Board or Senior Management Team and involve fraud, theft or  breach of fiduciary duty by Employee or pursuant to the Federal Securities Laws including, but not limited to, The Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  The Company represents and agrees that it has not filed any lawsuits against Employee or filed or caused to be filed any charges or complaints against Employee with any municipal, state or federal agency.

 

12.                                 Indemnification.  The Company agrees that it shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Employee, to the full extent allowed by the Company’s By-Laws as in effect as of December 31, 2004 (including advancement of attorneys’ fees, costs, and other expenses), for Employee’s actions taken on behalf of the Company and/or in executing Employee’s duties in the course of her employment and other positions held with the Company.  The Company further agrees to maintain Directors and Officers insurance at a reasonable and customary level, including Employee as an insured party for claims relating to actions taken during Employee’s employment with the Company as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

 

13.                                 Exclusive Payments.  The payments outlined in this Agreement to be made to Employee will be considered as fulfilling all compensation obligations to Employee of the Company, including but not limited to salary, vacation, benefits, bonuses and any other

 

5



 

payments or benefits from the Company, except that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to waive any rights to vested pension or 401(k) benefits.

 

14.                                 Severability.  The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed separable, so that if any term or provision is deemed to be invalid or unenforceable, such term or provision shall be deemed deleted or modified so as to be valid and enforceable to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

 

15.                                 Entire Agreement.  The terms of this Agreement constitute the entire agreement between Employee and the Company, and supersede any prior agreement executed between Employee and the Company including, but not limited to the Agreement dated December 6, 2002, and any prior agreement executed between Employee and Company to the extent the prior agreement is inconsistent with this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of the SIRVA Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, executed by Employee on February 16, 2003, shall remain in full force and effect, except that Section 4.1 of that agreement (at-will employment) is modified by this Agreement. Additionally, Section 2 of that agreement is modified to prohibit Employee, during the twelve (12) month period after the Salary Continuation Period, from working for on behalf of any Agent of Allied Van Lines, North American Van Lines or Global Van Lines or on behalf of any Association, Organization or groups of Agents representing Allied Van Lines, North American Van Lines or Global Van Lines including, but not limited to, Allied Agents Association and North American Agents Association. The Company represents and warrants that the undersigned has full authority to bind the Company to all provisions of this Agreement.

 

16.                               Governing Law, Forum and Enforcement.  This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Illinois.  The parties agree that the state and federal courts located in the State of Illinois shall have exclusive jurisdiction in any action, suit or proceeding based on or arising out of this Agreement, and submit to the personal jurisdiction of such courts, consent to the service of process in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, against Employee, and waive any objections to jurisdiction, venue or service of process.  The parties further agree that in any such action, suit or proceeding, the prevailing parts shall be awarded her  or its attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

17.                                 Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and may be enforced by the parties to this Agreement and shall be binding upon Employee, Employee’s executors, administrators, legatees, or any other successor in interest and upon the Company, its successors and any assignee or transferee of or successor to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and may not be amended, in whole or in part, except in writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company and Employee.

 

18.                                 Compliance with Laws.  Employee has represented and hereby affirms that Employee has disclosed to Company all information in Employee’s possession or within Employee’s knowledge concerning any conduct involving Company, or any of its affiliates, employees, officers, directors or agents that Employee has any reason to believe involves any false claims to the United States or is or may violate Company policy or any law.

 

6



 

19.                                 Knowing and Voluntary.  Employee acknowledges and recites that:

 

(a)                                  Employee enters into this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily;

 

(b)                                 Employee has read and understands this Agreement in its entirety;

 

(c)                                  Employee has been advised and directed orally and in writing (and this Paragraph c constitutes such written direction) to seek legal counsel and any other advice she wishes with respect to the terms of this Agreement before executing it and Employee acknowledges that she has had the advice of counsel in considering its terms;

 

(d)                                 Employee’s execution of this Agreement has not been forced by any employee or agent of the Company, and Employee has had an opportunity to negotiate about the Agreement’s terms;

 

(e)                                  Employee has been offered 21 calendar days after receipt of this Agreement to consider its terms before executing it;

 

(f)                                    That the payments and benefits listed in paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 4 constitute additional consideration to which Employee is entitled by virtue of this Agreement only.

 

20.                                 Revocation.  Employee shall have seven days from the date of her signature below  to revoke this Agreement by providing written notice of the revocation to the Company’s Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Todd Schorr, in which event this Agreement shall be unenforceable and null and void.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date indicated above.

 

Joan Ryan

SIRVA, Inc.

 

 

      /s/ Joan Ryan

 

By:

/s/ John Dupuy

 

Dated:

     January 21, 2005

 

Its:

 Senior Vice President, Specialized

 

 

Transportation and Corporate Development

 

 

Dated:

     January 21, 2005

 

 

7


Exhibit 10.65

 

CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT

 

The Agreement is made on 18th February 2005 between SIRVA UK Limited, whose registered office is at Heritage House, 345 Southbury Road, Enfield, Middlesex EN1 1UP (“the Company”) and Kevin Pickford (“the Employee”) of [address omitted].

 

INTERPRETATION

 

In the Agreement the following words shall mean:

 

“the Company”

 

SIRVA UK Limited

 

 

 

“Chief Executive”

 

The President & CEO of SIRVA Inc or any other person to whom he may, from time to time, delegate the exercise of his powers

 

 

 

“the Group”

 

(i)  SIRVA Inc;

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)  any SIRVA Inc subsidiary (including without limitation, the Company and any of the Company’s subsidiaries);

 

 

 

 

 

(iii) any company which is an associate of SIRVA Inc or the Company

 

For the purposes of the above definitions the word “subsidiary” shall have the same meaning given by section 736 of the United Kingdom Companies Act 1985, and “associate” shall have the same meaning given by section 435 of the United Kingdom Insolvency Act 1986.

 

“Termination Date”

 

the date on which the Employee’s employment under the Agreement terminates

 

1.                COMMENCEMENT OF EMPLOYMENT

 

1.1              The Employee’s employment with previous employers in the Group counts as part of the Employee’s period of continuous employment with the Company.  Accordingly, the Employee’s period of continuous employment commenced on 27th of September, 1978.

 

1.2              The Agreement supersedes any previous agreement (whether written, oral or implied) between the Group and the Employee relating to his employment.  It is effective from 1 February 2005.

 



 

1.3              There are no agreements or arrangements (whether oral, written or implied) between the Group and the Employees relating to the employment of the Employee by the Company other than those expressly set out in the Agreement and the Employee agrees that he has not entered into the Agreement in reliance on any representation not expressly set out herein.

 

2.                JOB TITLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

2.1              The Employee’s job title shall be President SIRVA Relocation Services - Europe and the Employee shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as are consistent with his appointment and as are from time to time given to him by the Chief Executive.  The Employee shall comply with all reasonable directions of the Chief Executive which may from time to time vary the duties and type and nature of work to be carried out by the Employee provided that the Employee’s remuneration shall not be altered by such a variation.

 

2.2              At all times throughout the course of the Employee’s employment with the Company:

 

2.2.1           the Employee shall during all his hours of work faithfully and diligently, devote (unless prevented by ill health) the whole of his time, attention, efforts and ability to his duties and the business of the Group and he shall at all times endeavour to promote the business and interests of the Group;

 

2.2.2           the Employee shall not directly or indirectly enter into or be concerned with or interested in any trade, business or occupation, nor shall he hold any Directorship or office, save for those of the Group;

 

2.2.3           clause 2.2.2 shall not apply to any trade, business and occupation.  Directorship or Office disclosed in Schedule 1 to the Agreement or which shall be disclosed subsequently and in respect of which the Chief Executive shall have given his consent in writing.  Nor shall the clause prevent the Employee from being the holder or beneficial owner of any class of securities in any company listed and dealt with in a recognised stock exchange or any other public securities where the Employee neither holds nor is beneficially interested in more than a total of 5% of any single class of securities.

 

2.3              After notice of termination has been given by either party pursuant to clause 14.1 or if the Employee seeks or indicates an intention to terminate his employment without notice there shall be no obligation on the Company to provide any work for the

 



 

Employee and the Company’s failure to do so for any reason shall not constitute a breach of the Agreement.  During any period when work is not provided to the Employee:

 

2.3.1           the Company may at its absolute discretion exclude the Employee from the premises of the Company and/or require him to carry out specified duties for the Company other than those referred to in clause 2.1 or carry out no duties whatsoever and/or instruct him not to communicate with suppliers, customers, employees, agents or representatives of the Company; and

 

2.3.2           the Employee will have the right to receive the salary and other benefits provided for under the Agreement

 

3.                PLACE OR PLACES OF EMPLOYMENT

 

3.1              The Employee’s principal place of work shall be at Enfield but the Company shall be entitled to require the Employee:

 

(i)               within reason, to relocate his place of work to any other office of the Company within the UK;

 

(ii)              to accept temporary assignments of reasonable duration away from the Employee’s principal place of work (whether within the UK or elsewhere in the world) for such duration as may be necessitated by the business requirements of the Group.

 

3.2              The Agreement governs the Employee’s employment by the Company whilst he is based in the UK.  It is anticipated that the Employee will be based in the UK for up to three years but the Company will review this from time to time depending on business requirements.  The Employee acknowledges that the salary and benefits payable to him pursuant to the Agreement will cease to apply if he agrees to relocate his place of work to any other office of the Group outside the UK.  In these circumstances, the Company will agree on an appropriate relocation package with the Employee.

 

4.                RELOCATION COSTS AND OTHER ALLOWANCES

 

4.1              The Company will provide the Employee with the following assistance under the Relocation Policy of the Group currently in force in connection with his relocation from Melbourne to the UK:

 



 

i.      relocation services ie destination services provided by SIRVA Relocation in the UK including the provision of appropriate air travel for the Employee and his family (including the pet dog) and payment for the cost of quarantine in the UK for the pet dog;

 

ii.     the shipping of personal goods to the UK and storage of personal goods in Australia and the fees for these services should be invoiced to the Company; and

 

iii.    a maximum payment of 12% of the Employee’s salary to cover relevant items.  This will be tax free up to £8000 (or such other sum as may be permitted by law from time to time) and will only be paid if fully supported by receipts and approved by the Senior Vice President or Vice President of Human Resources.  Relevant items for this purpose are the provision of goods, services and facilities eg carpets, curtains and soft furnishings which are not suitable for the new home.

 

4.2              The Company shall pay the Employee a housing allowance of £4,000 per calendar month less any net rental income that the Employee receives from the lease of his property in Melbourne.  The Employee agrees to inform the Company of the net monthly rent that he receives in relation to his property in Melbourne and will advise the Company immediately of any increase in this net monthly rental income.  The Employee shall provide such documentation in relation to his monthly rental income as the Company may reasonably request from time to time.  This housing allowance will be subject to deductions for income tax and employee national insurance contributions and will not form part of the Employee’s income for pension or bonus purposes.

 

4.3              In each calendar year for which the Agreement continues, the Company shall pay for up to four return air tickets from London to Melbourne to enable the Employee to take home leave.  These tickets will be purchased in line with SIRVA travel policy in force at the time of travel.

 

5.                HOURS

 

5.1              The Company’s normal office hours are from 09:00 -  17:30 Monday to Friday but the Employee is required to devote such additional time to the business as may be necessary for the proper performance of his duties or as the Company may reasonably require.

 



 

5.2              The Employee agrees that the limit on average weekly working time of 48 hours per week as set out in the Work Time Regulation 1998 shall not apply to his employment with the Company.

 

6.                PAY & OTHER BENEFITS

 

6.1              The Employee’s salary commencing on 1 February 2005 shall be £170,000 per annum inclusive of any director’s fee.

 

6.2              Salary shall accrue from day to day an be payable in 13 equal instalments in arrears by direct transfer to the Employee’s bank or building society account.

 

6.3              The Employee’s salary will be reviewed annually by the Chief Executive in his absolute discretion on or about January in each calendar year provided always that there shall be no obligation on the Company to award a salary increase.

 

6.4              The Employee will be eligible to benefit from the Company’s discretionary Management Incentive Plan to a maximum of 75% of the Employee’s annual salary.  The terms of such programme shall be determined by the Company from time to time.  Participation in or payments under any such programme for any year will not confer on the Employee any right to participate or to be paid in the following year or any subsequent years.

 

6.5              The Company will continue to contribute to the Employee’s superannuation benefit in Australia (SGC) on the same terms and conditions as those which applied prior to the commencement of the Agreement.

 

6.6              The Employee shall be entitled to a company car in accordance with SIRVA Europe car policy with a benchmark lease value of £1,000 per month.

 

6.7              The Employee shall be entitled to medical cover through his existing supplier in Australia and through an appropriate supplier in the UK.  The Employee shall also be entitled to dental insurance cover in the UK.

 

6.8              The Employee shall be entitled to join Tier 3 of the SIRVA UK Pension Scheme subject to the trust deed and rules of the Scheme from time to time.

 

7.                EXPENSES

 

7.1              The Employee shall be reimbursed such reasonable expenses as he may incur in the performance of the Agreement subject to such rules as may from time to time be notified by the Company and the production of such supporting documentation as the

 



 

Company may reasonably require.  Unless otherwise impractical, where a company credit card has been issued to the Employee, all expenses shall be paid for using that card.

 

8.                HOLIDAY ENTITLEMENT AND LONG SERVICE LEAVE

 

8.1              The Company’s holiday year runs from 1 January to 31 December.  The Employee is entitled, in addition to the customary public holidays, to take 25 working days as paid holiday in each holiday year to be taken at such times and periods as shall be agreed in advance with the Chief Executive.  Entitlement to holidays will accrue at two days per complete calendar month during the year of joining.

 

8.2              The Employee is entitled to take Long Service Leave on the same terms and conditions as those which applied prior to the commencement of the Agreement.

 

8.3              If the Employee’s employment terminates during any holiday year, entitlement to holiday during that year will be two days for each complete calendar month worked until termination which the Company may in its absolute discretion pay in lieu together with any final salary due.  Where at termination holiday in excess of entitlement has been taken a deduction for that excess will be made from final salary and the Employee consents to such deduction being made.

 

8.4              Unless previously agreed in writing, holiday entitlement unused at the end of one holiday year cannot be carried over into the next year.

 

8.5              Otherwise than as provided in clause 8.3 the Employee will not be paid in lieu of holiday entitlement not taken unless holiday is forfeit at the request of the Company.

 

8.6              Where the Employee is under notice to terminate his employment, the Company may require that any outstanding holiday entitlement be taken during that notice period.

 

8.7              Otherwise in clause 8.6 above, holiday may not be taken during a period of notice to terminate employment otherwise than with the consent of the Chief Executive.

 

9.                ILL HEALTH AND OTHER ABSENCE

 

9.1              Without prejudice to clause 14.3 (viii), if the Employee is absent from work as a result of ill health or injury for more than three consecutive working days he shall produce to the Company evidence of such ill health or injury and provided that the Company is satisfied by such evidence he shall be entitled to his salary as follows:

 



 

(i)               during the first 182 calendar days in aggregate of such absence in any 12 month period to his normal rate of salary;

 

(ii)              so long thereafter as such absence lasts, to such salary (if any), the Company shall in its absolute discretion decide.

 

The Company may deduct from any remuneration due to the Employee a sum equal to any social security benefits claimable by the Employee for ill health or injury.  In the event that any statutory sick pay is payable to the Employee by the Company for any period ob absence through sickness or injury pursuant to the provisions of the Social Security and Housing Benefits Act 1982, the remuneration for such period of absence payable by the Company hereunder shall include the amount of such Statutory Sick Pay.  Monday to Friday inclusive in each week shall be Qualifying Days for the purposes of the said Act.

 

9.2              Except as specifically provided, the Employee shall not be entitled to any remuneration in respect of any period of absence from work unless the Company otherwise agrees.

 

9.3              The Employee may be required to submit to an examination by a doctor or other medical specialist who will provide a report and prognosis to the Company where:

 

(i)               there has been or is likely to be a prolonged period of absence due to illness;

 

(ii)              in the opinion of the Chief Executive the Employee in his actions or performance has given grounds to reasonably believe that he is suffering from an illness, which may impair him in his ability to perform his duties and obligations under the Agreement;

 

(iii)             such an examination is a condition for the placing on risk or continuance of any insurance provided for the Employee by the Company.

 

Where a medical report is provided to the Company the Employee shall be entitled to request and receive a copy of that report.  The Company shall keep confidential the content of any report which the Company shall not, in any event, allow to be viewed otherwise than by an employee of an equivalent or senior level directly involved and concerned in the particular matter, and any professional advisers engaged in advising on that matter, in respect of which the report has been commissioned.

 

9.4              Where the Employee’s absence results from injury in circumstances where the Employee has the right to recover against a third party damages for loss and/or compensation for that injury clause 9.1 shall not apply .  However, the Company may

 



 

in its absolute discretion and for such period as it deems appropriate advance by way of interest free loan to the Employee a sum as represents his net salary on condition that any advance so made is included in any claim made by the Employee against the third party and is repaid to the Company to the extent of any recovery.

 

10.              CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

10.1            The Employee shall not (except in the proper course of his duties hereunder) either during his employment or after it terminates make use of, or divulge to any person any confidential information concerning the business or finances of the Group.  Confidential information includes, but is not limited to the following:

 

(i)               trade secrets, copyright material, intellectual and other similar property rights in products, designs, developments or compiled information created by the Group, its employees, consultants or others on its behalf;

 

(ii)              information identifying customers for the products of services of the Group and prospective customers to whom the Group has made a presentation or provided a quotation or consultancy in relations to its products or services;

 

(iii)             market research collated or commissioned by the Group for the purpose of identifying markets and/or demand for the products of services of the Group or for new business areas for the Group to enter into;

 

(iv)             information relating to the identity of any company or business considered for acquisition by the Group and information compiled for the purposes of that consideration;

 

(v)              information relating to the financial status of the Company or any company within the Group and to any proposal to close or dispose of any company within the Group;

 

(vi)             information relating to the marketing of any product or service of the Group, and any pricing or similar arrangement in force between the Group and any of its suppliers or customers;

 

(vii)            information relating to the Group’s internal policies, organisation, management, future plans and staffing arrangements.

 

10.2            Clause 10.1 above shall not apply to the extent the Employee by law shall be required to disclose confidential information of the Group provided always that before disclosure is made the Employee shall have informed the Group of the

 



 

requirement to make disclosure so as to afford them the opportunity to make legal challenge either on their own behalf or on behalf of the Employee that disclosure be made.

 

10.3            Whenever requested to do so by the Company, and in any event at the Termination Date, the Employee shall return to the Company any document or copy document containing confidential information in whatever form that confidential information may be held including, and for the avoidance of doubt, any document held on a computer disc or otherwise recorded by electronic means and whether or not the document but for it holding confidential information would have been the personal property of the Employee.

 

10.4            No copies of any document holding confidential information shall be retained by the Employee after he has been requested to return the document or after the Termination Date.

 

10.5            The restrictions in clause 10.1 shall cease to apply to information or knowledge which may (otherwise than where occasioned by the Employee) become available to the public generally.

 

10.6            Where the Employee is under notice to terminate his employment he shall not, otherwise than with the consent of the Chief Executive in writing, destroy or otherwise dispose of or part with possession of any documentation containing confidential information of the Group.

 

10.7            These obligations imposed by clause 10 are in addition to and not in substitution of any obligations imposed upon the Employee by law.

 

11.              COMPANY PROPERTY

 

On the termination of his employment for any reason or whenever requested by the Company, the Employee shall deliver up to the Company originals and copies of all documents, accounts, records, papers and all other property in his possession or control which relate in any way to the property business or affairs of the Company or the Group and he shall at the same time deliver up to the Company all other property of the Company or the Group in his possession or under his control.

 

12.              RETIREMENT

 

The Employee’s employment shall terminate in any event on the date on which he reaches the age of 65.

 



 

13.              DEDUCTIONS FROM MONEY DUE TO THE EMPLOYEE

 

If at any time money is owed and payable by the Employee to the Group whether under the provisions of the Agreement or otherwise the Employee agrees that the Company may deduct what is owed from any payment due (including salary or other emoluments) to the Employee from the Company under the Agreement.

 

14.              TERMINATION

 

14.1            The employment of the Employee may be terminated:

 

(i)               by the Employee on giving the Company six months written notice; or

 

(ii)              by the Company on giving the Employee 12 months written notice.

 

14.2            The Company has the absolute discretion to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice of such termination and by paying to the Employee, in lieu of salary and other benefits pursuant to the Agreement, an amount equal to the minimum salary which the Employee would have earned from then until the first date upon which his employment could, apart from this clause 14.2 have been lawfully terminated, together with a further sum equivalent to the cost to the Company of providing the benefits which the Employee would have received in such period.  Any such payment to the Employee will be subject to tax and other statutory deductions required from time to time.

 

14.3            The Employee’s employment may be terminated by the Company forthwith if:

 

(i)               he makes any arrangements or composition with his creditors generally or there are grounds under section 267 of the United Kingdom Insolvency Act 1986 for the presentation of a creditor’s petition for a bankruptcy order to be made against him or an interim receiver of his property is appointed under section 286 of that Act;

 

(ii)              he is convicted of a criminal offence as a result of which he is sentenced to a term of imprisonment;

 

(iii)             he commits any serious breach of his duties or obligations under the Agreement;

 

(iv)             having committed any breach of his obligations he fails to rectify such breach (if reasonably capable of rectification) or commits a further or continuing breach after warning by the Chief Executive;

 



 

(v)              without good cause and in any material respect his conduct is in the reasonable opinion of the Chief Executive prejudicial to the interests of the Group.  In reaching any opinion convictions of a criminal offence not covered by clause 14.3.2 or any breach of any regulatory or business codes by the Employee may also be taken into account;

 

(vi)             being a director or officer of any company of any company in the Group he resigns his directorship or office without reasonable justification or becomes prohibited by law from being a director or officer of a company;

 

(vii)            he becomes of unsound mind or becomes a patient under the Mental Health Act 1983;

 

(viii)           by reasons of ill health or incapacity he is prevented from performing his duties for periods, which have exceeded in aggregate 182 calendar days in any 12 month period.

 

14.4            At the Termination Date the Employee agrees that he shall resign (without prejudice to any right he may have to claim compensation) from any directorship or other office of any company with the Group to which he may be appointed.  The Employee further agrees that such company shall make returns and/or file such documents with the Registrar of Companies as shall give effect to that resignation.  The Employee irrevocably authorises the Company to appoint any person in his name and on his behalf to sign any documents or do any things necessary to give effect to his obligations under this clause 14.5.

 

14.5            If the Employee’s employment shall be terminated by reason only of the liquidation of the Company for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction or the transfer of the business of the Company to any other company within the Group and the Employee shall be offered employment with any concern or undertaking resulting from such amalgamation or reconstruction on terms no less favourable than the terms of the Agreement the Employee shall have no claim against the Company in respect of the termination of his employment hereunder.

 

15.              RESTRICTIONS

 

15.1            The Employee shall not at any time during a period of six months after the Termination Date canvass or solicit the custom of or deal with any customer in relation to the goods or services which are provided at the Termination Date by the Company or by any company in the Group for which the Employee has performed

 



 

substantial executive services during the period of 12 months prior to the Termination Date.

 

15.2            For the purposes of clause 15.1 “customer” means any person from or company or organisation who or which at any time during the period of 12 months preceding the Termination Date was:

 

(i)               negotiating with the Company or any company in the Group for the sale or supply of goods or services;

 

(ii)              a client or customer of the Company or of any company in the Group or in the Group for the sale or supply of goods or services;

 

(iii)             in the habit of dealing with the Company or with any company in the Group for the sale or supply of goods of services

 

and with whom the Employee had direct contract and material dealing during the 12 months immediately preceding the Termination Date.

 

15.3            The Employee shall be bound by the following restrictions in respect of any person employed by the Group in an executive, managerial, technical or sales capacity who is an employee of the Group at the Termination Date and with whom the Employee has had direct contact or dealing in the 12 months prior to the Termination Date (“Protected Employee”):

 

(i)               the Employee shall not (whether directly or indirectly) at any time during the period of 6 months after the Termination Date in connection with any business in or proposing to be in competition with the Company or with any company in the Group for which the Employee has performed substantial executive services during the period of 12 months prior to the Termination Date employ or offer to a Protected Employee any alternative employment or attempt in any way to persuade a Protected Employee to enter into any alternative employment or to leave the employment of the Company or the Group;

 

(ii)              the Employee shall during a period of 6 months after the Termination Date use his best endeavours to prevent any person from or Company with whom he may be engaged or connected and which is involved in or proposes to be involved in any business which is in competition with the Company or with any company in the Group for which the Employee has performed substantial executive services during the period of 12 months prior to the

 



 

Termination Date from employing or offering to a Protected Employee any alternative employment or from attempting in any way to persuade a Protected Employee to enter into any alternative employment or to leave the employment of the Company or the Group.

 

15.4            Without the consent in writing of the Chief Executive the Employee shall not at any time during the continuance of the Agreement or within a period of six months after the Termination Date:

 

(i)               be involved in, allow his name to be associated with, or provide consultancy or assistance to, the mounting of any take over or similar bid for the Company; and

 

(ii)              identify for acquisition to any third party or become involved in any offer to acquire or for the management buy-out of any company in the Group or any business activity of the Group.

 

15.5            The Employee shall not at any time after the Termination Date represent himself or cause or permit himself to be represented as being in any way connected with the Group.

 

15.6            The restrictions in clause 15 shall cover all actions by the Employee in whatever capacity and whether directly or indirectly through any third party, agent, company, partnership, employee, employer, associate (within the meaning of section 435 of the United Kingdom Insolvency Act 1986) or trust which if done by him personally would breach the provisions of the clause.

 

15.7            Whilst the restrictions in this clause 15 are regarded by the parties as fair and reasonable, it is hereby declared that each of the restrictions in this clause 15 is intended to be separate and severable.  If any restriction is held by to be unreasonably wide but would be valid if part of the wording were deleted, such restriction will apply with so much of the wording deleted as may be necessary to make it valid.

 

16.              GRIEVANCES AND DISCIPLINARY MATTERS

 

16.1            The Company has a disciplinary procedure, which is available from the Group Human Resources Directorate.  The Employee agrees that he will comply with SIRVA’s Code of Conduct as amended from time to time.

 

16.2            The Employee shall bring any grievances or any appeal against a disciplinary decision in writing to the Chief Executive.  The decision of the Chief Executive shall be final.

 



 

16.3            If there shall be reasonable grounds to believe that the Employee has been guilty of serious misconduct the Company may suspend him from his duties and exclude the Employee from attendance at any premises of the Group until such time as an investigation and/or any disciplinary hearing which may result can be concluded.  During any period of suspension the Employee shall be entitled to receive his normal salary and benefits.

 



 

SIGNED by:

 

/s/ TODD W. SCHORR

 

 

 

Duly authorised to sign for and on behalf of
SIRVA UK Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Kevin Pickford:

 

/s/ KEVIN PICKFORD

 


Exhibit 10.67

 

May 30, 2000

 

 

HAND DELIVERED

 

 

Mr. Todd W. Schorr

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

 

Dear Todd:

 

I am pleased to confirm the terms of the offer of employment to you at Allied Worldwide, Inc.’s (“Allied”) offices in Naperville, Illinois.  The offer is as follows:

 

Position:  Senior Vice President, Human Resources for Allied Worldwide, Inc. reporting to Jeff Gannon, President and CEO.  You will also participate as a member of the Corporate Executive Council.

 

Salary:            $175,000 per year, payable in bi-weekly installments.  For the first year, there will be a signing bonus of $25,000 paid within thirty (30) days after your start of employment.  All payments are subject to taxes and other withholdings which may be required.

 

Start Date:                                        June 15, 2000.

 

Annual Bonus:               You will be eligible to participate in Allied’s Management Incentive Program with a projected annualized target bonus of 80% of base salary, which can be exceeded for extraordinary performance.  Your first year of participation will be prorated from June 1, 2000, provided your start date is no later than June 15, 2000.

 

Long-Term Performance Plan:                                   You will also be eligible to participate in a new long-term performance plan, on a prorated basis, under which you can receive up to $150% of your average age annual compensation (defined as salary and incentive compensation actually received in respect of 2000, 2001 and 2002), if the pre-established performance criteria are achieved.

 



 

Stock:               You will be provided the opportunity to purchase up to 2,000 shares of common stock of Allied Worldwide, Inc. at the fair market value of such stock, established by the Board of Directors at that time.  The last valuation established by the Board was $142 per share.  Your purchase shall be made pursuant to a management stock subscription agreement substantially similar to those in effect for other officers of Allied which shall state the terms and conditions upon which your shares are subject to repurchase in the event of your termination of employment.

 

Stock Options:                 Subject to your purchase of at least 50% of all of the stock offered to you, you will receive 2,000 stock options which will vest ratably over five years.  In addition, you will receive 2,000 performance options which will vest upon the achievement of performance objects tied to Allied’s EBITDA from year to year.

 

Company Car:                     During your employment, you will be provided with a car allowance, to the extent any such program is then in effect for Allied officers at your level.

 

Benefits:                    You will be entitled to participate in all health, welfare and other benefits available to executives of the company.  Those benefits will be described in the benefit documents being forwarded to you under separate cover.

 

Severance:                                      In the event you are involuntarily terminated by the company without cause, you will be entitled to receive continued payments of your base salary and health benefits until the earlier of one year after termination or until you obtain new employment.  These continued payments would be subject to signing of a general release and standard provisions regarding non-solicitation of employees, agents and customers.

 

Additional Terms:                                                This offer is contingent upon:

 

(a)                                  Your not being subject to any contract that would be violated by your employment with Allied.

 

(b)                                 Your successful completion of a drug/alcohol screening prior to your start date.

 

I have enclosed a copy of this offer letter for your records.  Please execute the original as indicated below and return it to me in the enclosed envelope.

 

2



 

On behalf of Jeff and the leadership, we would like to welcome you to the Allied Worldwide team.  We are very excited about your joining our company and look forward to working with you.  If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to call me at
630/717-4743.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ RALPH A.FORD

 

Ralph A. Ford

 

ck

enclosures

 

c:                                       Jeffrey P. Gannon

President

Allied Worldwide, Inc.

215 W. Diehl Road

Naperville, IL  60563

 

Keith Meyer/Egon Zehnder International–VIA FAX-312/782-2846

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO THIS
30th day of May, 2000.

 

/s/ TODD W. SCHORR

 

TODD W. SCHORR

 

3


Exhibit 10.76(a)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 22 December, 2004

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)                                  SIRVA UK LIMITED a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales whose registered office is at Heritage House, 345 Southbury Road, Enfield, Middlesex, EN1 1UP (SIRVA UK); and

 

(2)                                  MIDIDATA SPEDITION GmbH a company incorporated in Germany and registered in the Commercial Register of Langen whose registered office is Ohmstrasse 12, 63225 Langen;

 

(3)                                  ALLIED ARTHUR PIERRE SA a company incorporated in Luxembourg and registered with the Register of Trade and Companies in Luxembourg, whose registered office is at 112-114, Rue du Kiem, L-8030 Strassen

 

(each a Seller and together the Sellers);

 

(4)                                  SIRVA WORLDWIDE, INC a company incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States, whose registered office is at c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, U.S.A. (the Sellers’ Guarantor)

 

(5)                                  WINCANTON TRANS EUROPEAN HOLDINGS GmbH a company incorporated under the laws of Germany and whose registered office is at Antwerpener Strasse 24, 68219 Mannheim (Wincanton GmbH); and

 

(6)                                  WINCANTON TRANS EUROPEAN HOLDINGS BV a company incorporated under the laws of Holland whose registered office is at Albert Plesmanweg 43g, 3088 GB Rotterdam, Netherlands (Wincanton BV)

 

(7)                                  WINCANTON HOLDINGS LIMITED a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales whose registered office is at Cale House, Station Road, Wincanton, Somerset, BA9 9AD (Wincanton Holdings).

 

(Wincanton Holdings, Wincanton GmbH and Wincanton BV together the Purchasers and each a Purchaser).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A)                              Each of the Sellers is the owner of those of the Shares set out opposite its name in column 2 of Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found..

 

(B)                                With a view to the sale and purchase of the Target Companies, each Seller has agreed to sell, and each of the Purchasers has agreed to purchase, the Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this agreement.

 

(C)                                Words and expressions used in this agreement shall have the meanings set out in Schedule 1 unless the context otherwise requires.

 



 

(D)                               In consideration of the Purchasers and the Sellers agreeing to the terms and conditions of this agreement, the Sellers’ Guarantor and Wincanton Holdings have, respectively, agreed to guarantee the obligations of the Sellers and the Purchasers on the terms set out in this agreement.

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                      SALE AND PURCHASE

 

1.1                                 Subject to and in accordance with this agreement:

 

(a)                                  each Seller agrees to sell and transfer and each Purchaser agrees to purchase the particular Set of Shares for which that Seller and that Purchaser is identified as the respective Seller or Purchaser in Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found., in each case with effect from Closing, together with all rights attaching to them at Closing including the right to receive all distributions and dividends declared, paid or made in respect of the relevant Shares on or after Closing; and

 

(b)                                 each Seller shall sell the respective Shares free from all Encumbrances and ownership and risk in those Shares shall (except as otherwise set out in this agreement) pass to the relevant Purchaser with effect from Closing.

 

1.2                                 The parties acknowledge that the transfers of the Shares shall be completed on the basis of the share transfer and other arrangements set out or referred to in Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found..

 

2.                                      PRICE

 

2.1                                 The price for each Set of Shares (the Final Share Price for those Shares) shall be the amount set out opposite that Set of Shares in column 3 of Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found. (being the Debt Free/Cash Free Price for those Shares):

 

(a)                                  minus the External Debt of the Relevant Target Company;

 

(b)                                 plus the Cash of the Relevant Target Company;

 

(c)                                  plus the amount (if any) by which that Relevant Target Company’s Pro Rata Percentage of the Aggregate Adjusted Net Book Value exceeds that Relevant Target Company’s Pro Rata Percentage of €705,000, or minus the amount (if any) by which that Relevant Target Company’s Pro Rata Percentage of the Aggregate Adjusted Net Book Value is less than that Relevant Target Company’s Pro Rata Percentage of €705,000.

 

2.2                                 The Sellers and the Purchasers agree that the Final Share Price for each Set of Shares shall be calculated after Closing on the basis of the applicable amounts agreed or determined in accordance with Error! Reference source not found. (Post-Closing Financial Adjustments) and:

 

2



 

(a)                                  if the Final Share Price of a Relevant Target Company is greater than the Initial Share Price of that Relevant Target Company, then the relevant Purchaser shall pay an amount equal to the difference to the relevant Seller; or

 

(b)                                 if the Final Share Price of a Relevant Target Company is less than the Initial Share Price of that Relevant Target Company, then the relevant Seller shall pay an amount equal to the difference to the relevant Purchaser,

 

in each case together with an amount equal to interest on such payment at LIBOR for the period from (but excluding) the Closing Date to (and including) the due date for payment, calculated on a daily basis.  Any such payment shall be made within five Business Days of the date on which the Closing Statement is agreed or determined, in accordance with the provisions of clause 17.1 or 17.2 of this agreement, as the case may be.

 

2.3                                 The Final Share Price for each Set of Shares (subject to any further adjustment, if applicable, pursuant to clause 2.5) shall be adopted for all tax reporting purposes.

 

2.4                                 At Closing, each Purchaser shall pay to the relevant Seller an amount in Euros equal to the Initial Share Price for the relevant Set of Shares (the Initial Share Price for a Set of Shares being the Debt Free/Cash Free Price for that Set of Shares:

 

(a)                                  minus the Estimated External Debt of the Relevant Target Company; and

 

(b)                                 plus the Estimated Cash of the Relevant Target Company).

 

Such payments shall be made to such bank accounts as are notified in writing by or on behalf of the Sellers to the Purchasers no less than 2 Business Days prior to the Closing Date.  The Sellers shall, not less than 5 Business Days prior to Closing, provide to the Purchasers their good faith estimate of the Cash and External Debt for each Target Company, together with reasonable documentary evidence (including bank statements and reconciliations where relevant) and calculations to support those estimates.  The parties shall promptly discuss those estimates in good faith and those estimates shall constitute the Estimated Cash and Estimated External Debt of each Relevant Target Company for the purpose of this agreement unless the Purchasers can demonstrate that the evidence and calculations provided do not constitute a reasonable basis for the estimates provided.  If the parties agree any different estimates, then those instead shall constitute the Estimated Cash and Estimated External Debt of each Relevant Target Company for the purpose of this agreement.

 

2.5                                 If any payment is made in satisfaction of a liability arising under a Sellers’ Obligation or a Purchaser Obligation, it shall be made on the following basis:

 

(a)                                  if such payment is specifically referable to any particular Set of Shares (or to any Target Company), it shall so far as possible adjust the price paid for the relevant Set of Shares;

 

(b)                                 if such payment is not so specifically referable, it shall adjust: (i) the price for such Shares as SIRVA UK (for itself and as agent for each other Seller) and Wincanton Holdings (for itself and as agent for each other Purchaser) agree to

 

3



 

be appropriate in the circumstances; or (ii) (subject to any agreement under (i)) the price paid for the Shares in North American (UK) Limited.

 

3.                                      CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

3.1                                 Closing shall be conditional on the sale and purchase of the Shares (to the extent applicable) having been cleared, or deemed to have been cleared in accordance with applicable regulation, by the German Federal Cartel Office (the Bundeskartellamt) (BKA); for the avoidance of doubt, it shall be deemed to have been cleared if the waiting period of one calendar month from the date on which a complete filing has been submitted to the BKA has expired without the BKA having informed the notifying party that it has commenced an investigation of the transaction as described in section 40(1) of the Act Against Restraints of Competition (Gesetz gegen Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen)).

 

3.2                                 Each of the Sellers and each of the Purchasers shall notify the other promptly upon becoming aware that the Condition has been fulfilled or deemed to be fulfilled.

 

3.3                                 The Purchasers shall on the date of this agreement, or if that is not reasonably practicable then by no later than the first business day in Germany following the date of this agreement, submit to the BKA the notification in the agreed form by fax and by courier.

 

3.4                                 The Purchasers shall have primary responsibility for obtaining the approval required in order to satisfy the above Condition and shall take all steps reasonably necessary for that purpose (including, where required, making appropriate submissions, notifications and filings, in consultation with the Sellers, as soon as reasonably practicable after becoming aware that they are required) and, without limitation, the Purchaser shall so far as it is within its power to do so (taking into account reasonable information and timing constraints as well as the Sellers’ cooperation and assistance):

 

(a)                                  progress such submissions, notifications and filings with all diligence;

 

(b)                                 provide all information which is requested or required by the BKA;

 

(c)                                  promptly notify the Sellers (and provide copies or, in the case of non-written communications, details) of any communications from the BKA relating to the Proposed Transactions;

 

(d)                                 communicate with the BKA in respect of any of the Proposed Transactions only after having consulted with the Sellers or their advisers in advance (and taken into account any reasonable comments and requests of the Sellers and their advisers) and provide the Sellers (or their agents) with copies of all such submissions, notifications, filings and other communications in the form submitted or sent;

 

(e)                                  (without limiting (d) above) provide the Sellers (or their advisers) with a final draft of all submissions, notifications, filings and other communications to the BKA at such time as will allow the Sellers (or their advisers) a reasonable opportunity to provide comments and for the Purchaser to take account of any

 

4



 

reasonable comments of the Sellers (or their advisers) on such drafts prior to their submission;

 

(f)                                    where permitted by the BKA, allow persons nominated by the Sellers to attend all meetings (and participate in all telephone or other conversations) with the BKA and to make oral submissions at such meetings (or telephone or other conversations); and

 

(g)                                 regularly review with the Sellers the progress of the notifications or filings to the BKA (including, where necessary, seeking to identify appropriate commitments to address any antitrust concerns identified by the BKA) and discussing with the Sellers the scope, timing and tactics of any such commitments with a view to obtaining clearance from the BKA at the earliest reasonable opportunity.

 

The Purchasers shall not make any merger, competition or anti-trust filings with any Governmental Entity which is not required under this clause 3.4 without obtaining the prior consent of the Sellers to the making of such application and the form and content of the relevant application.

 

3.5                                 The Sellers undertake (at their reasonable cost) to provide the Purchasers and any Governmental Entity with any necessary information, documents, cooperation and assistance reasonably required for the purpose of making any submissions, notifications and filings to the BKA or any such other Governmental Entity.

 

3.6                                 The first Business Day in London on or by which, prior to 4.00 p.m., all Conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the relevant party, shall be deemed to be the Record Date.

 

3.7                                 If any of the Conditions has not been fulfilled on or before the Longstop Date, this agreement (other than the Surviving Provisions) shall automatically terminate.  In such event, the parties shall not have any claim under this agreement of any nature whatsoever against each other or other person (except in respect of any rights and liabilities which have accrued before termination or in relation to any of the Surviving Provisions).

 

4.                                      PRE-CLOSING UNDERTAKINGS

 

4.1                                 During the period from the date of this agreement to Closing, each of the Sellers and the Purchasers shall perform its respective obligations set out in Error! Reference source not found..

 

4.2                                 The Sellers shall use all their reasonable endeavours to procure that no Intra Group Payables or Intra-Group Receivables are outstanding, at Closing and shall procure that the shares in the capital of SIRVA Netherlands B.V. are fully paid prior to Closing.

 

5.                                      CLOSING

 

5.1                                 Closing shall take place at the London offices of the Sellers’ solicitors on the last Business Day of the month in which the Record Date falls (or, if the Record Date

 

5



 

is less than three Business Days before the last Business Day of that month, on the last Business Day of the following month) (the Closing Date), or such other date as Wincanton Holdings (for itself and on behalf of each other Purchaser) and SIRVA UK (for itself and on behalf of each other Seller) agree in writing.

 

5.2                                 At Closing (or such other time after Closing as may be specified in Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found.), each of the Sellers and the Purchasers shall deliver or perform (or procure that there is delivered or performed) all those documents, items and actions respectively listed in relation to that party or the members of the Sellers’ Group or the Purchasers’ Group (as the case may be) in Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found..

 

5.3                                 The Tax Covenant shall come into full force and effect at Closing.

 

6.                                      WARRANTIES, UNDERTAKINGS AND INDEMNITIES

 

6.1                                 Each Seller respectively warrants to the Purchaser of the applicable Set of Shares and in relation only to itself, the applicable Set of Shares and the applicable Target Company, as at the date of this agreement, in the terms of the Warranties set out in Error! Reference source not found..  The Warranties are given subject to:

 

(a)                                  any matters fairly disclosed by or under the terms of the Disclosure Letter and any matters fairly disclosed by or under this agreement, the Hive-Out Agreement or any other agreement or document referred to in this agreement;

 

(b)                                 the other limitations and qualifications set out in this clause 6 and in Error! Reference source not found. and

 

(c)                                  the limitations and qualifications set out in the Tax Covenant insofar as they are expressed to apply to the Tax Warranties.

 

6.2                                 The Purchasers acknowledge and agree that:

 

(a)                                  any Claims shall be subject to the limitations on liabilities and other provisions set out in Error! Reference source not found., on and subject to the terms of that Schedule;

 

(b)                                 the Warranties are the only warranties or representations of any kind given by or on behalf of the Sellers or any other member of the Sellers’ Group on which the Purchasers or any other member of the Purchaser Group may rely in entering into this agreement; and

 

(c)                                  save as otherwise set out in any other Transaction Document, no other statement, promise or forecast made by or on behalf of the Sellers or any other member of the Sellers’ Group may form the basis of any claim by the Purchasers or any other member of the Purchasers’ Group under or in connection with this agreement or any Transaction Document; without limitation, the Purchasers acknowledge and agree that no member of the Sellers’ Group makes any representation or warranty as to the accuracy of any forecasts, estimates, projections, statements of intent or statements of opinion

 

6



 

provided to the Purchasers or their Affiliates or to its or their advisers on or prior to the date of this agreement (including those contained in the Information Memorandum and any documents in the Data Room), for the avoidance of doubt this sub-paragraph is without prejudice to the Warranties.

 

6.3                                 None of the limitations in this clause 6 or Error! Reference source not found. shall apply to any Claim which arises (or to the extent that it is increased) as a consequence of fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation by any member of the Sellers’ Group.

 

6.4                                 Each Purchaser respectively warrants to the Sellers in relation to itself as at the date of this agreement in the terms of the warranties set out in Error! Reference source not found..

 

6.5                                 If, between the date of this agreement and Closing:

 

(a)                                  the Purchasers become aware that there has been any breach of the Warranties as given on signing of this agreement or of any other term of this agreement and that breach is material in the context of the businesses of the Target Companies and of the Proposed Transaction taken as a whole; or

 

(b)                                 there has been an adverse change in the trading or financial prospects of any of the Target Companies which is material in the context of the businesses of the Target Companies and of the Proposed Transaction taken as a whole,

 

the Purchasers shall be entitled to rescind this agreement by notice in writing to the Sellers.

 

For the purpose of clause 6(b) the following shall be disregarded:

 

(a)                                  any adverse changes affecting capital or foreign exchange markets in general or adverse changes in general economic conditions in the economies and/or industries in which the Target Companies operate or by which they are affected;

 

(b)                                 changes in laws, regulations or accounting practices; or

 

(c)                                  the effects of any action or steps taken pursuant to and in accordance with this agreement, the Redemption or the Hive-Out Agreement.

 

6.6                                 The rights and remedies of the Purchaser in respect of any breach of the Warranties or the Tax Covenant shall not be affected by Closing.

 

6.7                                 If any Claim is made, no Seller shall make any claim arising from or in relation to that Claim, except in the case of fraud, against any of the Target Companies or any director or employee of any Target Company on whom it may have relied before agreeing to any terms of this agreement or authorising any statement in the Disclosure Letter.  This clause shall not preclude any Seller from claiming against any other Seller under any right of contribution or indemnity to which it may be entitled.

 

7



 

6.8                                 The Sellers shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchasers against all losses, costs (including, without limitation expenses reasonably and properly incurred) claims, liabilities and demands (together Losses) incurred or suffered by the Purchasers and/or any Target Company in respect of:

 

(a)                                  without prejudice to the provisions of Error! Reference source not found. to the extent that they apply on their terms (for the avoidance of doubt, including without limitation being without prejudice to the continuing application of paragraph 9 of Schedule 3), any claim by any customer against any of the Target Companies resulting from events arising prior to Closing relating to damaged or lost goods where that individual claim is for an amount in excess of €100,000, Provided that no Seller shall have any liability under this paragraph (a) in respect of any claim unless and until the Purchasers have complied in full with paragraph Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found. in respect of the relevant claim and, once they have done so, the Sellers shall only be liable in respect of the applicable Losses to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Losses are not actually recovered under a policy of insurance within 6 months of notification of the matter to the relevant insurance provider;

 

(b)                                 Excluded Liabilities (as defined in the Hive-Out Agreement) to the extent only that they comprise environmental and/or health and safety liabilities of North American (UK) Limited;

 

(c)                                  compliance by North American (UK) Limited with its obligations and undertakings under clauses 3, 11, 6 and 15 of the Hive-Out Agreement and any claim made by a member of the Sellers’ Group under clause 2.1, 6.1 or 12 of the Hive-Out Agreement;

 

(d)                                 any failure by Pickfords Limited to comply with its obligations under the Hive-Out Agreement; and

 

(e)                                  any enforcement action by a relevant authority in relation to a breach of any Environmental Laws as a result of noise emissions at the Venlo Property:

 

(i)                  the Sellers shall not be liable for any losses under this paragraph (e) to the extent that such losses have been increased as a result of noise emissions at the Venlo Property being greater than prior to the date of this agreement as identified in the Environmental Report.

 

(ii)               the Sellers shall not have any liability under this paragraph (e) unless and until the losses which would be indemnified under this paragraph (e) but for this sub-paragraph (ii) exceed €25,000; and

 

(iii)            the Sellers shall have no liability under this paragraph (e) in relation to any enforcement action taken by a relevant authority as a result of the level of noise emissions from the Venlo Property being higher than the levels at which they stood prior to the date of this agreement as identified in the Environmental Report.

 

8



 

(for the purpose of this agreement the indemnities given in clause 6.8(b),(c) and (d) are together referred to as the Hive-Out Indemnities).

 

7.                                      CONDUCT OF NON-TAX CLAIMS

 

7.1                                 If the Purchasers become aware of any claim or potential claim by a third party who is a customer of the Target Companies at the relevant time (a customer claim) or a claim by a third party who is not a customer of the Target Companies at the relevant time (a non-customer claim) which might in either case result in a Non-Tax Claim being made, the Purchasers shall:

 

(a)                                  in the case of any customer claim or non-customer claim, promptly (and in any event within 21 days of it becoming aware of it) give notice of such customer claim or non-customer claim to the Sellers and procure that the Sellers and their representatives are given all reasonable facilities to investigate it;

 

(b)                                 in the case of a non-customer claim, not make (and procure that each member of the Purchasers’ Group shall not make) any admission of liability, agreement or compromise with any person, body or authority in relation to that non-customer claim without prior written approval of the Sellers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and, subject to the Purchasers or the relevant member of the Purchasers’ Group being indemnified by the Sellers against all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred in respect of that non-customer claim:

 

(i)                  take (and procure that each member of the Purchasers’ Group shall take) such action as to avoid, resist, dispute, appeal, compromise or defend such non-customer claim as the Sellers shall reasonably require in writing;

 

(ii)     allow (or, as appropriate, procure that the relevant member of the Purchasers’ Group shall allow) the Sellers, if they wish, to take over the conduct of all proceedings and/or negotiations of whatsoever nature arising in connection with the non-customer claim (in which event the relevant Seller(s) shall keep the Purchasers reasonably informed about the status and progress of the matter concerned) and shall not make (and shall procure that each member of the Sellers’ Group shall not make) any admission of liability, agreement or compromise with any person, body or authority in relation to that non-customer claim without first having consulted with the Purchasers in relation to it and having regard to any reasonable comments made by any of them, in each case to the extent reasonably practicable;

 

(iii)    provide (or procure that the relevant member of the Purchasers’ Group shall provide) such co-operation, information and assistance as the Sellers may reasonably require in connection with the preparation of or and conduct of any proceedings and/or negotiations relating to that non-customer claim.

 

9



 

7.2                                 If any of the Purchasers makes a Non-Tax Claim against the Sellers or notifies the Sellers of any customer claim or non-customer claim which might lead to such a Non-Tax Claim being made, the Purchaser shall:

 

(a)                                  make available to accountants and other representatives appointed by the Sellers such access to the personnel, records and information of that Target Company as the Sellers reasonably request in connection with such Non-Tax Claim, non-customer claim or customer claim; and

 

(b)                                 to the extent reasonably requested by the Sellers, use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the auditors (both past and then current) relating to any relevant Target Company make available their audit working papers in respect of audits of the accounts of that Target Company for any accounting period relevant to such Claim, non-customer claim or customer claim.

 

7.3                                 Without prejudice to the Purchasers’ general obligation at law to mitigate any loss or damage which they may suffer in consequence of any breach of the terms of this agreement or to the provisions of Schedule 3, the Purchasers shall not, by reason of any breach of the terms of this clause 7, be precluded from bringing any Non-Tax Claims against the Sellers but no Seller shall be liable in respect of the relevant Non-Tax Claim to the extent that the amount of it is increased, or is not reduced, as a result of any such breach.

 

8.                                      NO RIGHTS OF RESCISSION OR TERMINATION

 

Subject to clause 6.5, the sole remedy of the Purchasers for any breach of any of the Warranties or any warranty or representation in any other Transaction Document by the Sellers or any member of the Sellers’ Group shall be an action for damages.  The Purchasers shall not be entitled to rescind or terminate this agreement in any circumstances whatsoever (whether before or after Closing), other than pursuant to any such rights which arise in respect of fraudulent misrepresentation or under clause 6.5.

 

9.                                      POST-CLOSING UNDERTAKINGS

 

9.1                                 In relation to Inter-Company Trading Amounts, within 30 days of the Closing Date:

 

(a)                                  the Purchasers shall procure that any Inter-Company Trading Amount which is owed at Closing to any member of the Sellers’ Group is paid to the relevant member of the Sellers’ Group; such payments shall be made in accordance with clause 17.1; and

 

(b)                                 the Sellers shall procure that any Inter-Company Trading Amount which is owed at Closing by any member of the Sellers’ Group is paid to the relevant Target Company; such payments shall be made in accordance with clause 17.2.

 

10



 

9.2                                 Following Closing:

 

(a)                                  without prejudice to clause 16.4, the Sellers shall procure that midiData Spedition GmbH changes its name to a name which does not include the “midiData” name nor any name that is confusingly similar to it ;

 

(b)                                 the Purchasers shall procure that SIRVA Netherlands BV changes its name to a name which does not include the “SIRVA” name nor any name that is confusingly similar to it;

 

(c)                                  the Purchasers shall procure that North American (U.K.) Limited changes its name to a name which does not include the “North American” name; and

 

(d)                                 to the extent that such information has not already been provided by the Target Companies prior to Closing, the Purchasers shall procure that the Target Companies provide month end and year end reports and financial information, in a form consistent with the accounting principles, policies, treatments, practices and categorisations used in the reports submitted in respect of the relevant Target Company for the purpose of the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of SIRVA, Inc. and its affiliates for the year ended 31 December 2003, for the preparation of the consolidated accounts of SIRVA, Inc for the periods in respect of which such information has yet to be provided prior to Closing (the Sellers undertake to indemnify the Purchasers Group against any reasonable Costs suffered or incurred by the Purchasers’ Group in relation to the provision of such information after Closing).

 

10.                               GUARANTEES AND OTHER THIRD PARTY ASSURANCES

 

10.1                           The Purchasers shall, and shall procure that the Purchasers’ Group shall, use all reasonable endeavours (short of actual payment of any monies or the substitution of the guarantee of any person other than a member of the Purchasers’ Group) to procure that at, or as soon as reasonably practicable after, Closing each member of the Sellers’ Group is released in full from all Third Party Assurances listed in Error! Reference source not found. given by such company in respect of obligations of any Target Company.  The Sellers shall procure that all members of the Sellers’ Group provide all assistance reasonably requested by the Purchasers in respect of such release.

 

10.2                           The Sellers shall at Closing, or as soon as practicable after becoming aware of the relevant matter (whichever is later), procure the release of the Target Companies from any guarantee, indemnity, counter-indemnity or letter of comfort of any nature whatsoever given to a third party by a Target Company in respect of any obligation of a member of the Sellers’ Group (if any) and pending such release the Sellers undertake with the Purchasers (each for themselves and on behalf of each of the Target Companies) to indemnify the Purchasers and the Target Companies against any and all costs arising after Closing under or by reason of that guarantee, indemnity, counter-indemnity and/or letter of comfort (whether as a result of any breach by a member of the Sellers’ Group after Closing of its obligations or otherwise).

 

11.                               INSURANCE

 

11.1                           Subject to the remainder of this clause 11, upon Closing, all insurance cover for the Target Companies themselves provided in relation to North American (UK)

 

11



 

Limited and its employees, assets and operations shall cease (and the Purchasers acknowledge that the Sellers shall be entitled to make arrangements with the relevant insurer(s) accordingly) and neither North American (UK) Limited nor any member of the Purchasers’ Group shall notify or pursue any claims under any such cover after Closing.

 

11.2                           Any claims already notified to the relevant insurer by or on behalf of North American (UK) Limited in accordance with the terms of the relevant policy prior to Closing may be pursued after Closing on the terms of this clause 11.  North American (UK) Limited shall also be entitled, not later than two years after Closing (or at any later date if the Sellers have consented in writing to such specific notification), to notify claims in relation to insured events arising before Closing to the relevant insurer in accordance with the terms of the applicable policy and any such claim may then be pursued.

 

11.3                           At Closing, the Purchasers undertake to have obtained adequate insurance coverage for the employees, assets and operations of North American (UK) Limited for risks that would normally be insured against by a reasonable person carrying on a business which is the same or equivalent to the business carried on by that entity as of the date of this agreement, in the same locations, having regard to the provisions of this clause 11 where and to the extent applicable.

 

11.4                           Subject to clause 11.5, the Sellers and the Purchasers agree that any claims which are allowed to be pursued under clause 11.2 in respect of North American (UK) Limited shall be administered and collected by the Sellers’ claims administrators on behalf of North American (UK) Limited.  The Purchasers undertake to the Sellers to indemnify the Sellers’ Group against any reasonable Costs (including, in respect of management time, only direct costs of time reasonably provided by senior management (defined as director level and above) of the Sellers or their Affiliates, properly invoiced) and any tax on receipt of the proceeds suffered or incurred by the Sellers’ Group in relation to any such claims.  The Sellers agree to progress such claims with reasonable diligence and in accordance with the reasonable instructions of the Purchasers and to keep the Purchasers informed (as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving the information concerned) of all relevant information in relation to such claims.  The Purchasers shall co-operate with the Sellers to assist the Sellers as they may reasonably request in connection with any such claims.  The Purchasers shall be entitled to be paid any proceeds actually received under the relevant insurance policies (after deducting any sums, in respect of which the Sellers’ Group are required to be indemnified under this clause to the extent not previously reimbursed).

 

11.5                           If the Sellers fail to comply with their obligations under clause 11.4 in respect of any particular insurance claim, then the Purchasers shall be entitled to take conduct of such claim and the provisions of clause 11.4 shall cease to apply in respect of it (save that the Seller shall continue to be entitled to indemnification in respect of that claim under the terms of clause 11.4 in respect of any action taken or Losses incurred in accordance with clause 11.4.

 

11.6                           For a period of seven years following Closing, the Purchasers shall not (and shall procure that North American (UK) Limited and its successors do not) dispose of

 

12



 

or destroy any information relating to the relevant insurance policies at, claims and matters giving rise to the claims and upon reasonable request of the Sellers allow them full access to (and the right, to take copies of) such insurance information.

 

12.                               RETIREMENT BENEFITS

 

Interim Period

 

12.1                           Subject to the agreement of the trustees of the DB Scheme and the EPP (as appropriate) and the approval of the Inland Revenue and any other relevant regulatory agency, the Sellers undertake to use reasonable endeavours to procure that the trustees of the DB Scheme and the EPP (as appropriate) will, and the Purchasers undertake to assist the Sellers where reasonably necessary, to do, by no later than the end of the Interim Period, all things necessary in accordance with the governing documentation of each of the DB Scheme and the EPP, including at the Sellers’ own expense (including the reasonably incurred fees or expenses of the Purchaser or its advisers) the completion and execution of all necessary documents and notification of the Inland Revenue and any other relevant regulatory agency, to arrange for the completion of the substitution of North American (UK) Limited by the New Principal Employer as principal employer in relation to each of the DB Scheme and the EPP and in any event to arrange for the following to be completed by no later then the end of the Interim Period:

 

(a)                                  the execution of a Deed of Substitution, one each in respect of each of the DB Scheme and the EPP, and

 

(b)                                 the notification by the Sellers of the substitution of North American Van Lines (UK) Limited by the New Principal Employer as principal employer in respect of each of the DB Scheme and the EPP to the Inland Revenue and any other relevant regulatory authority.

 

12.2                           The Sellers and the Purchasers agree that the Deed of Substitution in relation to the DB Scheme will include terms providing to the following effect (all with effect on and from Completion):

 

(a)                                  the New Principal Employer will agree with the trustees of the DB Scheme to assume the obligations of North American (UK) Limited as principal employer of the DB Scheme, and North American (UK) Limited will cease to be the principal employer of the DB Scheme with effect on and from that date;

 

(b)                                 all rights, powers and duties vested in North American (UK) Limited as principal employer of the DB Scheme shall be transferred to the New Principal Employer, which will assume responsibility for the future exercise and for all liability arising out of the past exercise of those rights powers and duties, and North American Van Lines (UK) Limited shall have no interest obligation or liability in respect of those rights powers and duties and their past and future exercise;

 

(c)                                  North American (UK) Limited will irrevocably agree with the New Principal Employer that the New Principal Employer shall have the benefit of all its rights, powers, discretions and benefits under or in connection with the DB

 

13



 

Scheme.  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, North American (UK) Limited will irrevocably agree with the New Principal Employer that, in connection with the DB Scheme, it will:

 

(i)                  exercise no right, power or discretion conferred on it under or in connection with the DB Scheme or its trustees (including in particular any power of amendment or to change the trustees) without the prior written consent of the New Principal Employer, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;

 

(ii)               exercise each right power or discretion conferred on it under or in connection with the DB Scheme or its trustee (including in particular any power of amendment or to change the trustees) as directed from time to time upon receipt of reasonable written notice by the New Principal Employer; and

 

(iii)            from time to time execute all such deeds, documents, agreements, consents or approvals for the purpose of complying with its obligations under sub-paragraphs (a) or (b) above as may be reasonably considered necessary or desirable by the New Principal Employer;

 

(d)                                 North American (UK) Limited will irrevocably appoint the New Principal Employer as its attorney to execute (in the name of North American (UK) Limited or otherwise) from time to time any of the deeds, documents, agreements, consents or approvals specified in clause 12.2(c) above;

 

(e)                                  North American (UK) Limited will irrevocably agree with the New Principal Employer that:

 

(i)                  it will as soon as reasonably possible pass to the New Principal Employer all information under or in connection with or relating to the DB Scheme that it receives;

 

(ii)               it will from time to time provide the New Principal Employer with all information within its power or control relating to the DB Scheme that the New Principal Employer may reasonably request;

 

(iii)            it will treat all matters relating to the DB Scheme as confidential, unless it is required to disclose any matters by law; and

 

(iv)           it will not at any time in any way promote, support or assist any employee or ex-employee of any of the Target Companies who is or has been a member of the DB Scheme in connection with any challenge to the Deeds of Substitution (whether with a view to having its terms amended or set aside or otherwise);

 

(f)                                    the New Principal Employer may exercise the authorities and discretions conferred on it under or in connection with the DB Scheme (whether by the Deed of Substitution or otherwise) in its absolute unfettered discretion and in its own interests; and

 

14



 

(g)                                 North American (UK) Limited will irrevocably assign to the New Principal Employer both (a) the benefit of any payment that it may receive from the trustees of the DB Scheme and (b) any other advantage of a financial nature that it may derive under or in connection with the DB Scheme.

 

12.3                           The Sellers and the Purchasers agree that if the Deed of Substitution in respect of the DB Scheme is not agreed by the DB Scheme trustees or the Inland Revenue (or is otherwise found to be invalid), the New Principal Employer and North American (UK) Limited shall promptly execute a deed that provides to the effect described in sub-clauses 12.2(c)-(g) above, with effect on and from Completion.  Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this clause 12, the following shall apply:

 

(a)                                  the Sellers will use their best endeavours, and the Sellers undertake to use their best endeavours to procure that the trustees of the DB Scheme will undertake, and the Purchasers undertake to assist the Sellers where reasonably necessary, to complete the winding up of the DB Scheme as soon as reasonably practicable after Completion; and

 

(b)                                 the Sellers will use their best endeavours to ensure that no action is taken at any time by any of the Sellers or as far as possible by any of the trustees of the DB Scheme or any of the trustees of the EPP which would or might have the effect of imposing any new, additional or increased liability upon any of the Purchasers.

 

13.                               DB SCHEME LIABILITIES

 

The Sellers undertake to the Purchasers for the benefit of themselves and as trustee and agent for the Target Companies (the Indemnified Persons) to indemnify the Indemnified Persons, against all liabilities, losses, demands, payments, costs and expenses (including without limitation all reasonable legal and other professional costs) (the DB Scheme Liabilities) incurred, suffered or payable by the Indemnified Persons in connection (either directly or indirectly) with the DB Scheme including without limitation in connection with each of the following in relation to it:

 

(a)                                  Any liability to make any contribution or payment to or in respect of the DB Scheme including without limitation any such contribution or payment arising under or in connection with any of the following:

 

(i)                  section 75 of the Pensions Act 1995 or any liability of any of the Indemnified Persons (or any other person or body in connection with or an associate of the Indemnified Persons) arising from the application of the provisions of the Pensions Act 2004 (including without limitation sections 38 to 51 inclusive) when they are enacted, and/or any other applicable legislation coming into force after Completion and whether amended consolidated or re-enacted or on any other basis and whether before or after the date of Completion; and

 

(ii)               any document related to the DB Scheme including without limitation the DB Scheme’s definitive trust deed and rules dated 1 July 1991 and any subsequent amendments;

 

15



 

(b)                                 The winding up of the DB Scheme;

 

(c)                                  Any breaches of regulatory compliance or administration of the DB Scheme or any failure to administer the DB Scheme in accordance with all applicable legislation including without limitation the provisions of the Pensions Act 1995 and the Pension Schemes Act 1993;

 

(d)                                 Any claim by any employee or ex-employee of the Target Companies (or any dependant of such an employee) in relation to or in connection with the DB Scheme including without limitation any claim arising out of the failure of any of the Target Companies to notify any person of his right to join, or apply to join the DB Scheme or arising out of the exclusion of any person from membership of the DB Scheme or from any of the benefits under it in contravention of Article 141 of the Treaty of Rome, section 62 Pensions Act 1995, the Part-time Workers (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2000 (SI 1551/2000) or the Fixed Term Employees (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2002 (SI 2002/2034) or other similar Applicable Law; and

 

(e)                                  The equalisation of benefits as between men and women in accordance with the decision in Barber v Guardian Royal Exchange including without limitation in relation to guaranteed minimum pensions.

 

14.                               STAKEHOLDER

 

The Sellers undertake to the Purchasers for the benefit of themselves and as trustee and agent for the Target Companies (the Indemnified Persons) to indemnify the Indemnified Persons, against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands and costs (including without limitation any fine imposed by the Occupational Pensions Regulatory Authority (“OPRA”) and any costs incurred by the Indemnified Persons arising from the designation by and facilitation of access to a stakeholder pension scheme by any of the Target Companies after Completion) directly or indirectly from any failure by the Sellers and/or any of the Target Companies to comply with the Target Companies’ obligations relating to stakeholder pension schemes under the Welfare Reform and Pensions Act 1999 the Personal Pension Schemes (Payments by Employers) Regulations 2000 (SI 2000/2692) and the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

 

15.                               TAX

 

15.1                           The Sellers and the Purchasers shall, with effect from Closing, comply with the provisions of Error! Reference source not found..

 

15.2                           All sums payable under this agreement shall be paid free and clear of all deductions or withholdings whatsoever save only as provided in this agreement or as may be required by law.

 

15.3                           All sums payable under this agreement are (unless expressly stated otherwise) exclusive of any applicable VAT.

 

16



 

16.                               PROTECTIVE COVENANTS POST-CLOSING

 

16.1                           The Sellers undertake with the Purchasers that the Sellers shall not (and shall procure that each other member of the Sellers’ Group shall not):

 

(a)                                  carry on or be engaged in any Competing Business in the Protected Territories during a period of three years after the Closing Date;

 

(b)                                 except in the circumstances referred to in clause 19.3, disclose to any other person any confidential information to the extent that it relates to the business or affairs of any Target Company or use such information to the detriment of the business or affairs of any Target Company.

 

For this purpose:

 

(c)                                  Competing Business means a business which competes with the Business, as such Business is carried on by any Target Company at the Closing Date;

 

(d)                                 Protected Territories means the United Kingdom, Germany and the Netherlands and any other territory in which any Target Company has provided services, either directly or through sub-contractors, at any time during the 12 months preceding the date of this agreement or between the date of this agreement and Closing.

 

16.2                           Nothing in this clause 16 shall prevent, after Closing, any member of the Sellers’ Group from:

 

(a)                                  owning for investment purposes securities in any company dealt in on a stock exchange national market or inter-dealer quotation system and not exceeding 5 per cent. in nominal value of the securities of that class in such company; or

 

(b)                                 acquiring any one or more companies and/or businesses (taken together, the Acquired Business) and subsequently carrying on or being engaged in the Acquired Business where its activities include carrying on or being engaged in a business which is a Competing Business (the Acquired Competing Business), provided that the Acquired Competing Business represents not more than 5 per cent. of the Acquired Business as a whole, or, if lower, €20,000,000 (measured in terms of turnover in its last accounting year) or such other amount as is agreed by SIRVA UK and Wincanton Holdings in writing; or

 

(c)                                  performing its obligations under this agreement or the Hive-out Agreement and/or under any other agreement which it may enter into with a member of the Purchasers’ Group.

 

For the purposes of clause 16.2, transactions undertaken by different members of the Sellers’ Group shall be aggregated and treated as undertaken by a single member.

 

16.3                           The Sellers undertake to the Purchasers that the Sellers shall not (and shall procure that each other member of the Sellers’ Group shall not) within a period of 3 years after the Closing Date, actively solicit or endeavour to entice away from any Target Company or any member of the Purchasers’ Group any person who was employed by any Target Company in an executive or senior managerial capacity on

 

17



 

the Closing Date.  This clause 16.3 shall not prevent any member of the Sellers’ Group from employing any person who:

 

(a)                                  responds to a bona fide public advertisement for the relevant vacancy placed by or on behalf of the relevant member of the Sellers’ Group; or

 

(b)                                 is made redundant or whose employment is terminated after Closing by any member of the Purchasers’ Group.

 

16.4                           The Sellers undertake to the Purchasers that they (and each other member of the Seller’s Group and each of the Guarantor’s Affiliates) shall, following Closing cease to use the “midiData” name or any confusingly similar variation or representation thereof.

 

16.5                           Each undertaking contained in this clause 16 shall be construed as a separate and independent undertaking and, while the restrictions set out in this clause are considered by the parties to be reasonable in all the circumstances, it is agreed that if any one or more of such restrictions shall be adjudged (either taken by itself or together) to go beyond what is reasonable in all the circumstances for the protection of the Purchasers’ legitimate interests but would be adjudged reasonable if any particular restriction or restrictions were deleted or any part or parts of the wording thereof were deleted, restricted or limited in any particular manner (including without limitation any reduction in their duration or geographical scope) then the said restrictions shall apply with such deletions, restrictions or limitation as the case may be.

 

16.6                           Each Seller agrees that, having regard to the facts and matters set out above and having taken professional advice, the restrictions contained in this clause 16 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the legitimate business interests of the Purchasers.

 

17.                               PAYMENTS

 

17.1                           Any payment to be made pursuant to this agreement by the Purchasers or any member of the Purchasers’ Group shall be made to the Sellers’ Bank Account (or such other account as is nominated by the Sellers in writing to the Purchasers) in immediately available funds by electronic transfer in the relevant currency on the due date for payment, or such other account as the Sellers shall nominate in writing.  SIRVA UK agrees to pay each member of the Sellers’ Group that part of each payment to which it is entitled.  Receipt of such sums in the relevant bank account shall be an effective discharge of the obligation of the Purchasers or any member of the Purchasers’ Group to pay such sums to the Sellers or a member of the Sellers’ Group, as the case may be, and neither the Purchasers nor any member of the Purchasers’ Group shall be concerned to see to the application or be answerable for loss or misapplication of such amount.

 

17.2                           Any payment to be made pursuant to this agreement by the Sellers or any member of the relevant Sellers’ Group shall be made to the Purchasers’ Bank Account (or such other account as is nominated by the Purchasers in writing to the Sellers) in immediately available funds by electronic transfer in the relevant currency on the due date for payment, or such other account as the Purchasers shall nominate in writing. 

 

18



 

Wincanton Holdings agrees to pay each member of the Purchasers’ Group that part of each payment to which it is entitled.  Receipt of such sums in the relevant bank account shall be an effective discharge of the obligation of the Sellers or any member of the relevant Sellers’ Group to pay such sums to the Purchasers or a member of the Purchasers’ Group, as the case may be, and neither the Sellers nor any member of the relevant Sellers’ Group shall be concerned to see to the application or be answerable for loss or misapplication of such amount.

 

17.3                           If any sum due for payment under or in accordance with this agreement is not paid on the due date (the Due Date), the person in default shall pay Default Interest on that sum (the Due Sum) from but excluding the Due Date to and including the date of actual payment calculated on a daily basis.

 

18.                               ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

18.1                           After the Closing Date, neither the Sellers nor the Purchasers shall make or issue any public announcement, circular or disclosure in connection with the existence or the subject matter of this agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents (and the Sellers and the Purchasers shall procure that none of their Affiliates make or issue any such announcement, circular or disclosure) in each case without the prior written approval of the other (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) provided that the Sellers and the Purchasers shall be permitted to include references to the existence or the subject matter of this agreement in any filings which or financial statements they are required to make or file after a period of one year from the date of this agreement.

 

18.2                           The restriction in clause 18.1 shall not apply to the extent that the announcement or disclosure is required by law or by any stock exchange or governmental or other regulatory or supervisory body or authority of competent jurisdiction to whose rules the party making the announcement or disclosure is subject, whether or not having the force of law.  Where any announcement or disclosure is made in reliance on this exception, the party making the announcement or disclosure shall use its reasonable endeavours to consult with the other party in advance as to the form, content and timing of any such announcement or disclosure.

 

19.                               CONFIDENTIALITY

 

19.1                           For the purposes of this clause 19:

 

(a)                                  Confidential Information means:

 

(i)                  (in relation to the obligations of the Purchasers under this clause 19) any information received or held by the Purchasers (or any of their Representatives) where such information relates to the Sellers’ Group or, prior to Closing, any of the Target Companies; or

 

(ii)               (in relation to the obligations of the Sellers under this clause 19) any information received or held by the Sellers (or any of their Representatives) where such information relates to the Purchasers’ Group or, following Closing, any of the Target Companies; and

 

19



 

(iii)            information relating to the provisions and subject matter of, and negotiations leading to, this agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

 

and includes not only written information but information transferred or obtained orally, visually, electronically or by any other means;

 

(b)                                 Representatives means, in relation to a party, its respective Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, external legal advisers, accountants, consultants and financial advisers of that party and/or of its respective Affiliates.

 

19.2                           Each of the Sellers and the Purchasers undertakes that it shall (and shall procure that each of its Representatives and their respective Guarantor’s Representatives shall) maintain Confidential Information in confidence and not disclose that Confidential Information to any person except as permitted by this clause 19 or with the prior written approval of the other party.

 

19.3                           The confidentiality obligation under clause 19.2 shall not apply if and to the extent that the Sellers or the Purchasers (as the case may be) can demonstrate that:

 

(a)                                  such disclosure is required by law or regulation or by any stock exchange or any regulatory, governmental or antitrust body (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tax authority) having applicable jurisdiction (provided that, in such circumstances, the disclosing party shall first inform the Purchaser or the Sellers (as applicable) of its intention to disclose such information and take into account the reasonable comments of the other party to the extent that they are made within the necessary timeframe);

 

(b)                                 save in respect of Confidential Information to the extent that it relates to the Target Companies or their businesses and is in the possession of the Sellers or their Representatives prior to Closing, the Confidential Information concerned was lawfully in the relevant party’s possession or the possession of any of its Representatives (in either case as evidenced by written records) and not subject to any obligation of secrecy on its part prior to its being received or held as described in clause 19.2;

 

(c)                                  the Confidential Information concerned has come into the public domain other than through its fault (or that of its Representatives) or the fault of any person to whom such Confidential Information has been disclosed in accordance with this clause 19.3; or

 

(d)                                 the disclosure is required for the purpose of any arbitral or judicial proceedings arising out of this agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

19.4                           Each of the Sellers and the Purchasers undertakes that it (and its Affiliates) shall only disclose Confidential Information to Representatives if it is reasonably required for the purposes of exercising the rights or performing the obligations under this agreement or the other Transaction Documents and only if the Representatives are informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information.

 

20



 

19.5                           If this agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms, the Purchasers shall as soon as practicable on request by the Sellers:

 

(a)                                  return to the Sellers all written documents and other materials relating to the Sellers or any Target Company or the subject matter of this agreement (including any Confidential Information) which have been provided to each of the Purchasers (or its Representatives) by the Sellers (or their Representatives) without keeping any copies thereof;

 

(b)                                 destroy all information or other documents derived from such Confidential Information; and

 

(c)                                  so far as it is practicable to do so, expunge such Confidential Information from any computer, word processor or other device.

 

19.6                           The provisions of this clause 19 shall survive termination and/or Closing of this agreement.

 

20.                               ASSIGNMENT

 

20.1                           No party shall (nor shall it purport to) assign, transfer, charge or otherwise deal with all or any of its rights under this agreement nor grant, declare, create or dispose of any right or interest in it without the prior written consent of the other party.  Any purported assignment in contravention of this clause 20 shall be void.

 

21.                               FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

21.1                           Each of the Sellers and the Purchasers agrees, for a period of 6 months from the Closing Date, to execute (or procure the execution of) such further documents as may be required by law or as may be necessary to implement and give effect to this agreement.

 

21.2                           In the absence of specific agreement to the contrary, each party shall be responsible for its own costs and expenses (including, for the avoidance of doubt, those of its Affiliates) incurred in giving effect to the provisions of clause 21.1.

 

22.                               COSTS

 

22.1                           Subject to clause 22.2 and except as otherwise provided in this agreement, each of the Sellers and the Purchasers shall be responsible for its own costs, charges and other expenses (including those of their Affiliates) incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, entering into and completion of this agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

22.2                           The Purchasers or their Affiliates shall bear:

 

(a)                                  all stamp, notarisation fees or other documentary or transaction duties, stamp duty reserve tax and any other transfer taxes arising as a result of this agreement or of any of the other Transaction Documents or of their respective implementation; and

 

21



 

(b)                                 all fees and expenses in connection with any submissions, notifications or filings made in relation to the fulfilment of the Conditions.

 

23.                               NOTICES

 

23.1                           Any notice or other communication to be given by any party to any other party under, or in connection with, this agreement shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the party giving it.  It shall be served by sending it by fax to the number set out in clause 23.2, or delivering it by hand, or sending it by pre-paid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post, to the address set out in clause 23.2 and in each case marked for the attention of the relevant party set out in clause 23.2 (or as otherwise notified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this clause 23).  Any notice so served by hand, fax or post shall be deemed to have been duly given:

 

(a)                                  in the case of delivery by hand, when delivered;

 

(b)                                 in the case of fax, at the time of transmission;

 

(c)                                  in the case of prepaid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post, at 10am on the second Business Day following the date of posting

 

provided that in each case where delivery by hand or by fax occurs after 6pm on a Business Day or at any time on a day which is not a Business Day, service shall be deemed to occur at 9am on the next following Business Day.

 

References to time in this clause are to local time at the address to which the relevant notice is sent.

 

23.2                           The addresses and fax numbers of the parties for the purpose of clause 23.1 are as follows:

 

Sellers

 

Address:

 

c/o SIRVA UK LIMITED

 

 

Heritage House

 

 

345 Southbury Road

 

 

Enfield

 

 

Middlesex

 

 

EN1 1UP

 

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

Fax:

 

+44-208-219-8005

 

 

 

For the attention of:

 

Michael Kingston

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

c/o SIRVA, Worldwide Inc.

 

 

700 Oakmont Drive

 

 

Westmont

 

 

Illinois 60559

 

 

USA

 

 

 

Fax:

 

+1630-468-4761

 

 

 

For the attention of:

 

General Counsel

 

22



 

Purchaser

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

c/o Wincanton Holdings Limited

 

 

Cale House

 

 

Station Road

 

 

Wincanton

 

 

Somerset BA99 9AD

 

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

Fax:

 

+44 1963 828406

 

 

 

For the attention of:

 

Company Secretary

 

23.3                           A party may notify any other party to this agreement of a change to its name, relevant addressee, address or fax number for the purposes of this clause 23, provided that such notice shall only be effective on:

 

(a)                                  the date specified in the notice as the date on which the change is to take place; or

 

(b)                                 if no date is specified or the date specified is less than five Business Days after the date on which notice is given, the date which is the fifth Business Day after notice of any change has been given.

 

23.4                           In proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing such notice was properly addressed and delivered either to the address shown thereon or into the custody of the postal authorities as a pre-paid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post letter, or that the notice was transmitted by fax to the fax number of the relevant party set out in this clause 23 (or as otherwise notified under it).

 

23.5                           The parties agree that the provisions of this clause 23 shall not apply to the service of any writ, summons, order, judgment or other document relating to or in connection with any arbitration proceedings.

 

23.6                           All notices, demands, requests, statements, certificates or other communications under this agreement shall be in English unless otherwise agreed in writing.

 

24.                               CONFLICT WITH OTHER AGREEMENTS

 

24.1                           In the event of any conflict between this agreement and any other agreement relating to the Proposed Transactions or any document delivered pursuant to Error! Reference source not found., this agreement shall prevail (as between the parties to

 

23



 

this agreement and as between any other members of the Sellers’ Group and the Purchasers’ Group) unless: (i) such other agreement or document expressly states that it (or any part of it) overrides this agreement in any respect and the Sellers and the Purchaser are either also parties to that other agreement or otherwise expressly agree in writing that such other agreement shall override this agreement in that respect; or (ii) the contrary is expressly provided elsewhere in this agreement.

 

25.                               ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

25.1                           This agreement and the other Transaction Documents together set out the entire agreement and understanding between the parties in respect of the sale and purchase of the Shares.  This agreement supersedes all prior agreements, understandings or arrangements (whether oral or written) relating to the sale and purchase of the Shares which shall cease to have any further force or effect.  It is agreed that:

 

(a)                                  no party has entered into this agreement or any other Transaction Document in reliance upon, nor shall any party have any claim or remedy in respect of, any statement, representation, warranty, undertaking, assurance, collateral contract or other provision made by or on behalf of any other party (or any of its Representatives) which is not expressly set out in this agreement or any other Transaction Document;

 

(b)                                 any terms or conditions which may be implied by law in any jurisdiction in relation to the Proposed Transactions shall be excluded or, if incapable of exclusion, any rights or remedies in relation to them shall be irrevocably waived;

 

(c)                                  the only right or remedy of a party in relation to any statement, representation, warranty, undertaking, assurance, collateral contract or other provision set out in this agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be for breach of this agreement or the relevant Transaction Document to the exclusion of all other rights and remedies; and

 

(d)                                 except for any liability which a party (or any of its Representatives) has under or in respect of any breach of this agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, no party (or any of its Representatives) shall owe any duty of care or have any liability in tort or otherwise to any other party (or its respective Representatives) in respect of, arising out of, or in any way relating to the Proposed Transactions;

 

provided that this clause shall not exclude any liability for (or remedy in respect of) fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

The agreements and undertakings in this clause 25 are given by each party on its own behalf and as agent for each of its Representatives.  Each party acknowledges that the other party gives such agreements and undertakings as agent with the full knowledge and authority of each of its Representatives.

 

24



 

26.                               WAIVERS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

26.1                           Except as otherwise provided in this agreement, no failure or delay by any party in exercising any right or remedy provided by law or under or pursuant to this agreement or any of the Transaction Documents shall impair such right or remedy or operate or be construed as a waiver or variation of it or preclude its exercise at any subsequent time and no single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy shall preclude any further exercise of it or the exercise of any other remedy.

 

26.2                           Each party to this agreement may, in whole or in part, release, compound, compromise, waive or postpone, in its absolute discretion, any liability owed to it or right granted to it in this agreement by any other party or parties without in any way prejudicing or affecting its rights in respect of that or any other liability or right to the extent in each case not so released, compounded, compromised, waived or postponed.

 

26.3                           The rights and remedies of the Purchasers under this agreement shall not be affected, and the Sellers’ liabilities under this agreement shall not, subject to compliance with the notice requirements in Error! Reference source not found. of this agreement, be released, discharged or impaired, by the expiry of any limitation period prescribed by law.

 

27.                               GENERAL

 

27.1                           This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties to it on separate counterparts, each of which is an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

27.2                           No amendment, variation or waiver of this agreement (or of any of the other Transaction Documents) shall be valid unless it is in writing and duly executed by or on behalf of all of the parties to it.  The expression variation shall include any variation, supplement, deletion or replacement howsoever effected.  Unless expressly agreed, no variation shall constitute a general waiver of any provision of this agreement, nor shall it affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under or pursuant to this agreement which have already accrued up to the date of variation, and the rights and obligations under or pursuant to this agreement shall remain in full force and effect except and only to the extent that they are so varied.

 

27.3                           Each of the provisions of this agreement and the other Transaction Documents is severable.  If any such provision is held to be or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction:

 

(a)                                  so far as it is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, it shall be given no effect and shall be deemed not to be included in this agreement or the relevant Transaction Document but it shall not affect or impair the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provisions of this agreement or the relevant Transaction Document (or of the provisions of this agreement or other Transaction Document in any other jurisdiction); and

 

(b)                                 the parties shall use all reasonable endeavours to replace it with a valid and enforceable substitute provision or provisions satisfactory to any relevant competent authority but differing from the replaced provision as little as

 

25



 

possible and the effect of which is as close to the intended effect of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

27.4                           A person who is not a party to this agreement shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any of its terms.

 

27.5                           To the extent that an obligation in this agreement is expressed as an obligation of an identified Seller or Purchaser or obligation of each of the Sellers or, as the case may be, each of the Purchasers the liability of each Seller or Purchaser, as the case may be in respect of that obligation shall be several and each individual Seller or Purchaser shall only be liable in respect of its own breaches of it.  To the extent that any obligation in this agreement is expressed as an obligation of the Sellers or, as the case may be, of the Purchasers, the liability of Sellers or the Purchasers in respect of that obligation shall be joint and several.

 

27.6                           The Sellers hereby acknowledge and agree that SIRVA UK is authorised to agree to any matters referred to in this agreement on behalf of all of the Sellers, to perform all such acts as are required, authorised or contemplated by this agreement to be performed by the Sellers and to receive on behalf of the Sellers any notice given under this agreement by any Purchaser (receipt of such notice being good discharge of any obligation or requirement on the Purchasers to serve such notice on all Sellers).  Each Seller hereby authorises the Purchasers to rely on any notice given or action taken by SIRVA UK where it purports to act on behalf of the Sellers under this agreement.

 

27.7                           The Purchasers hereby acknowledge and agree that Wincanton Holdings is authorised to agree to any matters referred to in this agreement on behalf of all of the Purchasers, to perform all such acts as are required, authorised or contemplated by this agreement to be performed by the Purchasers and to receive on behalf of the Purchasers any notice given under this agreement by any of the Sellers (receipt of such notice being good discharge of any obligation or requirement on the Sellers to serve such notice on all Purchasers).  Each Purchaser hereby authorises the Sellers to rely on any notice given or action taken by Wincanton Holdings where it purports to act on behalf of the Purchasers under this agreement.

 

28.                               INTERPRETATION

 

28.1                           Words and expressions used in this agreement shall have the meanings set out in Schedule 1 unless the context requires otherwise.

 

28.2                           The Schedules comprise schedules to this agreement and form part of this agreement.

 

29.                               GUARANTEE

 

29.1                           In consideration of the Purchasers agreeing to buy the Shares on the terms of this agreement and in consideration of the Sellers agreeing to sell the Shares, Wincanton Holdings and the Sellers’ Guarantor respectively unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee:

 

26



 

(a)                                  the due, punctual and full performance by the Sellers and the Purchasers of all their obligations under this agreement;

 

(b)                                 the payment by the Sellers and the Purchasers when due of any amount payable under this agreement

 

as if the Sellers’ Guarantor and Wincanton Holdings were the principal obligor under this agreement and not merely a surety.

 

29.2                           The Sellers’ Guarantor shall indemnify the Purchasers against all reasonable costs which the Purchasers may pay or incur in collecting any amount payable by the Sellers or the Sellers’ Guarantor under this agreement.

 

29.3                           Wincanton Holdings shall indemnify the Sellers against all reasonable costs which the Sellers may pay or incur in collecting any amount payable by the Purchasers or Wincanton Holdings under this agreement.

 

29.4                           The guarantee set out in sub-clause 29.1 is a continuing guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect until all the obligations of the Sellers and of the Purchasers guaranteed by this clause have been discharged in full.  It is in addition to and shall not prejudice nor be prejudiced by any other guarantee, indemnity or other security or right against any third party which the Purchasers or Sellers may have for the due performance of these obligations.

 

29.5                           Before making any demand under sub-clause 29.1  a Purchaser or Seller shall make a written demand of the Sellers or the Purchasers (as the case may be) specifying the payment or obligation to be performed.  If the demand is not fully satisfied within 2 Business Days of its receipt by the Sellers or the Purchasers, a Purchaser or Seller shall be entitled to make written demand upon and proceed directly against the Sellers’ Guarantor or Wincanton Holdings (as the case may be) in respect of any specified payment or obligation which is due for performance and remains unsatisfied.

 

29.6                           Wincanton Holdings and the Sellers’ Guarantor acknowledge that their liability under this clause shall not be discharged or affected in any way by time or any other indulgence or concession being granted to the Purchasers or the Sellers or by any other act, omission, dealing, matter or thing whatsoever (including without limitation any change in the memorandum or articles of association of the Sellers, the Purchasers, Wincanton Holdings or the Sellers’ Guarantor, any amendment to this agreement or the liquidation, dissolution, reconstruction or amalgamation of the Purchasers, the Sellers or Wincanton Holdings or the Sellers’ Guarantor or the illegality or enforceability of this agreement) which but for this provision might operate to release Wincanton Holdings or the Sellers’ Guarantor from their obligations under this clause 27.

 

30.                               GOVERNING LAW & DISPUTES

 

30.1                           This agreement and the legal relationships established by or otherwise arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, English law.

 

27



 

30.2                           Save to the extent that the parties to the relevant Dispute (as defined below) agree otherwise in writing, the courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute, controversy or claim which arises out of or in connection with this agreement including the breach, termination or invalidity thereof and including any claims for set-off and counterclaims (Disputes) which may arise in connection with the creation, validity, effect, interpretation or performance of, or the legal relationships established by, this agreement or otherwise arising in connection with this agreement, and for such purposes irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

30.3                           Subject to clause 30.5 below, prior to commencing proceedings in relation to any particular Dispute, any of the Purchaser or the Sellers shall first serve formal written notice on the other party that the Dispute in question has arisen (Notice of Dispute).  The Notice of Dispute shall contain reasonable detail as to the material points of the Dispute, including, to the extent reasonably practicable in the context of the relevant Dispute, sufficient detail to enable the parties to reach an amicable settlement pursuant to the procedure set out in the remaining provisions of this clause 30.

 

30.4                           Following the service of a Notice of Dispute, the Sellers and the Purchasers shall use all reasonable endeavours to settle such Dispute amicably through negotiations between their respective authorised representatives within a period of thirty (30) days starting from the date of receipt of the Notice of Dispute by the relevant party.  The Sellers and the Purchasers may by agreement extend such thirty (30) day period and take all such other steps as they mutually agree will assist them in reaching an amicable settlement of the Dispute, which the parties acknowledge might include the joint appointment of a person who is an expert in the subject matter of the Dispute.  No party shall commence proceedings in relation to the Dispute which is the subject of the Notice of Dispute unless that Dispute has not been resolved by the signing of written terms of settlement by authorised representatives of both the relevant Sellers and the relevant Purchasers within such thirty (30) day period (or such longer period as may have been agreed between them).

 

30.5                           No party shall be required to serve a Notice of Dispute and comply with the provisions of clauses 30.3 and 30.4 in respect of a Dispute prior to commencing proceedings solely for the purpose of obtaining interlocutory relief or a mandatory injunction which is sought pending final disposition of the matter concerned as between the parties in relation to that Dispute.

 

AS WITNESS this agreement has been signed on behalf of the parties the day and year first before written.

 

28



 

SCHEDULE 11

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1.                                       In this agreement, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

Accounting Principles means the accounting principles, policies, treatments, practices and categorisations used in the reports submitted in respect of the relevant Target Company for the purpose of the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of SIRVA, Inc. and its affiliates for the year ended 31 December 2003.

 

Act means the Companies Act 1985;

 

Affiliate means in relation to any party, any subsidiary undertaking or parent undertaking of that party and any subsidiary undertaking of any such parent undertaking or subsidiary undertaking, in each case from time to time;

 

Aggregate Adjusted Net Book Value means the aggregate book value of the assets of the Target Companies (including goodwill and intangible assets, but excluding Cash) less the aggregate amount of the liabilities of the Target Companies (excluding Financial Debt), in each case as at Closing;

 

Agreed Form means, in relation to a document, the form of that document which has been initialled on the date of this agreement for the purpose of identification by or on behalf of the Sellers and the Purchasers (in each case with such amendments as may be agreed by or on behalf of the Sellers and the Purchasers);

 

Agreed Form Documents means the following documents in the Agreed Form referred to in Error! Reference source not found.;

 

Annexes means annexes to any Schedule to this agreement, and Annex shall be construed accordingly;

 

Applicable Law means, with respect to any person, property, transaction, event or other matter, any law, rule statute, regulation, instrument, order, judgement, decree, treaty or other requirement having the force of law in any jurisdiction (collectively, the Law) relating or applicable to such person, property, transaction, event or other matter, to the extent that it so relates or is so applicable;

 

Business means the operation of the transportation network, including freight forwarding and installation activities, for high value products (including telecommunications, office products and medical products) carried on by the Target Companies in the Protected Territories (as defined in clause 16.1(d)) as of the date of this agreement, but excluding the following activities: records storage and management; household goods moving; commercial relocation (including office and industrial moving and installation); and employee relocation services (including mortgage and title services);

 

29



 

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in London for the transaction of normal banking business or, if applicable to an entity incorporated in a jurisdiction other than the United Kingdom, open for the transaction of normal banking business in that jurisdiction;

 

CAA means the Capital Allowances Act 2001

 

Cash means, in relation to each Target Company, the aggregate of its cash or cash equivalents in hand or credited to any account with any banking, financial, acceptance credit, lending or other similar institution or organisation, including all interest accrued thereon, as at Closing, as set out in the accounting records of that Target Company;

 

Claim means any claim for breach of Warranty and any claim under clauses 6.8, 13 or 14 or under the Tax Covenant;

 

Closing means completion of the sale and purchase of the Shares in accordance with the provisions of this agreement;

 

Closing Date has the meaning given in clause 5.1;

 

Closing Documents means the documents set out in Error! Reference source not found.;

 

Closing Statement has the meaning given in Error! Reference source not found.;

 

Conditions means the conditions to Closing set out in clause 3.1, and Condition means any of them;

 

Confidential Information has the meaning given in clause 19;

 

Costs means losses, damages, costs (including reasonable legal costs) and expenses (including taxation), in each case of any nature whatsoever;

 

Data Room means the Data Room relating to the Target Companies comprising the correspondence, contracts, agreements, licences, documents and other information made available to the Purchaser, and its advisers as included in the disclosure bundle in the Agreed Form;

 

DB Scheme has the meaning given in Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found.;

 

Debt Free/Cash Free Price has the meaning given in clause 2.1;

 

Deed of Substitution has the meaning given in Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found.;

 

Default Interest means interest at LIBOR plus 2 per cent.;

 

Disclosure Letter means the letter in the Agreed Form from the Sellers to the Purchasers executed and delivered immediately before the signing of this agreement;

 

30



 

Due Date has the meaning given in clause 17.3;

 

Due Sum has the meaning given in clause 17.3;

 

Employees means those individuals employed by any Target Company at the date of this agreement;

 

Encumbrance means any interest or equity of any person (including any right to acquire, option or right of pre-emption or conversion) or any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, hypothecation, security interest, title retention or any other security agreement or arrangement, or any agreement to create any of the above;

 

Environment means all or any of the following media, namely air (including the air within buildings or other natural or man-made structures above or below ground), water or land;

 

Environmental Laws means all international, European Union, national, state, federal, regional or local laws (including common law, statute law, civil and criminal law), which are in force and binding at the date of completion relating or pertaining to Environmental Matters, human health, comfort, safety or the welfare of any other living organism;

 

Environmental Matters means, in relation to the business of the Sellers and the Sites, all matters relating to the pollution or protection of the Environment;

 

Environmental Consents means any permit, licence, authorisation, approval, consent, filing requirement or registration from time to time necessary or desirable under or in relation to Environmental Laws relating to either the carrying on of the business of the Sellers or the Target Companies or the use of, or any activities or operations carried out at, any Site;

 

Environmental Report means the report dated 12 March 2004 carried out by DGMR Raadgevende Ingenieures BV in respect of noise emissions at the Venlo Property;

 

Environmental Warranties means the warranties set out in Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found.;

 

EPP has the meaning given in Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found.;

 

Estimated Cash means (subject to clause 2.4), in relation to each Target Company, the estimated Cash expressed in Euros attributable to that Target Company as at Closing, as shown in column 2 of the Annex to Error! Reference source not found.;

 

Estimated External Debt means (subject to clause 2.4), in relation to each Target Company, the estimated External Debt expressed in Euros attributable to that Target Company as at Closing, as shown in column 3 of the Annex to Error! Reference source not found.;

 

Exchange Rate means, with respect to a particular currency for a particular day, the spot rate of exchange (the closing mid-point) for that currency into Euros on such date

 

31



 

as published in the London edition of the Financial Times first published thereafter or, where no such rate is published in respect of that currency for such date, at the rate quoted by HSBC Bank as at the close of business in London on such date;

 

External Debt means, in relation to each Target Company, the aggregate of the Financial Debt owed by that Target Company, as shown by the accounting records of that Target Company as at Closing, to any banking, financial, acceptance credit, lending or other similar institution or organisation;

 

Final Share Price has the meaning given in clause 2.1;

 

Financial Adjustments means any adjustment(s) required in accordance with clause 2.2; and Financial Adjustment Provisions means the provisions of clause 2.2;

 

Financial Debt means borrowings and indebtedness in the nature of borrowing owed to any banking, financial, acceptance credit, lending or other similar institution or organisation;

 

German Company means midiData Logistik GmbH;

 

German Schemes has the meaning given in Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found.;

 

German Schemes Reserve means the book reserves set aside by the German Company in order to meet its ongoing liabilities under the German Schemes and which are proofed by the actuarial report of Schweizer Leben Pensions Management (Munich) on an annual basis;

 

Governmental Consents means, in relation to any Shares any consents, approvals, orders or authorisations from any Governmental Entity in relation to those Shares (except for those specified in clause 3.1) which are required to be obtained for the valid and effective transfer of such Shares to the Purchaser or a Purchaser;

 

Governmental Entity means, in relation to anywhere in the world, any supra-national, national, state, municipal or local government (including any subdivision, court, administrative agency or commission or other authority thereof) or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority, including the European Union;

 

group relief has the meaning given in the Tax Covenant;

 

Hive-Out means the transfer of certain leasehold property, undertaking rights and assets of North American (UK) Limited to Pickfords Limited pursuant to a hive out agreement dated 29 October 2004 (the Hive-Out Agreement);

 

Hive-Out Indemnities has the meaning given in clause 6.8;

 

holding company means any company which holds a majority of the voting rights in another company, or which is a member of another company and has the right to appoint or remove a majority of its board of directors, or which is a member of

 

32



 

another company and controls a majority of the voting rights in it under an agreement with other members;

 

ICTA means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988

 

Information Memorandum means the information memorandum relating to the Business a copy of which is in the Data Room;

 

Initial Cash Price means the cash price payable on Closing under clause 2.4 comprising the aggregate of the Initial Share Price in relation to each Set of Shares;

 

Initial Share Price has the meaning given in clause 2.4;

 

Institute of Chartered Accountants means the body of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales with its registered office at Chartered Accountants’ Hall, PO Box 433, Moorgate Place, London EC2P 2BJ;

 

Intellectual Property Rights or IPR means patents, trade marks, service marks, logos, get-up, trade names, internet domain names, rights in designs, copyright (including rights in computer software) and moral rights, database rights, semi-conductor topography rights, utility models, rights in know-how and other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including applications for registration, and all rights or forms of protection having equivalent or similar effect anywhere in the world;

 

Inter-Company Trading Amounts means all amounts owed, outstanding or accrued in the ordinary course of trading, including any VAT arising on such amounts, as between any member of the Sellers’ Group, on the one hand, and any Target Company, on the other hand or as at Closing in respect of inter-company trading activity between them and the provision of services, facilities and benefits; for the avoidance of doubt, Inter-Company Trading Amounts:

 

(a)                                  include, where applicable, amounts owed in respect of salaries or other employee benefits (including payroll taxes thereon but excluding any bonuses and related taxes), insurance (including health and motor insurance), pension and retirement benefit payments, management training and car rental payments paid or management services provided between them up to Closing; but

 

(b)                                 exclude amounts due in respect of matters which would in the ordinary course of the Business remain outstanding or otherwise have the characteristics of an intra-group loan and also exclude, except as aforesaid, any amounts in respect of tax or group relief;

 

Interim Period has the meaning given in Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found.;

 

Intra-Group Payables means, in relation to each Target Company, any amounts owed by that Target Company to any member of the Sellers’ Group which are neither Inter-Company Trading Amounts nor amounts in respect of tax relief or group relief,

 

33



 

together with accrued interest, if any, up to the relevant date on the terms of the applicable debt; and Intra-Group Payable shall be construed accordingly;

 

Intra-Group Receivables means, in relation to each Target Company, any amounts owed to that Target Company by any member of the Sellers’ Group which are in each case neither Inter-Company Trading Amounts nor amounts in respect of tax relief or group relief, together with accrued interest, if any, up to the relevant date on the terms of the applicable debt; and Intra-Group Receivable shall be construed accordingly;

 

Key Managers means those employees of the Target Companies whose names are set out in the Disclosure Letter;

 

Last Accounts, in relation to each Target Company other than SIRVA Netherlands B.V., means:

 

(a)                                  the audited balance sheet of the company as at the Last Accounts Date in respect of the financial year ended on the Last Accounts Date; and

 

(b)                                 the audited profit and loss account of the company as at the Last Accounts Date in respect of that financial year,

 

together, in each case, with any notes, reports, statements or documents included in or annexed or attached to them, in each case as set out in the Data Room;

 

Last Accounts Date means 31 December 2003;

 

Leases means any leases (including underleases) under which the Properties are held, particulars of which are set out in Schedule 8 and Lease means any of them;

 

LIBOR means:

 

(a)                                  the display rate per annum of the offered quotation for deposits in sterling for a period of one month which appears on Telerate 3750 (or such other page as the parties may agree) at or about 11.00 a.m. London time on the Due Date; or

 

(b)                                 if the display rate cannot be determined under paragraph (a) above, the rate determined as if the parties had specified that the rate for the Due Date will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in Euros are offered by HSBC Bank at or about 11.00 a.m. London time on the Due Date to prime banks in the London Interbank Market for a period of one month commencing on the Due Date for amounts comparable to the Due Sum,

 

and, for the purposes of this definition, Telerate Page 3750 means the display designated as Page 3750 on the Telerate Service (or such other pages as may replace Page 3750 on that service) or such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association (including the Reuters Screen) as the information vendor for the purposes of displaying British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in sterling;

 

34



 

Licences In means any material licence of Intellectual Property Rights which has been granted by a third party to a Target Company in relation to the Business or any part of it;

 

Licences Out means any material licence of Intellectual Property Rights which has been granted by a Target Company to a third party in relation to the Business or any part of it;

 

Longstop Date means 15 March 2004 or such later date as the parties may agree in writing;

 

material means material in the context of the Business as a whole unless the context otherwise requires;

 

Management Accounts means the unaudited management accounts for each Target Company for the period from the Last Accounts Date to 30 November 2004 in the case of midiData Logistik GmbH and North American (UK) Limited and for the period from 10 November 2003 to 30 November 2004 in the case of SIRVA Netherlands;

 

New Principal Employer has the meaning given in Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found.;

 

Non-Tax Claim means a Claim other than a claim for breach of any of the Tax Warranties or a claim under the Tax Covenant;

 

Pensions Indemnities means the indemnities set out in clauses 13 and 14;

 

Permitted Encumbrances means security interests arising in the ordinary course of business or by operation of law including security interests for taxation and other governmental charges;

 

Properties means the leasehold interests of the Target Companies brief particulars of which are set out in Error! Reference source not found.;

 

Proposed Transactions means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents;

 

Pro Rata Percentage means the percentage which the Debt Free/Cash Free Price for the relevant Target Company represents of the aggregate of all of the Debt Free/Cash Free Prices;

 

Purchasers’ Conditions has the meaning given in clause 3.1;

 

Purchasers’ Group means the Purchasers and their Affiliates from time to time;

 

Purchasers’ Obligation means any representation, warranty or undertaking to indemnify (including any covenant to pay pursuant to the Tax Covenant) given by the Purchasers to the Sellers under this agreement;

 

35



 

Purchasers’ Bank Account means the bank account in the name of Wincanton Holdings at NatWest Bank, 32 Corn Street, Bristol, BS97 7UG; account name Osborne Clarke Client Account; account number 00708542; Sort Code 56-00-05;

 

Purchasers’ Solicitors means Osborne Clarke of 2 Temple Back East, Temple Quay, Bristol BS1 6EG;

 

Record Date has the meaning given in clause 3.6;

 

Redemption means the redemption of two million and three hundred thousand ordinary redeemable shares of £1 each in the capital of North American (UK) Limited in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Act;

 

registered, in relation to Intellectual Property Rights, includes registrations and applications for registration;

 

Relevant Target Company means, in relation to any Shares listed in column 2 of Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found., the Target Company whose Shares they comprise (and whose name is set out in that column);

 

Relief has the meaning given in the Tax Covenant;

 

Representatives has the meaning given in clause 19.1;

 

Schedules means the Schedules to this agreement, and Schedule shall be construed accordingly;

 

Sellers’ Bank Account means the bank account in the name of SIRVA UK LIMITED at HSBC Bank; account name: SIRVA UK LIMITED, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ; account number: 58593797; sort code: 40-05-15, Swift Code MIDLGB22;

 

Sellers’ Group means the Sellers and their Affiliates from time to time but excluding the Target Companies;

 

Sellers’ Obligation means any representation, warranty or undertaking to indemnify (including any covenant to pay pursuant to the Tax Covenant) given by the Sellers to the Purchasers under this agreement;

 

Sellers’ Solicitors means Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer of 65 Fleet Street, London, EC4Y 1HS;

 

Set of Shares means, in relation to a Seller, the shares comprising issued share capital of any particular Target Company which are to be sold by that Seller under this agreement;

 

Shares means the shares comprising the entire issued share capital of each of the Target Companies set out opposite the names of the Sellers in column 2 of Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found.;

 

Software Licence means the agreement in the Agreed Form pursuant to which NAVL shall provide support to the Target Companies with respect to certain software;

 

36



 

subsidiary and subsidiaries means any company in relation to which another company is its holding company;

 

subsidiary undertaking has the meaning given in paragraph 2(m) of Schedule 1;

 

Surviving Provisions means clauses 15.1 to 15.3 inclusive (Tax), 18 (Announcements), 19 (Confidentiality), 20 (Assignment), 22 (Costs), 23 (Notices), 24 (Conflict with other Agreements), 25 (Entire Agreement), 26 (Waiver, Rights and Remedies), 27.2 to 27.4 (General), 28 (Interpretation), 29 (Governing Law and Arbitration) and Schedule 1 (Interpretation);

 

Target Companies means the companies the Shares of which are listed in column 2 of Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found. and details of which are set out in Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found. and Target Company means any of them;

 

Target Company IPR means the registered and unregistered Intellectual Property Rights owned, used, licensed in or licensed by the Target Companies;

 

Tax and Taxation have the meanings given in the Tax Covenant;

 

Tax Authority has the meaning given in the Tax Covenant;

 

Tax Claim means a Claim for a breach of any of the Tax Warranties or a claim under the Tax Covenant;

 

Tax Covenant means the covenant relating to tax set out in Error! Reference source not found.;

 

Tax Warranties means the warranties set out in Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found.;

 

TCGA means the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992;

 

Third Party Assurances means all guarantees, indemnities, counter-indemnities and letters of comfort of any nature whatsoever given to a third party by a member of the Sellers’ Group in respect of any obligation of a Target Company;

 

Trade Mark and Logos Licence means the licence in Agreed Form from NAVL in favour of North American (UK) Limited in respect of certain trade names and logos;

 

Trade Mark Assignment means the assignment in the Agreed Form from North American Van Lines Inc. (NAVL), an Affiliate of the Sellers to North American (UK) Limited in relation to the “midiData” trade mark;

 

Transaction Documents means this agreement, the Disclosure Letter and any other Agreed Form Documents;

 

undertaking means a body corporate or partnership or unincorporated association carrying on trade or business with or without a view to profit; in relation to an undertaking which is not a company, expressions in this agreement appropriate to companies are to be construed as references to the corresponding persons, officers,

 

37



 

documents or agents (as the case may be) appropriate to undertakings of that description;

 

US GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, applied on a consistent basis;

 

VAT means value added tax and any similar sales or turnover tax;

 

VATA means the Value Added Tax Act 1994;

 

Venlo Property means the Property at Venlo as listed in Error! Reference source not found. of this agreement;

 

Warranties means the warranties given pursuant to clause 6 and set out in Error! Reference source not found.;

 

Working Hours means 9.30am to 5.30pm on a Business Day.

 

2.                                       In this agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  references to a person shall be construed so as to include any individual, firm, body corporate (wherever incorporated), government, state or agency of a state or any joint venture, association, partnership, works council or employee representative body (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(b)                                 the headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this agreement;

 

(c)                                  the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

(d)                                 references to one gender include all genders;

 

(e)                                  references to times of the day are to local time in the relevant jurisdiction unless otherwise stated;

 

(f)                                    references to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method or judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of any jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

 

(g)                                 references to Euros or € are references to the lawful currency from time to time of The Netherlands and Germany;

 

(h)                                 subject to paragraph (i) below and unless otherwise specifically provided in this agreement, references to any monetary sum expressed in a sterling amount shall, where such sum is referable in whole or part to a particular jurisdiction, be deemed to be a reference to an equivalent amount in the local currency of that jurisdiction translated at the Exchange Rate at the relevant date specified in this agreement;

 

38



 

(i)            where it is necessary to determine whether a monetary limit or threshold set out in Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found. has been reached or exceeded (as the case may be) and the value of any of the relevant claims is expressed in a currency other than sterling, the value of each such claim shall be translated into sterling at the Exchange Rate on the date of receipt of written notification of the existence of such claim in accordance with Error! Reference source not found. of Error! Reference source not found.;

 

(j)            where any number or amount is expressed as a negative number or amount and/or is preceded by the minus sign or a calculation results in a negative number or amount and such negative number or amount is to be subtracted from another number or amount (whether positive or negative), then, applying the general rule of arithmetic, the equivalent positive number or amount shall be added to that other number or amount (for example, 3—10=(3+10)=13);

 

(k)           for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i)      where any two amounts are being compared for the purpose of determining which is greater or less, a positive amount is greater than a negative amount and, of two negative amounts, the amount closer to zero is the greater amount; and

 

(ii)     where the amount of the difference between two amounts is to be calculated, the amount of that difference is always a positive amount regardless of whether either or both of the relevant amounts are themselves negative amounts;

 

(l)            where any statement in this agreement is qualified by the expression to the best of the Sellers’ knowledge or so far as the Sellers are aware or any similar expression, that statement shall be deemed to have been made only on the basis of the actual knowledge at the date of this agreement of Ron Milewski, Gary Greasby, Terry Rayment, Steve Harris, Cornelia Eichorn, Michael Kingston, Peter Schleicher, Eberhard Fuhr, Manfred Ruland, Eric Baker, Kevin Sey, Mike Falvey, Paul Mason, David Glatz, John Dupuy, and Michael Boos and such phrase shall carry no further or other implication nor impose any requirement on the Sellers or such persons to make enquiries of any other person, party, body or authority;

 

(m)          an undertaking is a subsidiary undertaking of another undertaking (its parent undertaking) if that other undertaking, directly or indirectly, through one or more subsidiary undertakings:

 

(i)      holds a majority of the voting rights in it; or

 

(ii)     is a member or shareholder of it and has the right to appoint or remove a majority of its board of directors or other equivalent managing body; or

 

(iii)    has a right to exercise a dominant influence over it:

 

39



 

(A)          by virtue of provisions contained in its memorandum or articles or equivalent constitutional documents; or

 

(B)           by virtue of a contract with that undertaking or other members or shareholders of that undertaking; or

 

(iv)    is a member or shareholder of it and controls alone, pursuant to an agreement with other shareholders or members, a majority of the voting rights in it,

 

(n)           any phrase introduced by the terms including, include, in particular or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms.

 

3.             Except as otherwise expressly provided in this agreement, any express reference to an enactment (which includes any legislation in any jurisdiction) includes references to:

 

(a)           that enactment as amended, consolidated or re-enacted by or under any other enactment before or after the date of this agreement;

 

(b)           any enactment which that enactment re-enacts (with or without modification); and

 

(c)           any subordinate legislation (including regulations) made (before or after the date of this agreement) under that enactment, as amended, consolidated or re-enacted as described in sub-paragraph (a) or (b) above,

 

except to the extent that any of the matters referred to in paragraphs (a) to (c) occurs after the date of this agreement and increases or alters the liability of the Sellers or the Purchaser (or any person on whose behalf it is acting as agent pursuant to this agreement) under this agreement.

 

4.             Where there is any inconsistency between the definitions set out in this Schedule and the definitions set out in any clause or any other Schedule, then, for the purposes of construing such clause or Schedule, the definitions set out in such clause or Schedule shall prevail.

 

 

SIGNED by

)

Gary Greasby

for and on behalf of

)

 

SIRVA UK LIMITED

)

 

under a power of

)

 

attorney dated

)

 

25 November 2004

)

 

 

40



 

SIGNED by

)

Gary Greasby

for and on behalf of

)

 

MIDIDATA SPEDITION GmbH

)

 

under a power of

)

 

attorney dated

)

 

26 November 2004

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

Steve Boyd

for and on behalf of

)

 

ALLIED ARTHUR PIERRE SA

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

Ralph Ford

for and on behalf of

)

 

SIRVA WORLDWIDE, INC.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

Charles Hallows

for and on behalf of

)

 

WINCANTON HOLDINGS LIMITED

)

 

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

Charles Hallows

for and on behalf of

)

 

WINCANTON TRANS EUROPEAN

)

 

HOLDINGS GMBH

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

Ian Mackie

for and on behalf of

)

 

WINCANTON TRANS EUROPEAN

)

 

HOLDING BV

)

 

 

41


Exhibit 10.76(b)

 

31 January 2005

 

Dear Sirs,

 

Amendment and Settlement

 

We refer to the agreement entered into between us dated 22 December 2004 in relation to the sale and purchase of midiData Logistik GmbH, SIRVA Netherlands BV and North American (UK) Limited (the Agreement).  Words and expressions defined or attributed a meaning in the Agreement shall bear the same meaning where used in this letter and the provisions of clauses 18 to 30 of, and of Schedule 11 to, the Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this letter.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this letter, you and we hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             The Agreement shall be amended by the insertion of replacement figures for the Debt Free/Cash Free Price for each Set of Shares in Part A of Schedule 1 of the Agreement and (for the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to the final paragraph of clause 2.4 of the Agreement) the insertion of replacement figures for Estimated Cash and Estimated External Debt for each Target Company in the Annex to Schedule 10 to the Agreement, in each case as set out below.  The resulting Initial Share Prices payable pursuant to clause 2.4 of the Agreement in respect of each Set of Shares at Closing shall accordingly also be as set out below.

 

1
Shares/Target
Company

 

2
Debt Free/Cash
Free Price

 

3
Estimated
Cash

 

4
Estimated
External
Debt

 

5
Initial Share
Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8 Business Shares/midiData Logistik GmbH

 

6,000,000.00

 

734,055.98

 

142,411.90

 

6,591,644.08

 

10,000 ordinary shares/SIRVA Netherlands BV

 

1,500,000.00

 

890,236.02

 

Nil

 

2,390,236.02

 

100 ordinary shares and 1,699,900 redeemable ordinary shares/North American (UK) Ltd.

 

1,500,000.00

 

172,761.40

 

Nil

 

1,672,761.40

 

Total

 

9,000,000.00

 

1,797,053.40

 

142,411.90

 

10,654,641.50

 

 



 

2.             Each such amendment shall take effect from the date of this letter, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as so amended and, after the date of this letter, any reference in the Agreement to “this Agreement” shall be read and construed as a reference to the Agreement as so amended.

 

3.             The Purchasers each hereby acknowledge and agree that they have no right to rescind or terminate the Agreement, whether pursuant to clause 6.5 of the Agreement or otherwise, and undertake not to exercise, or to purport to exercise, any such right.

 

4.             The information contained or referred to in the Annex to this letter shall be deemed to have been disclosed to the Purchasers in the Disclosure Letter prior to the Agreement’s being entered into.  The rights and obligations of the parties under the Agreement shall be construed accordingly and the Purchasers each:

 

(a)           acknowledge and agree that the amendments to the Debt Free/Cash Free prices set out above are in full and final settlement of all claims (whether in contract, tort or otherwise, and including any claim for breach of the Warranty contained in paragraph 2.2(b) of Schedule 2 to the Agreement or of any other Warranty) which any Purchaser may have arising in respect of, and to the extent of, the facts, matters, events and circumstances disclosed in the Annex to this letter
provided that such waiver shall not apply to any claims the Purchasers may have in respect of the Tax Covenant, clause 2.2 and schedule 10 of the Agreement or clause 12 of the Agreement;

 

(b)           waive any right to bring any such claim, undertake to the Sellers and to the Sellers’ Guarantor not to bring, and to procure that no other member of the Purchasers’ Group brings, any such claim or related proceedings of any nature in any jurisdiction and undertake to indemnify and hold harmless the Sellers and the Sellers’ Guarantor against any Costs that any of them or any other member of the Sellers’ Group may incur in connection with any such claim or proceedings being brought.

 

 

SIGNED

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

/s/ Gary Greasby

 

SIRVA UK LIMITED

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

/s/ Gary Greasby

 

MIDIDATA SPEDITION GmbH

)

 

 

 

2



 

SIGNED

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

/s/ Gary Greasby

 

ALLIED ARTHUR PIERRE SA

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

/s/ Ralph A. Ford

 

SIRVA WORLDWIDE, INC.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

/s/ Charles Hallows

 

WINCANTON HOLDINGS LIMITED

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

WINCANTON TRANS EUROPEAN

)

/s/ Charles Hallows

 

HOLDINGS GMBH

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

WINCANTON TRANS EUROPEAN

)

/s/ Ian Mackie

 

MANAGEMENT GMBH

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

WINCANTON TRANS EUROPEAN

)

/s/ Ian Mackie

 

HOLDINGS BV

)

 

 

 

3


 

Exhibit 10.77

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of July 14, 2005

 

by and between

 

NAL Worldwide LLC

 

and

 

North American Van Lines, Inc.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2 – PURCHASE AND SALE

 

2.1

Purchased Assets 

 

2.2

Excluded Assets

 

2.3

Limited Assumed Liabilities

 

2.4

Excluded Liabilities

 

2.5

Certain Consents to Assignment

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3 – PURCHASE PRICE

 

3.1

Purchase Price

 

3.2

Allocation of Purchase Price

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4 – CLOSING

 

4.1

Closing Date

 

4.2

Payment

 

4.3

Buyer’s Additional Closing Date Deliveries

 

4.4

Seller’s Closing Date Deliveries

 

4.5

Shipments in Process

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5 – REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

 

5.1

Organization

 

5.2

Authority

 

5.3

No Conflicts

 

5.4

Financial Statements

 

5.5

Taxes

 

5.6

Leased Real Property

 

5.7

Title to Property

 

5.8

Tangible Personal Property

 

5.9

Intellectual Property

 

5.10

Contracts

 

5.11

Employees Relations; Benefit Plans

 

5.12

Absence of Certain Changes

 

5.13

Environmental Matters

 

5.14

No Default, Violation or Litigation

 

5.15

Insurance Policies

 

5.16

Licenses and Permits

 

5.17

Interests in Clients, Etc.

 

5.18

Clients

 

5.19

Transactions with Affiliates

 

5.20

Software

 

5.21

Agent Commissions

 

5.22

Solvency of Seller

 

 

i



 

5.23

Brokers

 

5.24

No Knowledge of Breach of Representations

 

5.25

No Other Representations or Warranties

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6 – REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

 

6.1

Organization

 

6.2

Authority

 

6.3

No Conflicts

 

6.4

Funding Commitment

 

6.5

Brokers

 

6.6

No Other Representations or Warranties

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7 – ACTION PRIOR TO THE CLOSING DATE

 

7.1

Preserve Accuracy of Representations and Warranties

 

7.2

Consents of Third Parties; Governmental Approvals

 

7.3

Investigation by Buyer

 

7.4

Public Announcement

 

7.5

Operations Prior to the Closing Date

 

7.6

Employee Matters

 

7.7

Certain Restrictions

 

7.8

Bulk Transfers; Bulk Sales Laws

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8 – ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

8.1

Taxes

 

8.2

Employees

 

8.3

Noncompete by Seller

 

8.4

Nonsoliciation by Seller

 

8.5

Nonsoliciation by Buyer

 

8.6

Enforcement of STI Non-Solicitation

 

8.7

As-Is Condition

 

8.8

Confidential Information

 

8.8

Discharge of Liabilities

 

8.9

Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9 – CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER

 

9.1

Representations and Warranties

 

9.2

Performance

 

9.3

Officer’s Certificate

 

9.4

Orders and Laws

 

9.5

Regulatory Consents and Approvals

 

9.6

Third Party Consents

 

9.7

Deliveries

 

9.8

No Material Adverse Effect

 

9.9

Real Estate Matters

 

9.10

Loss of Client(s)

 

9.11

Employment Agreements

 

9.12

Key Employees

 

 

ii



 

9.13

Licenses

 

9.14

Transition Services Agreement

 

9.15

Service Bureau Agreement

 

9.16

Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10 – CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER

 

10.1

Representations and Warranties

 

10.2

Performance

 

10.3

Officer’s Certificate

 

10.4

Orders and Laws

 

10.5

Regulatory Consents and Approvals

 

10.6

Deliveries

 

10.7

Real Estate Matters

 

10.8

Licenses

 

10.9

Transition Services Agreement

 

10.10

Service Bureau Agreement

 

10.11

No Material Adverse Effect on Buyer

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11 – INDEMNIFICATION

 

11.1

Indemnification by Seller

 

11.2

Indemnification by Buyer

 

11.3

Indemnification Procedures

 

11.4

Environmental Response

 

11.5

Survival of Obligations

 

11.6

Exclusive Remedy

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12 – TERMINATION

 

12.1

Termination

 

12.2

Notice of Termination

 

12.3

Effect of Termination

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 13 – GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

13.1

Notices

 

13.2

Successors and Assigns

 

13.3

Access to Records after Closing

 

13.4

Entire Agreement; Amendments

 

13.5

Interpretation

 

13.6

Waivers

 

13.7

Partial Invalidity

 

13.8

Execution in Counterparts

 

13.9

Further Assurances

 

13.10

Governing Law

 

13.11

Waiver of Jury Trial

 

13.12

Payment of Expenses

 

13.13

No Strict Construction

 

13.14

Right to Set-off

 

 

iii



 

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Purchased Assets

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Assumption Agreement

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Assignment and Bill of Sale

EXHIBIT D

 

Trademark License Agreement

EXHIBIT E

 

Major Terms of Real Property Subleases

 

iv



 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is dated as of July 14, 2005, by and between NAL Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Buyer”) and North American Van Lines, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller”).

 

RECITALS

 

1.                                       Seller is engaged in, among other things, the Business (as defined in APPENDIX A); and

 

2.                                       Seller desires to sell to Buyer and Buyer desires to purchase from Seller substantially all of the assets, businesses and properties used in the Business, and to assume certain specified liabilities in connection therewith, all on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, it is hereby agreed between Seller and Buyer as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of this Agreement, capitalized terms and variations thereof have the meanings specified or referenced in APPENDIX A attached hereto.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

PURCHASE AND SALE

 

2.1                                 Purchased Assets.  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Seller shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Buyer and Buyer shall purchase from Seller, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for Permitted Encumbrances, the Business, including the operations, assets and properties currently owned or used by Seller or any of its Affiliates solely or primarily in connection with or related to the Business of every kind and description, wherever located, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, as the same shall exist on the Closing Date, except for the Excluded Assets (herein collectively referred to as the “Purchased Assets”).  The Purchased Assets, which shall not include working capital required to operate the Business, shall include all Software currently owned by Seller or any of its Affiliates and used solely or primarily in connection with or related to the Business, including, without limitation, the Software identified on EXHIBIT A.  The Purchased Assets shall also include the following assets:

 

(a)                                  All of the right, title and interest of Seller or its applicable Affiliate in, to and under the Assigned Real Property Leases, including the right, title and interest of

 



 

such Person in and to the Leased Real Property leased pursuant thereto, the improvements located on such Leased Real Property and all other licenses, permits, deposits and other rights appurtenant or related thereto;

 

(b)                                 All furniture, fixtures, equipment, machinery, vehicles, spare parts and supplies, computers and related equipment, telephones and related equipment and all other tangible personal property, office and other supplies, parts, packaging materials and all other accessories related to any of the foregoing, as identified on EXHIBIT A (“Tangible Personal Property”);

 

(c)                                  All rights as lessee or sublessee under leases or subleases of Tangible Personal Property together with any options to purchase the underlying property, as identified on EXHIBIT A  (“Tangible Personal Property Leases”);

 

(d)                                 All rights under any Contracts identified on Schedule 5.10 or assumed pursuant to EXHIBIT B;

 

(e)                                  All Intellectual Property identified on EXHIBIT A;

 

(f)                                    All files, documents, instruments, papers, books and records relating to the business, operations, condition (financial or other) or results of operations of the Business or the Purchased Assets, including financial statements, and related work papers and letters from accountants, budgets, pricing guidelines, ledgers, journals, Contracts, lists and records pertaining to customers, computer files and programs, retrieval programs, operating data and plans (Seller may redact those portions of any documents that contain information about businesses of Seller or its Affiliates other than the Business);

 

(g)                                 All personnel file records of the Transferred Employees;

 

(h)                                 A copy of Seller’s policies, manuals and procedures or similar materials used with respect to the Business, for the purpose of Buyer developing derivative policies, manuals and procedures or similar materials for its own use after Closing, for the use of which after Closing Seller shall have no liability whatsoever;

 

(i)                                     The trade names “nal Worldwide” and “nal Global,” which the Seller has informed Buyer are currently unregistered, and any trademarks, trade names and service marks containing either of the foregoing, all goodwill associated therewith, and the nalworldwide.com and nalglobal.com domain names;

 

(j)                                     All prepaid rents (other than under the Fort Wayne Lease) and all prepaid amounts under the Tangible Personal Property Leases being transferred to Buyer; and

 

(k)                                  All other assets, businesses and properties of Seller or any Affiliate to the extent:  (i) primarily used in connection with the Business or the Purchased Assets, or (ii) identified on EXHIBIT A, including all goodwill relating to the Business and the going concern value of the Business, except as expressly set forth in Section 2.2 below.

 

2



 

2.2                                 Excluded Assets.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.1, the Purchased Assets shall not include the following items (collectively referred to herein as the “Excluded Assets”).  To the extent an asset relating to the Business is not specifically identified on EXHIBIT A or in Section 2.1 above, such asset shall be deemed an Excluded Asset.

 

(a)                                  All trade names other than  “nal Worldwide” and “nal Global,” including “North American,” “northAmerican”, “SIRVA,” and “SIRVA Logistics,” and the words “Worldwide” and “Global” in any combination other than in combination with “nal” and all translations, adaptations, or derivations thereof, and any trademarks, trade names, service marks and symbols denoting or connoting, any of the foregoing, and all goodwill associated therewith;

 

(b)                                 All cash and cash equivalents;

 

(c)                                  All accounts receivable and all notes, bonds and other evidences of indebtedness of and rights to receive payments of any kind, including all trade accounts receivable, notes receivable from customers, vendor credits and all other obligations of customers with respect to sales of goods or services (including any rights with respect to any third party collection procedures) (“Accounts Receivable”);

 

(d)                                 All rights (including any right to indemnification), claims and recoveries arising out of or relating to events occurring or existing as of or prior to the Closing and relating to the periods prior to the Closing;

 

(e)                                  All Benefit Plans of Seller and its Affiliates and all assets held by such Benefit Plans; all Contracts for employment or consultation services for a specified or unspecified term and any other employment-related contracts not listed on EXHIBIT A or as part of  Section 2.1; and all written or unwritten representations, commitments, promises, communications or courses of conduct creating an obligation to make payments or provide benefits to any employee or former employee of the Business;

 

(f)                                    All minute books and stock ownership records of Seller;

 

(g)                                 All refunds of any Tax paid by Seller or its Affiliates to which Seller is entitled based upon its Tax liability for the periods (or portion thereof) ending as of or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.1;

 

(h)                                 All contracts of insurance and rights to insurance proceeds to the extent Seller is responsible for the cost of the insured event or indemnifies Buyer with respect to the cost of the insured event;

 

(i)                                     Except as set forth in Section 2.1(j), all prepaid expenses for which Buyer will not receive the benefit after the Closing, including insurance, rights to reimbursement of prepaid insurance and security deposits;

 

(j)                                     All documents prepared by Seller for the purpose of informing its agents, employees, or management about the sale of the Business and the Purchased Assets;

 

3



 

(k)                                  All intercompany receivables payable to Seller by any of its Affiliates;

 

(l)                                     All Real Property Leases, other than the Assigned Real Property Leases;

 

(m)                               All leases and subleases of real and personal property related to the Business, other than those identified on EXHIBIT A; and

 

(n)                                 All of Seller’s rights under this Agreement.

 

2.3                                 Limited Assumed Liabilities.  On the Closing Date, Buyer and Seller shall enter into the Assumption Agreement, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B, pursuant to which Buyer shall assume and agree to discharge only the following specific obligations and liabilities, to the extent such liabilities and obligations relate exclusively or primarily to the Business, in accordance with their respective terms and subject to the respective conditions thereof (herein collectively referred to as the “Assumed Liabilities”):  all liabilities and obligations of Seller to be paid or performed after the Closing (other than those arising or relating to a breach of an agreement prior to the Closing Date) under:  (i) the Assigned Real Property Leases, (ii) the Tangible Personal Property Leases, (iii) the other Contracts listed on Schedule 5.10, (iv) the other Contracts entered into by Seller in the ordinary course of the Business and not required by the terms of Section 5.10 to be listed on Schedule 5.10, and (v) Contracts entered into by Seller after the date hereof in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with the terms of this Agreement and Seller’s past practice and custom; provided the foregoing shall only be Assumed Liabilities to the extent the foregoing Contracts or Assigned Real Property Leases are actually assigned to Buyer.

 

2.4                                 Excluded Liabilities.  Notwithstanding any provision herein that may be construed to the contrary, except for the Assumed Liabilities, Seller and its Affiliates shall remain solely responsible for and Buyer shall not assume or be obligated in any way to pay, perform or otherwise discharge any liability or obligation of Seller or any of its Affiliates or any liability or obligation arising in respect of the Business or the Purchased Assets, whether direct or indirect, known or unknown, absolute or contingent (all liabilities and obligations other than the Assumed Liabilities are referred to herein collectively as the “Excluded Liabilities”).    The Excluded Liabilities include without limitation:

 

(a)                                  Any liabilities or obligations related to any business of Seller or its Affiliates other than the Business;

 

(b)                                 Any liabilities or obligations related to any facility that is not used by the Business on the Closing Date;

 

(c)                                  Any liabilities or obligations arising from the employment or termination of any current or former employees by Seller or its Affiliates, including the termination of any employees of the Business not hired by Buyer;

 

(d)                                 Subject to Section 8.1, any liabilities of Seller or its Affiliates for Taxes and any Taxes arising from the transactions described herein;

 

4



 

(e)                                  Any intercompany payables or other liabilities or obligations of Seller to any of its Affiliates;

 

(f)                                    Any liabilities or obligations arising under or related to any Benefit Plan;

 

(g)                                 Any liabilities and obligations, including any liabilities or obligations for wages or benefits, to employees of Seller or its Affiliates for periods prior to the Closing Date;

 

(h)                                 Any costs or expenses incurred by Seller incident to its sale of the Purchased Assets, including the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and its performance and compliance with the agreements and conditions contained herein;

 

(i)                                     Any liabilities or obligations arising out of, in connection with or related to any Excluded Asset;

 

(j)                                     Any liabilities, costs or expenses arising from any Legal Proceedings against Seller or any of its Affiliates, including any Legal Proceedings set forth on Schedule 5.14;

 

(k)                                  Any liabilities or obligations relating to the period prior to the Closing Date, with respect to an actual or alleged breach of contract or warranty, tort, infringement, claim or violation of any Requirement of Law, strict liability or otherwise;

 

(l)                                     Any liabilities or obligations relating to, or arising out of, directly or indirectly, the operation of the Business or Seller’s ownership, control or use of the Purchased Assets prior to the Closing Date including, but not limited to, any liability to any current, past or future employee of Sellers based on any event or events occurring prior to the Closing (whether, in any such case outlined above, (i) the liability arises prior to or following the Closing or (ii) the liability is assessed against Seller or its Affiliates or Buyer or its Affiliates); and

 

(m)                               Any liabilities or obligations (contingent or otherwise and including liability for response costs, personal injury, property damage or natural resource damage) arising under any Environmental Laws relating to the handling, treatment, storage, disposal, Release or threatened Release of Contaminants in, under, on or from the Leased Real Property, the Tangible Personal Property or any past or current property or facility of Seller, its Affiliates or any predecessor of Seller or its Affiliates, or any offsite waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility used by any of them, except for any such obligations or liabilities to the extent caused by the operation of the Business by Buyer after the Closing Date.

 

2.5                                 Certain Consents to Assignment.  To the extent that any Contract to be assigned to Buyer (including without limitation, the Assigned Real Property Leases) is not assignable without the consent of a third party, this Agreement shall not constitute an assignment or an attempted assignment thereof if such assignment or attempted assignment would constitute a breach thereof.  Seller and Buyer shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of such other party to the assignment to Buyer of any such Contract.  If any such consent shall not be

 

5



 

obtained, Seller shall cooperate with Buyer in any reasonable arrangement designed to provide for Buyer the benefits intended to be assigned to Buyer under the relevant Contract, including enforcement for the benefit of Buyer of any and all rights of Seller against the other party thereto arising out of the breach or cancellation thereof by such other party or otherwise, for a period up to twelve months following the Closing, provided that Buyer shall undertake to pay or satisfy (i) the corresponding liabilities for the enjoyment of such benefit if and to the extent that Buyer would have been responsible therefor if such consent, waiver or approval had been obtained, (ii) for a period up to six months following the Closing, all reasonable external, out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Seller in so obtaining or providing such benefits to Buyer and (iii) for any period following the initial six month period, all mutually agreeable reasonable expenses, whether internal or external out-of-pocket, incurred by Seller in so obtaining or providing such benefits to Buyer.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

PURCHASE PRICE

 

3.1                                 Purchase Price.  The cash purchase price to be paid to or on behalf of Seller at the Closing (the “Purchase Price”) shall be an amount equal to (i) the assumption, payment, performance and discharge by Buyer, when and as due, of the Assumed Liabilities, plus (ii) the sum of $12,900,000.  The Purchase Price shall be payable in cash in two installments.  The first installment of $11,900,000 shall be payable at the Closing as provided in Section 4.2.  The second installment of $1,000,000 shall be payable upon completion by Seller of all services it is required to provide to Buyer under the Service Bureau Agreement.

 

3.2                                 Allocation of Purchase Price.  Within ninety days after the Closing, Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a statement (the “Allocation Statement”) allocating the Purchase Price among the Purchased Assets and the noncompete agreement set forth in Section 8.3 in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations.  If within thirty days after delivery of the Allocation Statement, Seller notifies Buyer in writing of an objection to the Allocation Statement, Buyer and Seller shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such dispute within twenty days.  If Buyer and Seller are unable to resolve such dispute during such twenty-day period, Buyer and Seller shall jointly select a nationally recognized independent accounting firm to resolve such dispute.  Such accounting firm shall be requested to resolve such dispute and issue its written report to Buyer and Seller within thirty days after its engagement.  One-half of the fees of such accounting firm shall be borne by Buyer, and one-half of such fees shall be borne Seller.  Seller and Buyer each agree to prepare and file on a timely basis Internal Revenue Service Form 8594 setting forth an allocation of the Purchase Price, pursuant to Section 1060 of the Code, in a manner consistent with the Allocation Statement, and agree to act in accordance with the Allocation Statement in the preparation of financial statements and filing of all Tax returns and in the course of any Tax audit, Tax review or Tax litigation relating thereto.  Neither Buyer nor Seller will assert that the allocation set forth in the Allocation Statement was not separately bargained for at arm’s length and in good faith.  Not later than ten days prior to the filing of their respective Form 8594 relating to this transaction, each party shall deliver to the other party a copy of its Form 8594.

 

6



 

ARTICLE 4

 

CLOSING

 

4.1                                 Closing Date.  The consummation of the transactions (the “Closing”) shall take place at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois as promptly as is practicable on the Business Day on which the conditions set forth in Articles 9 and 10 hereof have been satisfied or waived, or at such other time and place as may be agreed upon by Buyer and Seller.  The date on which the Closing occurs is called the “Closing Date”.  It is understood and agreed that Seller will notify Buyer at least three Business Days prior to the Closing that the Closing is likely to occur, specifying the proposed closing date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the parties agree to close on July 31, 2005, the first installment of the Purchase Price shall be paid on August 1, 2005, and, upon payment of such installment, the Closing and the Closing Date shall be deemed to have occurred on July 31, 2005 at 11:59 p.m.

 

4.2                                 Payment.  Subject to fulfillment or waiver of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE 9,  Buyer shall pay Seller the first installment of the Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account or accounts designated in writing by Seller on the Closing Date or as otherwise specified in Section 4.1 above.

 

4.3                                 Buyer’s Additional Closing Date Deliveries.  Subject to fulfillment or waiver of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE 9, at Closing Buyer shall also deliver to Seller all of the following:

 

(a)                                  A certificate of the secretary (or other similar official) of Buyer certifying, as complete and accurate as of the Closing Date, the Organizational Documents of Buyer and certifying and attaching the resolutions of the board of directors and stockholders (or other relevant Persons) of Buyer approving the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and certifying to the incumbency and signatures of the persons authorized by Buyer to execute this Agreement and each Buyer Ancillary Document or instrument executed by Buyer in connection with this Agreement;

 

(b)                                 A certificate of good standing of Buyer issued as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

 

(c)                                  The Assumption Agreement, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B, duly executed by Buyer;

 

(d)                                 A transitional services agreement (the “Transitional Services Agreement”), in a form reasonably acceptable to both parties, duly executed by Buyer;

 

(e)                                  The Real Property Lease Assignments, duly executed by Buyer;

 

(f)                                    The Real Property Subleases and the Fort Wayne Lease, duly executed by Buyer;

 

7



 

(g)                                 A software license assignment in favor of  Buyer to assign the license of AMS, PTS and CDS (the “Software License Assignment”) to Buyer, in a form reasonably acceptable to both parties, duly executed by Buyer;

 

(h)                                 A perpetual, non-exclusive, royalty free license in favor of Buyer to use and modify certain software owned by Seller (the “License”), in a form reasonably acceptable to both parties, duly executed by Buyer;

 

(i)                                     A trademark license agreement (the “Trademark License”), substantially in the form of EXHIBIT D, duly executed by Buyer;

 

(j)                                     A service bureau agreement (the “Service Bureau Agreement”) for outsourcing of information technology services, in a form reasonably acceptable to both parties;

 

(k)                                  A certificate of the secretary (or other similar official) executed on behalf of Buyer as to the accuracy of Buyer’s representations and warranties as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing, in accordance with Section 10.3 and as to Buyer’s compliance with and performance of its covenants and obligations to be performed or complied with at or before the Closing in accordance with Section 10.3; and

 

(l)                                     Such other assumption agreements and instruments as Seller may reasonably request or as may be otherwise necessary to evidence and effect the assumption by Buyer of the Assumed Liabilities.

 

In addition to the above deliveries, Buyer shall take all steps and actions as Seller may reasonably request or as may otherwise be necessary to evidence Buyer’s assumption of the Assumed Liabilities.

 

4.4                                 Seller’s Closing Date Deliveries.  Subject to fulfillment or waiver of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE 10, at Closing Seller shall deliver to Buyer all of the following:

 

(a)                                  A certificate of the Secretary of Seller certifying, as complete and accurate as of the Closing, the Organizational Documents of Seller and certifying and attaching the resolutions of the board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, of Seller approving the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and certifying to the incumbency and signatures of the persons authorized by Seller to execute this Agreement and each Seller Ancillary Document or instrument executed by Seller in connection with this Agreement;

 

(b)                                 Certificates of good standing of Seller:

 

(i)                                     issued as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; and

 

(ii)                                  issued as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of Indiana;

 

8



 

(c)                                  An assignment and bill of sale (the “Assignment and Bill of Sale”), substantially in the form of EXHIBIT C, to Buyer for all of the Purchased Assets that are Tangible Personal Property, duly executed by Seller;

 

(d)                                 The Assumption Agreement, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B, duly executed by Seller;

 

(e)                                  Certificates of title or origin (or like documents) with respect to any vehicles or other equipment included in the Purchased Assets for which a certificate of title or origin is required in order to transfer title;

 

(f)                                    All consents, waivers or approvals obtained by Seller with respect to the Purchased Assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(g)                                 Assignments to Buyer of any registered or applied for patents, trademarks, service marks, domain names and copyrights included in the Purchased Assets, duly executed by Seller in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer;

 

(h)                                 The Transitional Services Agreement, duly executed by Seller;

 

(i)                                     The Real Property Lease Assignments, duly executed by Seller or one of its Affiliates, as appropriate;

 

(j)                                     The Real Property Subleases and the Fort Wayne Lease, duly executed by Seller or one of its Affiliates, as appropriate;

 

(k)                                  The Software License Assignment, duly executed by Seller;

 

(l)                                     The License, duly executed by Seller;

 

(m)                               The Trademark License, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT D, duly executed by Seller;

 

(n)                                 A certification of non-foreign status of Seller, reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, which complies with the requirements of section 1445 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations;

 

(o)                                 The Landlord Documents;

 

(p)                                 The Service Bureau Agreement, duly executed by Seller;

 

(q)                                 The Financial Statements required to be delivered at Closing pursuant to Section 5.4; and

 

(p)                                 Such other bills of sale, assignments and other instruments of transfer or conveyance as Buyer may reasonably request or as may be otherwise necessary to

 

9



 

evidence and effect the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of the Purchased Assets to Buyer.

 

In addition to the above deliveries, Seller shall take all steps and actions as Buyer may reasonably request or as may otherwise be necessary to put Buyer in actual possession or control of the Purchased Assets.

 

4.5                                 Shipments in Process.

 

(a)                                  All revenue generated, expenses incurred, and all liabilities for shipments loaded and services performed on or prior to the Closing Date, will be retained and/or paid by Seller.  All revenue generated, expenses incurred, and all liabilities with respect to shipments loaded and services performed after the Closing Date will be retained and/or paid by Buyer.  The parties agree to cooperate with each other following the Closing with respect to this division of responsibility.  Specifically, each party agrees to promptly forward any claims, payments, correspondence or other documents or matters that it might receive that should have been directed to the other party.  Without intending to limit the foregoing, if a party collects a receivable that belongs to the other party (i.e., Seller-owned if it relates to a shipment loaded on or before the Closing Date; Buyer-owned if it relates to a shipment loaded after the Closing Date), the collecting party will forward such payment to the other party within five business days of the collecting party’s receipt thereof.  For purposes of this Section 4.5 and the indemnity provisions set forth in Sections 11.1(g) or 11.2(e), a shipment is deemed loaded when the driver executes a bill of lading for the shipment and a service is deemed performed when the service is provided.

 

(b)                                 If Buyer and Seller are unable to resolve any disagreement with respect to such revenue, expenses or liabilities for shipments, within thirty (30) days following the receipt of or request for such amounts, then the items in dispute will be referred to the Chicago office of BDO Seidman, LLP (the “Accountants”) for final arbitration within forty-five (45) days after submitting the matter to the Accountants, which arbitration shall be in accordance with this Section 4.5(b) and final and binding on both Buyer and Seller.  With respect to this Section 4.5(b), (i) the Accountants shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on presentations by Buyer and Seller, and not by independent review, only those amounts still in dispute; (ii) Buyer and Seller agree to execute, if requested by the Accountants, a reasonable engagement letter; and (iii) the fees and expenses of the Accountants shall be allocated between Buyer and Seller so that Seller’s share of such fees and expenses shall be equal to the product of (x) the aggregate amount of such fees and expenses, and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount in dispute that is ultimately unsuccessfully disputed by Seller (as determined by the Accountant) and the denominator of which is the total value in dispute submitted to arbitration.

 

10



 

ARTICLE 5

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

 

As an inducement to Buyer to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer that the statements contained in this ARTICLE 5 are true and correct, except to the extent set forth on the disclosure schedule delivered contemporaneously with this Agreement by Seller to Buyer (the “Disclosure Schedule”).  The Disclosure Schedule shall be arranged in sections and paragraphs corresponding to the lettered and numbered paragraphs contained in this ARTICLE 5.

 

5.1                                 OrganizationSchedule 5.1 contains a complete and accurate list of Seller’s jurisdiction of incorporation and each other jurisdiction in which it is authorized to conduct the Business.  Seller is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware, and is duly qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each of the jurisdictions listed in Schedule 5.1, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.1, there are no other jurisdictions in which the conduct of its business or the ownership or lease of its assets requires such qualification under applicable law, except where failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Seller has the requisite power and authority and all permits and authorizations necessary to own or lease and to operate and use the Purchased Assets and to carry on the Business as now conducted, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Seller has delivered to Buyer correct and complete copies of its Organizational Documents.

 

5.2                                 Authority.  Seller has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all of the Seller Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Seller Ancillary Agreements by Seller have been duly authorized and approved by its board of directors and do not require any further authorization or consent by it.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller enforceable in accordance with its terms, and each of the Seller Ancillary Agreements upon execution and delivery will be a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms.

 

5.3                                 No Conflicts.  Except as set forth in the Schedule 5.3, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any of the Seller Ancillary Agreements nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby nor compliance with or fulfillment of the terms, conditions and provisions hereof or thereof will:

 

(a)                                  violate, conflict with, result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default, an event of default or an event creating rights of acceleration, termination or cancellation or a loss of rights under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance, other than a Permitted Encumbrance, upon the Business or any of the Purchased Assets under (i) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Seller, (ii) any other Contract, (iii) any Court Order to which Seller or any of its Affiliates or the Purchased Assets are subject or by which Seller or any of its Affiliates or any of the Purchased Assets are bound, or (iv) any Requirements of Law affecting or applicable to Seller or any of its Affiliates or any of the Purchased Assets, except, in the

 

11



 

case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), for any such violation, conflict, breach, default, right, loss or imposition as would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Business or the Purchased Assets; or

 

(b)                                 require the approval, consent, authorization or act of, or the making by Seller or any of its Affiliates of any declaration, filing or registration with, any Person.

 

5.4                                 Financial Statements.

 

(a)                                  At the Closing, the Financial Statements are in all material respects accurate and complete, are consistent with the books and records of Seller with respect to the Business (which, in turn, are accurate and complete in all material respects), were prepared in accordance with GAAP, and present the financial position and results of operations of the Business as of their respective dates and for the respective periods covered thereby in accordance with GAAP, subject, with respect to the Interim Financial Statements, to the lack of the footnote disclosure otherwise required by GAAP.

 

(b)                                 Seller has provided Buyer with the 2005 budget dated December 31, 2004, which is the current budget relating to the Business and has not been updated since that time.

 

5.5                                 Taxes.  Seller and its Affiliates have timely filed all Tax Returns that are required to be filed by them with respect to the Purchased Assets and the conduct of the Business and have timely paid all Taxes that have become due on such Tax Returns, or pursuant to any assessment that has become payable.  Each such Tax Return was true, correct and complete in all material respects.  Except as set forth in Schedule 5.5, no audit or other proceeding by any United States federal, state or local or foreign court, governmental or regulatory authority, or similar Person is pending or threatened with respect to any Taxes due from Seller or any of its Affiliates with respect any Purchased Asset or the conduct of the Business, or with respect to any Tax Return filed or required to be filed by, relating to or including Seller or any of its Affiliates with respect to any Purchased Asset or the conduct of the Business.  No assessment or deficiency for any Tax has been proposed or threatened against Seller or any of its Affiliates with respect to any Purchased Asset or the conduct of the Business. No written claim has ever been made by an authority in a jurisdiction where Seller or any of its Affiliates does not file Tax Returns with respect to the Business or the Purchased Assets that Seller or any of its Affiliates is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.5, there are no unexpired waivers of any statute of limitations with respect to any Taxes relating to any Purchased Asset or the conduct of the Business for which Seller or any of its Affiliates may be liable.  With respect to the Business, Seller and its Affiliates have complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law relating to the payment, withholding and reporting of Taxes relating to the Business (including sections 1441, 1442, 3102, 3401 and 3406 of the Code) and have withheld from employee wages and paid over, in a timely manner, to the proper authorities all amounts required to be so withheld and paid over under all Requirements of Law.  Seller is not party to any Contract providing for the allocation or sharing of Taxes relating to the conduct of the Business that will continue in force after the Closing Date.  The Assumed Liabilities do not include any obligation to make any payments that will be nondeductible under section 280G of the Code (or any corresponding provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law).  There are

 

12



 

no Encumbrances with respect to Taxes (except for Permitted Encumbrances) upon any of the Purchased Assets.  Seller is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of section 1445(a) of the Code.

 

5.6                                 Leased Real PropertySchedule 5.6 contains a brief description of each parcel of Leased Real Property.  With respect to the Leased Real Property, except as set forth in Schedule 5.6:

 

(a)                                  Seller or its applicable Affiliate enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession of all the Leased Real Property;

 

(b)                                 The leasehold interest of Seller or its applicable Affiliate in each Leased Real Property is not subject or subordinate to any Encumbrance, except for Permitted Encumbrances;

 

(c)                                  Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates have received notice of any condemnation proceedings with regard to the Leased Real Property and, to Seller’s Knowledge, there are no such proceedings contemplated by any governmental authority;

 

(d)                                 Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates is party to any sublease, license or other occupancy agreement granting to any third Person the right to use or occupy any Leased Real Property;

 

(e)                                  To Seller’s Knowledge, the present maintenance, operation, use and occupancy of the Leased Real Property does not violate any Requirement of Law in any manner that would have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(f)                                    The Real Property Leases for the Westmont Office Facility and the Logistics Facilities are in full force and effect and constitute legal, valid and binding agreements of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with their terms, and, to Seller’s Knowledge, each other party thereto; and except as disclosed in Schedule 5.6, neither Seller, its Affiliates nor, to Seller’s Knowledge, any other party to such Real Property Leases is in violation or breach of or default under any such Real Property Lease (or with notice or lapse of time or both, would be in violation or breach of or default under any such Real Property Lease) except for such violation, breach or default as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.7                                 Title to Property.  Seller has good and marketable title to all of the Purchased Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than the Permitted Encumbrances.  The Purchased Assets conveyed to Buyer, together with the premises to be subleased by Buyer pursuant to the Real Property Subleases, include all of those assets (real, personal, tangible and intangible) necessary for the conduct of the Business in substantially the same manner as the Business is currently conducted (other than the Excluded Assets and worn out or obsolete fixed assets disposed of in the ordinary course of the Business).

 

5.8                                 Tangible Personal Property.  Seller is in possession of and has good and marketable title to, or has valid leasehold interests in or valid rights under Contract to use, all the Tangible Personal Property and intangible assets, property and rights included in the Purchased

 

13



 

Assets.  All of such Tangible Personal Property and intangible assets, property and rights is free and clear of all Encumbrances except Permitted Encumbrances, is in a condition sufficient for the operation of the Business, and complies in all respects with all Requirements of Law, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.   The Tangible Personal Property of Seller that is included in the Purchased Assets includes all of the tangible personal property necessary to meet the requirements of all outstanding Contracts with, and material commitments to, customers of the Business and all necessary Tangible Personal Property is in working condition.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.8, none of the Tangible Personal Property is held under any lease, security agreement, conditional sales contract or other title retention or security arrangement or is located other than on the premises of Seller.  No unreleased mortgage, trust deed, chattel mortgage, security agreement, financing statement or other instrument encumbering any of the Assets has been recorded, filed, executed or delivered.

 

5.9                                 Intellectual Property.  Attached to this Agreement as Schedule 5.9 is a complete and accurate list and description of each item of Intellectual Property (other than trade secrets and know-how) included in the Purchased Assets, together with, in the case of registered and applied-for Intellectual Property included in the Purchased Assets:  the (i) applicable registration or application number; (ii) filing, registration, issue or application date; (iii) record owner; (iv) country; (v) title or description; (vi) remaining life; and (vii) whether any actions must be taken within four (4) months from the date of this Agreement to obtain, maintain or renew such registered or applied-for Intellectual Property.  In addition, Schedule 5.9 identifies whether each item of such Intellectual Property is owned by Seller or possessed and used by Seller under any Contract.  Such Intellectual Property constitutes valid and enforceable rights and, to Seller’s Knowledge, does not infringe or conflict with the rights of any other Person.  There is neither pending, nor to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened, any Legal Proceeding contesting the validity or right of Seller to use any of such Intellectual Property, and neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates have received any notice of infringement upon or conflict with any asserted right of others with respect to such Intellectual Property or the conduct of the Business nor, to Seller’s Knowledge, is there a basis for such a notice.  To Seller’s Knowledge, no Person is infringing upon its rights to such Intellectual Property.  Except as otherwise provided in Schedule 5.9, Seller does not have any obligation to compensate others for the use of any such Intellectual Property.

 

5.10                           ContractsSchedule 5.10 contains a true and complete list of each of the following Contracts or other arrangements included in the Purchased Assets (true and complete copies or, if none, reasonably complete and accurate written descriptions of which, together with all amendments and supplements thereto and all waivers of any terms thereof, have been provided to Buyer prior to the execution of this Agreement) of Seller or any of its Affiliates relating to the Business:

 

(a)                                  All such Contracts relating to future capital expenditures;

 

(b)                                 All such loans (other than Accounts Receivable) and advances to (other than ordinary course travel and other allowances to the employees and independent contractors of Seller), and investments in, any Person and all such Contracts relating to the making of any such loan, advancement or investment;

 

14



 

(c)                                  All such Contracts evidencing any indebtedness, including loan and credit agreements, promissory notes and other instruments of indebtedness;

 

(d)                                 All such Contracts with any Person containing any provision or covenant prohibiting or limiting the ability to engage in any business activity or compete with any Person or limiting the ability of any Person to compete with Seller or its Affiliates;

 

(e)                                  All such guarantees or other contingent liabilities in respect of any indebtedness or obligation of any Person (other than the endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary and usual course of business consistent with past custom and practice);

 

(f)                                    All such Contracts for management service, consulting, maintenance or anything similar (including any employee lease or outsourcing arrangement) providing for annual aggregate payments of more than $50,000 in 2004 or potential annual payment, as currently anticipated, of more than $50,000 in 2005;

 

(g)                                 All such Contracts relating to the future disposition or acquisition of any assets for more than $50,000, other than Contracts for the dispositions or acquisitions of supplies in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(h)                                 All collective bargaining or similar labor Contracts covering any Business Employee (as defined in Section 5.11(a));

 

(i)                                     All such Contracts relating to the ownership, use or licensing of any Intellectual Property that involve a future commitment by Seller in excess of $25,000, or that restrict the rights of the Business regarding, or permit other Persons to use or register, any material Intellectual Property;

 

(j)                                     All Assigned Real Property Leases and all Tangible Personal Property Leases;

 

(k)                                  All material Contracts included in the Purchased Assets and relating to currently effective warranties or representations made in respect of any services provided or sold or creating any other liability or obligation to service, repair, maintain, take back or otherwise do or not do anything in respect to any such services;

 

(l)                                     All such Contracts with any Affiliate, holder of more than 10% of the equity or Employee (including any officer, director or consultant) of Seller other than ordinary course unwritten agreements for employment at will;

 

(m)                               All such Contracts that (i) involve the annual payment pursuant to the terms of any such Contract of more than $50,000 or more in 2004 or potential annual payment, as currently anticipated, of more than $50,0000 in 2005 or (ii) cannot be terminated within 30 calendar days after giving notice of termination without resulting in any cost or penalty to Seller;

 

15



 

(n)                                 All such Contracts regarding confidentiality on the part of Seller with customers identified on Schedule 5.18; and

 

(o)                                 Any other Contracts entered into outside the ordinary course of the Business or otherwise material to the operation of the Business.

 

All such Contracts of Seller are in full force and effect and constitute legal, valid and binding agreements of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with their terms, and, to Seller’s Knowledge, each other party thereto; and except as disclosed in Schedule 5.10, neither Seller, its Affiliates nor, to Seller’s Knowledge, any other party to such Contract is in violation or breach of or default under any such Contract (or with notice or lapse of time or both, would be in violation or breach of or default under any such Contract) except for such violation, breach or default as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.11                           Employee Relations; Benefit Plans.

 

(a)                                  Schedule 5.11(a) lists the names and job titles of all employees of Seller or any of its Affiliates providing services exclusively or primarily with respect to the Business (“Business Employees”).

 

(b)                                 Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.11(b):

 

(i)                                     None of Seller or any of its Affiliates is party to, or bound by, any labor agreement, collective bargaining agreement, work rules or practices, or any other labor-related agreements or arrangements with any labor union, labor organization or works council concerning any Business Employees; no labor union, labor organization, works council, or group of Business Employees has made a pending demand for recognition or certification, and there are no representation or certification proceedings or petitions seeking a representation proceeding presently pending or threatened in writing to be brought or filed with the National Labor Relations Board or any other labor relations tribunal or authority with respect to the Business; and, to Seller’s Knowledge, there are no labor union organizing activities with respect to any Business Employees.

 

(ii)                                  From January 1, 2004 to the date of this Agreement, there has been no actual or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or work stoppages by the Business Employees with respect to the Business.

 

(iii)                               Seller and its Affiliates are in substantial compliance with all applicable laws respecting employment and employment practices with respect to the Business, including, without limitation, all laws respecting terms and conditions of employment, health and safety, wages and hours, child labor, immigration, employment discrimination, disability rights or benefits, equal opportunity, plant closures and layoffs, affirmative action, workers’ compensation, labor relations, employee leave issues and unemployment insurance.

 

16



 

(iv)                              Seller and its Affiliates have not received, with respect to the Business:  since January 1, 2004, (A) notice of any unfair labor practice charge or complaint pending or threatened in writing before the National Labor Relations Board or any other Governmental Body against them, (B) notice of any arbitrations or grievances arising out of any collective bargaining agreement or any other arbitration procedures against them, (C) notice of any charge or complaint with respect to or relating to them pending before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other Governmental Body responsible for the prevention of unlawful employment practices, (D) notice of the intent of any Governmental Body responsible for the enforcement of labor, employment, wages and hours of work, child labor, immigration, or occupational safety and health laws to conduct an investigation with respect to or relating to them or notice that such investigation is in progress, or (E) notice of any complaint, lawsuit or other proceeding pending or threatened in writing in any forum by or on behalf of any present or former employee of such entities, any applicant for employment or classes of the foregoing alleging breach of any express or implied contract of employment, any applicable law governing employment or the termination thereof or other discriminatory, wrongful or tortuous conduct in connection with the employment relationship.

 

(v)                                 To Seller’s Knowledge, no Business Employee is in any respect in violation of any term of any employment agreement, nondisclosure agreement, common law nondisclosure obligation, fiduciary duty, noncompetition agreement, restrictive covenant or other obligation to a former employer of any such employee relating (i) to the right of any such employee to be employed by Seller or (ii) to the knowledge or use of trade secrets or proprietary information.

 

(vi)                              The execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any breach or other violation of any collective bargaining agreement, employment agreement, consulting agreement or any other labor-related agreement to which Seller or its Affiliates is a party.

 

17



 

(c)                                  No liability under Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA has been incurred by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate that has not been satisfied in full, and no condition exists that presents a material risk to Seller or any ERISA Affiliate of incurring any such liability, other than liability for premiums due the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (which premiums have been paid when due).

 

(d)                                 Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.11(d) or as provided in Section 8.2, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not, either alone or in combination with another event, (i) entitle any Transferred Employee to severance pay, unemployment compensation or any other payment or (ii) accelerate the time of payment or vesting, or increase the amount of compensation due any Transferred Employee.

 

(e)                                  There has been no material failure of a Benefit Plan that is a group health plan (as defined in Section 5000(b)(1) of the Code) to meet the requirements of Section 4980B(f) of the Code with respect to a qualified beneficiary (as defined in Section 4980B(g) of the Code).  Neither Seller nor or any ERISA Affiliate has contributed to a nonconforming group health plan (as defined in Section 5000(c) of the Code) and no ERISA Affiliate has incurred a tax under Section 5000(e) of the Code which is or could become a liability of Seller or an ERISA Affiliate.

 

5.12                           Absence of Certain Changes.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.12, since December 31, 2004, there has not occurred any event or development that, individually or together with other such events, has had a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.12, since December 31, 2004, the Business has been conducted only in the ordinary course consistent with past custom and practice, and has incurred no liabilities other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past custom and practice.  Without limitation of the foregoing and except as set forth on Schedule 5.12, since December 31, 2004:

 

(a) Seller has not, to Seller’s Knowledge after reasonable investigation, with respect to the business:

 

(i)                           incurred any liabilities or obligations except current liabilities or obligations for trade payables in connection with the purchase of goods or services in the ordinary and usual course of business consistent with past custom and practice;

 

(ii)                        paid, discharged or satisfied any liabilities other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice of liabilities reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements or current liabilities incurred since December 31, 2004 in the ordinary and usual course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(iii)                     permitted or allowed any of their properties or assets (real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible) to be subjected to any Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances);

 

18



 

(iv)                    purchased any asset (whether or not in the ordinary and usual course of business consistent with past practice) for a cost in excess of $75,000;

 

(v)                       modified, amended or terminated any Contract to the extent that it involves in excess of $75,000 or waived, released or assigned any material rights or claims under any Contract except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

 

(vi)                    received notification that any client, customer or supplier who paid Seller or received from Seller at least $50,000 in revenue in 2004 or $20,000 in the five months ending May 31, 2005 will (i) stop or decrease in any respect the rate of business done with the Business, (ii) make any or seek to make any other alteration to its relationship with the Business or Buyer or (iii) seek to have any agreement, arrangement, contract or commitment amended or otherwise modified in a manner that has the effect of reducing the margins of the Business or Buyer or otherwise adversely affects the Business or Buyer;

 

(vii)                 permitted any material insurance policy naming Seller as a beneficiary or a loss payee to be cancelled or terminated, except those that expired according to their terms;

 

(viii)                                                written down the value of any inventories or written off as uncollectible any accounts receivable, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(ix)                      canceled any debts or waived any material claims or rights except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(x)                         except for obligations of Seller under existing Contracts, made, or permitted any other Person to make, any change in the rate of compensation, commission, bonus or other direct or indirect remuneration payable, or paid or agreed or promised to pay, conditionally or otherwise, any bonus, incentive, retention or other compensation, to or in respect of any officer, employee or consultant of Seller, or made or granted any increase in, or established, amended or terminated, any existing plan, program, policy or arrangement, including, without limitation, any Benefit Plan or arrangement, or adopted any new Benefit Plan or arrangement or entered into any new collective bargaining agreement or other union contract or arrangement or multiemployer plan that was not generally applicable to all of Seller’s employees;

 

(xi)                      made, or directed any other Person to make, any change in the rate of compensation, commission, bonus or other direct or indirect remuneration payable, or paid or agreed or promised to pay, conditionally or otherwise, any bonus, incentive, retention or other compensation, to or in respect of any of the agents of Seller set forth on Schedule 5.12(xi);

 

(xii)                   adopted or made any change in any method of financial or Tax accounting or reporting or financial or Tax accounting or reporting practice, except as required by GAAP, or made or changed any Tax elections;

 

19



 

(xiii)                conducted the cash management customs and practices (including the timing of collection of receivables and payment of payables and other current liabilities) and maintained the books and records of the Business other than in the ordinary and usual course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(xiv)               made any loans or advances to, or guarantees for the benefit of, or entered into any similar transaction with any employee, officer, director or shareholder of a Seller other than in the ordinary and usual course of business consistent with past practice.

 

(xv)                  borrowed any money (other than trade payables or other current expenses, all in the ordinary and usual course of business consistent with past practice) or issued any bonds, debentures, notes or other corporate securities evidencing money borrowed;

 

(xvi)               suffered any extraordinary loss, damage, destruction or casualty loss or waived any rights of material value, whether or not covered by insurance; and

 

(xvii)            agreed, in writing or otherwise, to take any of the foregoing actions.

 

(b)                                 Seller has not with respect to the Business:

 

(i)                           sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of any of its properties or assets (real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible), except for sales of assets or inventory in the ordinary and usual course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(ii)                        sold, assigned, transferred, abandoned or permitted to lapse any Permits or any portion thereof, or any of the Intellectual Property or other intangible assets, disclosed any material confidential information or trade secret to any person or granted any license or sublicense of any rights under or with respect to any Intellectual Property or other intangible assets;

 

(iii)                     made any single capital expenditure or commitment in excess of $50,000 or made aggregate capital expenditures and commitments in excess of $100,000; or

 

(iv)                    hired or terminated any employee (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) who has an annual salary in excess of $75,000.

 

5.13                           Environmental Matters.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.13, to Seller’s Knowledge:

 

(a)                                  Seller has complied with all applicable Environmental Laws with respect to the Business and the Leased Real Property, except to the extent any non-compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

20



 

(b)                                 With respect to the Business and the Leased Real Property, to Seller’s Knowledge, there have been no (i) environmental audits, assessments or occupational health studies; (ii) analyses of water (including groundwater analyses), soil, air, asbestos or other building materials samples; (iii) inspections of facilities by the Environmental Protection Agency, any counterpart state agency, or other relevant environmental authority; (iv) written communications with environmental agencies relating to issues of noncompliance, Releases or contamination; or (v) written claims or written complaints concerning environmental matters;

 

(c)                                  With respect to the Business, other than in compliance with Environmental Laws, neither Seller nor its Affiliates have generated, treated, stored or disposed of, or arranged for the storage, disposal or treatment of, any Contaminant or other solid waste in, under or on the Leased Real Property or at any other site or location not permitted for such treatment, storage or disposal;

 

(d)                                 With respect to the Business, neither Seller nor its Affiliates (i) have leased, used or owned a site or location that, pursuant to CERCLA or other similar state law, has been placed on the National Priorities List or its state equivalent or (ii) are on written notice of, or subject to a written claim, Court Order, administrative order or other demand either to take “response action,” “removal” or “remedial” action as those terms are defined respectively in 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601(25), (23) and (24), RCRA or other federal or state Environmental Law or to reimburse any person who has taken “response,” “removal” or “remedial” action in connection with that site;

 

(e)                                  Neither Seller nor its Affiliates have, with respect to the Business, owned or operated and do not currently own or operate, any underground storage tanks as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 6991(1).  Schedule 5.13 sets forth the age, contents or former contents of any above ground or underground storage tanks located on the Leased Real Property;

 

(f)                                    Neither Seller nor any third parties has disposed of or buried any solid wastes as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 6903(27), drums or containers on, in or under the ground or any surface waters located on the Leased Real Property;

 

(g)                                 There has been no unpermitted Release of Contaminants at the Leased Real Property that poses a material risk to human health or the environment, and there are no Contaminants in the soil or groundwater at the Leased Real Property in quantities or under circumstances that would require investigation or remediation pursuant to Environmental Law or that pose a material risk to human health or the environment; and

 

(h)                                 To Seller’s Knowledge, no facts, events or conditions with respect to the past or present operations or facilities of the Business exist which could reasonably be expected to interfere with or prevent compliance with, or could give rise to any common law or statutory liability or otherwise form the basis of any environmental claim against or involving the Business, its assets or the conduct of its respective business and operations under any Environmental Law now existing, based on any such fact, event or

 

21



 

circumstance, including, without limitation, liability for cleanup costs, personal injury or property damage.

 

5.14                           No Default, Violation or Litigation.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.14, the Business is not in violation of and has been operated in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except as such violation or non-compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates have received any notice of claimed noncompliance.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.14 and except as would not have a Materially Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate, (i) there are no Legal Proceedings pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened against or involving the Business or against or involving any of the Purchased Assets or to which the Business or the Purchased Assets may be bound or affected, at law or in equity, and there is no basis for any of the foregoing, and (ii) there are no judgments, orders, consents, decrees, injunctions, or any other judicial or administrative mandates outstanding against or otherwise relating to or affecting the Purchased Assets or the Business, nor has Seller received any written opinion or memorandum or legal advice from legal counsel retained by Seller to the effect that the Purchased Assets or the Business is exposed, from a legal standpoint, to any liability which may be material.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.14, Seller is not engaged in any legal action to recover monies due the Business or for damages sustained by the Business.  Schedule 5.14 sets forth a list of all closed litigation matters which related to the Business since January 1, 2004, the date such litigation was commenced or concluded and the nature of the resolution thereof (including amounts paid in settlement or judgment).

 

5.15                           Insurance PoliciesSchedule 5.15 is a correct and complete list and description, including policy number, coverage and deductible, of all insurance policies related to the Business owned by Seller, correct and complete copies of which policies have previously been delivered to Buyer.  To Seller’s Knowledge, such policies are in full force and effect, all premiums due thereon have been paid and Seller is not in default thereunder.  Seller has not received any written notice of cancellation or intent to cancel or increase or intent to increase premiums with respect to such insurance policies.  Schedule 5.15 also contains a list of all claims related to the Business to Seller’s Knowledge filed since January 1, 2004 with any insurance company by Seller.

 

5.16                           Licenses and PermitsSchedule 5.16 sets forth a list of all national permits, licenses, registrations, authorizations, consents, certificates, orders, franchises, variances and approvals of Governmental Bodies used or held by Seller in connection with the ownership, use, occupancy or operation of the Purchased Assets and the conduct and operation of the Business (“Permits”).  Seller is in material compliance with the terms of the Permits, and Seller has not received any written or oral notices to the contrary.

 

5.17                           Interests in Clients, Etc.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.17, none of Seller or, to Seller’s Knowledge, any of its Affiliates owns more than 20% of any competitor, client, customer or supplier of the Business or of any Person from whom or to whom the Business leases any real or personal property or of any other Person with whom the Business has any material business relationship.

 

5.18                           Clients Schedule 5.18 is a complete and correct list of all customers of the Business who paid Seller at least $50,000 in revenue in 2004.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.18,

 

22



 

and during the period January 1 through the date hereof, no customers of the Business who paid Seller at least $100,000 in revenue in 2004, or paid Seller at least $40,000 in the five months ending May 31, 2005, has cancelled or otherwise terminated, or threatened to cancel or terminate in writing, its relationship with the Business.

 

5.19                           Transactions with Affiliates.  Except as set forth in Schedule 5.19, no officer, director, employee or, to Seller’s Knowledge, Affiliate of Seller or any Affiliate of any such Person: (i) owns any property or right, whether tangible or intangible, which is used by the Business; (ii) has any claim or cause of action against the Business; (iii) owes any money to or is owed money from the Business except in the ordinary course of Business; (iv) is a party to any contract or other arrangement, written or oral, with the Business (other than normal employment relationships); or provides or causes to be provided any assets, services or facilities used or held for use in connection with the Business, and the Business does not provide or cause to be provided any assets, services or facilities to any such Person.  Schedule 5.19 sets forth every business relationship to Seller’s Knowledge (other than normal employment relationships) between the Business, on the one hand, and Seller’s officers, directors and employees, on the other hand.

 

5.20                           Software.  The Software of Seller that is included in the Purchased Assets and the Software provided or supported under the SBA and specifically identified therein is all of the Software necessary to meet the requirements of all outstanding Contracts with, and material commitments to, customers of the Business.  The Software of Seller that is included in the Purchased Assets and the Software provided or supported under the SBA and specifically identified therein is all of the Software necessary to conduct the Business as currently conducted.  With respect to the use of the Software that is included in the Purchased Assets, (i) no capital expenditures are necessary with respect to the use of such Software other than capital expenditures in the ordinary course of business that are consistent with the past practice of Seller, and (ii) Seller has not experienced any material defects in such Software, including any material error or omission in the processing of any transactions other than defects which have been corrected.  There is neither pending, nor to Seller’s Knowledge threatened, any Legal Proceeding alleging a violation of any Person’s privacy or personal information or data rights with respect to the Business, nor to Seller’s Knowledge is there a basis for such a Legal Proceeding.

 

5.21                           Agent Commissions Schedule 5.21 lists the name and compensation (including rate of commission) of the agents of Seller being paid in connection with the Business in 2004 and through May 31, 2005.

 

5.22                           Solvency of Seller.

 

(a)                                  Seller is not now insolvent nor will it be rendered insolvent by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  As used in this Section 5.22, “insolvent” with respect any Person means that the sum of the liabilities of such Person exceeds the present fair market value of such Person’s assets.

 

(b)                                 Immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement:  (i) Seller will be able to pay its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business; (ii) Seller will not have unreasonably

 

23



 

small capital with which to conduct its present business; and (iii) Seller will be able to satisfy any judgments and other obligations to which it is subject, as well as any judgments that are likely to arise as a result of any pending or threatened litigation against it.

 

5.23                           Brokers.  All negotiations relative to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been carried out by Seller directly with Buyer without the intervention of any Person on behalf of Seller in such manner as to give rise to any claim by any Person against Buyer or any of the Purchased Assets for a finder’s fee, brokerage commission or similar payment, except for Seller’s retention of Lazard Freres & Co., LLC, and Seller and its Affiliates shall be responsible for all amounts owed to Lazard Freres & Co., LLC.

 

5.24                           No Knowledge of Breach of Representations .  To Seller’s Knowledge, none of the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in this Agreements, in any of the certificates, schedules, lists, documents, exhibits, or other instruments delivered, or to be delivered, to Buyer as contemplated by any provision hereof, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary, in light of the circumstances under which it was made, to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading.  To Seller’s Knowledge, there are no facts, events or occurrences that have not been disclosed to Buyer which materially adversely affect or could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the Business or Seller’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or in any other agreements contemplated hereby.

 

5.25                           No Other Representations or Warranties.  Except for the representations and warranties contained in this ARTICLE 5, Seller makes no express or implied representation or warranty.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

 

As an inducement to Seller to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller and agrees that the statements contained in this ARTICLE 6 are true and correct.

 

6.1                                 Organization.  Buyer is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

6.2                                 Authority.  Buyer has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all of the Buyer Ancillary Agreements.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Buyer Ancillary Agreements by Buyer has been duly authorized and approved by its board of directors, stockholders (if required) or similar Persons and do not require any further authorization or consent.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and is the legal, valid and binding agreement of Buyer enforceable in accordance with its terms, and each of the Buyer Ancillary Agreements has been duly authorized by Buyer, as appropriate, and upon execution and delivery by Buyer, as appropriate, will be a legal, valid and binding obligation such party enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as

 

24



 

may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

6.3                                 No Conflicts.  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any of the Buyer Ancillary Agreements nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby nor compliance with or fulfillment of the terms, conditions and provisions hereof or thereof will:

 

(a)                                  Violate, conflict with, result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default, an event of default or an event creating rights of acceleration, termination or cancellation or a loss of rights under (i) the Organizational Documents of Buyer, (ii) any Contract or License of Buyer, (iii) any Court Order to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound, or (iv) any Requirements of Laws affecting Buyer; or

 

(b)                                 Require the approval, consent, authorization or act of, or the making by Buyer of any declaration, filing or registration with, any Person.

 

6.4                                 Funding Commitment.  Buyer has received the written commitment for funding to consummate the purchase of the Purchased Assets in the form attached hereto as Schedule 6.4 (the “Commitment”).

 

6.5                                 Brokers.  All negotiations relative to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been carried out by Buyer directly with Seller without the intervention of any Person on behalf of Buyer in such manner as to give rise to any claim by any Person against Seller for a finder’s fee, brokerage commission or similar payment.

 

6.6                                 No Other Representations or Warranties.  Except for the representations and warranties contained in this ARTICLE 6, Buyer does not make any express or implied representation or warranty.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

ACTION PRIOR TO THE CLOSING DATE

 

The respective parties hereto covenant and agree to take the following actions between the date hereof and the Closing Date:

 

7.1                                 Preserve Accuracy of Representations and Warranties.  All of the parties hereto shall refrain from taking any action that would render any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement inaccurate as of the Closing Date.  Each of Seller, on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other hand, shall promptly notify the other of any Legal Proceeding that shall be instituted or threatened against such party to restrain, prohibit or otherwise challenge the legality of any transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

 

25



 

7.2                                 Consents of Third Parties; Governmental Approvals.  Seller will act diligently and reasonably to secure, before the Closing Date, the consent, approval or waiver, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, from any party to any Contract required to be obtained to assign or transfer any such Contracts to Buyer or to otherwise satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 9.6 and Buyer will provide Seller with reasonable assistance in obtaining such consents.

 

7.3                                 Investigation by Buyer.  Seller will (i) provide Buyer and its officers, managers, employees, agents, counsel, accountants, financial advisors, consultants and other representatives (collectively, “Representatives”) and any Person providing financing to Buyer and such Person’s Representatives with full access, upon reasonable prior notice and during normal business hours, to the officers, employees and agents of Seller who have responsibility for the conduct of the Business, to Seller’s accountants and other consultants and advisors and to the Purchased Assets, and (ii) furnish Buyer and such other Persons with all such information and data (including, without limitation, copies of Contracts and other books and records) concerning the Business, the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Liabilities as Buyer or any of such other Persons reasonably may request in connection with such investigation.  The results of such investigation shall not relieve Seller from its obligations with respect to representations and warranties made by Seller in this Agreement.

 

7.4                                 Public Announcement.  Neither Seller and its Affiliates, on the one hand, nor Buyer and its Affiliates, on the other hand, shall issue any public report, statement, press release or similar item or make any other public disclosure with respect to the execution or substance of this Agreement or the Closing prior to the consultation with and written approval of the other party, except as required by law or regulation, including by the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange.  To the extent reasonably feasible, the initial press release or other announcement or notice regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be made jointly by the parties.

 

7.5                                 Operations Prior to the Closing Date.  Seller shall operate and carry on the Business only in the ordinary course consistent with past practice.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to the Business, Seller will use all reasonable efforts to:

 

(a)                                  (i) Preserve intact the present business organization and reputation of the Business, (ii) keep available (subject to dismissals and retirements in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) the services of Seller’s employees, (iii) maintain the Purchased Assets in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, (iv) maintain the good will of customers, suppliers and other Persons to whom Seller sells goods or provides services or with whom Seller otherwise has significant business relationships, (v) continue all current sales, marketing and promotional activities, and (vi) continue all capital expenditures and maintenance;

 

(b)                                 (i) Cause Seller’s books and records to be maintained in the usual, regular and ordinary manner and (ii) not permit any change in the management practices of the Business (including any material pricing, investment, accounting, financial reporting, credit, allowance, or Tax practice or policy); and

 

26



 

(c)                                  Comply, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law and promptly following receipt thereof to give Buyer copies of any notice received from any Governmental Body or other Person alleging any violation of any law or regulation.

 

7.6                                 Employee Matters.  Seller and its Affiliates, with respect to the Business, will refrain from directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                                  Making any representation or promise, oral or written, to any employee concerning any Benefit Plan, except for statements as to the rights or accrued benefits of any employee under the terms of any Benefit Plan and the effect of the transaction described herein on such rights and accrued benefits and disclosures required by ERISA or other Requirements of Law;

 

(b)                                 Making any increase in the salary, wages or other compensation of any employee other than scheduled annual increases disclosed in Schedule 7.6(b);

 

(c)                                  Adopting, entering into, amending, modifying or terminating (partially or completely) any Benefit Plan, except as necessary or appropriate to comply with Section 8.2, or to the extent required by applicable law;

 

(d)                                 Establishing or modifying any (i) targets, goals, pools or similar provisions in respect of any fiscal year under any Benefit Plan or any employment Contract or other compensation arrangement with or for Business Employees or (ii) salary ranges, increase guidelines or similar provisions in respect of any Benefit Plan or any employment Contract or other compensation arrangement with or for Business Employees;

 

(e)                                  Voluntarily recognizing any union or labor organization as a representative of any Business Employee or entering into any collective bargaining agreements or other labor-related contracts;

 

(f)                                    Hiring any employee (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) who has annual salary in excess of $50,000, except with the prior written consent of Buyer, which will not be unreasonably withheld; or

 

(g)                                 Terminating any employee who has annual salary in excess of $50,000, other than a termination in connection with a disciplinary matter in the ordinary course of business, except with the prior written consent of Buyer, which will not be unreasonably withheld;.

 

Seller and its Affiliates will use reasonable and good faith efforts to cause the Business Employees to continue to provide services to the Business.

 

7.7                                 Certain Restrictions.  Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates, with respect to the Purchased Assets or the Business, will without the consent of Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), directly or indirectly,

 

27


 


 

(a)                                  Conduct the Business other than in the ordinary course consistent with past custom and practice;

 

(b)                                 Conduct the cash management customs and practices (including the timing of collection of receivables and payment of payables and other current liabilities) other than in the usual and ordinary course of business consistent with past custom and practice;

 

(c)                                  Acquire, dispose of or permit to lapse any assets or properties other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or mortgage, pledge or subject them to any Encumbrance except for Permitted Encumbrances, or cancel without fair consideration any material debts or claims owing to or held by it;

 

(c)                                  Make any capital expenditures or commitments in excess of $25,000 for additions to property, plant or equipment constituting capital assets or made aggregate capital expenditures or commitments for additions to property, plant or equipment constituting capital assets in excess of $50,000;

 

(d)                                 Make any capital investment in, any loan to, or any acquisition of the securities or material assets of any other Person or take any steps to incorporate any subsidiary;

 

(e)                                  Make any loans or advances to, or guarantees for the benefit of, or enter into any transaction or agreement with any employee, officer or director, except for (x) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other agreements being executed and delivered at the Closing pursuant to the terms hereof, and (y) advances and other employee arrangements consistent with past custom and practice made to any shareholders, employees, officers and directors for travel and business expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                    Engage in or conduct any other material transaction involving the Purchased Assets, whether or not in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)                                 (A) Enter into any Contract (1) out of the ordinary course of business or (2) restricting in any respect the conduct of the Business as currently conducted, (B) make any loans (other than advances for travel and business expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business), (C) make any distributions of property other than cash, (D) execute any guarantee, issue any debt or borrow any money, except from suppliers in the ordinary course of business or buy or sell any assets out of the ordinary course of business or (E) institute, settle or compromise any litigation in excess of $50,000;

 

(h)                                 Enter into any transaction or Contract (including, without limitation, with respect to any transfer of any of the Purchased Assets or the placing of an Encumbrance on any of the Purchased Assets) except on an arm’s-length basis in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with past custom and practice;

 

28



 

(i)                                     Modify, amend or terminate any Contract under which Seller received or paid $100,000 or more in 2004 or in the year to date in 2005 or waive, release or assign any material rights or claims under any Contract;

 

(j)                                     Adopt or make any change in any financial or Tax accounting methods, principles or practices or make or change any Tax elections, except as may be required by law, GAAP or Seller’s independent auditor;

 

(k)                                  Pay, discharge or satisfy any liabilities other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in the ordinary and usual course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(l)                                     Permit any material insurance policy naming a Seller as a beneficiary or a loss payee to be cancelled or terminated, except those that expired according to their terms;

 

(m)                               Write down the value of any inventories or write off as uncollectible any accounts receivable, except in the ordinary course consistent with past practice;

 

(n)                                 (i) Sell, assign, transfer, abandon or permit to lapse any Permits or any portion thereof, or any of the Intellectual Property or other intangible assets, (ii) disclose any material confidential information or trade secret to any person except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (iii) grant any license or sublicense of any rights under or with respect to any Intellectual Property other than the pending license of CDS to Specialized Transportation, Inc. (the portions of which relating to CDS will be transferred to Buyer);

 

(o)                                 Amend, modify, extend, terminate or renew any Real Property Lease or enter into a new lease upon the termination of an existing Real Property Lease; or

 

(p)                                 Agree, in writing or otherwise, to take any of the foregoing actions.

 

7.8                                 Bulk Transfers; Bulk Sales Laws.  Prior to and after the Closing, Seller shall cooperate with Buyer to comply with all applicable provisions of state tax laws that in the absence of such compliance would hold Buyer liable for unpaid Taxes of Seller.  Within 180 days of the Closing or at such time as required by applicable Requirements of Law, Seller shall deliver to Buyer tax clearance certificates for all such Taxes.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 11.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement, Seller shall indemnify and hold Buyer harmless against any and all Losses incurred by Buyer or any of its Affiliates as a result of any failure by Seller to comply with any “bulk sales,” “bulk transfer” or similar laws in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

29



 

ARTICLE 8

 

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

8.1                                 Taxes.

 

(a)                                  Seller shall be liable for and shall pay all Taxes (whether assessed or unassessed) imposed on or required to be paid with respect to the Business or the Purchased Assets for all periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date.  Buyer shall be liable for and shall pay all Taxes imposed on or required to be paid with respect to the Business or the Purchased Assets for all periods (or portions thereof) beginning after the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                 In the case of any real or personal property Taxes with respect to the Purchased Assets that relate in whole or in part to periods both prior to and after the Closing Date, such Taxes will be prorated between Buyer and Seller based upon the number of days of the taxable period before and after the Closing Date.  The proration of such Taxes shall be addressed by direct payment between Buyer and Seller.

 

(c)                                  Any Transfer Tax payable with respect to the sale or transfer of the Purchased Assets from Seller to Buyer shall be the responsibility of the Seller.  Seller shall prepare and file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to such Taxes and, if required by applicable law, Buyer shall join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation.

 

(d)                                 After the Closing, upon reasonable notice, Buyer, on the one hand, and Seller, on the other hand, agree to furnish or cause to be furnished to each other and their representatives, employees, counsel and accountants access, during normal business hours, to such information and assistance relating to the Business and the Purchased Assets as are reasonably necessary for financial reporting and accounting matters relating to the Business and the Purchased Assets, the preparation and filing of any Tax Returns, reports or forms relating to the Business or the Purchased Assets, the defense of any Tax or other claim or assessment relating to the Business or the Purchased Assets; provided, however, that such access and assistance do not unreasonably disrupt the normal operations of Buyer, in the case of access and assistance given to Seller, or Seller, in the case of access and assistance given to Buyer.

 

(e)                                  Buyer and Seller shall, to the extent reasonably possible, treat Buyer as a “successor employer” and Seller as a “predecessor,” within the meaning of sections 3121(a)(1) and 3306(b)(1) of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations, with respect to employees of Seller to be employed by Buyer for purposes of Taxes imposed under the United States Federal Unemployment Tax Act or the United States Federal Insurance Contributions Act.

 

8.2                                 Employees.

 

(a)                                  Except as provided in (b) below, Buyer shall offer employment effective as of the Closing Date to all Business Employees who are identified on Schedule 5.11(a) and who are actively at work at Seller immediately prior to the Closing, except for those listed on Schedule 8.2(a) who shall remain employees of Seller.  Each offer of employment shall be made on a date prior to the Closing Date that is mutually agreeable to Buyer and Seller, shall be conditioned on the Business Employee actually working for Seller up to the Closing and shall provide salary, position, bonus targets and health

 

30



 

benefits that in the aggregate are substantially comparable to the salary, position, bonus targets and health benefits provided by Seller to the Business Employee.  The offers of employment shall provide a work location within a reasonable commute of the work location provided by Seller to the Business Employee.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall preclude Buyer from amending or terminating any of the items set forth in the preceding sentence following the Closing Date; provided, however, that, so long as a Transferred Employee remains employed by Buyer, no such action taken within the three month period following the Closing Date shall have the effect of reducing or eliminating any such salary, position, bonus targets and health benefits such that they are no longer substantially comparable to the salary, position, bonus targets and health benefits provided by Seller to the Transferred Employee.  All such employees who accept and timely commence employment with Buyer are hereinafter referred to as the “Transferred Employees.”

 

(b)                                 In the case of any Business Employee identified on Schedule 5.11(a) and not listed on Schedule 8.2(a) who is on an approved leave of absence (including due to authorized short-term leave of absence or short-term disability) as of the Closing Date (“Leave Status Employee”), if such employee is able to return to work within 90 days following the Closing Date, Buyer shall extend an offer of employment to such employee upon the same terms described in (a) except that it shall be for employment effective as of the employee’s return to work date, rather than the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                  Effective as of the Closing (or the employee’s return to work date in the case of any Leave Status Employee) (“Hire Date”), all Transferred Employees who accept and commence employment with Buyer shall cease to be employees of Seller and shall become employees of Buyer.  Buyer shall neither adopt nor become a sponsoring employer of, or have any obligations or liabilities under or with respect to, Seller’s Benefit Plans.

 

(d)                                 Subject to Section 8.2(e), Buyer shall provide all Transferred Employees with credit for their service with Seller for purposes of eligibility to participate and vesting under all employee benefit plans, programs and policies of Buyer in which such employees are eligible to participate, except to the extent that the provision of such credit would result in duplications of benefits.

 

(e)                                  On the Closing Date, Buyer shall adopt a severance plan applicable to periods on or following the Closing Date with substantially comparable benefits to those described in Seller’s Severance Pay Policy for any Transferred Employee; provided, however, that Buyer shall not be required to provide Transferred Employees with credit for their service with Seller under such severance plan.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall preclude Buyer from amending or terminating such severance plan following the Closing Date; provided, however, that no such action taken within the three month period following the Closing Date shall have the effect of reducing or eliminating any such benefit.

 

(f)                                    Buyer shall be solely responsible for providing continuation medical coverage as required by Sections 601–607 of ERISA for all Transferred Employees and

 

31



 

their dependents with respect to all qualifying events that occur on or after the applicable Hire Date.  Seller shall be solely responsible for providing continuation medical coverage as required by Sections 601–607 of ERISA for all Business Employees and their dependents with respect to all qualifying events that occur prior to the applicable Hire Date.

 

(g)                                 Buyer shall not provide any subsidy or incentive, directly or indirectly, to any Transferred Employee for electing COBRA continuation coverage or retiree medical insurance coverage offered by Seller, other than, in the event Seller does not have its health benefit plans in place, with respect to COBRA continuation coverage during the first 90 days immediately following the Closing Date.

 

(h)                                 Without limiting the obligation of Seller under applicable law, Seller shall cause the accounts of each Transferred Employee under Seller’s 401(k) plan to become fully vested immediately prior to the Closing Date.  Seller shall also cause each Transferred Employee who would have been eligible to receive retiree medical benefits had such employee retired from Seller and its Affiliates as of the Closing Date or during the 24 month period following the Closing Date, had such employee remained employed with Seller or an Affiliate, to receive such retiree medical benefits if such employee retires from Buyer and its Affiliates during the 24 month period commencing on the Closing Date.  Buyer shall notify Seller of any such retirement during such 24 month period.

 

(i)                                     As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, Buyer and Seller shall arrange for the accounts of all Transferred Employees in Seller’s 401(k) plan to be transferred to a 401(k) plan of Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer in a trustee-to-trustee transfer (which is intended to be qualified under §401 of the Code).  The transfer shall be in the form of (i) cash or other assets, such as mutual fund shares, acceptable to the trustee of Buyer’s 401(k) plan and (ii) the promissory notes representing any outstanding participant loans of the Transferred Employees.

 

(j)                                     As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, Seller shall pay to each Transferred Employee the value of all accrued, unused paid time off.

 

(k)                                  On the first business day following the Closing Date, Seller shall provide a list of the name and site of employment of any and all employees of the Business who have experienced an employment loss or layoff (as defined by WARN or any similar applicable state or local law requiring notice to employees in the event of a closing or layoff) within ninety (90) days prior to the Closing Date.

 

(l)                                     Nothing in this Section 8.2 express or implied shall confer upon any Transferred Employee, any current or former employee of Seller or other person or legal representative thereof any rights or remedies, including any right to employment, continued employment for any specified period, or compensation or benefits of any nature or kind whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement, and no such person shall be considered a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

 

32



 

(m)                               If requested by Buyer, Seller shall, during the 90 day period following the Closing Date, provide certain payroll and benefits administration services on behalf of Buyer, in each case in the manner set forth in the Transitional Services Agreement.  In order to perform such services, Seller may be required to incur certain expenses with its service providers on behalf of Buyer prior to Closing.  Upon any termination of this Agreement under Section 12.1, except for a termination by Buyer under Section 12.1(c), Buyer agrees to reimburse Seller within five days of such termination for any such expenses approved by Buyer.

 

(n)                                 Seller shall cause each Transferred Employee who has an account balance in any deferred compensation plan sponsored by Seller or any of its Affiliates to be paid out the full value of such account balance in accordance with each Transferred Employee’s election under Seller’s deferred compensation plan.

 

(o)                                 Buyer shall establish a dependent care spending account and a medical care spending account (the “Buyer FSAs”) effective as of the Closing Date, which Buyer FSAs shall have terms that are substantially identical to the analogous Seller dependent care and medical care flexible spending accounts (the “Seller FSAs”) as in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date.  Buyer and Seller shall take all steps necessary or appropriate so that the account balances (if any) under the Seller FSAs of each Transferred Employee who has elected to participate therein in the year in which the Closing Date occurs shall be transferred, as soon as practicable after the Closing Date from the Seller FSAs to the corresponding Buyer FSAs.  The Buyer FSAs shall assume responsibility as of the Closing Date for all outstanding dependent care and medical care claims under the Seller FSAs of each Transferred Employee for the year in which the Closing Date occurs and shall assume and agree to perform the obligations of the analogous Seller FSA from and after the Closing Date.  Buyer shall take all steps necessary or appropriate so that the contribution elections of each such Transferred Employee as in effect immediately before the Closing Date remain in effect under the Buyer FSAs following the Closing Date.

 

8.3                                 Noncompete by Seller.  For a period beginning on the Closing Date and ending five years thereafter, Seller and its Affiliates shall not, directly or indirectly, in any capacity or by means of any corporate or other device within the United States of America and Canada:

 

(a)                                  Own, operate, manage, control, engage in, invest in any business or participate in any manner in, act as a consultant or advisor to, render services for (alone or in association with any Person), or otherwise assist any Person that engages in any of the dedicated call center (for third parties other than Affiliates), inventory management and transportation management services provided by the Business operated as SIRVA Logistics in the twelve months prior to the Closing, including, but not limited to, (i) operating as a Non-Asset Based lead logistics provider, (ii) providing inventory management with a single client across multiple storage locations utilizing a single instance relational database, (iii) providing vendor managed inventory services utilizing a serialized database, or (iv) providing Non Asset-Based reverse logistics or transportation management services;

 

33



 

(b)                                 Without Buyer’s prior written consent, solicit business from any Person which is or was a client or customer of the Business during the two (2) year period preceding the Closing Date, or from any successor in interest to any such Person, in any case, for the purpose of securing business or contacts for services restricted by Section 8.3(a) above; or

 

(c)                                  Solicit, encourage, initiate or knowingly participate in discussions or negotiations with, or provide any information to, any present client, customer or supplier of the Buyer or the Business operated as SIRVA Logistics on the Closing Date with respect to the termination or other alteration of his, her or its relationship with the Buyer;

 

(d)                                 Solicit, encourage, initiate or knowingly participate in discussions or negotiations with, or provide any information to, any New Party whose relationship to the Buyer is known to the Seller with respect to the termination or other alteration of his, her or its relationship with the Buyer as such relationship relates to the services that Seller is restricted from providing by Section 8.3(a) above;

 

provided, however, that this Section 8.3 shall not preclude (i) Seller or its Affiliates from engaging in the following activities:  (w) records storage and management (other than involving the Business as it is currently conducted by Seller); (x) household goods moving for individual, corporate and government (including military) customers; (y) commercial relocation services (including inter- and intra-facility transportation and moving of new and used furniture, fixtures, equipment and miscellaneous goods not for resale) and associated project management; and (z) employee relocation services (including mortgage and title services); (ii) the transportation and storage of high value products and related incidental support services as currently conducted by Allied Van Lines, Inc.’s Special Products Division and Seller’s Flatbed business or (iii) Seller from owning no more than 5% of the outstanding equity of a Person with a class of equity registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  In the event that any of the territorial, time or scope limitations is deemed to be unreasonable by a court of competent jurisdiction, Buyer and Seller agree, and Seller submits, to the reduction of any or all of said territorial, time or scope limitations to such an area, period or scope as said court shall deem reasonable under the circumstances.  If such partial enforcement is not possible, the provision shall be deemed severed, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  The parties acknowledge that Seller and its Affiliates currently provide services to Canon USA, Inc. and Philips Medical Systems North America Company; such services are of the type that are not restricted by Section 8.3(a) and the parties acknowledge that the Section 8.3(a) restrictions are also applicable to such clients.

 

Seller acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 8.3 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of Buyer, including, but not limited to, the protection of the goodwill and Confidential Information (as defined in Section 8.7 below) purchased hereunder.  Seller further acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 8.3 do not cause Seller or its Affiliates undue hardship, and that any violations of any provision of this Section 8.3 will result in irreparable injury to Buyer and that, therefore, Buyer shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief in any court of competent jurisdiction, without bond, and to an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from such

 

34



 

violation, which rights shall be cumulative and in addition to any other rights or remedies to which Buyer may be entitled.

 

8.4                                 Nonsolicitation by Seller.  Seller and its Affiliates shall not, directly or indirectly, in any capacity or by means of any corporate or other device within the United States of America and Canada:

 

(a)                                  Hire, employ, engage, recruit, solicit, or attempt to hire any Transferred Employee for a period of two years from the Closing Date, without the prior written consent of Buyer; or

 

(b)                                 Hire, employ, engage, recruit, solicit, or attempt to hire any Transferred Employee for a period beginning two years following the Closing Date until five years after the Closing Date, without the prior written consent of Buyer, except (i) with the prior consent of Buyer, (ii) if the employee initiates any employment discussions with Seller or (iii) pursuant to a general solicitation by means of a radio, internet, newspaper, television or similar advertisements not specifically targeted to such employees.

 

8.5                                 Nonsolicitation by Buyer.  Buyer shall not, directly or indirectly, in any capacity or by means of any corporate or other device within the United States of America and Canada:

 

(a)                                  Solicit or recruit any employee of Seller, for a period of one year from the Closing Date, except (i) with the prior consent of Seller, (ii) if the employee initiates any employment discussions with Buyer or (iii) pursuant to a general solicitation by means of a radio, internet, newspaper, television or similar advertisements not specifically targeted to such employees; or

 

(b)                                 Solicit or recruit any employee of Specialized Transportation Inc. or Gainey Transportation Services, Inc., for a period of one year from the Closing Date, except (i) with the prior consent of the applicable current employer, (ii) if the employee initiates any employment discussions with Buyer or (iii) pursuant to a general solicitation by means of a radio, internet, newspaper, television or similar advertisements not specifically targeted to such employees.

 

8.6                                 Enforcement of STI and Gainey Non-Solicitations.  Upon the request of Buyer, Seller agrees to assign to Buyer Seller’s right to enforce the non-solicitation provisions with respect to Buyer’s employees in the STI Agreement and Gainey Agreement as they relate to the Business; provided, however, to the extent that such right can not be assigned, Seller agrees to take all necessary steps to enforce the non-solicitation provisions described above at Buyer’s expense.

 

8.7                                 “As Is” Condition.  Except as otherwise expressly stated in this Agreement, Buyer agrees that it shall accept the Purchased Assets in an “As is,” “Where is” condition at the Closing Date.

 

8.8                                 Confidential Information.  From the date hereof and thereafter, Seller and its Affiliates shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not, without the prior written consent of Buyer, furnish, make available or disclose to any third party or use for the

 

35



 

benefit of itself or any third party, any Confidential Information.  As used in this Section 8.7, “Confidential Information” shall mean any information relating to the Business and the business or affairs of Buyer, including, without limitation, to information relating to the purchase price and terms of this Agreement, the financial statements, client or customer identities, potential clients or customers, employees, suppliers, servicing methods, equipment, programs, strategies and information, analyses, profit margins or other proprietary information; provided, however, that Confidential Information shall not include any information which is in the public domain or becomes generally known in the public domain through no wrongful act on the part of Seller or its Affiliates.  If Seller or any of its Affiliates is requested or required by Law, court order or similar process or proceeding to disclose any Confidential Information, such party will provide Buyer with prompt written notice of such request(s) so that Buyer may seek an appropriate protective order, at Buyer’s expense, and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 8.7.  If, failing the entry of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, Seller or any of its Affiliates is compelled to disclose Confidential Information, such party may disclose only that portion of such information as is legally required without liability hereunder; provided, that such party shall exercise its best efforts at Buyer’s expense to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information. Seller acknowledges that the Confidential Information is vital, sensitive, confidential and proprietary to the Business and Buyer.

 

8.8                                 Discharge of Liabilities.  Following the Closing, Seller shall pay or discharge the Excluded Liabilities; provided this Section 8.8 shall not preclude Seller from contesting or challenging any Excluded Liabilities that it determines in good faith are not obligations of Seller.

 

8.9                                 Financial Statements.  Seller shall deliver:

 

(a)                                  at Closing, the unaudited pro forma balance sheets of the Business as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and the pro forma statements of operations and cash flow for the twelve months then ended,  If Closing shall occur on or before August 15th, at Closing, Seller shall also deliver the unaudited pro forma balance sheets of the Business as of  May 31, 2005 and the pro forma statements of operations and cash flow for the five months then ended.  If Closing shall occur after August 15th, Seller shall also deliver the unaudited pro forma balance sheets of the Business as of  June 30, 2005 and the pro forma statements of operations and cash flow for the six months then ended (such May or June financial statements, the “Interim Financial Statements” and, together with the other financial statements listed in this Section 8.9(a), collectively, the “Financial Statements”).

 

(b)                                 as soon as available, but in no event later than the earlier of 75 days after the date hereof or sixty (60) days following the Closing Date, the unaudited pro forma balance sheet of the Business as of the Closing Date and the pro forma statements of operations and cash flow for the months in the fiscal year then ended, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the Financial Statements, subject to the lack of the footnote disclosure otherwise required by GAAP; and

 

(c)                                  as soon as available, but in no event later than December 31, 2005, the audited pro forma balance sheets of the Business as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the pro forma

 

36



 

statements of operations and cash flow for the twelve months then ended, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the Financial Statements.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER

 

The obligations of Buyer under this Agreement shall, at the option of Buyer, be subject to the satisfaction, of the following conditions:

 

9.1                                 Representations and Warranties.  The representations and warranties of Seller set forth herein (i) that are qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct both when made and at and as of the Closing, as if made at and as of such time (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such date), and (ii) that are not qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct both when made and at and as of the Closing, as if made at and as of such time (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such date) in all material respects.

 

9.2                                 Performance.  Seller shall have performed and complied with, in all material respects, each agreement, covenant and obligation required by this Agreement to be so performed or complied with by Seller at or before the Closing.

 

9.3                                 Officer’s Certificate.  Buyer shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by an officer of Seller, to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 9.1 and Section 9.2 have been satisfied.

 

9.4                                 Orders and Laws.  There shall not be in effect on the Closing Date any Court Order, or Requirement of Law restraining, enjoining or otherwise making unadvisable, undesirable or illegal or prohibiting the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or that otherwise could reasonably be expected to result in a material diminution of the benefits of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and there shall not be pending or threatened on the Closing Date any action or proceeding in, before or by any Governmental Body that could reasonably be expected to result in the issuance of any such Court Order or the enactment, promulgation or deemed applicability to Buyer, the Purchased Assets or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement of any such Requirement of Law.

 

9.5                                 Regulatory Consents and Approvals.  All consents, approvals and actions of, filings with and notices to any Governmental Body necessary to permit Buyer and Seller to perform their obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (i) shall have been duly obtained, made or given, (ii) shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, (iii) shall not be subject to the satisfaction of any condition that has not been satisfied or waived and (iv) shall be in full force and effect, and all terminations or expirations of waiting periods imposed by any Governmental Body necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have occurred.

 

37



 

9.6                                 Third Party Consents.  All consents to the performance by Buyer and Seller of their obligations under this Agreement or to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby as are required under any material Contract of Buyer or Seller as mutually agreed by Buyer and Seller and set forth in Schedule 9.6:  (i) shall have been obtained, (ii) shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, (iii) shall not be subject to the satisfaction of any condition that has not been satisfied or waived and (iv) shall be in full force and effect.

 

9.7                                 Deliveries.  Seller shall have delivered to Buyer the Seller Ancillary Agreements and all documents and agreements to be delivered by Seller at or prior to Closing.

 

9.8                                 No Material Adverse Effect.  There shall not have been a change resulting in a Material Adverse Effect on the Business, including its condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations, or of the Purchased Assets.

 

9.9                                 Real Estate Matters.  Buyer and Seller shall have reached mutual agreement on the terms of the Landlord Documents, the Real Property Lease Assignments and all leases and subleases of the Leased Real Property (including receipt of any consents from any lessors or sublessors).

 

9.10                           Loss of Client(s).  Any current client or group of clients which represents more than 5% of the revenues of the Business shall have ceased to be a client of Seller.

 

9.11                           Employment Agreements.  Buyer shall have entered into Employment Agreements with the employees listed on Schedule 9.11.

 

9.12                           Key Employees.  The employees listed on Schedule 9.12 shall have accepted employment with Buyer.

 

9.13                           Licenses.  Buyer and Seller shall have reached mutual agreement on the terms of the License and the Trademark License.

 

9.14                           Transition Services Agreement.  Buyer and Seller shall have reached mutual agreement on the terms of the Transition Services Agreement.

 

9.15                           Service Bureau Agreement.  Buyer and Seller shall have reached mutual agreement on the terms of the Service Bureau Agreement.

 

9.16                           Financial Statements.  The Financial Statements delivered to Buyer at the Closing shall be acceptable to Buyer, in Buyer’s reasonable discretion.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER

 

The obligations of Seller under this Agreement shall, at the option of Seller, be subject to the satisfaction, of the following conditions:

 

38



 

10.1                           Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Buyer set forth herein (i) that are qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct both when made and at and as of the Closing, as if made at and as of such time (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such date), and (ii) that are not qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct both when made and at and as of the Closing, as if made at and as of such time (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such date) in all material respects.

 

10.2                           Performance.  Buyer shall have performed and complied with, in all material respects, each agreement, covenant and obligation required by this Agreement to be so performed or complied with by Buyer at or before the Closing.

 

10.3                           Officer’s Certificate.  Seller shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by an officer of Buyer, to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 10.1 and Section 10.2 have been satisfied.

 

10.4                           Orders and Laws.  There shall not be in effect on the Closing Date any Court Order, or Requirement of Law restraining, enjoining or otherwise making unadvisable, undesirable or illegal or prohibiting the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and there shall not be pending or threatened on the Closing Date any action or proceeding in, before or by any Governmental Body that could reasonably be expected to result in the issuance of any such Court Order or the enactment, promulgation or deemed applicability to Seller, the Purchased Assets or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement of any such Requirement of Law.

 

10.5                           Regulatory Consents and Approvals.  All consents, approvals and actions of, filings with and notices to any Governmental Body necessary to permit Buyer and Seller to perform their obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (i) shall have been duly obtained, made or given, (ii) shall not be subject to the satisfaction of any condition that has not been satisfied or waived and (iii) shall be in full force and effect, and all terminations or expirations of waiting periods imposed by any Governmental Body necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have occurred.

 

10.6                           Deliveries.  Buyer shall have delivered to Seller the Buyer Ancillary Agreements and all documents and agreements to be delivered by Buyer at or prior to Closing.

 

10.7                           Real Estate Matters  Buyer and Seller shall have reached mutual agreement on the terms of all leases and subleases of the Leased Real Property.

 

10.8                           Licenses.  Buyer and Seller shall have reached mutual agreement on the terms of the License, the Software License Assignment and the Trademark License.

 

10.9                           Transition Services Agreement.  Buyer and Seller shall have reached mutual agreement on the terms of the Transition Services Agreement.

 

10.10                     Service Bureau Agreement.  Buyer and Seller shall have reached mutual agreement on the terms of the Service Bureau Agreement.

 

39



 

10.11                     No Material Adverse Effect on Buyer .  There shall not have been a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

11.1                           Indemnification by Seller.  Seller will indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless each Buyer Group Member from and against any and all Losses and Expenses incurred by such Buyer Group Member in connection with or arising from:

 

(a)                                  Any non-compliance with or breach by Seller of any of its covenants in this Agreement or in any Seller Ancillary Agreement;

 

(b)                                 Any failure of Seller to perform any of its obligations in this Agreement or in any Seller Ancillary Agreement;

 

(c)                                  Any breach of any warranty or the inaccuracy of any representation of Seller contained or referred to in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered by or on behalf of Seller pursuant hereto, provided, however, that for purposes of determining an inaccuracy in or breach of a representation or warranty for purposes of an indemnification under this ARTICLE 11, the representations and warranties in ARTICLE 5 shall be construed as if they were not qualified by the terms “material”, “materiality” or Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d)                                 Any action, demand, proceeding, investigation or claim (whenever made) by any third party (including Governmental Bodies) that, if successful, would give rise to or evidence the existence of or relate to a misrepresentation or breach of any of the representations and warranties or covenants of Seller in this Agreement or in any Seller Ancillary Agreement;

 

(e)                                  Any claim for payment of fees and/or expenses as a broker or finder in connection with the origin, negotiation, execution or consummation of this Agreement based upon any alleged agreement between the claimant and Seller;

 

(f)                                    Any Excluded Liability; or

 

(g)                                 Any claim or liability with respect to shipments loaded on or prior to the Closing Date,

 

provided that, the foregoing notwithstanding, (i) Buyer shall not be entitled to seek indemnification pursuant to Section 11.1(c) with respect to any individual Loss or related group of Losses unless such Loss or related group of Losses exceeds $50,000 and, together with all other such Losses exceeds $250,000 and shall be entitled to indemnification thereunder only for the amount of such excess and (ii) except for environmental matters, Seller’s total obligations under Section 11.1(c) shall not exceed $4,300,000.

 

40



 

11.2                           Indemnification by Buyer.  Buyer agrees to indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless each Seller Group Member from and against any and all Losses and Expenses incurred by such Seller Group Member in connection with or arising from:

 

(a)                                  Any non-compliance with or breach by Buyer of any of its covenants or agreements in this Agreement or in any Buyer Ancillary Agreement;

 

(b)                                 Any failure by Buyer to perform any of its obligations in this Agreement or in any Buyer Ancillary Agreement;

 

(c)                                  Any breach of any warranty or the inaccuracy of any representation of Buyer contained or referred to in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered by or on behalf of Buyer pursuant hereto, provided, however, that for purposes of determining an inaccuracy in or breach of a representation or warranty for purposes of an indemnification under this ARTICLE 11, the representations and warranties in ARTICLE 6 shall be construed as if they were not qualified by the terms “material”, “materiality” or Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d)                                 Any action, demand, proceeding, investigation or claim (whenever made) by any third party (including Governmental Bodies) that, if successful, would give rise to or evidence the existence of or relate to a misrepresentation or breach of any of the representations and warranties or covenants of Buyer in this Agreement or in any Buyer Ancillary Agreement;

 

(e)                                  Any Assumed Liabilities; or

 

(f)                                    Any claim or liability with respect to shipments loaded after the Closing Date,

 

provided that, the foregoing notwithstanding, (i) Seller shall not be entitled to seek indemnification pursuant to Section 11.2(c) with respect to any individual Loss or related group of Losses unless such Loss or related group of Losses exceeds $50,000 and, together with all other such Losses exceeds $250,000 and shall be entitled to indemnification thereunder only for the amount of such excess and (ii) Buyer’s total obligations under Section 11.2(c) shall not exceed $4,300,000.

 

11.3                           Indemnification Procedures.

 

(a)                                  Any Person making a claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 above (an “Indemnified Party”) must give the Party from whom indemnification is sought (an “Indemnifying Party”) written notice of such claim describing such claim and the nature and amount of such Losses (to the extent that the nature and amount of such Losses is known at such time) (an “Indemnification Claim Notice”) as promptly as practicable after the Indemnified Party learns of any action, lawsuit, proceeding, investigation or other claim (a “Third Party Claim”) against or involving the Indemnified Party by a Governmental Body or other third party or otherwise discovers the liability, obligation or facts giving rise to such claim for indemnification; provided that the failure to notify or delay in notifying an Indemnifying Party will not relieve the Indemnifying

 

41



 

Party of its obligations pursuant to Sections 11.1 or 11.2, as applicable, except to the extent that (and only to the extent that) such failure materially damaged such party.  Subject to Section 11.3(e), the Indemnifying Party shall have the right, upon written notice to the Indemnified Party (the “Defense Notice”) within thirty (30) days after receipt from the Indemnified Party of notice of such claim, which notice by the Indemnifying Party shall specify the counsel it will appoint to defend such claim (“Defense Counsel”), to conduct at its expense the defense against such claim in its own name, or if necessary, in the name of the Indemnified Party; provided that the Indemnifying Party acknowledges in writing and without qualification its indemnification obligations under this Agreement; provided, further, that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to approve the Defense Counsel, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and in the event the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party cannot agree upon such counsel within five (5) days after the Defense Notice is provided, then the Indemnifying Party shall propose an alternate Defense Counsel, which shall be subject again to the Indemnified Party’s approval as provided in this Section 11.3(a).  The Indemnifying Party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel employed by the Indemnified Party for any period during which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense of any such Third Party Claim in accordance with this Section 11.3(a).

 

(b)                                 In the event that the Indemnifying Party shall fail to give the Defense Notice, it shall be deemed to have elected not to conduct the defense of the subject claim, and in such event the Indemnified Party shall have the right to conduct such defense and to compromise and settle the claim without prior consent of the Indemnifying Party, but shall reserve its right to indemnification from the Indemnifying Party hereunder.

 

(c)                                  In the event that the Indemnifying Party does deliver a Defense Notice and thereby elects to conduct the defense of the subject claim, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to conduct such defense and, except as provided in Section 11.3(d) below, to settle the claim without the prior consent of the Indemnified Party.  The Indemnified Party will cooperate with and make available to the Indemnifying Party such assistance and materials as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request, all at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, and the Indemnified Party shall have the right at its expense to participate in the defense assisted by counsel of its own choosing, provided that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to compromise and settle the claim only with the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(d)                                 No Indemnifying Party shall consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (A) if such judgment or settlement does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by each claimant or plaintiff to each Indemnified Party which is subject to the applicable claim, or a party to the applicable action or proceeding, of a release from all liability in respect to such claim, (B) if such judgment or settlement would result in the finding or admission of any violation of Law against an Indemnified Party, or (C) if as a result of such consent or settlement, injunctive or other equitable relief would be imposed against

 

42



 

the Indemnified Party or such judgment or settlement would interfere with or adversely affect the lawful business, operations or assets of the Indemnified Party.

 

(e)                                  The Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to control, and the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to have sole control over, the defense or settlement of any claim (and the reasonable cost of such defense and any Losses with respect to such claim shall constitute an amount for which the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification hereunder) if (A) the claim for indemnification is with respect to a criminal proceeding, action, indictment, allegation or investigation, (B) the Indemnified Party has been advised by counsel that a reasonable likelihood exists of a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party, or (C) the claim seeks an injunction or other equitable relief against the Indemnified Party or Buyer or any Subsidiary of Buyer.

 

11.4                           Environmental Response.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 11.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement, so long as Seller acknowledges full responsibility for any Losses, Seller shall determine the manner of resolution of, and shall otherwise control the management and implementation of any part of the defense, response, proceedings or settlement relating to any Losses for which Seller has an indemnity obligation under Section 11.1, which involves or relates to the investigation, study, sampling, testing, abatement, monitoring, cleanup, removal, remediation, or other response action relating to the Release or presence of Contaminants at, from, in, to, on, under, or about the Leased Real Property (“Environmental Response Action”), in accordance with the following procedures:

 

(a)                                  Seller shall provide written notice (each such notice an “Environmental Response Action Notice”) to Buyer setting forth with reasonable particularity the nature of the condition or event giving rise to the related Environmental Response Action Notice, the nature of the activities undertaken or to be undertaken by Seller with respect thereto (to the extent then determinable), and the estimated cost associated with such activities (to the extent then capable of being estimated).

 

(b)                                 Buyer shall within 30 days after receipt of an Environmental Response Action Notice, notify Seller in writing that Buyer, in whole or in part, approves or objects to the Environmental Response Action set forth in the Environmental Response Action Notice.  Buyer shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of the Environmental Response Action set forth in such Environmental Response Action Notice.

 

(c)                                  If Buyer notifies Seller that Buyer approves of all or part of the Environmental Response Action set forth in the related Environmental Response Action Notice, the Losses (or the part thereof so approved by Buyer) associated with the Environmental Response Action shall be conclusively deemed Losses for which Seller has an indemnity obligation and Seller shall pay the amount of such Losses to Buyer on demand.

 

(d)                                 In the event Buyer objects to all or any part of an Environmental Response Action Notice on a timely basis in accordance with this Section 11.4, in whole or in part,

 

43



 

then Buyer shall notify Seller in writing of its specific disagreement (and the basis therefor) regarding such Environmental Response Action.  If Buyer’s objection relates to the nature of the proposed activities or response of Seller to the relevant condition or event, then Buyer shall provide an alternative proposal describing in reasonable detail the proposed activities or response, including estimated costs associated therewith (“Dispute Notification”), within 30 days of its receipt of the related Environmental Response Action Notice.  Seller and Buyer shall thereafter negotiate in good faith in an attempt to reach agreement as to the disputed Environmental Response Action Notice and the Dispute Notification. In the event that Seller and Buyer are unable to resolve the dispute within 30 days, either party may initiate legal proceedings to resolve the dispute.

 

11.5                           Survival of Obligations.  All representations, warranties, covenants and obligations contained in this Agreement shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement indefinitely, provided that (i) the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.4, 5.6, 5.7 (except as to title to the Purchased Assets), 5.8 (except as to title to the Tangible Personal Property), 5.9, 5.10, 5.12 and 5.14 through 5.24 shall survive for a period of twenty (20) months following the Closing Date, (ii) the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.11 and 5.13 shall survive until the applicable statute of limitations has run (including any valid extension) plus 90 days and (iii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.5 shall survive until the later of (x) 90 days after the applicable statute of limitations on assessment or refund of Tax has expired or (y) the date on which the applicable taxable year (or portion thereof) has been closed, except that the representations and warranties referred to in (i), (ii) or (iii) will continue to survive if an Indemnification Claim Notice shall have been given under Section 11.3 on or prior to such termination date, until the related claim for indemnification has been satisfied or otherwise resolved.

 

11.6                           Exclusive Remedy.  After the Closing, the indemnification provisions contained in Sections 11.1 and 11.2 shall, absent fraud or intentional acts, be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Indemnified Party against the Indemnifying Party.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

TERMINATION

 

12.1                           Termination.  Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date:

 

(a)                                  by the written consent of all the parties hereto;

 

(b)                                 by any party hereto if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before August 31, 2005 (or such later date as may be mutually agreed to by Buyer and Seller);

 

(c)                                  by Buyer if (provided that Buyer is not then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained herein):

 

(i)                                     any representation or warranty of Seller set forth herein (A) that is qualified as to materiality shall not be true and correct both when made and at and

 

44



 

as of the date of termination, as if made at and as of such time (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such date), or (B) that is not qualified as to materiality shall not be true and correct both when made and at and as of the date of termination, as if made at and as of such time (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such date), in each case, in any material respect; provided that such failure to be true and correct is not cured, or is incapable of being cured, within 15 days after the receipt by Seller of written notice of such failure;

 

(ii)                                  Seller shall have failed to perform in any material respect any obligation required to be performed by them at or prior to the Closing Date under this Agreement, which failure to perform has not been cured within fifteen (15) days following receipt by Seller of notice of such failure to perform;

 

(d)                                 by Seller if (provided that Seller is not then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained herein):

 

(i)                                     any representation or warranty of Buyer set forth herein (i) that is qualified as to materiality shall not be true and correct both when made and at and as of the date of termination, as if made at and as of such time (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such date), or (ii) that is not qualified as to materiality shall not be true and correct both when made and at and as of the date of termination, as if made at and as of such time (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such date), in each case, in any material respect; provided that such failure to be true and correct is not cured, or is incapable of being cured, within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by Buyer of written notice of such failure; or

 

(ii)                                  Buyer shall have failed to perform in any material respect any obligation required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing Date under this Agreement, which failure to perform has not been cured within fifteen (15) days following receipt by Buyer of notice of such failure to perform;

 

(e)                                  by any party hereto if any Governmental Body shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

12.2                           Notice of Termination.  Any party desiring to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.1 shall give written notice of such termination to the other parties to this Agreement.

 

12.3                           Effect of Termination.  In the event that this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to this ARTICLE 12, all further obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be terminated without further liability of any party to the other, except as arising under Section 13.12 (which shall survive termination) and for liability for any breach of this Agreement.  Nothing herein shall relieve any party from liability for its breach of this Agreement or its

 

45



 

obligations to comply with the confidentiality agreement and binding provisions of the letter agreement dated April 15, 2005 between Lake Capital Management, LLC and Seller.

 

ARTICLE 13

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

13.1                           Notices.  All notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or delivered when delivered personally or by registered or certified mail or by private courier addressed as follows:

 

If to Buyer, to:

 

NAL Worldwide LLC

 

 

676 North Michigan Avenue

 

 

Suite 3900

 

 

Chicago, Illinois  60611

 

 

Attention:

Paul G. Yovovich

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

 

 

333 West Wacker Drive

 

 

Suite 2100

 

 

Chicago, Illinois  60606

 

 

Attention:

Kimberly A. deBeers, Esq.

 

 

 

Peter C. Krupp, Esq.

 

 

 

If to Seller, to:

 

North American Van Lines, Inc.

 

 

c/o SIRVA, Inc.

 

 

700 Oakmont Lane

 

 

Westmont, IL 60559

 

 

Attention:

John M. Dupuy

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

SIRVA, Inc.

 

 

700 Oakmont Lane

 

 

Westmont, IL 60559

 

 

Attention:

General Counsel

 

or to such other address as such party may indicate by a notice delivered to the other party hereto.  Date of service of such notice shall be (x) the date the notice is personally delivered, (y) three days (3) days after the date of mailing if sent by certified or registered mail, or (z) one (1) day after date of delivery to the overnight courier if sent by overnight courier.

 

46



 

13.2                           Successors and Assigns.

 

(a)                                  The rights of either party under this Agreement shall not be assignable by such party hereto prior to the Closing without the written consent of the other, except that Buyer may make a collateral assignment of its rights under this Agreement to its lenders.

 

(b)                                 The rights of either party under this Agreement shall not be assignable by such party hereto following the Closing without the written consent of the other, except that (i) Buyer may make a collateral assignment of its rights under this Agreement to its lenders, (ii) Buyer may assign its rights and delegate its responsibilities, liabilities and obligations under this Agreement to any purchaser of all or substantially all of the assets of Buyer and (iii) either party may assign its rights and delegate its responsibilities, liabilities and obligations under this Agreement to one or more of its Affiliates, provided, however, that Seller shall remain liable for its obligations under this Agreement indefinitely and Buyer shall remain liable for its obligations under this Agreement for twenty months following the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any Person other than the parties and their successors and assigns permitted by this Section 13.2 any right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

13.3                           Access to Records after Closing.  For a period of six years after the Closing Date, Seller and its Representatives shall have reasonable access to all of the books and records of Seller transferred to Buyer hereunder to the extent that such access may reasonably be required by Seller in connection with matters relating to or affected by the operations of the Business prior to the Closing Date.  Such access shall be afforded by Buyer upon receipt of reasonable advance notice and during normal business hours.  Seller shall be solely responsible for any costs or expenses incurred by it pursuant to this Section 13.3.  If Buyer shall desire to dispose of any of such books and records prior to the expiration of such six-year period, Buyer shall, prior to such disposition, give Seller a reasonable opportunity, at Seller’s expense, to segregate and remove such books and records as Seller may select.

 

For a period of six years after the Closing Date, Buyer and its representatives shall have reasonable access to all of the books and records relating to the Business that Seller or any of its Affiliates may retain after the Closing Date.  Such access shall be afforded by Seller and its Affiliates upon receipt of reasonable advance notice and during normal business hours.  Buyer shall be solely responsible for any costs and expenses incurred by it pursuant to this Section 13.3.  If Seller or any of its Affiliates shall desire to dispose of any of such books and records prior to the expiration of such six-year period, Seller shall, prior to such disposition, give Buyer a reasonable opportunity, at Buyer’s expense, to segregate and remove such books and records as Buyer may select.

 

13.4                           Entire Agreement; Amendments.  This Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules referred to herein and the documents delivered pursuant hereto contain the entire understanding of the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter contained herein or therein, and supersede

 

47



 

all prior agreements, understandings or letters of intent between or among any of the parties hereto, including that certain letter agreement dated April 15, 2005 between Buyer and Seller (other than the binding provisions thereof).  This Agreement shall not be amended, modified or supplemented except by a written instrument signed by an authorized representative of each of the parties hereto.

 

13.5                           Interpretation.  Article titles and headings to sections herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  The Schedules and Exhibits referred to herein shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein.

 

13.6                           Waivers.  Any term or provision of this Agreement may be waived, or the time for its performance may be extended, by the party or parties entitled to the benefit thereof.  Any such waiver shall be validly and sufficiently authorized for the purposes of this Agreement, as to any party, only if it is authorized in writing by an authorized representative of such party.  The failure of any party hereto to enforce at any time any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision, nor in any way to affect the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof or the right of any party thereafter to enforce each and every such provision.  No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

13.7                           Partial Invalidity.  Wherever possible, each provision hereof shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but in case any one or more of the provisions contained herein shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without invalidating the remainder of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or provisions or any other provisions hereof, unless such a construction would be unreasonable.

 

13.8                           Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original instrument, but all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become binding when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the parties hereto.

 

13.9                           Further Assurances.  On the Closing Date Seller and its Affiliates shall (i) deliver to Buyer such other bills of sale, deeds, endorsements, assignments and other good and sufficient instruments of conveyance and transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer and its counsel, as Buyer may reasonably request or as may be otherwise reasonably necessary to vest in Buyer all the right, title and interest in, to or under any or all of the Purchased Assets, and (ii) take all steps as may be reasonably necessary to put Buyer in actual possession and control of all the Purchased Assets.  From time to time following the Closing, Seller shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to Buyer such other instruments of conveyance and transfer as Buyer may reasonably request or as may be otherwise necessary to more effectively convey and transfer to, and vest in, Buyer and put Buyer in possession of, any part of the Purchased Assets, and, in the case of licenses, certificates, approvals, authorizations, agreements, contracts,

 

48



 

leases, easements and other commitments included in the Purchased Assets that cannot be transferred or assigned effectively without the consent of third parties which consent has not been obtained prior to the Closing, to cooperate with Buyer at its reasonable request in endeavoring to obtain such consent promptly, at Buyer’s cost.

 

13.10                     Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by, the internal laws (as opposed to the conflicts of law provisions) of the State of Delaware.

 

13.11                     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES  (TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW) ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.  THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.  THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.  IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

13.12                     Payment of Expenses.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each party will pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

13.13                     No Strict Construction.  The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any person.  The use of the word “including” in this Agreement or in any of the agreements contemplated hereby shall be by way of example rather than by limitation.

 

13.14                     Right to Set-off.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any agreement contemplated hereby, at any time after a final judgment or award or the entering into of a settlement agreement entitling Buyer to indemnification hereunder, Buyer, at its election, shall have the right to withhold and setoff against any amount or consideration due Seller under this Agreement, the amount of any claim for indemnification or payment of damages or any other amount to which Buyer may be entitled under this Agreement, the agreements contemplated hereby or any other agreement between Buyer, on the one hand, and Seller, on the other hand.

 

* * * * *

 

[Signatures Follow.]

 

49



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

NORTH AMERICAN VAN LINES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ JOHN M. DUPUY

 

 

 

Its     President, Specialized Transportation and
Corporate Development

 

 

 

 

NAL WORLDWIDE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ EDWARD A. KOVAS

 

 



 

APPENDIX A

 

DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms and variations thereof have the meanings specified or referred to in this APPENDIX A.  Any agreement referred to below shall mean such agreement as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the applicable provisions thereof and by this Agreement.

 

Accountants” has the meaning specified in Section 4.5(b).

 

Accounts Receivable” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2(c).

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, except that with respect to Seller, no Person that acquires any interest in Buyer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Seller.  For purposes of this definition, control of a Person means the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by Contract or otherwise and, in any event and without limitation of the previous sentence, any Person owning 50% or more of the voting securities of a second Person shall be deemed to control that second Person.

 

Affiliated Group” means an affiliated group as defined in Section 1504 of the Code (or any analogous combined, consolidated or unitary group defined under state, local or foreign income Tax law).

 

Agreement” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

 “AMS” means the Asset Management System module of the COLT software included in Purchased Assets.

 

 “Assigned Real Property Leases” means the leases of real property identified on EXHIBIT A  as the “Assigned Real Property Leases”.

 

Assignment and Bill of Sale” has the meaning specified in Section 4.4(c).

 

Assumed Liabilities” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.

 

Assumption Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 4.3(c).

 

 “Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plans” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies and other arrangements, including, without limitation, retirement, savings, stock purchase, stock option, severance, employment, change-in-control, fringe benefit, collective bargaining, bonus, incentive and deferred compensation plans, maintained or contributed to by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate of Seller, under which any employee or former employee of the Business, or of Seller or any Affiliate of Seller who is engaged in the operation of the Business, has any present or future right to benefit, in each case existing at the Closing Date or during the five-year period prior thereto.

 

i



 

Business” means third-party logistics services business, including inventory management solutions and transportation management in the United States and Canada.

 

Business Employees” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(a).

 

 “Buyer” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Buyer Ancillary Agreements” means all agreements, instruments and documents being or to be executed and delivered by Buyer under this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Buyer Group Member” means Buyer and its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, and agents and their respective successors and assigns.

 

Buyer SFAs” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2(o).

 

CDS” means the Cross Dock System module of the COLT software that is a derivative of PTS and is included in Purchased Assets.

 

CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq, as amended.

 

Closing” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1.

 

Closing Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and supplemented from time to time, or any successors thereto.

 

Commitment” has the meaning specified in Section 6.4.

 

Confidential Information” has the meaning specified in Section 8.6.

 

 “Contaminant” means any Hazardous Substance as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 9601(14), “Hazardous Waste” as defined in 40 C.F.R. Part 261, petroleum including crude oil or any fraction thereof, any radioactive material, including, without limitation, any source, special nuclear or by-product material as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 2011 et seq and asbestos in any form or condition or any other substance that is regulated pursuant to Environmental Law.

 

Contract” means, with respect to any Person, any indentures, indebtedness, contracts, leases, agreements, instruments, licenses, undertakings and other commitments, whether written or oral, to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or such Person’s properties are bound.

 

Court Order” means any judgment, order, award or decree of any foreign, federal, state, local or other court or tribunal or any other Governmental Body and any award in any arbitration proceeding.

 

ii



 

Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2003, among SIRVA Worldwide, Inc., the foreign subsidiary borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, Banc of America Securities LLC, as syndication agent, and Credit Suisse First Boston, Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as documentation agents.

 

Defense Counsel” has the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a).

 

 “Defense Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a).

 

 “Disclosure Schedule” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of ARTICLE 5.

 

 “Dispute Notification” has the meaning specified in Section 11.4(d).

 

Encumbrance” means any lien (including any Tax lien), claim, encumbrance, charge, security interest, mortgage, pledge, easement, option, deed of trust, right of way, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, defect in title, covenant or any other restriction of any kind or nature.

 

Environmental Law” means all Requirements of Law derived from CERCLA, RCRA, the Clean Air Act § 741 et seq. and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 – 137 or any other Requirement of Law concerning pollution, the environment or human health.

 

Environmental Response Action” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.4.

 

Environmental Response Action Notice” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.4(a).

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, that together with Seller would be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 4001(b) of ERISA.

 

Excluded Assets” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2.

 

Excluded Liabilities” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4.

 

Expenses” means any and all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending or asserting any claim, action, suit or proceeding incident to any matter indemnified against hereunder (including, without limitation, court filing fees, court costs, arbitration fees or costs, witness fees, and reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel, paralegals, investigators, expert witnesses, accountants and other professionals) and shall include those incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement, including without limitation the indemnification provisions of ARTICLE 11.

 

Financial Statements” has the meaning specified in Section 8.9(a).

 

iii



 

Flatbed” means Seller’s North American flatbed division, including its successors and assigns.

 

Fort Wayne Lease” means a lease agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to both parties, pursuant to which Seller shall lease to Buyer a portion of the premises owned by Seller and located at 5001 US Highway 30 West, Fort Wayne, Indiana;

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or any successor authority) that are applicable as the date of determination.

 

Gainey Agreement” means the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of April 29, 2005, by and between Gainey Transportation Services, Inc. and North American Van Lines, Inc.

 

Governmental Body” means any foreign, federal, state, local or other governmental authority, regulatory body, commission board or department.

 

Hire Date” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2(b).

 

Indemnified Party” has the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a).

 

Indemnification Claim Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a).

 

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a).

 

Intellectual Property” means all of the following owned by, issued to, or licensed to Seller or its Affiliates used in connection with or relating to the operation of the Business, along with all associated income, royalties, damages and payments due from or payable by any third party (including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present, or future infringements or misappropriations thereof), all other associated rights (including, without limitation, the right to sue and recover for past, present, or future infringements or misappropriations thereof), and any and all corresponding rights that, now or hereafter, may be secured throughout the United States of America and Canada: (i) patents, patent applications, patent disclosures and inventions (whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice) and any reissues, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, extensions or reexaminations thereof; (ii) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, slogans, domain names, trade names, corporate names and business names and any derivation of any of the foregoing (but excluding any such names that constitute Excluded Assets as specified in Section 2.2) and all registrations and applications for registration thereof, together with all goodwill associated therewith; (iii) copyrights and works of authorship, and all registrations and applications for registration thereof; (iv) computer software (including, without limitation, data, data bases and related documentation); (v) trade secrets, confidential information, and proprietary data and information (including, without limitation, compilations of data (whether or not copyrighted or copyrightable), ideas, formulae, processes, know-how, techniques, research and development information, drawings, specifications, designs, plans, improvements, proposals, technical data, financial and accounting data, business and marketing plans, and customer and supplier lists and related information); (vi) all other intellectual property rights; and (vii) all

 

iv



 

copies and tangible embodiments of the foregoing (in whatever form or medium), including, without limitation, in the case of each of the foregoing items (i) through (vi), the items set forth in Schedule 5.9 attached hereto.

 

Landlord Documents” means, collectively, (i) estoppel certificates executed by each of the landlords under the Assigned Real Property Leases in a form reasonably acceptable to the Buyer and (ii) non-disturbance agreements executed by each of the landlords under the Real Property Leases for the real property to be subleased by Seller to Buyer pursuant to the Real Property Subleases in a form reasonably acceptable to the Buyer.

 

Leased Real Property” shall mean the real property leased under the Assigned Real Property Leases, the Real Property Subleases and the Fort Wayne Lease.

 

Leave Status Employees” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2(b).

 

Legal Proceeding” shall mean any action, suit, arbitration, claim or investigation by or before any Governmental Body, any arbitration or alternative dispute resolution panel, or any other legal, administrative or other proceeding.

 

License” has the meaning specified in Section 4.3(h).

 

 “Logistics Facilities” means the Leased Real Property consisting of the logistics center facilities utilized by Seller for the Business and located at (i) 1485 Westlake Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia, (ii) 2043 Corporate Lane, Unit A, Naperville, Illinois, (iii) 1000 N. 27th Street, Dallas, Texas, (iv) 13021 Leffingwell Road, Santa Fe Springs, California, (v) 6 Fitzgerald Avenue, Monroe Township, New Jersey, (vi) 1710 Little Orchard, San Jose, California, (vii) 2110 Cloverleaf Street, Columbus Ohio, (viii) 44380-44384 Old Warm Springs Blvd., Fremont, California, (ix) 120281 Leffingwell, Santa Fe Springs, California, (x) 1551 Perry Road, Plainfield, Indiana, (xi)3100 40th Ave NW, Rochester, Minnesota, (xii) 2303 John Glenn Ave, Columbus, Ohio and (xxiii) 44400/44320 Osgood Road, Fremont, California

 

Losses” means any and all losses, costs, obligations, liabilities, settlement payments, awards, judgments, fines, damages, expenses, demands, claims, suits, actions, causes of action, assessments, deficiencies, actual or punitive damages or costs or expenses of any and all investigations, proceedings, judgments, environmental analyses, remediations, settlements and compromises (together with interest and penalties thereon, if any).

 

Material Adverse Effect” means, with respect to Seller, an effect that (i) is materially adverse to the value of all or any material part of the Purchased Assets or materially adverse to the business, liabilities, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, prospects or results of operations, cash flows or employee, client or customer relations of all or any material part of the Business or (ii) could reasonably be expected to impair the ability of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The terms “material” and “Material Adverse Effect” shall be deemed to exclude the impact of changes in general economic conditions, interest rates or conditions affecting industry generally so long as the Business operated by Seller’s SIRVA Logistics division is not disproportionately impacted.  With respect to Buyer, Material Adverse Effect means an effect that could reasonably be expected to impair the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

v



 

New Party” means any acquisition target, client, customer or supplier of the Buyer that Buyer establishes a relationship with after the Closing Date and with which the Business operated as SIRVA Logistics in the twelve months prior to the Closing did not have a relationship.

 

Non-Asset Based” means the provision of transportation services by someone not acting as a motor carrier or using its van line agents that are part of Seller’s transportation network.

 

Organizational Documents” means (i) the articles or certificate of incorporation and the bylaws of a corporation; (ii) the partnership agreement and any statement of partnership of a general partnership; (iii) the limited partnership agreement and the certificate of limited partnership of a limited partnership; (iv) the articles of formation or organization and operating agreement or limited liability company agreement of a limited liability company; (v) any charter or similar document adopted or filed in connection with the creation, formation or organization of a Person; and (vi) any amendment to any of the foregoing.

 

Permits” has the meaning specified in Section 5.16.

 

 “Permitted Encumbrances” means (i) liens securing Taxes, assessments, governmental charges and levies, or the claims of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, landlords and like persons, in any such case which are not yet due and payable or are being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained, (ii) unperfected security interests retained by sellers of goods to secure the purchase price of such goods to the extent the obligation to pay such purchase price constitutes a trade account payable, (iii) liens set forth in Schedule 5.6 and (iv) other liens arising in the ordinary course of business and not incurred in connection with borrowing money that would not be reasonably expected to give rise to a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Body.

 

Proceeding” has the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a).

 

Projections” has the meaning specified in Section 5.4(b).

 

Projects” has the meaning specified in Section 5.18.

 

PTS” means the Product Tracking System module of the COLT software included in Purchased Assets.

 

Purchase Price” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1.

 

Purchased Assets” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

 

RCRA” means the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.

 

vi



 

Real Property Lease Assignments” means assignment agreements with respect to each of the Assigned Real Property Leases, each in a form reasonably acceptable to both parties.

 

Real Property Lease” means any lease or sublease of real property pursuant to which Seller or any of its Affiliates lease or sublease real property used by Seller or any of its Affiliates in connection with, or related to, the Business.

 

Real Property Subleases” means sublease agreements, each of which shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to both parties and shall include the respective major terms set forth on EXHIBIT E, pursuant to which Seller shall sublease to Buyer a portion of (i) the Westmont Office Facility and (ii) the Logistics Facilities.

 

Release” means any “Release” of a “hazardous substance” as those terms are defined in CERCLA.

 

Requirement of Law” means any applicable common law and any applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws, statutes, regulations, rules, codes or ordinances enacted, adopted, issued or promulgated by any Governmental Body.

 

Representatives” has the meaning specified in Section 7.3.

 

Seller” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Seller Ancillary Agreements” means all agreements, certificates, instruments and documents being or to be executed and delivered by Seller under this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Seller SFAs” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2(o).

 

Seller’s Knowledge” means the actual conscious knowledge of each of John M. Dupuy, Anthony Pellegrino, Douglas E. Christensen, Victor Kaminski, Chris Stivers, Lee Helmuth,  Cheryl Brand, Susan Hobson Kus and Ann Harten.

 

Service Bureau Agreementhas the meaning specified in Section 4.3(j).

 

Software” means all computer software and subsequent versions thereof, including source code, object, executable or binary code, objects, comments, screens, user interfaces, report formats, templates, menus, buttons and icons and all files, data, materials, manuals, design notes and other items and documentation related thereto or associated therewith that are in the possession or under the control of Seller.

 

Software License Assignment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(g).

 

STI Agreement” means the asset purchase agreement between Seller and Specialized Transportation Agent Group, Inc., d/b/a Specialized Transportation, Inc., dated as of September 9, 2004.

 

Tangible Personal Property” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(b).

 

vii



 

Tangible Personal Property Leases” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(c).

 

 “Tax” means (a) any federal, state, local or foreign net income, alternative or add-on minimum, gross income, gross receipts, property, sales, use, transfer, gains, license, excise, estimated, employment, payroll, or other withholding or minimum tax, or any other tax, custom, duty, governmental fee, or other like assessment, or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest or any penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Body; (b) any liability of Seller for the payment of any amounts of the type described in the foregoing clause (a) as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the liability of any other Persons; and (c) liability of Seller for the payment of any amounts described in clause (a) arising as a result of being (or ceasing to be) a member of any Affiliated Group (or being included (or required to be included) in any Tax Return related thereto).

 

Tax Return” means any return, report or similar statement filed or required to be filed with respect to any Taxes (including any related or supporting schedules, statements or information), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

 

Third Party Claim” has the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a).

 

 “Trademark License” has the meaning specified in Section 4.3(i).

 

 “Transitional Services Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 4.3(d).

 

 “Transfer Tax” means any sales Tax, use Tax, real property transfer or gains Tax, documentary stamp Tax and any other similar Tax.

 

Transferred Employees” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2(a).

 

Treasury Regulations” means the final and temporary (but not proposed) income tax regulations promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

 

WARN” means the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, 29 U.S.C. § 2101, et seq.

 

Westmont Office Facility” means the office facility leased by Seller at 700 Oakmont Lane, Westmont, Illinois.

 

viii


 

Exhibit 14.2

 

 

GUIDE TO THE CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT

 

2004

 



,

Your Personal Commitment to Integrity

 

 

I acknowledge that I have received the guide to SIRVA policies entitled, Guide to the Code of Business Conduct.

 

 

I understand that every associate is required to comply with the policies described in the Guide.

 

 

When I have a concern about a possible violation of SIRVA policy, I will raise the concern to a SIRVA supervisor, manager, executive officer, company legal counsel, the Chief Compliance Officer or the SIRVA Compliance Ombudsperson.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Printed Name

Department

 

 



 

Where To Find Help —

 

email address:  compliance@sirva.com

 

Westmont, IL - (630) 570-3004

 

Fort Wayne, IN - (260) 429-1111

 

Toll-Free - 888-545-0250

 

 

The Network — Hotline Service

Toll free: (888) 875-1168 (US associates)

Collect +1 (770) 613-6359 (Non-US associates)

 

Non-US associates will need to add the applicable interna­tional dialing prefix to the Collect number shown above.

 

SIRVA Companies

 

 

 



 

How to raise an integrity concern

 

The company offers you a number of ways to get answers to your questions about integrity issues and to raise any concern about what might be a violation of SIRVA policy:

 

                  Your supervisor or manager

 

                  Next level of management

 

                  SIRVA Compliance Ombudsperson

c/o Law Department

Address: 5001 U.S. Highway 30 West 

Fort Wayne, IN 46818

 

Phone: (260) 429-1111

(630) 570-3004

Toll Free:  (888) 545-0250

E-mail: compliance@sirva.com

 

                  Company legal counsel

 

                  The compliance officer for your business or function.

 

                  For questions or concerns about internal controls, financial reporting, or accounting or auditing matters, you may contact the Chair of the Audit Committee of the SIRVA Board of Directors (phone: (864) 233-5051) or any other member of the Audit Committee.

 

                 If you prefer to report an integrity concern to someone outside the SIRVA organization, US associates may contact The Network’s hotline service at (888) 875-1168. Non-US associates may call The Network collect at +1 (770) 613-6359.

 

                        Non-US associates will need to add the applicable international dialing prefix to the Collect number shown above.

 

Generally, your supervisor or manager will be in the best position to resolve the issue quickly.  If after raising an integrity concern the issue is not resolved, raise it with one of the other contacts listed above.  You can raise your concern orally or in writing, and if you prefer, you can do so anonymously.

 

The whole idea is to speak up. Ask questions. Get answers. Bring the concern into the open so that any problems can be resolved quickly and more serious harm can be prevented.

 



 

 

Statement of Integrity

 

March 2004

 

 

While SIRVA, Inc. is a relatively new company, the principal operating companies which comprise our great organization have been in existence for well over half a century.  Throughout the years, these companies have built a strong and impressive reputation based upon integrity and adherence to the highest business standards.

 

Under SIRVA, that reputation will spread as our business activities continue to encompass the world.  SIRVA is committed to: (1) conducting its business with integrity and (2) complying with both the letter and the spirit of the laws and regulations that govern our operations.  Regardless of whether our activities are at the local, state, federal or even international level, we strive to achieve the highest standards of business and ethical conduct.

 

SIRVA is a dynamic, globally directed and customer-driven company.  As we grow, integrity remains the foundation upon which we build our business success - our quality services; our forthright relations with customers, suppliers and each other; and, ultimately, our winning competitive record.  SIRVA’s quest for competitive excellence begins and ends with our commitment to lawful and ethical conduct.

 

We ask each person in the SIRVA community to make a personal commitment to follow our Code of Business Conduct.  Guiding us in upholding our ethical commitment is a set of SIRVA policies on key integrity issues.  All SIRVA associates must comply with both the letter and spirit of these policies.

 

If you have a question or concern about what is proper conduct for you or anyone else, promptly raise the issue with your manager, a SIRVA ombudsperson or through one of the many other channels the company makes available to you.  Nothing - not the competitive environment, direct orders from a superior or even the desire to “make the numbers,” - should ever compromise our commitment to integrity.

 

SIRVA leaders have the additional responsibility of fostering a culture in which compliance with SIRVA policy and applicable law is at the core of our business activities.  Concerns about appropriate conduct must be promptly addressed with care and respect.

 



 

 

We are all privileged to work for one of the best companies in the world.  With so much at stake, we must maintain and strengthen what has been our foundation for success for more than 50 years - the SIRVA commitment to total, unyielding integrity.

 

 

/s/ Brian P. Kelley

 

/s/ James W. Rogers

Brian P. Kelley

 

James W. Rogers

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Chairman of the Board

 



 

 

SIRVA, INC.

 

 

GUIDE

 

to the

 

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT

 

 

2004

 



 

 

I Table of Contents

 

I. Table of Contents

 

 

 

II. How to Use This Guide

 

 

 

III.  SIRVA Code of Business Conduct

 

 

 

IV.  Introduction

 

 

Who must follow SIRVA policies

 

 

Which law applies

 

 

Associate responsibilities

 

 

Leadership responsibilities

 

 

Penalties for violations

 

 

Your personal commitment

 

 

Business policies and procedures

 

 

 

V.  When You Have an Integrity Concern

 

 

How to raise an integrity concern

 

 

What happens when a concern is raised

 

 

 

VI.  Company Policies

 

 

A.

Working with Customers & Suppliers

 

 

 

Improper Payments (Policy No. CCP-101)

 

 

 

International Trade Controls (Policy No. CCP-102)

 

 

 

Money Laundering Prevention (Policy No. CCP-103)

 

 

 

Privacy (Policy No. CCP-104)

 

 

 

Supplier Relationships (Policy No. CCP-105)

 

 

B.

Government Business

 

 

 

Working with Governments (Policy No. CCP-201)

 

 

C.

Competing Globally

 

 

 

Complying with the Competition Laws (Policy No. CCP-301)

 

 

D.

In the SIRVA Community

 

 

 

Environment, Health & Safety (Policy No. CCP-401)

 

 

 

Fair Employment Practices (Policy No. CCP-402)

 

 

E.

Protecting SIRVA Assets

 

 

 

Conflicts of Interest (Policy No. CCP-501)

 

 

 

Controllership (Policy No. CCP-502)

 

 

 

Insider Trading or Dealing & Stock Tipping (Policy No. CCP-503)

 

 

 

Intellectual Property (Policy No. CCP-504)

 

 

 

VII.  Subject Index

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4



 

II How to Use This Guide

 

To achieve the high standards we have set for ourselves, we must rely on the experience and dedication of all of our associates and business partners.  To assist our associates in helping us achieve these standards, SIRVA has adopted a Corporate Compliance Program and Code of Business Conduct that will serve as a guide to appropriate conduct and legal compliance.

 

The foundation of the Corporate Compliance Program is our Code of Business Conduct.  The Code of Business Conduct sets the tone for the way we conduct our business around the world.  The Code of Business Conduct is broad in scope and intended to cover all aspects of our operations.  It is important to note that SIRVA, through its various subsidiaries, has been operating for many years under policies and procedures that reflect many of the principles of our Code of Business Conduct. The Code of Business Conduct does not replace those policies and procedures, but rather enhances and emphasizes their importance to our operations.  As part of the Corporate Compliance Program, we will continue to review, revise and implement changes and additions to these policies and procedures.  The Corporate Compliance Program is a summary and formalization of many of our existing policies and procedures that relate to business conduct with an emphasis on uniform application throughout the entire SIRVA organization.  The Corporate Compliance Program will also help us focus on the standards established in the Guidelines for Sentencing of Organizations.

 

This Guide provides an introduction to the policies that are the foundation of our Code of Business Conduct.  It is an important tool that will help you identify risk areas that you may encounter in your position.  It will also help you to know what to do when you have a question or concern relating to a policy that is a part of the Code of Business Conduct.

 

How This Guide Is Organized

 

1.               Read the letter from the executive officers and the SIRVA Code of Business Conduct to learn about the importance of SIRVA’s commitment to integrity and the fundamental ethical principles underlying our policies.

 

2.               Read the Introduction, which explains the responsibilities that all associates have for complying with the company’s policies and for raising concerns about possible violations of law or policy.

 

5



 

 

3.               Read the summaries of the SIRVA integrity policies.  For each policy you will find a “policy overview,” “core requirements,” and examples of “what to watch out for.”

 

4.               For each policy that relates to your job, be sure to read the complete text of the policy, found on the SIRVA Intranet.  You may also obtain copies of these policies from the Human Resources Department, from your facility manager or through the office of the Compliance Ombudsperson.

 

5.               Talk to your manager if you have questions about how the policies apply to your job.

 

                The Format

 

The format of this Guide is an effort to create a brief, easy-to-use summary of our key policies relating to integrity.  It also helps associates understand current policies and keep up-to-date on revisions prompted by changes in business conditions, risk areas and the law.

 

Finally, the guide provides an introduction to the responsibilities of all associates along with an overview of each policy.

 

                Policy Numbers

 

In this Guide, we are utilizing a new numbering system for all policies applicable to SIRVA.

 

 

IMPORTANT

This guide and the policies in it are not an employment contract.  SIRVA does not create any contractual rights by issuing the guide or the policies.

 

6



 

III SIRVA Code of Business Conduct

 

The reputation and integrity of SIRVA, Inc. and its operating companies is embodied in its business transactions and practices and the conduct of its associates, wherever they may be located.  The continued growth and success of SIRVA requires the commitment of all associates to the highest business and ethical standards.  Adherence to these standards and appropriate business conduct will serve to avoid any activity that might reflect unfavorably on the company.

 

While SIRVA has in place policies and procedures that address specific requirements and expected conduct on the part of associates, our efforts to conduct business honestly and with integrity are founded on the following basic principles that we, as associates, must strive to meet and which constitute our Code of Business Conduct.  As associates of SIRVA, we will:

 

                     Comply with all applicable laws and regulations that govern the conduct of our business.

 

                     Conduct business with our customers and suppliers with honesty and integrity and make certain that all our business transactions are properly authorized and accurately recorded.

 

                     Avoid all conflicts of interest, whether real or perceived.

 

                     Act with respect for the rights of all associates, ensure fair treatment, equal opportunity and provide a working environment free from discrimination and harassment.

 

                     Act with care and respect for people and their safety, our communities and the environment.

 

                     Protect all company property and information and not use company property or information for our own personal benefit or gain.

 

                     Avoid even the appearance of impropriety or misconduct to ensure the continued good reputation of the company.

 

                     Promote a culture where ethical conduct is recognized, valued and exemplified by all associates.

 

7



 

 

IV Introduction

 

SIRVA has compiled a set of policies to implement its Code of Business Conduct and to help SIRVA associates around the world take a consistent approach to important integrity issues.  This Guide contains important information about each of those policies. In this Introduction section of the Guide, the involvement and responsibilities of all our associates and business leaders are discussed along with penalties for violations of the policies and how to handle issues with an integrity component that arise in our business activities.

 

Who must follow SIRVA policies

 

                     SIRVA associates

 

SIRVA policies apply to all associates of the company throughout the world.

 

                Subsidiaries and other controlled affiliates

 

Subsidiaries and other controlled affiliates throughout the world must adopt and follow corresponding policies.  A controlled affiliate is a subsidiary or other entity in which SIRVA owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50 percent of the voting rights, or in which the power to control the entity is possessed by or on behalf of SIRVA.

 

                Non-controlled affiliates

 

Associates serving as directors (or in equivalent positions) of non-controlled affiliates should, to the extent possible, encourage such affiliates to adopt and follow corresponding policies.

 

                Third parties

 

All SIRVA businesses must require that others representing SIRVA - such as consultants, agents, sales representatives, distributors and independent contractors - agree to follow SIRVA policies.

 

Leaders and associates must:

 

                     Identify those persons and companies outside SIRVA whose activities on behalf of SIRVA may involve issues covered by SIRVA policies.

 

                     Require those persons and companies to agree to comply with relevant aspects of SIRVA policies.

 

8



 

 

                     Provide those persons and companies with appropriate education on the requirements imposed by SIRVA policies.

 

                     Take necessary action, up to and including terminating a contract with anyone representing SIRVA, after learning that the person failed to honor his or her agreement to abide by SIRVA policies.

 

Which law applies

 

SIRVA conducts business in numerous countries around the world.  Our associates are citizens of many different countries.  As a result, our operations are subject to the laws of many countries, provinces, states and municipalities.

 

An important challenge for all of us is to understand how these laws may apply to our operations.  SIRVA, the parent company, is a corporation organized in the United States.  The laws of the United States frequently extend to the operations of SIRVA and its affiliates throughout the world as well as to the business activities of SIRVA associates wherever they live and work.  Other countries may also apply their own laws outside of their borders to their own citizens and to corporations that are organized under their laws, such as SIRVA subsidiaries or other controlled affiliates.

 

In the policies that follow, the references to the laws of the United States and the other countries where we do business reflect the reality that a global company is regulated by many different laws at the same time.  In some instances, there may be a conflict between the applicable law of two or more countries.  When you encounter such a conflict, it is especially important to consult company legal counsel to understand how to resolve that conflict properly.

 

Associate responsibilities

 

Each policy identifies specific responsibilities.  However, you must also follow these basic obligations common to all policies:

 

                     Learn the details of policies dealing with your work.  No one expects you to know all policies word for word.  However, you should have a basic understanding of issues covered by each policy, and you should have a detailed understanding of policies that apply to your job.

 

                     Seek assistance from your manager, company legal counsel, or other SIRVA resources when you have questions about application of the policies.

 

                     Promptly raise any concern that you or others may have about possible violations of any SIRVA policy, or about a possible request that you believe might violate a SIRVA policy.

 

9



 

                     Understand the many options you have for raising integrity concerns.  You may raise them with a SIRVA manager, or, if you prefer, an officer or company legal counsel or one of the other contacts listed in the next section of this Guide on how to raise an integrity concern.  Your communication may be written or oral, and it may be anonymous.

 

                     If you raise an integrity concern and the issue is not resolved, raise it with one of the other contacts listed above.

 

                     Cooperate in SIRVA investigations into concerns about a SIRVA policy.

 

SIRVA prohibits any associate from retaliating or taking adverse action against anyone for raising, in good faith, an integrity concern or helping to resolve an integrity concern.

 

Leadership responsibilities

 

The obligations of SIRVA leaders go beyond those required of all associates.  Leaders in our company are expected to:

 

                Build and maintain a culture of compliance by:

 

                     Personally leading compliance efforts through periodic meetings with direct reports and regular monitoring of compliance matters and programs.

 

                     Leading by example, using their own behavior as a model for all associates.

 

                     Making sure associates understand that business results are never more important than compliance.

 

                     Encouraging associates to raise their integrity questions and concerns.

 

                     Using associate actions and judgments in promoting and complying with SIRVA policies as considerations when evaluating and rewarding associates.

 

                     Prevent compliance problems by:

 

                     Ensuring that compliance risks associated with the business processes under the leader’s management are systematically identified.

 

                     Ensuring that policies and procedures, tailored to the particular risk areas faced by a business, are issued and communicated.

 

10



 

                     Identifying for each SIRVA policy those associates, controlled affiliates and third parties who represent the company whose activities may involve issues covered by that policy.

 

                     Providing education and legal counseling to ensure that associates, controlled affiliates and, where appropriate, third parties understand the requirements of SIRVA policies and applicable law.

 

                Detect compliance problems by:

 

                     Implementing appropriate control measures in business processes to detect heightened compliance risks and/or violations.

 

                     Promoting an effective reporting system that permits associates to raise concerns without fear of retaliation.

 

                     Ensuring that periodic compliance reviews are conducted, with the assistance of the Company’s auditors and legal counsel, to assess the effectiveness of the business’ compliance measures and to identify ways of improving them.

 

                Respond to compliance problems by:

 

                     Taking prompt corrective action to fix any identified weaknesses in compliance measures.

 

                     Taking appropriate disciplinary action.

 

                     Consulting with SIRVA legal counsel and making appropriate disclosures to regulators and law enforcement authorities.

 

At least annually, each officer or manager reporting to the CEO must review policy compliance with his or her direct reports and provide the results of those reviews to the CEO and the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Penalties for violations

 

Associates who violate the spirit or letter of SIRVA policies are subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.  Following are examples of conduct that may result in discipline:

 

                     Actions that violate a SIRVA policy.

 

                     Requesting others to violate a SIRVA policy.

 

11



 

                     Failure to promptly raise a known or suspected violation of a SIRVA policy.

 

                     Failure to cooperate in SIRVA investigations of possible violations of a SIRVA policy.

 

                     Retaliation against another associate for reporting, in good faith, an integrity concern.

 

                     Failure to demonstrate the leadership and diligence needed to ensure compliance with SIRVA policies and applicable law.

 

Violation of a SIRVA policy can also mean breaking the law, subjecting you or the company to criminal penalties (fines or jail sentence) or civil sanctions (damage awards or fines).

 

Your personal commitment

 

Periodically, SIRVA requires associates to acknowledge in writing their commitment to the spirit and letter of SIRVA policies with the language printed below.  Newly hired associates must also sign the acknowledgement, “Your Personal Commitment to Integrity.”

 

Your Personal Commitment to Integrity

 

I acknowledge that I have received the guide to SIRVA policies entitled, Guide to the Code of Business Conduct.

 

I understand that every associate is required to comply with the policies described in the Guide.

 

When I have a concern about a possible violation of SIRVA policy, I will raise the concern to a SIRVA supervisor, manager, executive officer, company legal counsel, the Chief Compliance Officer or the SIRVA Compliance Ombudsperson.

 

The company has a procedure for distributing and collecting these acknowledgements.

 

Business policies and procedures

 

Your business may issue its own policies and procedures.  You must follow those policies and procedures in addition to those described in this Guide.

 

12



 

V When You Have an Integrity Concern

 

One of the most important responsibilities each of us has as a SIRVA associate is the obligation to raise a concern about a possible violation of SIRVA policy or the law.  This may seem difficult and some associates may even feel it is a breach of personal ethical standards to do so.  If you experience that sense of conflict, it is important to remember the tremendous harm that can result from not raising a concern including:

 

                     Serious damage to the health, safety and well-being of yourself, your fellow associates, the company as a whole, our customers and the communities in which we operate.

 

                     The loss of confidence in SIRVA - by customers, shareowners, governments and neighbors.

 

                     Huge fines, damage awards and other financial penalties against the company, as well as fines and/or prison sentences for individual associates.

 

Those are the reasons the company requires that associates come forward when they have a policy concern.  The point of raising a concern is not to get a friend in trouble, but to protect a colleague or neighbor from potential harm.

 

How to raise an integrity concern

 

The company offers you a number of ways to get answers to your questions about integrity issues and to raise any concern about what might be a violation of SIRVA policy:

 

                     Your supervisor or manager

 

                     Next level of management

 

SIRVA Compliance Ombudsperson

 

 

c/o Law Department

 

 

Address: 5001 U.S. Highway 30 West

 

 

Fort Wayne, IN 46818

 

 

Phone: (260) 429-1111

 

 

(630) 570-3004

 

 

Toll-Free: (888) 545-0250

 

 

E-mail: compliance@sirva.com

 

 

                     Company legal counsel

 

13



 

                     The compliance officer for your business or function.

 

                     For questions or concerns about internal controls, financial reporting, or accounting or auditing matters, you may contact the Chair of the Audit Committee of the SIRVA Board of Directors (phone: (864) 233-5051) or any other member of the Audit Committee.

 

                 If you prefer to report an integrity concern to someone outside the SIRVA organization, US associates may contact The Network’s hotline service at (888) 875-1168. Non-US associates may call The Network collect at +1 (770) 613-6359.

 

                        Non-US associates will need to add the applicable international dialing prefix to the Collect number shown above.

 

Generally, your supervisor or manager will be in the best position to resolve the issue quickly.  If after raising an integrity concern the issue is not resolved, raise it with one of the other contacts listed above.  You can raise your concern orally or in writing, and if you prefer, you can do so anonymously.

 

The whole idea is to speak up.  Ask questions.  Get answers.  Bring the concern into the open so that any problems can be resolved quickly and more serious harm can be prevented.

 

What happens when an integrity concern is raised

 

1. A review team is assigned

 

2. An investigation is conducted

 

3. Appropriate actions are determined

 

4. Improvements in processes are implemented

 

5. Feedback is provided

 

Early Identification & Resolution are Critical!

 

14



 

VI Company Policies

 

Working with Customers & Suppliers

 

No matter how high the stakes, no matter how great the desire to succeed, SIRVA will do business only by lawful and ethical means.  When working with customers and suppliers in every aspect of our business, we will not compromise our commitment to integrity.

 

This section of the Guide summarizes five SIRVA policies that address the way we interact with customers and suppliers:

 

                     Improper Payments

 

                     International Trade Controls

 

                     Money Laundering Prevention

 

                     Privacy

 

                     Supplier Relationships

 

15



 

Improper Payments

 

(Policy No. CCP-101)

 

                 Policy Overview

 

SIRVA associates should not offer anything of value to obtain any improper advantage in marketing and selling the services we provide, conducting financial transactions or representing the company’s interests to governmental authorities.  This policy sets forth SIRVA’s standards of conduct and practices for certain kinds of payments, entertainment and political contributions.  SIRVA must not authorize, involve itself in or tolerate any business practice that does not follow this policy.

 

A violation of this policy can result in severe civil and criminal penalties.  All countries prohibit the bribery of their own public officials, and many also prohibit the bribery of officials of other countries.

 

SIRVA’s policy goes beyond these laws and prohibits improper payments, in all of our activities, both with governments and in the private sector.

 

                 Core Requirements

 

                     Never give, offer, or authorize the offer of, either directly or indirectly, anything of value (such as money, goods or services) to a customer or government official to obtain any improper advantage.  A business courtesy, such as a gift, contribution or entertainment, should never be offered under circumstances that might create the appearance of an impropriety.

 

This policy does not prohibit lawful reimbursement for reasonable and bona fide expenditures - for example, travel and living expenses incurred by customers and directly related to the promotion of SIRVA services, or to the execution of a contract.

 

                     Never give a gratuity or other payment to government officials or employees to expedite a routine administrative action without consulting with the company’s legal counsel.  If such a “facilitating payment” is made, make sure it is clearly and accurately reflected in financial reports.

 

                     Never contribute company funds or other company assets for political purposes either in, or outside of, the United States without the prior approval of SIRVA’s Senior Vice President and General Counsel.

 

16



 

                     Require any person or firm who represents SIRVA (such as a consultant, agent, sales representative or contractor) to comply with this policy and related laws.

 

                     Exercise due diligence when selecting persons or firms to represent SIRVA.

 

                 What To Watch Out For

 

                     Any person or firm representing SIRVA or being considered to represent SIRVA who:

 

               Has been accused of improper business practices

 

               Has influence on the buying decision and a reputation for bribes

 

               Has a family or other relationship that could improperly influence the decision of a customer or government official

 

                 Approaches you and explains that he or she has a “special arrangement” or “a special agreement” with a government official or the customer

 

               Insists on receiving a commission payment in advance of the award of a contract

 

                     Any person who suggests that a SIRVA bid be made through a specific representative or partner

 

                     Any request that a commission or other payment be made in a third country or to another name

 

                     A commission that seems large in relation to the services provided

 

17



 

International Trade Controls

 

(Policy No. CCP-102)

 

                     Policy Overview

 

Many countries regulate international trade transactions, such as imports, exports and international financial transactions, for a variety of reasons, including national security and foreign policy.  In addition, the United States prohibits any cooperation with boycotts against countries friendly to the United States or against firms which may be “blacklisted” by certain groups or countries.

 

                     Core Requirements

 

                     Follow relevant international trade control regulations, including licensing, shipping documentation, import documentation, reporting and record retention requirements of all countries in which you conduct business or in which your business is located.  In some cases, these restrictions will apply to international trade in goods, technology, software and services as well as to financial transactions.  Learn and follow your business’ own procedures regarding international transactions.

 

                     Learn and understand the extent to which U.S. trade controls apply to transactions conducted by your business, even outside the United States.

 

                     Make sure all international transactions are screened against all applicable laws and regulations that restrict transactions with certain countries and persons, including Myanmar (Burma), Cuba, Iran, Iraq, Liberia, Libya, North Korea, Sierra Leone, Sudan, Afghanistan (the Taliban), Angola (UNITA) and the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (Serbia and Montenegro).

 

                     Do not cooperate with any restrictive trade practice or boycott prohibited or penalized under U.S. or applicable local laws.  Make sure you tell your manager about all boycott-related requests, including requests for information.

 

                     Consult with company legal counsel or your manager in any transaction in which a conflict arises between U.S. law and the law of another country or region, such as the laws blocking certain U.S. restrictions adopted by Canada, Mexico and the members of the European Union.

 

18



 

                     Understand which party to the import transaction bears legal responsibility for the accuracy of import documentation.  Where SIRVA bears legal responsibility, establish procedures to monitor and verify the accuracy and completeness of information presented to government  authorities by SIRVA or by SIRVA’s agents.  Where an agent or customer is the responsible party, ensure that SIRVA provides the full and accurate information the other party needs to complete import documents.

 

                     What To Watch Out For

 

All transactions:

 

                     Unfamiliar customer without convincing references

 

                     Unusual transaction or application for this consignee, customer or location

 

                     Evasive, reluctant or otherwise unsatisfactory answers by a customer to questions about end use, end user, delivery dates or delivery locations

 

                     Unusually favorable payment terms

 

                     Freight forwarder listed as ultimate consignee

 

                     Abnormal packing, marking or routing of goods

 

                     Unusual security or safety measures

 

                     Links to the military that seem inappropriate to the stated business or to the transaction

 

                     Involvement of parties related to countries engaged in the development of biological, chemical or nuclear weapons, or ballistic missiles

 

                     Transactions involving an embargoed country, a citizen or representative of an embargoed country or an individual or entity subject to government sanction. Countries currently subject to economic and other sanctions by the United States are:

 

Cuba

The Western Balkans

Iraq

Iran

Libya

Liberia

Sudan

Syria

Myanmar (Burma)

North Korea

Zimbabwe

 

Consult with company legal counsel for additional information on restrictions involving these countries.

 

19



 

Imports

 

                     An invoice price that does not reflect the full value of the imported goods

 

                     Any payment to the exporter or benefiting the exporter that is not included in the invoice price or otherwise reported to customs authorities

 

                     Transfer prices between related parties that fail to cover all costs and profits

 

                     Inaccurate or incomplete invoice description of the imported goods

 

                     Inaccurate identification of country of origin of the imported goods

 

                     Use of an import tariff classification that does not appear to be an accurate description of the imported goods

 

                     Any time SIRVA is designated as the importer of record in a country that does not have an established SIRVA import process

 

20



 

Money Laundering Prevention

 

(Policy No.CCP-103)

 

                     Policy Overview

 

People who are involved in criminal activity (for example, narcotics trafficking, bribery, fraud) may try to “launder” the proceeds of their crimes to hide them or to make those proceeds appear legitimate.

 

More than 100 countries now have laws against money laundering which prohibit the acceptance or processing of the proceeds of criminal activities.

 

SIRVA is committed to complying fully with all applicable anti-money laundering laws throughout the world.  SIRVA will conduct business only with reputable customers who are involved in legitimate business activities and whose funds are derived from legitimate sources.  Each SIRVA business is required to implement procedures to ensure that we have the necessary information to clearly identify our customers and to take reasonable steps to make certain the company does not accept forms of payment that have been identified as means of laundering money.

 

SIRVA’s integrity and reputation can be severely damaged by failing to detect those customer relationships and transactions that place us at risk.

 

                 Core Requirements

 

                     Comply with all applicable laws that prohibit money laundering and that require the reporting of cash or other suspicious transactions.  Understand how both types of laws apply to your business.

 

                     Each business will have a due diligence process, tailored to its particular business environment, to obtain enough information and documentation about prospective customers, joint venture partners and affiliates to ensure that they are involved in legitimate business activities and that their funds come from legitimate sources.

 

21



 

                     Follow your business’ rules concerning acceptable forms of payment.  Learn how to identify the types of payments that have become associated with money laundering activity (for example, multiple money orders or travelers checks, large amounts of cash, or checks on behalf of a customer from an unknown third party) and follow the rules that restrict or prohibit acceptance of them.

 

                     Learn to identify and carefully watch for warning signs that may indicate money laundering or other illegal activities or violations of SIRVA policies.

 

                     If you encounter a warning sign, raise your concern with company legal counsel and be sure to resolve your concern promptly before proceeding further with the transaction.  Resolution should include management review and should be well documented.

 

                 What To Watch Out For

 

                 A customer, agent or proposed joint venture partner who is reluctant to provide complete information, provides insufficient, false or suspicious information, or is anxious to avoid reporting or record-keeping requirements

 

                 Payments by use of monetary instruments that are not consistent with the business activities of the client, appear to have no identifiable link to the customer, or have been identified as money laundering mechanisms

 

                 Requests by a customer, agent or proposed joint venture partner to pay in cash

 

                 Early repayment of a loan in cash or cash equivalents

 

                 Order or purchases that are unusual or inconsistent with the customer’s trade or business

 

                 Unusually complex deal structures, payment patterns that reflect no real business purpose, or unusually favorable payment terms

 

                 Unusual fund transfers to or from foreign countries unrelated to the transaction

 

                 Transactions involving locations that have been identified as tax havens or areas of known money laundering activity which locations may include:

 

Russia

Thailand

Bermuda

Dominican Republic

Mexico

Brazil

Equador

Turkey

Indonesia

Cayman

Panama

Columbia

Peru

 

22



 

                     Structuring of transactions to evade record-keeping or reporting requirements (for example, multiple transactions below the reportable threshold amounts)

 

                     Wire transfer activity that is not consistent with the business activities of the customer or that originates or terminates with unrelated parties to the transaction

 

                     Requests to transfer money or return deposits to a third party or to an unknown or unrecognized account

 

23



 

Privacy

 

(Policy No. CCP-104)

 

                 Policy Overview

 

In our increasingly information-based society, individual consumer, medical, financial and other sensitive personal information must be adequately protected.  SIRVA is committed to protecting personal information that we collect from or maintain about individual consumers.  Each associate must take care to protect individually identifiable consumer information and other sensitive personal information from inappropriate or unauthorized use or disclosure, and each SIRVA business must implement fair and responsible privacy and information protection procedures and take reasonable steps to ensure compliance with such procedures.

 

                 Core Requirements

 

                     Comply with all applicable privacy and data protection laws, regulations and treaties.

 

                     Provide individual consumers, as required by law and by SIRVA privacy procedures, with reasonable:

 

               notice of relevant privacy practices

 

               descriptions of the types of information being collected and the uses to be made of the information

 

               choices regarding certain uses of the information by your business

 

               access to the information for verification and correction

 

               security for the information

 

                     Learn and follow your business’ implementing procedures for privacy and data protection.  Pay particular attention to the protection of individual consumer information, medical and financial records, and other sensitive personal information, such as information from or about children.

 

                     Do not acquire, use, or disclose individual consumer information in ways that are inconsistent with your business’ privacy policies or with applicable laws or regulations.

 

                     If you have access to individual consumer information, use that information only for authorized business purposes.

 

24



 

                     Keep secure your business’ records of individual consumer information, including computer-based information.

 

                     Consult with legal counsel before establishing or updating any system, process, or procedure to collect, use, disclose, or transmit individual consumer information, medical or financial records, or other sensitive personal information.

 

                     What To Watch Out For

 

                     Business or marketing plans that involve the inappropriate or unauthorized collection, use or disclosure of individual consumer information

 

                     Privacy policies or notices that are inaccurate or out-of-date

 

                     Disclosures of (or requests to disclose) individual consumer information, particularly sensitive personal information, to unaffiliated third parties who are not properly authorized to receive the information

 

                     Transfers of individual consumer information to third parties, such as vendors or suppliers, who lack appropriate security safeguards or appropriate restrictions regarding their use of the information

 

                     Transfers of individual consumer information between countries

 

                     Inadequate information security controls, such as those that could permit unauthorized access to individual consumer information

 

25



 

Supplier Relationships

 

(Policy No. CCP-105)

 

                     Policy Overview

 

SIRVA bases its relationships with suppliers on lawful, efficient and fair practices. We also expect our suppliers to adhere to applicable legal requirements in their business relationships, including those with their employees, their local communities and SIRVA.  The quality of our supplier relationships often has a direct bearing on the quality of our customer relationships.  Likewise, the quality of our suppliers’ products and services affects the quality of our own services.

 

                     Core Requirements

 

                     Follow government acquisition regulations or other applicable regulations when purchasing materials and services for use in fulfilling government contracts.

 

                     Provide a competitive opportunity for suppliers to earn a share of SIRVA’s purchasing volume, including small businesses and businesses owned by the disadvantaged, minorities and women.

 

                     Enlist supplier support in ensuring that SIRVA consistently meets and exceeds customer expectations of quality, cost and delivery.

 

                     Do business only with suppliers who comply with local and other applicable legal requirements and any additional SIRVA standards relating to labor, environment, health and safety, intellectual property rights and improper payments.

 

                 What To Watch Out For

 

                     Selection of suppliers on any basis other than open, competitive bidding

 

                     Potential conflicts of interest in supplier selection, including the acceptance of gifts or other items of value except in strict compliance with business guidelines

 

                     Directing business to a supplier owned or managed by a relative or close friend

 

                     Unsafe conditions in supplier facilities, or workers who appear to be underage or subject to coercion

 

                     Apparent disregard of environmental standards in supplier facilities

 

26



 

Government Business

 

Most SIRVA businesses today include among their customers at least one governmental entity, whether it’s a city, state, province, country, international organization or government-funded enterprise.  Virtually all SIRVA businesses interact with government officials.  We need to understand and follow the many special rules for companies that do business with governments or otherwise interact with them.

 

This section of the Guide summarizes the policy and rules relating to government business:

 

                     Working with Governments

 

27



 

Working with Governments

 

(Policy No. CCP-201)

 

                     Policy Overview

 

SIRVA conducts business with many national governments (including government-owned enterprises), and their political subdivisions such as states, provinces and municipalities.  SIRVA also interacts with many government agencies, ministries, officials, and public international agencies.  SIRVA is committed to conducting its business with all governmental representatives with the highest ethical standards and in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including the special requirements associated with government transactions.

 

                     Core Requirements

 

                     Abide by applicable laws and regulations, with particular emphasis on those special requirements associated with government contracts and transactions.

 

                     Require anyone providing goods or services for SIRVA on a government project or contract - such as consultants, agents, sales representatives, independent contractors and subcontract labor - to agree to comply with the intent of SIRVA’s Working with Governments policy.

 

                     Be truthful and accurate when dealing with government officials and agencies.

 

                     Adopt effective processes to ensure that: 1) reports, certifications, statements and proposals are current, accurate and complete; and, 2) contract requirements are adequately identified and communicated to personnel who have responsibility for contract performance.

 

                     Do not make any unauthorized substitutions for contracted services or deviate from contract requirements without the written approval of the authorized government official.

 

                     What To Watch Out For

 

                     Special requirements associated with government transactions, including “commercial” transactions financed by government agencies

 

                     Incorrect or unauthorized cost-charging on government contracts

 

28



 

                     Deviations from contract requirements or unauthorized contract substitutions, including the failure to perform required tests and inspections

 

                     Submission of inaccurate or incomplete cost or pricing data when the data is required by the government

 

                     Violating national, regional or local government regulations that establish gratuity restrictions, entertainment rules, recruiting prohibitions, non-commercial contract requirements or certification procedures

 

                     Acceptance of information related to the government’s competitive selection of a supplier, or a competitor’s bid or proposal, unless the contracting officer or head of the agency has specifically and lawfully authorized release of such information

 

29



 

Competing Globally

 

The competition laws (known in some countries as the antitrust laws) are a critical part of the global business environment in which SIRVA operates.  They govern a wide range of SIRVA’s business activities, including setting prices, purchasing, selling and marketing goods and services.  Every SIRVA associate is responsible for complying with the competition laws.

 

This section of the Guide summarizes this critical area of compliance:

 

                     Complying with the Competition Laws

 

30



 

Complying with the Competition Laws

 

(Policy No.CCP-301)

 

                     Policy Overview

 

SIRVA is dedicated to compliance with the competition laws in all of its activities. As part of its competition law compliance program, the company will provide information and instructions detailing how the competition laws and this policy apply to the issues you might face.  Competition law issues may be very complex.  As such issues arise, you should review this policy and discuss any issues with company legal counsel.

 

                     Core Requirements

 

                     Comply with all applicable competition laws, policies and treaties, as well as competition law decrees, orders and undertakings affecting SIRVA and its associates.

 

                     Learn and comply with your business’ specific procedures that address contacts with competitors, obtaining and handling data concerning competitors, and participating in trade associations, professional societies, and standards development and product and service certification organizations.

 

                     Do not propose or enter into any agreements or understandings - express or implied, formal or informal, written or oral - with any competitor regarding any aspect of the competition between SIRVA and the competitor for sales to third parties.

 

                     Do not propose or enter into any agreements or understandings with customers which restrict the price or other terms at which the customer may resell or lease any product or service to a third party.

 

                     Do not propose or enter into any agreements or understandings with suppliers which restrict the price or other terms at which SIRVA may resell or lease any product or service to a third party.

 

                     Consult with company legal counsel early in the process of evaluating any proposed merger, acquisition or joint venture.

 

                     Consult with company legal counsel in connection with business arrangements that could raise competition law issues, including:

 

31



 

                     Exclusive arrangements for the purchase or sale of products or services

                     Bundling of goods and services

                     Agreements that restrict a customer’s choices in using or reselling a SIRVA product or service

                     Technology licensing agreements that restrict the freedom of the licensee or licensor

                     Selective discounting

                     Distribution arrangements with competitors

                     Agreements to add a SIRVA associate to another entity’s board of   directors

 

                     What To Watch Out For

 

                     Discussions or agreements with competitors on:

 

                     Prices

                     Production or sales capacity or volume

                     Terms or conditions of sale

                     Market share

                     Costs, profits or profit margins

                     Coordination of bidding activities

                     Product or service offerings

                     Dividing sales territories or allocation of customers or product lines

 

                     Any contacts with competitors that could create the appearance of improper agreements or understandings, whether the contact is in person, in writing, by telephone, through e-mail or through other means of electronic communication

 

32



 

In the SIRVA Community

 

Beyond SIRVA’s specific responsibilities to customers and suppliers, all of us have important responsibilities to each other and to the communities in which we work. Throughout the company, we must ensure that associates are hired and promoted based on merit and that working conditions comply with the law.  We must strive to provide safe environments for our associates and the communities in which we do business.

 

This section of the Guide summarizes two SIRVA policies that address these important aspects of our operations:

 

                     Environment, Health & Safety

 

                     Fair Employment Practices

 

33



 

Environment, Health & Safety

 

(Policy No.CCP-401)

 

                     Policy Overview

 

SIRVA is committed to achieving environmental, health and safety (EHS) excellence. This is a responsibility of associates at all levels within the organization as well as drivers and agents who operate on our behalf.  SIRVA will strive to provide a safe and healthy working environment and to avoid adverse impact and injury to the environment and the communities in which we do business.  Our efforts must include clear leadership by management, the participation of all associates, drivers, and agents and the use of appropriate technology in providing SIRVA services.

 

                     Core Requirements

 

                     Comply with all relevant EHS laws and regulations.

 

                     Create and maintain a safe working environment and prevent workplace injuries.

 

                     Appropriately assess and manage our EHS risks.

 

                     Eliminate unreasonable risks from our activities and services.

 

                     Respect the environmental rights and interests of our neighbors.

 

                     What To Watch Out For

 

                     Unsafe activities and conditions, such as:

 

                     Failure to use personal protective equipment (shoes, safety glasses, hearing protection, etc.)

 

                     Unlabeled chemicals

 

                     Exposed or unsafe wiring

 

                     Blocked fire exits

 

                     Unsafe driving or failure to wear seat belts

 

                     Working in high places without fall protection

 

34



 

                     Working beneath heavy, suspended loads, or improperly using cranes

 

                     Working on electrical or powered equipment without following appropriate lock-out, tag-out procedures

 

                     Operating equipment, such as forklifts, without proper training

 

                     Failure to comply with health, safety or environmental regulations and procedures

 

                     EHS complaints from associates, customers or neighbors

 

                     Deficiencies noted by government inspectors

 

                     Unreported environmental, health or safety hazards or accidents

 

                     Failing to respond promptly to concerns about possible safety issues

 

35



 

Fair Employment Practices

 

(Policy No.CCP-402)

 

                     Policy Overview

 

SIRVA is committed to fair employment practices, including the prohibition against all forms of illegal discrimination.  By providing equal access and fair treatment to all associates on the basis of merit, we improve SIRVA’s success while enhancing the progress of individuals and the communities where our businesses are located. SIRVA is committed to following the applicable labor and employment laws wherever it operates. That includes observing those laws that pertain to freedom of association, privacy and the elimination of any improper employment discrimination.

 

                     Core Requirements

 

                     Use merit, qualifications (for example, education, experience, competencies, etc.) and other job-related criteria as the sole bases for all employment-related decisions affecting associates and applicants.

 

                     Recruit, hire, train, compensate, promote and provide other conditions of employment without regard to a person’s race, color, religion, national origin, sex (including pregnancy), sexual orientation, age, disability, veteran status or other characteristic protected by law.

 

                     Provide a work environment free of improper harassment, such as harassment directed at a person because of his or her race, religion, sex, etc.

 

                     Respect the privacy rights of associates by using, maintaining and transferring their personal data in accordance with applicable company guidelines and procedures.  While seeking to maintain associate privacy, however, SIRVA must reserve the right to monitor the use of company property (for example, computers, e-mail, phones, proprietary information, etc.) in accordance with applicable law.

 

                     Comply with all relevant laws and regulations.

 

                     In the United States, take affirmative actions to increase opportunities in employment for women, minorities, the disabled and certain veterans.

 

                     If a conflict arises between the requirements of this policy and the laws, customs or practices of a particular area, consult with management and company legal counsel to determine the most appropriate course of action.

 

36



 

                     What To Watch Out For

 

                     A hostile work environment (for example, telling jokes or displaying materials that ridicule or offend a member of a particular gender, race or ethnic group)

 

                     Allowing race, color, religion, national origin, sex (including pregnancy), sexual orientation, age, disability, veteran status or other characteristic protected by law to be a factor in hiring, promotion, compensation, or other employment-related decisions

 

                     Making unwelcome sexual advances to another associate or person with whom you work

 

                     Violating a labor law in your country (for example, hiring a child who is under the legal minimum age)

 

                     Refusing to work, or otherwise cooperate with certain individuals because of their race, religion, sex, etc.

 

                     Disclosing employment data to a person who does not have the business need, authority or the associate’s consent

 

37



 

Protecting SIRVA Assets

 

Every SIRVA associate has a direct role in helping to maintain the company’s financial integrity by keeping company records accurate.  We must also safeguard company property, whether it is a piece of equipment, an electronic file, a SIRVA trademark or confidential information about an upcoming transaction.  In addition, we have a fundamental obligation to make sound business decisions on behalf of our company that are undistorted by our individual family, financial or other interests.

 

This section of the Guide summarizes four SIRVA policies that relate to the protection of SIRVA assets:

 

                     Conflicts of Interest

 

                     Controllership

 

                     Insider Trading or Dealing & Stock Tipping

 

                     Intellectual Property

 

38



 

Conflicts of Interest

 

(Policy No.CCP-501)

 

                     Policy Overview

 

SIRVA recognizes and respects that associates may take part in legitimate financial, business and other activities outside their jobs.  However, those activities must be lawful and free of conflicts with their responsibilities as SIRVA associates. Associates must not misuse SIRVA resources or influence, or discredit SIRVA’s good name and reputation.

 

The effectiveness of this policy depends in large part on the cooperation of all associates in disclosing any situations that may be contrary to the intent of the policy and the ethical standards that it expresses.

 

                     Core Requirements

 

Disclose your outside activities, financial interests or relationships that may present a possible conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict.  Make your disclosures in writing to your manager, company legal counsel or finance manager.

 

                     In addition to complying with the law and SIRVA policies, exercise your own good judgment in all personal and business dealings outside your SIRVA job.

 

                     Avoid actions or relationships which might conflict or appear to conflict with your job responsibilities or the interests of SIRVA.

 

                     Do not misuse SIRVA resources, intellectual property, time or facilities (including office equipment, e-mail, and computer applications).

 

                     Obtain necessary approvals before accepting any position as an officer or director of an outside business concern.

 

                     Obtain the approval of your manager when accepting a board position with a not-for-profit entity, when there may be a SIRVA business relationship with the entity or an expectation of financial or other support from SIRVA.

 

                     What To Watch Out For

 

                     Holding a financial interest in a company where you could personally affect SIRVA’s business with that company

 

39



 

                     Taking a part-time job where you may be tempted to spend time on that job during your normal SIRVA working hours or to use SIRVA equipment or materials

 

                     Receiving gifts of greater than nominal value from suppliers, customers or competitors while you are in a position to influence SIRVA decisions that might affect or appear to affect the outside concern

 

                     Receiving personal discounts or other benefits from suppliers, service providers or customers not available to the general public or similarly situated SIRVA associates

 

                     Accepting an offer to purchase “friends and family stock” in a company issuing shares through an initial public offering (IPO) if you interface with that company in your SIRVA business activities

 

                     Directing business to a supplier that is owned or managed by a relative or close friend

 

                     Misusing SIRVA resources, your position or influence to promote or assist an outside business or not-for-profit activity

 

                     Preferential hiring of, direct supervision of, or making a promotion decision about a spouse, relative or close personal friend

 

                     A romantic or other personal relationship that may create a conflict of interest with the associate’s SIRVA responsibilities or compromise company interest

 

40



 

Controllership

 

(Policy No.CCP-502)

 

                     Policy Overview

 

Controllership comprises three elements that are vital to SIRVA’s unyielding commitment to maximize the value we create for shareowners:  (1) compliance with applicable laws, regulations and company policies, (2) rigorous business processes to ensure that management decisions are based on sound economic analysis (including a prudent consideration of risks), and that SIRVA’s physical, financial and intellectual property assets are safeguarded and optimally employed; and (3) integrity in communications to ensure timely and accurate reporting of actual and forecasted financial information.  Through the unwavering commitment of all associates to controllership, we create an environment in which we can all take pride.

 

                     Core Requirements

 

                     Follow SIRVA’s accounting policies and procedures as well as all generally accepted accounting principles, standards, laws and regulations for accounting and financial reporting of transactions, estimates and forecasts.

 

                     Maintain complete, accurate and timely records and accounts to reflect all business transactions.

 

                     Safeguard all physical, financial, informational and other company assets.

 

                     Follow SIRVA’s Regulation FD Policy Regarding Communications with Analysts Security holders and Others and the public disclosure of significant company information.

 

                     Use economic, risk-based criteria to make business decisions.

 

                     Provide timely, candid forecasts and assessments to management.

 

                     Maintain sound processes and controls.

 

                     What To Watch Out For

 

                     Financial results that seem inconsistent with underlying performance

 

                     Inaccurate financial records, such as overstated travel and living expense reports, or erroneous time sheets or invoices

 

                     Transactions that are inconsistent with good business economics

 

 

41



 

                     Confidential information released to unauthorized third parties

 

                     Requests for information by press or news organizations, securities analysts, broker dealers, security holders, investment companies or other third parties

 

                     Absence of controls to protect assets from risk of loss

 

                     Physical assets or other resources that could be more fully utilized, reallocated or disposed of in accordance with appropriate procedures

 

                     Circumventing review and approval procedures

 

                     Adequacy of routines and controls at newly acquired businesses and at remote, thinly-staffed sites

 

42



 

Insider Trading or Dealing & Stock Tipping

 

(Policy No.CCP-503)

 

                     Policy Overview

 

SIRVA is committed to fair and open markets for publicly traded securities throughout the world.  We have established standards of conduct for associates and others who obtain material or price-sensitive non-public information (inside information) through their work for SIRVA.  Insider trading, insider dealing and stock tipping are criminal offenses in most countries where SIRVA does business.  Our policy requires not only full compliance with applicable laws, but also avoiding even the appearance of insider trading, insider dealing or tipping.  This policy is not meant to restrict the freedom of associates to make appropriate personal investments, or the company’s right to legitimately use and disclose inside information in the ordinary conduct of its business.

 

Insider trading or dealing means personally buying or selling stock or other securities of any company while in possession of inside information about the company. Stock tipping means disclosing inside information about a company - for example, to a relative, colleague or friend - to enable the person to buy or sell stock or other securities of the company on the basis of such information.

 

                     Core Requirements

 

                     Never buy or sell the stock or other securities of any company while you have inside information about the company.

 

                     Never buy or sell SIRVA stock or exercise any option to purchase SIRVA stock except in accordance with SIRVA’s Insider Trading and Securities Policy.

 

                     Never recommend or suggest that anyone else buy, sell, or retain the stock or other securities of any company while you have inside information about the company.

 

                     You must not disclose inside information to anyone outside SIRVA (including family members), except when such disclosure is needed to enable SIRVA to carry on its business properly and effectively, and appropriate steps have been taken by SIRVA to prevent the misuse of the information.  Associates are urged to consult with company legal counsel to determine if such disclosure is needed and is being undertaken in an appropriate manner.

 

                     Only disclose inside information within SIRVA in the ordinary course of business and when you have no reason to believe the information will be misused.

 

43



 

                     What To Watch Out For

 

                     Failing to learn how to identify inside information.  It is any non-public information that a reasonable investor is likely to consider important in making an investment decision

 

                     Inside information may relate to SIRVA or any other company, including SIRVA’s suppliers, customers or other business partners

 

                     Inside information may be non-public information about anything that could affect a company’s stock price, including a pending merger, acquisition, disposition or joint venture; a substantial contract award or termination; a major lawsuit or claim; an earnings announcement or change in dividend policy; a significant product development; the gain or loss of a significant customer or supplier; or the filing of a bankruptcy petition

 

                     Any non-public information about a company that would influence your own decision to buy or sell that company’s stock or other securities probably is inside information

 

                     Trading tips probably are also inside information if there is any indication that the information may originally have come from someone with inside information

 

44



 

Intellectual Property

 

(Policy No.CCP-504)

 

                     Policy Overview

 

Among SIRVA’s most valuable assets is its intellectual property which includes its patents, trade secrets, trademarks, service marks, copyrights and other proprietary information.  It is SIRVA’s policy to establish, protect, maintain and defend its rights in all commercially significant intellectual property and to use those rights in responsible ways.  All associates must take steps to safeguard these assets.

 

In addition to protecting SIRVA’s intellectual property rights, SIRVA respects the valid intellectual property rights of others.  Unauthorized use of the intellectual property rights of others may expose SIRVA to civil law suits and damages.  In many countries, theft and misappropriation of trade secrets, proprietary information or other intellectual property may result in significant fines and criminal penalties to both SIRVA and to the individual.  New SIRVA activities, services (including e-commerce initiatives), processes and software, and any proposed use of the intellectual property of others, should be timely and reasonably reviewed for infringement.

 

                     Core Requirements

 

                     Identify and protect commercially significant SIRVA intellectual property.

 

                     Respect valid patents, copyrighted materials and other protected intellectual property of others.  Consult with company legal counsel concerning necessary licenses or approvals to use such intellectual property.

 

                     Consult with company legal counsel before:

 

                     Soliciting, accepting or using proprietary information of outsiders, such as former employers of any SIRVA associate

 

                     Disclosing SIRVA proprietary information to outsiders.

 

                     Permitting third parties to use SIRVA intellectual property.

 

                     Assert intellectual property rights only in ways consistent with the law.

 

                     Understand your responsibilities to the company regarding new inventions and ideas that you may develop while a SIRVA associate.  Consult with company legal counsel if you have any question about these responsibilities.

 

45



 

                     Comply with the guidelines for use of the SIRVA primary trademarks service marks and trade names.

 

                     What To Watch Out For

 

                     Receiving, from an associate, proprietary information about his or her prior employer

 

                     Accepting proprietary information from an outsider, without first consulting company legal counsel, under circumstances where a confidential relationship exists or may be implied

 

                     Discussing SIRVA proprietary information with customers or suppliers

 

                     Passing on, for technical or management review, an outsider’s suggestion for a new product, product feature, service or name, without following the SIRVA procedures

 

                     Introducing, or divulging information about, a new product or service before patent applications have been filed or a decision has been made not to file an application

 

                     Introducing a new product or service, or new product or service name, before checking for patent or trademark infringement

 

                     Threatening anyone suspected of infringing any SIRVA intellectual property without first consulting with company legal counsel

 

                     Employing a person who previously worked for a competitor without putting in place safeguards to prevent the person from inadvertently disclosing or using the competitor’s proprietary information

 

46



 

VII Subject Index

 

Affiliates...8, 9, 11, 21

Agents...8, 19, 28, 34

Antitrust...30

Acquisition...26, 31, 44

Assets...4, 16, 38, 41, 42, 45

 

Blacklisted...18

Boycotts...18

Bribery...16, 21

Business policies and Procedures...4, 12

 

Commission...17

Competing Globally...4, 30

Competition laws...4, 30, 31

Competitors...29, 31, 32, 40, 46

Complying with the Competition Laws...4, 30, 31

Concerns...1, 2, 4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 22, 31, 35, 39, 40

Confidential information...38, 41

Conflicts of interest...4, 7, 26, 38, 39

Consultants...8, 17, 28

Contractors...8, 17, 28

Contracting officer...29

Contributions...16

Controlled affiliates...8, 9, 11

Controllership...4, 38, 41

Copyrights...45

Cost-charging...28

Customer relationships...21, 26

 

Distributors...8

Due diligence...17, 21

Disability...36, 37

Discrimination...7, 36

 

Embargoed country...19

Employment practices...4, 33, 36

Entertainment...16, 29

Environment, Health & Safety...4, 33, 34

Ethical standards...7, 13, 28, 39

Exports...18

 

Fair Employment Practices...4, 33, 36

Facilitating payment...16

Family...17, 38, 40, 43

Financial records...24, 25, 41

Financial reporting...41

Forecasts...41

“Friends and Family Stock”...40

Fund transfers...22

 

Generally accepted accounting principles...41

Gifts...26, 40

Government business...4, 27

Government contracts...26, 28

Gratuity...16, 29

Harassment...7, 36

Health...4, 13, 26, 33, 34, 35

Hiring...37, 40

Hostile work environment...37

How to Use This Guide...4, 5

 

Imports...18, 19, 20

Improper Payments...4, 15, 16, 26

In the SIRVA Community...1, 4, 33

Independent contractors...8, 28

Initial public offering...40

Inside information...43, 44

Insider Trading or Dealing & Stock Tipping...4, 38, 43

Intellectual property...4, 26, 38, 39, 41, 45, 46

International financial transactions...18

International trade controls...4, 15, 18

Investments...43, 44

 

Joint venture...21, 22, 31, 44

 

Laundering money...21

Leadership responsibilities...4, 10

Licensing...18, 32

 

Merger...31, 44

Minorities...26, 36

Money laundering prevention...4, 15, 21

 

Non-controlled affiliates...8

Not-for-profit...39, 40

Non-public information...43, 44

 

Ombudsperson...1, 6, 13

Outside activities...39

 

Part-time job...40

Patents...45, 46

Payments...4, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 26

Penalties for violations...4, 8, 11

 

47



 

Political contribution...16

Price...20, 30, 31, 32, 43, 44

Privacy...4, 15, 24, 25, 36

Promotion...16, 37, 40

Property...4, 7, 26, 36, 38, 39, 41, 45, 46

Proprietary information...36, 45, 46

Protecting SIRVA Assets...4, 38

 

Raising a concern...5, 13

Regulation FD...41

Relatives...26, 40, 43

Restrictive trade practice...18

Retaliation...11, 12

 

Safety...4, 7, 13, 19, 26, 33, 34, 35

Sales representatives...8, 17, 28

Securities...43, 44

Sexual advances...37

Shipping documentation...18

Stock tipping...4, 38, 43

Subsidiaries and other controlled affiliates...8

Supplier relationships...4, 15, 26

Suppliers...1, 4, 7, 15, 25, 26, 31, 33, 40, 44, 46

Suspicious transactions...21

 

Third parties...8, 11, 22, 23, 25, 31, 41, 45

Trademarks...38, 45, 46

Trade names...46

Trade secrets...45

Transactions...7, 16, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 28, 41

Travel and living expenses...16, 41

 

Veterans...36, 37

Violations...4, 5, 8, 9, 11, 12, 22

 

Working with Customers & Suppliers...4, 15

Working with Governments...4, 27, 28

Women...26, 36

 

Your personal commitment...4, 12

 

 

48



 

 

 

 

Copyright 2004, SIRVA, Inc.           All Rights Reserved

 


 

 

Exhibit 21

 

List of Subsidiaries of SIRVA, Inc. (Jurisdiction of Organization) as of December 31, 2004

 

SIRVA Worldwide, Inc. (Delaware)

North American Van Lines, Inc. (Delaware)

Allied Van Lines, Inc. (Delaware)

Transguard Insurance Company of America, Inc. (Illinois)

Vanguard Insurance Agency, Inc. (Illinois)

TransGuard General Agency, Inc. (Oklahoma)

NAVL LLC (as of March 7, 2005) (Delaware)

Executive Relocation Corporation (Michigan)

SIRVA Relocation LLC (Delaware)

North American International Holding Corporation (Delaware)

SIRVA UK Limited (now known as SIRVA Holdings Limited) (England & Wales)

Pickfords Limited (now known as SIRVA UK Limited) (England and Wales)

SIRVA Ireland (Ireland)

The Baxendale Insurance Company Ltd. (Ireland)

SIRVA (Asia Pacific) Pty. Ltd. (Australia)

SIRVA (Australia) Pty. Ltd. (Australia)

 


Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-110736) of SIRVA, Inc. of our report dated November 18, 2005 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedules, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

Chicago, Illinois

November 18, 2005

 


Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Brian P. Kelley, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of SIRVA, Inc.;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)              Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)               Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)              Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)              Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: November 21, 2005

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brian P. Kelley

 

 

Brian P. Kelley

 

Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Ronald L. Milewski, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of SIRVA, Inc.;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)              Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)               Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)              Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)              Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: November 21, 2005

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ronald L. Milewski

 

 

Ronald L. Milewski

 

Acting Chief Financial Officer

 


Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION
Pursuant to 18 United States Code § 1350

 

I, Brian P. Kelley, Chief Executive Officer of SIRVA, Inc., hereby certify that the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 of SIRVA, Inc. (the “Company”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

/s/ Brian P. Kelley

 

 

Brian P. Kelley

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Date: November 21, 2005

 

 


Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION
Pursuant to 18 United States Code § 1350

 

I, Ronald L. Milewski, Acting Chief Financial Officer of SIRVA, Inc., hereby certify that the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 of SIRVA, Inc. (the “Company”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

/s/ Ronald L. Milewski

 

 

Ronald L. Milewski

 

Acting Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Date: November 21, 2005